Sync with gnulib - lots of extraneous code removed in preference to GNU code

git-svn-id: https://nagiosplug.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/nagiosplug/nagiosplug/trunk@1580 f882894a-f735-0410-b71e-b25c423dba1c

190 files changed, 31850 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/gl/Makefile.am b/gl/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67c9872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,607 @@
+## DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY!
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in.
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+# General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
+# Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+# that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+#
+# Generated by gnulib-tool.
+# Reproduce by: gnulib-tool --import --dir=. --lib=libgnu --source-base=gl --m4-base=gl/m4 --doc-base=doc --aux-dir=. --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl dirname fsusage getaddrinfo gethostname getloadavg getopt gettext mountlist regex vasprintf vsnprintf
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 gnits
+
+noinst_HEADERS =
+noinst_LIBRARIES =
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES =
+EXTRA_DIST =
+BUILT_SOURCES =
+SUFFIXES =
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES = core *.stackdump
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS =
+CLEANFILES =
+DISTCLEANFILES =
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES =
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS =
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES += libgnu.a
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES =
+libgnu_a_LIBADD = $(gl_LIBOBJS)
+libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(gl_LIBOBJS)
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES =
+
+## begin gnulib module alloca
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += alloca.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += alloca.c
+
+libgnu_a_LIBADD += @ALLOCA@
+libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES += @ALLOCA@
+## end   gnulib module alloca
+
+## begin gnulib module alloca-opt
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ALLOCA_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <alloca.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+alloca.h: alloca_.h
+        { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+          cat $(srcdir)/alloca_.h; \
+        } > $@-t
+        mv -f $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += alloca.h alloca.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += alloca_.h
+
+## end   gnulib module alloca-opt
+
+## begin gnulib module arpa_inet
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ARPA_INET_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <arpa/inet.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one.
+arpa/inet.h:
+        test -d arpa || mkdir arpa
+        rm -f $@-t $@
+        { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+          echo '#include <sys/socket.h>'; \
+        } > $@-t
+        mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += arpa/inet.h arpa/inet.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += arpa
+
+## end   gnulib module arpa_inet
+
+## begin gnulib module c-strtod
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += c-strtod.c c-strtod.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += c-strtod.c
+
+## end   gnulib module c-strtod
+
+## begin gnulib module cloexec
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += cloexec.c cloexec.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += cloexec.c
+
+## end   gnulib module cloexec
+
+## begin gnulib module dirname
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += basename.c dirname.c dirname.h stripslash.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += basename.c dirname.c stripslash.c
+
+## end   gnulib module dirname
+
+## begin gnulib module error
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += error.c error.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += error.c
+
+## end   gnulib module error
+
+## begin gnulib module exit
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += exit.h
+
+## end   gnulib module exit
+
+## begin gnulib module exitfail
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += exitfail.c exitfail.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += exitfail.c
+
+## end   gnulib module exitfail
+
+## begin gnulib module fcntl-safer
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += creat-safer.c fcntl--.h fcntl-safer.h open-safer.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += creat-safer.c open-safer.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fcntl-safer
+
+## begin gnulib module fsusage
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += fsusage.c fsusage.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += fsusage.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fsusage
+
+## begin gnulib module full-read
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += full-read.h full-read.c
+
+## end   gnulib module full-read
+
+## begin gnulib module full-write
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += full-write.h full-write.c
+
+## end   gnulib module full-write
+
+## begin gnulib module getaddrinfo
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += gai_strerror.c getaddrinfo.c getaddrinfo.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += gai_strerror.c getaddrinfo.c
+
+## end   gnulib module getaddrinfo
+
+## begin gnulib module gethostname
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += gethostname.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += gethostname.c
+
+## end   gnulib module gethostname
+
+## begin gnulib module getloadavg
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += getloadavg.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getloadavg.c
+
+## end   gnulib module getloadavg
+
+## begin gnulib module getopt
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(GETOPT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <getopt.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+getopt.h: getopt_.h
+        { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+          cat $(srcdir)/getopt_.h; \
+        } > $@-t
+        mv -f $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += getopt.h getopt.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += getopt.c getopt1.c getopt_.h getopt_int.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getopt.c getopt1.c
+
+## end   gnulib module getopt
+
+## begin gnulib module gettext
+
+# This is for those projects which use "gettextize --intl" to put a source-code
+# copy of libintl into their package. In such projects, every Makefile.am needs
+# -I$(top_builddir)/intl, so that <libintl.h> can be found in this directory.
+# For the Makefile.ams in other directories it is the maintainer's
+# responsibility; for the one from gnulib we do it here.
+# This option has no effect when the user disables NLS (because then the intl
+# directory contains no libintl.h file) or when the project does not use
+# "gettextize --intl".
+AM_CPPFLAGS += -I$(top_builddir)/intl
+
+## end   gnulib module gettext
+
+## begin gnulib module gettext-h
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += gettext.h
+
+## end   gnulib module gettext-h
+
+## begin gnulib module inet_ntop
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += inet_ntop.c inet_ntop.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += inet_ntop.c
+
+## end   gnulib module inet_ntop
+
+## begin gnulib module intprops
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += intprops.h
+
+## end   gnulib module intprops
+
+## begin gnulib module malloc
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += malloc.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += malloc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module malloc
+
+## begin gnulib module mbchar
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += mbchar.c mbchar.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += mbchar.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mbchar
+
+## begin gnulib module mbuiter
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += mbuiter.h
+
+## end   gnulib module mbuiter
+
+## begin gnulib module memchr
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += memchr.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += memchr.c
+
+## end   gnulib module memchr
+
+## begin gnulib module minmax
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += minmax.h
+
+## end   gnulib module minmax
+
+## begin gnulib module mountlist
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += mountlist.c mountlist.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += mountlist.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mountlist
+
+## begin gnulib module netinet_in
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(NETINET_IN_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <netinet/in.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one.
+netinet/in.h:
+        test -d netinet || mkdir netinet
+        rm -f $@-t $@
+        { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+          echo '#include <sys/socket.h>'; \
+        } > $@-t
+        mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += netinet/in.h netinet/in.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += netinet
+
+## end   gnulib module netinet_in
+
+## begin gnulib module regex
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += regcomp.c regex.c regex.h regex_internal.c regex_internal.h regexec.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += regcomp.c regex.c regex_internal.c regexec.c
+
+## end   gnulib module regex
+
+## begin gnulib module safe-read
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += safe-read.c safe-read.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += safe-read.c
+
+## end   gnulib module safe-read
+
+## begin gnulib module safe-write
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += safe-write.c safe-write.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += safe-write.c
+
+## end   gnulib module safe-write
+
+## begin gnulib module size_max
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += size_max.h
+
+## end   gnulib module size_max
+
+## begin gnulib module snprintf
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += snprintf.c snprintf.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += snprintf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module snprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module stdbool
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDBOOL_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdbool.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works.
+stdbool.h: stdbool_.h
+        rm -f $@-t $@
+        { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+          sed -e 's/@''HAVE__BOOL''@/$(HAVE__BOOL)/g' < $(srcdir)/stdbool_.h; \
+        } > $@-t
+        mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdbool.h stdbool.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdbool_.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stdbool
+
+## begin gnulib module stdint
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDINT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdint.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+stdint.h: stdint_.h
+        rm -f $@-t $@
+        { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+          sed -e 's/@''HAVE_STDINT_H''@/$(HAVE_STDINT_H)/g' \
+              -e 's|@''ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H''@|$(ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H)|g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT''@/$(HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT''@/$(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX''@/$(PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''SIZE_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIZE_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''WCHAR_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WCHAR_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WINT_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WINT_T)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''WINT_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WINT_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+              < $(srcdir)/stdint_.h; \
+        } > $@-t
+        mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdint.h stdint.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdint_.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stdint
+
+## begin gnulib module strcase
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strcase.h strcasecmp.c strncasecmp.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strcasecmp.c strncasecmp.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strcase
+
+## begin gnulib module strdup
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strdup.c strdup.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strdup.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strdup
+
+## begin gnulib module strndup
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strndup.c strndup.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strndup.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strndup
+
+## begin gnulib module strnlen
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strnlen.c strnlen.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strnlen.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strnlen
+
+## begin gnulib module strnlen1
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += strnlen1.h strnlen1.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strnlen1
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_socket
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(SYS_SOCKET_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/socket.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+sys/socket.h: socket_.h
+        @MKDIR_P@ sys
+        { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+          cat $(srcdir)/socket_.h; \
+        } > $@-t
+        mv -f $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/socket.h sys/socket.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += socket_.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_socket
+
+## begin gnulib module unistd
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(UNISTD_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for
+# <unistd.h> when the system doesn't have one.
+unistd.h: unistd_.h
+        rm -f $@-t $@
+        { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+          sed -e 's|@''ABSOLUTE_UNISTD_H''@|$(ABSOLUTE_UNISTD_H)|g' \
+              < $(srcdir)/unistd_.h; \
+        } > $@-t
+        mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += unistd.h unistd.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += unistd_.h
+
+## end   gnulib module unistd
+
+## begin gnulib module unistd-safer
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += dup-safer.c fd-safer.c pipe-safer.c unistd--.h unistd-safer.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += dup-safer.c fd-safer.c pipe-safer.c
+
+## end   gnulib module unistd-safer
+
+## begin gnulib module vasnprintf
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += asnprintf.c printf-args.c printf-args.h printf-parse.c printf-parse.h vasnprintf.c vasnprintf.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += asnprintf.c printf-args.c printf-parse.c vasnprintf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module vasnprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module vasprintf
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += asprintf.c vasprintf.c vasprintf.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += asprintf.c vasprintf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module vasprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module vsnprintf
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += vsnprintf.c vsnprintf.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += vsnprintf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module vsnprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module wchar
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(WCHAR_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <wchar.h> when the system
+# version does not work standalone.
+wchar.h: wchar_.h
+        rm -f $@-t $@
+        { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+          sed -e 's|@''ABSOLUTE_WCHAR_H''@|$(ABSOLUTE_WCHAR_H)|g' \
+            < $(srcdir)/wchar_.h; \
+        } > $@-t
+        mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += wchar.h wchar.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += wchar_.h
+
+## end   gnulib module wchar
+
+## begin gnulib module wctype
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(WCTYPE_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <wctype.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+wctype.h: wctype_.h
+        rm -f $@-t $@
+        { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+          sed -e 's/@''HAVE_WCTYPE_H''@/$(HAVE_WCTYPE_H)/g' \
+              -e 's|@''ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H''@|$(ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H)|g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_WCTYPE_CTMP_BUG''@/$(HAVE_WCTYPE_CTMP_BUG)/g' \
+              -e 's/@''HAVE_WINT_T''@/$(HAVE_WINT_T)/g' \
+              < $(srcdir)/wctype_.h; \
+        } > $@-t
+        mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += wctype.h wctype.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += wctype_.h
+
+## end   gnulib module wctype
+
+## begin gnulib module wcwidth
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += wcwidth.h
+
+## end   gnulib module wcwidth
+
+## begin gnulib module xalloc
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += xalloc.h xmalloc.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += xmalloc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xalloc
+
+## begin gnulib module xalloc-die
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += xalloc-die.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xalloc-die
+
+## begin gnulib module xsize
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += xsize.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xsize
+
+## begin gnulib module xstrndup
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += xstrndup.h xstrndup.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xstrndup
+
+
+mostlyclean-local: mostlyclean-generic
+        @for dir in '' $(MOSTLYCLEANDIRS); do \
+          if test -n "$$dir" && test -d $$dir; then \
+            echo "rmdir $$dir"; rmdir $$dir; \
+          fi; \
+        done
diff --git a/gl/alloca.c b/gl/alloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a1f4e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/alloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
+
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef emacs
+# include "lisp.h"
+# include "blockinput.h"
+# ifdef EMACS_FREE
+#  undef free
+#  define free EMACS_FREE
+# endif
+#else
+# define memory_full() abort ()
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
+   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
+# ifndef alloca
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+   in order to make unexec workable
+   */
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
+   old and obscure compilers.  */
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
+
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#  else
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#  endif
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
+
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION      0       /* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#   define STACK_DIR    STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time.  */
+
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+
+static int stack_dir;           /* 1 or -1 once known.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR    stack_dir
+
+static void
+find_stack_direction (void)
+{
+  static char *addr = NULL;     /* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;              /* To get stack address.  */
+
+  if (addr == NULL)
+    {                           /* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
+
+      find_stack_direction ();  /* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+        stack_dir = 1;          /* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+        stack_dir = -1;         /* Stack grew downward.  */
+    }
+}
+
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
+
+#  ifndef       ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE   sizeof(double)
+#  endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];       /* To force sizeof(header).  */
+  struct
+    {
+      union hdr *next;          /* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;               /* For stack depth measure.  */
+    } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;       /* -> last alloca header.  */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
+
+void *
+alloca (size_t size)
+{
+  auto char probe;              /* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)           /* Unknown growth direction.  */
+    find_stack_direction ();
+#  endif
+
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
+
+  {
+    register header *hp;        /* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    BLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+
+    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+          || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+        {
+          register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+          free (hp);            /* Collect garbage.  */
+
+          hp = np;              /* -> next header.  */
+        }
+      else
+        break;                  /* Rest are not deeper.  */
+
+    last_alloca_header = hp;    /* -> last valid storage.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+  }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;                /* No allocation required.  */
+
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
+
+  {
+    /* Address of header.  */
+    register header *new;
+
+    size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
+    if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
+      memory_full ();
+
+    new = malloc (combined_size);
+
+    if (! new)
+      memory_full ();
+
+    new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    new->h.deep = depth;
+
+    last_alloca_header = new;
+
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
+
+    return (void *) (new + 1);
+  }
+}
+
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#   endif
+
+#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#    define CRAY_STACK
+#    ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;             /* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;             /* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;              /* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;             /* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];              /* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;             /* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;             /* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;             /* Offset to linkage control of previous
+                                   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;             /* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;                /* Private control structure number for
+                                   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;                /* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;                /* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;                /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;                /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];             /* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#    else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;                   /* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;                  /* Amount of contiguous space which would
+                                   be required to satisfy the maximum
+                                   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;            /* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;             /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;                  /* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;               /* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;          /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;            /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;             /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;             /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;              /* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;                  /* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;              /* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;       /* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;          /* Current stack segment size.  This
+                                   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+                                   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;       /* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;          /* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;          /* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;             /* Size of this block (does not include
+                                   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;                  /* Address of trailer block of previous
+                                   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#    endif /* CRAY2 */
+#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#   ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+                                    + status.current_size
+                                    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+        abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+        break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+        abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#   else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#    endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+        break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#    endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#  endif /* CRAY */
+
+# endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
diff --git a/gl/alloca_.h b/gl/alloca_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd0b3e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/alloca_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Memory allocation on the stack.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
+   means there is a real alloca function.  */
+#ifndef _GNULIB_ALLOCA_H
+# define _GNULIB_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
+   allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
+   Use of alloca should be avoided:
+     - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
+     - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
+       calling function returns,
+     - for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
+       the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
+       request, the program just crashes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef alloca
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+#  define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# elif defined _AIX
+#  define alloca __alloca
+# elif defined _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# else
+#  include <stddef.h>
+#  ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#  endif
+void *alloca (size_t);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GNULIB_ALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/gl/asnprintf.c b/gl/asnprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26c3988
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/asnprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+char *
+asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char *result;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/gl/asprintf.c b/gl/asprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29ac6cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/asprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "vasprintf.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+int
+asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int result;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  result = vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/gl/basename.c b/gl/basename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbe17ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/basename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "xstrndup.h"
+
+/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
+   NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
+   system root, return the empty string.  */
+
+char *
+last_component (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  char const *p;
+  bool saw_slash = false;
+
+  while (ISSLASH (*base))
+    base++;
+
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+        saw_slash = true;
+      else if (saw_slash)
+        {
+          base = p;
+          saw_slash = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+
+   Return the last file name component of NAME, allocated with
+   xmalloc.  On systems with drive letters, a leading "./"
+   distinguishes relative names that would otherwise look like a drive
+   letter.  Unlike POSIX basename(), NAME cannot be NULL,
+   base_name("") returns "", and the first trailing slash is not
+   stripped.
+
+   If lstat (NAME) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (NAME));
+   lstat (base_name (NAME)); } will access the same file.  Likewise,
+   if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (NAME));
+   rename (base_name (NAME), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed NAME
+   to "foo" in the same directory NAME was in.  */
+
+char *
+base_name (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = last_component (name);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* If there is no last component, then name is a file system root or the
+     empty string.  */
+  if (! *base)
+    return xstrndup (name, base_len (name));
+
+  /* Collapse a sequence of trailing slashes into one.  */
+  length = base_len (base);
+  if (ISSLASH (base[length]))
+    length++;
+
+  /* On systems with drive letters, `a/b:c' must return `./b:c' rather
+     than `b:c' to avoid confusion with a drive letter.  On systems
+     with pure POSIX semantics, this is not an issue.  */
+  if (FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (base))
+    {
+      char *p = xmalloc (length + 3);
+      p[0] = '.';
+      p[1] = '/';
+      memcpy (p + 2, base, length);
+      p[length + 2] = '\0';
+      return p;
+    }
+
+  /* Finally, copy the basename.  */
+  return xstrndup (base, length);
+}
+
+/* Return the length of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
+   value returned by base_name or last_component.  Act like strlen
+   (NAME), except omit all trailing slashes.  */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+  size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
+      && ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
+    return 2;
+
+  if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
+      && len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
+    return prefix_len + 1;
+
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/gl/c-strtod.c b/gl/c-strtod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2234ed0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/c-strtod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* Convert string to double, using the C locale.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "c-strtod.h"
+
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#if LONG
+# define C_STRTOD c_strtold
+# define DOUBLE long double
+# define STRTOD_L strtold_l
+#else
+# define C_STRTOD c_strtod
+# define DOUBLE double
+# define STRTOD_L strtod_l
+#endif
+
+/* c_strtold falls back on strtod if strtold doesn't conform to C99.  */
+#if LONG && HAVE_C99_STRTOLD
+# define STRTOD strtold
+#else
+# define STRTOD strtod
+#endif
+
+DOUBLE
+C_STRTOD (char const *nptr, char **endptr)
+{
+  DOUBLE r;
+
+#ifdef LC_ALL_MASK
+
+  locale_t c_locale = newlocale (LC_ALL_MASK, "C", 0);
+  r = STRTOD_L (nptr, endptr, c_locale);
+  freelocale (c_locale);
+
+#else
+
+  char *saved_locale = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, NULL);
+
+  if (saved_locale)
+    {
+      saved_locale = xstrdup (saved_locale);
+      setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
+    }
+
+  r = STRTOD (nptr, endptr);
+
+  if (saved_locale)
+    {
+      setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, saved_locale);
+      free (saved_locale);
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  return r;
+}
diff --git a/gl/c-strtod.h b/gl/c-strtod.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca9a9e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/c-strtod.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+double c_strtod (char const *, char **);
+long double c_strtold (char const *, char **);
diff --git a/gl/cloexec.c b/gl/cloexec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6480006
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/cloexec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* closexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+   The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "cloexec.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
+# define FD_CLOEXEC 1
+#endif
+
+/* Set the `FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
+   or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
+   Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with `errno' set. */
+
+int
+set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value)
+{
+#if defined F_GETFD && defined F_SETFD
+
+  int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0);
+
+  if (0 <= flags)
+    {
+      int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC);
+
+      if (flags == newflags
+          || fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1)
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+
+#else
+
+  return 0;
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/gl/cloexec.h b/gl/cloexec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c25921d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/cloexec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#include <stdbool.h>
+int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value);
diff --git a/gl/creat-safer.c b/gl/creat-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4a2e59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/creat-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Invoke creat, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fcntl-safer.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+int
+creat_safer (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return fd_safer (creat (file, mode));
+}
diff --git a/gl/dirname.c b/gl/dirname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16552c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/dirname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
+   dir_name.  If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
+   even though `dir_name (FILE)' will return ".".  Works properly even
+   if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *file)
+{
+  size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes.  */
+  prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0
+                    ? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+                       && ISSLASH (file[prefix_length]))
+                    : (ISSLASH (file[0])
+                       ? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+                           && ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2])
+                           ? 2 : 1))
+                       : 0));
+
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = last_component (file) - file;
+       prefix_length < length; length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1]))
+      break;
+  return length;
+}
+
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin `dirname' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin `dirname' modifies its argument.
+
+   Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with xmalloc.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively
+   ignoring them).  Unlike POSIX dirname(), FILE cannot be NULL.
+
+   If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
+   lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file.  Likewise,
+   if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
+   rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE
+   to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in.  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (char const *file)
+{
+  size_t length = dir_len (file);
+  bool append_dot = (length == 0
+                     || (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+                         && length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file)
+                         && file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2])));
+  char *dir = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  memcpy (dir, file, length);
+  if (append_dot)
+    dir[length++] = '.';
+  dir[length] = '\0';
+  return dir;
+}
diff --git a/gl/dirname.h b/gl/dirname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91e7ed3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/dirname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*  Take file names apart into directory and base names.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ISSLASH
+#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+#  if FILE_SYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX
+    /* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive
+       letters use ASCII.  */
+#   define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(c) (((unsigned int) (c) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' \
+                                <= 'z' - 'a')
+#   define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
+           (_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
+#  else
+#   define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+#  define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
+# endif
+
+# ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+#  define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
+# endif
+
+# if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
+# else
+#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) \
+          (ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || 0 < FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F))
+# endif
+# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
+
+char *base_name (char const *file);
+char *dir_name (char const *file);
+size_t base_len (char const *file);
+size_t dir_len (char const *file);
+char *last_component (char const *file);
+
+bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
diff --git a/gl/dup-safer.c b/gl/dup-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b12b61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/dup-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Invoke dup, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+
+int
+dup_safer (int fd)
+{
+#if defined F_DUPFD && !defined FCHDIR_REPLACEMENT
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+#else
+  /* fd_safer calls us back, but eventually the recursion unwinds and
+     does the right thing.  */
+  return fd_safer (dup (fd));
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/gl/error.c b/gl/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf86343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC && ENABLE_NLS
+# include "gettext.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# include <wchar.h>
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
+#endif
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
+
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <libio/libioP.h>
+
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+                             unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
+                             ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
+# include <libio/iolibio.h>
+# define fflush(s) INTUSE(_IO_fflush) (s)
+# undef putc
+# define putc(c, fp) INTUSE(_IO_putc) (c, fp)
+
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#  endif
+char *strerror_r ();
+# endif
+
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+
+# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
+# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
+#endif  /* not _LIBC */
+
+static void
+print_errno_message (int errnum)
+{
+  char const *s;
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+  char errbuf[1024];
+# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
+  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+# else
+  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
+    s = errbuf;
+  else
+    s = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+  s = strerror (errnum);
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+  if (! s)
+    s = _("Unknown system error");
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+  __fxprintf (NULL, ": %s", s);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
+{
+#if _LIBC
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
+      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
+      wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
+      mbstate_t st;
+      size_t res;
+      const char *tmp;
+      bool use_malloc = false;
+
+      while (1)
+        {
+          if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
+            wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+          else
+            {
+              if (!use_malloc)
+                wmessage = NULL;
+
+              wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
+                                                len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+              if (p == NULL)
+                {
+                  free (wmessage);
+                  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
+                  return;
+                }
+              wmessage = p;
+              use_malloc = true;
+            }
+
+          memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
+          tmp = message;
+
+          res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
+          if (res != len)
+            break;
+
+          if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / 2, 0))
+            {
+              /* This really should not happen if everything is fine.  */
+              res = (size_t) -1;
+              break;
+            }
+
+          len *= 2;
+        }
+
+      if (res == (size_t) -1)
+        {
+          /* The string cannot be converted.  */
+          if (use_malloc)
+            {
+              free (wmessage);
+              use_malloc = false;
+            }
+          wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
+        }
+
+      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
+
+      if (use_malloc)
+        free (wmessage);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+#if _LIBC
+  __fxprintf (NULL, "\n");
+#else
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+#endif
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+
+
+/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
+   format string with optional args.
+   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
+   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
+void
+error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
+  /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
+     cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
+  int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
+                   0);
+#endif
+
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      __fxprintf (NULL, "%s: ", program_name);
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  va_start (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+int error_one_per_line;
+
+void
+error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+               unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+  if (error_one_per_line)
+    {
+      static const char *old_file_name;
+      static unsigned int old_line_number;
+
+      if (old_line_number == line_number
+          && (file_name == old_file_name
+              || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
+        /* Simply return and print nothing.  */
+        return;
+
+      old_file_name = file_name;
+      old_line_number = line_number;
+    }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
+  /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
+     cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
+  int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
+                   0);
+#endif
+
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      __fxprintf (NULL, "%s:", program_name);
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
+#endif
+    }
+
+#if _LIBC
+  __fxprintf (NULL, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
+              file_name, line_number);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
+           file_name, line_number);
+#endif
+
+  va_start (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/error.h b/gl/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a5f247
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
+
+extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+
+extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
+                           unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+extern unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+extern int error_one_per_line;
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */
diff --git a/gl/exit.h b/gl/exit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8f7738
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/exit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* exit() function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _EXIT_H
+#define _EXIT_H
+
+/* Get exit() declaration.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Some systems do not define EXIT_*, despite otherwise supporting C89.  */
+#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _EXIT_H */
diff --git a/gl/exitfail.c b/gl/exitfail.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97abc67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/exitfail.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* Failure exit status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "exit.h"
+
+int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
diff --git a/gl/exitfail.h b/gl/exitfail.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e46cf9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/exitfail.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Failure exit status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+extern int volatile exit_failure;
diff --git a/gl/fcntl--.h b/gl/fcntl--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51b869e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/fcntl--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Like fcntl.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "fcntl-safer.h"
+
+#undef open
+#define open open_safer
+
+#undef creat
+#define creat creat_safer
diff --git a/gl/fcntl-safer.h b/gl/fcntl-safer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cab6aab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/fcntl-safer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Invoke fcntl-like functions, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+int open_safer (char const *, int, ...);
+int creat_safer (char const *, mode_t);
diff --git a/gl/fd-safer.c b/gl/fd-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..256bfa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/fd-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Return a safer copy of a file descriptor.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifndef STDIN_FILENO
+# define STDIN_FILENO 0
+#endif
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+/* Return FD, unless FD would be a copy of standard input, output, or
+   error; in that case, return a duplicate of FD, closing FD.  On
+   failure to duplicate, close FD, set errno, and return -1.  Preserve
+   errno if FD is negative, so that the caller can always inspect
+   errno when the returned value is negative.
+
+   This function is usefully wrapped around functions that return file
+   descriptors, e.g., fd_safer (open ("file", O_RDONLY)).  */
+
+int
+fd_safer (int fd)
+{
+  if (STDIN_FILENO <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+    {
+      int f = dup_safer (fd);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (fd);
+      errno = e;
+      fd = f;
+    }
+
+  return fd;
+}
diff --git a/gl/fsusage.c b/gl/fsusage.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..337bf53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/fsusage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/* fsusage.c -- return space usage of mounted file systems
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fsusage.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if STAT_STATVFS                /* POSIX 1003.1-2001 (and later) with XSI */
+# include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#else
+/* Don't include backward-compatibility files unless they're needed.
+   Eventually we'd like to remove all this cruft.  */
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#  include <sys/mount.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+#  include <sys/vfs.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H      /* Fujitsu UXP/V */
+#  include <sys/fs/s5param.h>
+# endif
+# if defined HAVE_SYS_FILSYS_H && !defined _CRAY
+#  include <sys/filsys.h>       /* SVR2 */
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_STATFS_H
+#  include <sys/statfs.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_DUSTAT_H              /* AIX PS/2 */
+#  include <sys/dustat.h>
+# endif
+# include "full-read.h"
+#endif
+
+/* The results of open() in this file are not used with fchdir,
+   therefore save some unnecessary work in fchdir.c.  */
+#undef open
+#undef close
+
+/* Many space usage primitives use all 1 bits to denote a value that is
+   not applicable or unknown.  Propagate this information by returning
+   a uintmax_t value that is all 1 bits if X is all 1 bits, even if X
+   is unsigned and narrower than uintmax_t.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES(x) \
+  ((sizeof (x) < sizeof (uintmax_t) \
+    && (~ (x) == (sizeof (x) < sizeof (int) \
+                  ? - (1 << (sizeof (x) * CHAR_BIT)) \
+                  : 0))) \
+   ? UINTMAX_MAX : (uintmax_t) (x))
+
+/* Extract the top bit of X as an uintmax_t value.  */
+#define EXTRACT_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) \
+                            & ((uintmax_t) 1 << (sizeof (x) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+
+/* If a value is negative, many space usage primitives store it into an
+   integer variable by assignment, even if the variable's type is unsigned.
+   So, if a space usage variable X's top bit is set, convert X to the
+   uintmax_t value V such that (- (uintmax_t) V) is the negative of
+   the original value.  If X's top bit is clear, just yield X.
+   Use PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT if the original value might be negative;
+   otherwise, use PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) | ~ (EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (x) - 1))
+
+/* Fill in the fields of FSP with information about space usage for
+   the file system on which FILE resides.
+   DISK is the device on which FILE is mounted, for space-getting
+   methods that need to know it.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not.  When returning -1, ensure that
+   ERRNO is either a system error value, or zero if DISK is NULL
+   on a system that requires a non-NULL value.  */
+int
+get_fs_usage (char const *file, char const *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
+{
+#if defined STAT_STATVFS                /* POSIX */
+
+  struct statvfs fsd;
+
+  if (statvfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = (fsd.f_frsize
+                        ? PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_frsize)
+                        : PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize));
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA      /* Ultrix */
+
+  struct fs_data fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd) != 1)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = 1024;
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.btot);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.bfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.fd_req.bfreen);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.fd_req.bfreen) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.gtot);
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.gfree);
+
+#elif defined STAT_READ_FILSYS          /* SVR2 */
+# ifndef SUPERBOFF
+#  define SUPERBOFF (SUPERB * 512)
+# endif
+
+  struct filsys fsd;
+  int fd;
+
+  if (! disk)
+    {
+      errno = 0;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  fd = open (disk, O_RDONLY);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return -1;
+  lseek (fd, (off_t) SUPERBOFF, 0);
+  if (full_read (fd, (char *) &fsd, sizeof fsd) != sizeof fsd)
+    {
+      close (fd);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  close (fd);
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512);
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_fsize);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_tfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.s_tfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.s_tfree) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = (fsd.s_isize == -1
+                    ? UINTMAX_MAX
+                    : (fsd.s_isize - 2) * INOPB * (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 2 : 1));
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_tinode);
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS3_OSF1
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd, sizeof (struct statfs)) != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE        /* 4.3BSD, SunOS 4, HP-UX, AIX */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize);
+
+# ifdef STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS
+
+  /* In SunOS 4.1.2, 4.1.3, and 4.1.3_U1, the block counts in the
+     struct statfs are truncated to 2GB.  These conditions detect that
+     truncation, presumably without botching the 4.1.1 case, in which
+     the values are not truncated.  The correct counts are stored in
+     undocumented spare fields.  */
+  if (fsd.f_blocks == 0x7fffffff / fsd.f_bsize && fsd.f_spare[0] > 0)
+    {
+      fsd.f_blocks = fsd.f_spare[0];
+      fsd.f_bfree = fsd.f_spare[1];
+      fsd.f_bavail = fsd.f_spare[2];
+    }
+# endif /* STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS */
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE        /* 4.4BSD */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS4              /* SVR3, Dynix, Irix, AIX */
+
+# if !_AIX && !defined _SEQUENT_ && !defined DOLPHIN
+#  define f_bavail f_bfree
+# endif
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Empirically, the block counts on most SVR3 and SVR3-derived
+     systems seem to always be in terms of 512-byte blocks,
+     no matter what value f_bsize has.  */
+# if _AIX || defined _CRAY
+   fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize);
+# else
+   fsp->fsu_blocksize = 512;
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if (defined STAT_STATVFS \
+     || (!defined STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA && !defined STAT_READ_FILSYS))
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_blocks);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_files);
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_ffree);
+
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined _AIX && defined _I386
+/* AIX PS/2 does not supply statfs.  */
+
+int
+statfs (char *file, struct statfs *fsb)
+{
+  struct stat stats;
+  struct dustat fsd;
+
+  if (stat (file, &stats) != 0)
+    return -1;
+  if (dustat (stats.st_dev, 0, &fsd, sizeof (fsd)))
+    return -1;
+  fsb->f_type   = 0;
+  fsb->f_bsize  = fsd.du_bsize;
+  fsb->f_blocks = fsd.du_fsize - fsd.du_isize;
+  fsb->f_bfree  = fsd.du_tfree;
+  fsb->f_bavail = fsd.du_tfree;
+  fsb->f_files  = (fsd.du_isize - 2) * fsd.du_inopb;
+  fsb->f_ffree  = fsd.du_tinode;
+  fsb->f_fsid.val[0] = fsd.du_site;
+  fsb->f_fsid.val[1] = fsd.du_pckno;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* _AIX && _I386 */
diff --git a/gl/fsusage.h b/gl/fsusage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fa9f8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/fsusage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* fsusage.h -- declarations for file system space usage info
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Space usage statistics for a file system.  Blocks are 512-byte. */
+
+#if !defined FSUSAGE_H_
+# define FSUSAGE_H_
+
+# include <stdint.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+struct fs_usage
+{
+  uintmax_t fsu_blocksize;      /* Size of a block.  */
+  uintmax_t fsu_blocks;         /* Total blocks. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_bfree;          /* Free blocks available to superuser. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_bavail;         /* Free blocks available to non-superuser. */
+  bool fsu_bavail_top_bit_set;  /* 1 if fsu_bavail represents a value < 0.  */
+  uintmax_t fsu_files;          /* Total file nodes. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_ffree;          /* Free file nodes. */
+};
+
+int get_fs_usage (char const *file, char const *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/full-read.c b/gl/full-read.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c3472a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/full-read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* An interface to read that retries after partial reads and interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#define FULL_READ
+#include "full-write.c"
diff --git a/gl/full-read.h b/gl/full-read.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05d83a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/full-read.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* An interface to read() that reads all it is asked to read.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, read to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Read COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted
+   or if partial reads occur.  Return the number of bytes successfully
+   read, setting errno if that is less than COUNT.  errno = 0 means EOF.  */
+extern size_t full_read (int fd, void *buf, size_t count);
diff --git a/gl/full-write.c b/gl/full-write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc16872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/full-write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* An interface to read and write that retries (if necessary) until complete.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
+   2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef FULL_READ
+# include "full-read.h"
+#else
+# include "full-write.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef FULL_READ
+# include "safe-read.h"
+# define safe_rw safe_read
+# define full_rw full_read
+# undef const
+# define const /* empty */
+#else
+# include "safe-write.h"
+# define safe_rw safe_write
+# define full_rw full_write
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FULL_READ
+/* Set errno to zero upon EOF.  */
+# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO 0
+#else
+/* Some buggy drivers return 0 when one tries to write beyond
+   a device's end.  (Example: Linux 1.2.13 on /dev/fd0.)
+   Set errno to ENOSPC so they get a sensible diagnostic.  */
+# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO ENOSPC
+#endif
+
+/* Write(read) COUNT bytes at BUF to(from) descriptor FD, retrying if
+   interrupted or if a partial write(read) occurs.  Return the number
+   of bytes transferred.
+   When writing, set errno if fewer than COUNT bytes are written.
+   When reading, if fewer than COUNT bytes are read, you must examine
+   errno to distinguish failure from EOF (errno == 0).  */
+size_t
+full_rw (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
+{
+  size_t total = 0;
+  const char *ptr = (const char *) buf;
+
+  while (count > 0)
+    {
+      size_t n_rw = safe_rw (fd, ptr, count);
+      if (n_rw == (size_t) -1)
+        break;
+      if (n_rw == 0)
+        {
+          errno = ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO;
+          break;
+        }
+      total += n_rw;
+      ptr += n_rw;
+      count -= n_rw;
+    }
+
+  return total;
+}
diff --git a/gl/full-write.h b/gl/full-write.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d20d2fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/full-write.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* An interface to write() that writes all it is asked to write.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Write COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted
+   or if partial writes occur.  Return the number of bytes successfully
+   written, setting errno if that is less than COUNT.  */
+extern size_t full_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/gai_strerror.c b/gl/gai_strerror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f0e034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/gai_strerror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1997, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Philip Blundell <pjb27@cam.ac.uk>, 1997.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+# include "getaddrinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(String) gettext (String)
+# define N_(String) String
+#endif
+
+static struct
+  {
+    int code;
+    const char *msg;
+  }
+values[] =
+  {
+    { EAI_ADDRFAMILY, N_("Address family for hostname not supported") },
+    { EAI_AGAIN, N_("Temporary failure in name resolution") },
+    { EAI_BADFLAGS, N_("Bad value for ai_flags") },
+    { EAI_FAIL, N_("Non-recoverable failure in name resolution") },
+    { EAI_FAMILY, N_("ai_family not supported") },
+    { EAI_MEMORY, N_("Memory allocation failure") },
+    { EAI_NODATA, N_("No address associated with hostname") },
+    { EAI_NONAME, N_("Name or service not known") },
+    { EAI_SERVICE, N_("Servname not supported for ai_socktype") },
+    { EAI_SOCKTYPE, N_("ai_socktype not supported") },
+    { EAI_SYSTEM, N_("System error") },
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+    { EAI_INPROGRESS, N_("Processing request in progress") },
+    { EAI_CANCELED, N_("Request canceled") },
+    { EAI_NOTCANCELED, N_("Request not canceled") },
+    { EAI_ALLDONE, N_("All requests done") },
+    { EAI_INTR, N_("Interrupted by a signal") },
+    { EAI_IDN_ENCODE, N_("Parameter string not correctly encoded") }
+#endif
+  };
+
+const char *
+gai_strerror (int code)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (values) / sizeof (values[0]); ++i)
+    if (values[i].code == code)
+      return _(values[i].msg);
+
+  return _("Unknown error");
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_hidden_def (gai_strerror)
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/getaddrinfo.c b/gl/getaddrinfo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f523f76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/getaddrinfo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
+/* Get address information (partial implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "getaddrinfo.h"
+
+#if HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
+# include <netinet/in.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get calloc. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Get memcpy. */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(String) gettext (String)
+#define N_(String) String
+
+#include "inet_ntop.h"
+#include "snprintf.h"
+#include "strdup.h"
+
+/* BeOS has AF_INET, but not PF_INET.  */
+#ifndef PF_INET
+# define PF_INET AF_INET
+#endif
+/* BeOS also lacks PF_UNSPEC.  */
+#ifndef PF_UNSPEC
+# define PF_UNSPEC 0
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# define WIN32_NATIVE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
+typedef int (WSAAPI *getaddrinfo_func) (const char*, const char*,
+                                        const struct addrinfo*,
+                                        struct addrinfo**);
+typedef void (WSAAPI *freeaddrinfo_func) (struct addrinfo*);
+typedef int (WSAAPI *getnameinfo_func) (const struct sockaddr*,
+                                        socklen_t, char*, DWORD,
+                                        char*, DWORD, int);
+
+static getaddrinfo_func getaddrinfo_ptr = NULL;
+static freeaddrinfo_func freeaddrinfo_ptr = NULL;
+static getnameinfo_func getnameinfo_ptr = NULL;
+
+static int
+use_win32_p (void)
+{
+  static int done = 0;
+  HMODULE h;
+
+  if (done)
+    return getaddrinfo_ptr ? 1 : 0;
+
+  done = 1;
+
+  h = GetModuleHandle ("ws2_32.dll");
+
+  if (h)
+    {
+      getaddrinfo_ptr = (getaddrinfo_func) GetProcAddress (h, "getaddrinfo");
+      freeaddrinfo_ptr = (freeaddrinfo_func) GetProcAddress (h, "freeaddrinfo");
+      getnameinfo_ptr = (getnameinfo_func) GetProcAddress (h, "getnameinfo");
+    }
+
+  /* If either is missing, something is odd. */
+  if (!getaddrinfo_ptr || !freeaddrinfo_ptr || !getnameinfo_ptr)
+    {
+      getaddrinfo_ptr = NULL;
+      freeaddrinfo_ptr = NULL;
+      getnameinfo_ptr = NULL;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+static inline bool
+validate_family (int family)
+{
+  /* FIXME: Support more families. */
+#if HAVE_IPV4
+     if (family == PF_INET)
+       return true;
+#endif
+#if HAVE_IPV6
+     if (family == PF_INET6)
+       return true;
+#endif
+     if (family == PF_UNSPEC)
+       return true;
+     return false;
+}
+
+/* Translate name of a service location and/or a service name to set of
+   socket addresses. */
+int
+getaddrinfo (const char *restrict nodename,
+             const char *restrict servname,
+             const struct addrinfo *restrict hints,
+             struct addrinfo **restrict res)
+{
+  struct addrinfo *tmp;
+  int port = 0;
+  struct hostent *he;
+  void *storage;
+  size_t size;
+#if HAVE_IPV6
+  struct v6_pair {
+    struct addrinfo addrinfo;
+    struct sockaddr_in6 sockaddr_in6;
+  };
+#endif
+#if HAVE_IPV4
+  struct v4_pair {
+    struct addrinfo addrinfo;
+    struct sockaddr_in sockaddr_in;
+  };
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
+  if (use_win32_p ())
+    return getaddrinfo_ptr (nodename, servname, hints, res);
+#endif
+
+  if (hints && (hints->ai_flags & ~(AI_CANONNAME|AI_PASSIVE)))
+    /* FIXME: Support more flags. */
+    return EAI_BADFLAGS;
+
+  if (hints && !validate_family (hints->ai_family))
+    return EAI_FAMILY;
+
+  if (hints &&
+      hints->ai_socktype != SOCK_STREAM && hints->ai_socktype != SOCK_DGRAM)
+    /* FIXME: Support other socktype. */
+    return EAI_SOCKTYPE; /* FIXME: Better return code? */
+
+  if (!nodename)
+    {
+      if (!(hints->ai_flags & AI_PASSIVE))
+        return EAI_NONAME;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_IPV6
+      nodename = (hints->ai_family == AF_INET6) ? "::" : "0.0.0.0";
+#else
+      nodename = "0.0.0.0";
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (servname)
+    {
+      struct servent *se = NULL;
+      const char *proto =
+        (hints && hints->ai_socktype == SOCK_DGRAM) ? "udp" : "tcp";
+
+      if (!(hints->ai_flags & AI_NUMERICSERV))
+        /* FIXME: Use getservbyname_r if available. */
+        se = getservbyname (servname, proto);
+
+      if (!se)
+        {
+          char *c;
+          if (!(*servname >= '0' && *servname <= '9'))
+            return EAI_NONAME;
+          port = strtoul (servname, &c, 10);
+          if (*c || port > 0xffff)
+            return EAI_NONAME;
+          port = htons (port);
+        }
+      else
+        port = se->s_port;
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: Use gethostbyname_r if available. */
+  he = gethostbyname (nodename);
+  if (!he || he->h_addr_list[0] == NULL)
+    return EAI_NONAME;
+
+  switch (he->h_addrtype)
+    {
+#if HAVE_IPV6
+    case PF_INET6:
+      size = sizeof (struct v6_pair);
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_IPV4
+    case PF_INET:
+      size = sizeof (struct v4_pair);
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      return EAI_NODATA;
+    }
+
+  storage = calloc (1, size);
+  if (!storage)
+    return EAI_MEMORY;
+
+  switch (he->h_addrtype)
+    {
+#if HAVE_IPV6
+    case PF_INET6:
+      {
+        struct v6_pair *p = storage;
+        struct sockaddr_in6 *sinp = &p->sockaddr_in6;
+        tmp = &p->addrinfo;
+
+        if (port)
+          sinp->sin6_port = port;
+
+        if (he->h_length != sizeof (sinp->sin6_addr))
+          {
+            free (storage);
+            return EAI_SYSTEM; /* FIXME: Better return code?  Set errno? */
+          }
+
+        memcpy (&sinp->sin6_addr, he->h_addr_list[0], sizeof sinp->sin6_addr);
+
+        tmp->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *) sinp;
+        tmp->ai_addrlen = sizeof *sinp;
+      }
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_IPV4
+    case PF_INET:
+      {
+        struct v4_pair *p = storage;
+        struct sockaddr_in *sinp = &p->sockaddr_in;
+        tmp = &p->addrinfo;
+
+        if (port)
+          sinp->sin_port = port;
+
+        if (he->h_length != sizeof (sinp->sin_addr))
+          {
+            free (storage);
+            return EAI_SYSTEM; /* FIXME: Better return code?  Set errno? */
+          }
+
+        memcpy (&sinp->sin_addr, he->h_addr_list[0], sizeof sinp->sin_addr);
+
+        tmp->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *) sinp;
+        tmp->ai_addrlen = sizeof *sinp;
+      }
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      free (storage);
+      return EAI_NODATA;
+    }
+
+  if (hints && hints->ai_flags & AI_CANONNAME)
+    {
+      const char *cn;
+      if (he->h_name)
+        cn = he->h_name;
+      else
+        cn = nodename;
+
+      tmp->ai_canonname = strdup (cn);
+      if (!tmp->ai_canonname)
+        {
+          free (storage);
+          return EAI_MEMORY;
+        }
+    }
+
+  tmp->ai_protocol = (hints) ? hints->ai_protocol : 0;
+  tmp->ai_socktype = (hints) ? hints->ai_socktype : 0;
+  tmp->ai_addr->sa_family = he->h_addrtype;
+  tmp->ai_family = he->h_addrtype;
+
+  /* FIXME: If more than one address, create linked list of addrinfo's. */
+
+  *res = tmp;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Free `addrinfo' structure AI including associated storage.  */
+void
+freeaddrinfo (struct addrinfo *ai)
+{
+#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
+  if (use_win32_p ())
+    {
+      freeaddrinfo_ptr (ai);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (ai)
+    {
+      struct addrinfo *cur;
+
+      cur = ai;
+      ai = ai->ai_next;
+
+      if (cur->ai_canonname) free (cur->ai_canonname);
+      free (cur);
+    }
+}
+
+int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *restrict sa, socklen_t salen,
+                char *restrict node, socklen_t nodelen,
+                char *restrict service, socklen_t servicelen,
+                int flags)
+{
+#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
+  if (use_win32_p ())
+    return getnameinfo_ptr (sa, salen, node, nodelen,
+                            service, servicelen, flags);
+#endif
+
+  /* FIXME: Support other flags. */
+  if ((node && nodelen > 0 && !(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST)) ||
+      (service && servicelen > 0 && !(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST)) ||
+      (flags & ~(NI_NUMERICHOST|NI_NUMERICSERV)))
+    return EAI_BADFLAGS;
+
+  if (sa == NULL || salen < sizeof (sa->sa_family))
+    return EAI_FAMILY;
+
+  switch (sa->sa_family)
+    {
+#if HAVE_IPV4
+    case AF_INET:
+      if (salen < sizeof (struct sockaddr_in))
+        return EAI_FAMILY;
+      break;
+#endif
+#if HAVE_IPV6
+    case AF_INET6:
+      if (salen < sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6))
+        return EAI_FAMILY;
+      break;
+#endif
+    default:
+      return EAI_FAMILY;
+    }
+
+  if (node && nodelen > 0 && flags & NI_NUMERICHOST)
+    {
+      switch (sa->sa_family)
+        {
+#if HAVE_IPV4
+        case AF_INET:
+          if (!inet_ntop (AF_INET,
+                          &(((const struct sockaddr_in *) sa)->sin_addr),
+                          node, nodelen))
+            return EAI_SYSTEM;
+          break;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_IPV6
+        case AF_INET6:
+          if (!inet_ntop (AF_INET6,
+                          &(((const struct sockaddr_in6 *) sa)->sin6_addr),
+                          node, nodelen))
+            return EAI_SYSTEM;
+          break;
+#endif
+
+        default:
+          return EAI_FAMILY;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (service && servicelen > 0 && flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)
+    switch (sa->sa_family)
+      {
+#if HAVE_IPV4
+      case AF_INET:
+#endif
+#if HAVE_IPV6
+      case AF_INET6:
+#endif
+        {
+          unsigned short int port
+            = ntohs (((const struct sockaddr_in *) sa)->sin_port);
+          if (servicelen <= snprintf (service, servicelen, "%u", port))
+            return EAI_OVERFLOW;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/gl/getaddrinfo.h b/gl/getaddrinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4ef242
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/getaddrinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* Get address information.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
+                 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef GETADDRINFO_H
+#define GETADDRINFO_H
+
+/* sys/socket.h in i386-unknown-freebsd4.10 and
+   powerpc-apple-darwin5.5 require sys/types.h, so include it first.
+   Then we'll also get 'socklen_t' and 'struct sockaddr' which are
+   used below. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+/* Get all getaddrinfo related declarations, if available.  */
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
+
+/* Structure to contain information about address of a service provider.  */
+struct addrinfo
+{
+  int ai_flags;                 /* Input flags.  */
+  int ai_family;                /* Protocol family for socket.  */
+  int ai_socktype;              /* Socket type.  */
+  int ai_protocol;              /* Protocol for socket.  */
+  socklen_t ai_addrlen;         /* Length of socket address.  */
+  struct sockaddr *ai_addr;     /* Socket address for socket.  */
+  char *ai_canonname;           /* Canonical name for service location.  */
+  struct addrinfo *ai_next;     /* Pointer to next in list.  */
+};
+#endif
+
+/* Possible values for `ai_flags' field in `addrinfo' structure.  */
+#ifndef AI_PASSIVE
+# define AI_PASSIVE     0x0001  /* Socket address is intended for `bind'.  */
+#endif
+#ifndef AI_CANONNAME
+# define AI_CANONNAME   0x0002  /* Request for canonical name.  */
+#endif
+#ifndef AI_NUMERICSERV
+# define AI_NUMERICSERV 0x0400  /* Don't use name resolution.  */
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* The commented out definitions below are not yet implemented in the
+   GNULIB getaddrinfo() replacement, so are not yet needed and may, in fact,
+   cause conflicts on systems with a getaddrinfo() function which does not
+   define them.
+
+   If they are restored, be sure to protect the definitions with #ifndef.  */
+#define AI_NUMERICHOST  0x0004  /* Don't use name resolution.  */
+#define AI_V4MAPPED     0x0008  /* IPv4 mapped addresses are acceptable.  */
+#define AI_ALL          0x0010  /* Return IPv4 mapped and IPv6 addresses.  */
+#define AI_ADDRCONFIG   0x0020  /* Use configuration of this host to choose
+                                   returned address type..  */
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+/* Error values for `getaddrinfo' function.  */
+#ifndef EAI_BADFLAGS
+# define EAI_BADFLAGS     -1    /* Invalid value for `ai_flags' field.  */
+# define EAI_NONAME       -2    /* NAME or SERVICE is unknown.  */
+# define EAI_AGAIN        -3    /* Temporary failure in name resolution.  */
+# define EAI_FAIL         -4    /* Non-recoverable failure in name res.  */
+# define EAI_NODATA       -5    /* No address associated with NAME.  */
+# define EAI_FAMILY       -6    /* `ai_family' not supported.  */
+# define EAI_SOCKTYPE     -7    /* `ai_socktype' not supported.  */
+# define EAI_SERVICE      -8    /* SERVICE not supported for `ai_socktype'.  */
+# define EAI_MEMORY       -10   /* Memory allocation failure.  */
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_OVERFLOW
+/* Not defined on mingw32. */
+# define EAI_OVERFLOW     -12   /* Argument buffer overflow.  */
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_ADDRFAMILY
+/* Not defined on mingw32. */
+# define EAI_ADDRFAMILY  -9     /* Address family for NAME not supported.  */
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_SYSTEM
+/* Not defined on mingw32. */
+# define EAI_SYSTEM       -11   /* System error returned in `errno'.  */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+# ifndef EAI_INPROGRESS
+#  define EAI_INPROGRESS        -100    /* Processing request in progress.  */
+#  define EAI_CANCELED          -101    /* Request canceled.  */
+#  define EAI_NOTCANCELED       -102    /* Request not canceled.  */
+#  define EAI_ALLDONE           -103    /* All requests done.  */
+#  define EAI_INTR              -104    /* Interrupted by a signal.  */
+#  define EAI_IDN_ENCODE        -105    /* IDN encoding failed.  */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETADDRINFO
+/* Translate name of a service location and/or a service name to set of
+   socket addresses.
+   For more details, see the POSIX:2001 specification
+   <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getaddrinfo.html>.  */
+extern int getaddrinfo (const char *restrict nodename,
+                        const char *restrict servname,
+                        const struct addrinfo *restrict hints,
+                        struct addrinfo **restrict res);
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_FREEADDRINFO
+/* Free `addrinfo' structure AI including associated storage.
+   For more details, see the POSIX:2001 specification
+   <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getaddrinfo.html>.  */
+extern void freeaddrinfo (struct addrinfo *ai);
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR
+/* Convert error return from getaddrinfo() to a string.
+   For more details, see the POSIX:2001 specification
+   <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/gai_strerror.html>.  */
+extern const char *gai_strerror (int ecode);
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETNAMEINFO
+/* Convert socket address to printable node and service names.
+   For more details, see the POSIX:2001 specification
+   <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getnameinfo.html>.  */
+extern int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *restrict sa, socklen_t salen,
+                       char *restrict node, socklen_t nodelen,
+                       char *restrict service, socklen_t servicelen,
+                       int flags);
+
+#endif
+
+/* Possible flags for getnameinfo.  */
+#ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST
+# define NI_NUMERICHOST 1
+#endif
+#ifndef NI_NUMERICSERV
+# define NI_NUMERICSERV 2
+#endif
+
+#endif /* GETADDRINFO_H */
diff --git a/gl/gethostname.c b/gl/gethostname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eedc40e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/gethostname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* gethostname emulation for SysV and POSIX.1.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNAME
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Put up to LEN chars of the host name into NAME.
+   Null terminate it if the name is shorter than LEN.
+   Return 0 if ok, -1 if error.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+int
+gethostname (char *name, size_t len)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_UNAME
+  struct utsname uts;
+
+  if (uname (&uts) == -1)
+    return -1;
+  if (len > sizeof (uts.nodename))
+    {
+      /* More space than we need is available.  */
+      name[sizeof (uts.nodename)] = '\0';
+      len = sizeof (uts.nodename);
+    }
+  strncpy (name, uts.nodename, len);
+#else
+  strcpy (name, "");            /* Hardcode your system name if you want.  */
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/gl/getloadavg.c b/gl/getloadavg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfa6273
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/getloadavg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1020 @@
+/* Get the system load averages.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994,
+   1995, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with gnulib.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Compile-time symbols that this file uses:
+
+   HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC        Define this if your system has the
+                                pstat_getdynamic function.  I think it
+                                is unique to HPUX9.  The best way to get the
+                                definition is through the AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
+                                macro that comes with autoconf 2.13 or newer.
+                                If that isn't an option, then just put
+                                AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pstat_getdynamic) in your
+                                configure.in file.
+   FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR()   Adjust address in returned struct nlist.
+   KERNEL_FILE                  Name of the kernel file to nlist.
+   LDAV_CVT()                   Scale the load average from the kernel.
+                                Returns a double.
+   LDAV_SYMBOL                  Name of kernel symbol giving load average.
+   LOAD_AVE_TYPE                Type of the load average array in the kernel.
+                                Must be defined unless one of
+                                apollo, DGUX, NeXT, or UMAX is defined;
+                                or we have libkstat;
+                                otherwise, no load average is available.
+   HAVE_NLIST_H                 nlist.h is available.  NLIST_STRUCT defaults
+                                to this.
+   NLIST_STRUCT                 Include nlist.h, not a.out.h, and
+                                the nlist n_name element is a pointer,
+                                not an array.
+   HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME `n_un.n_name' is member of `struct nlist'.
+   LINUX_LDAV_FILE              [__linux__, __CYGWIN__]: File containing
+                                load averages.
+
+   Specific system predefines this file uses, aside from setting
+   default values if not emacs:
+
+   apollo
+   BSD                          Real BSD, not just BSD-like.
+   convex
+   DGUX
+   eunice                       UNIX emulator under VMS.
+   hpux
+   __MSDOS__                    No-op for MSDOS.
+   NeXT
+   sgi
+   sequent                      Sequent Dynix 3.x.x (BSD)
+   _SEQUENT_                    Sequent DYNIX/ptx 1.x.x (SYSV)
+   sony_news                    NEWS-OS (works at least for 4.1C)
+   UMAX
+   UMAX4_3
+   VMS
+   WINDOWS32                    No-op for Windows95/NT.
+   __linux__                    Linux: assumes /proc file system mounted.
+                                Support from Michael K. Johnson.
+   __CYGWIN__                   Cygwin emulates linux /proc/loadavg.
+   __NetBSD__                   NetBSD: assumes /kern file system mounted.
+
+   In addition, to avoid nesting many #ifdefs, we internally set
+   LDAV_DONE to indicate that the load average has been computed.
+
+   We also #define LDAV_PRIVILEGED if a program will require
+   special installation to be able to call getloadavg.  */
+
+/* "configure" defines CONFIGURING_GETLOADAVG to sidestep problems
+   with partially-configured source directories.  */
+
+#ifndef CONFIGURING_GETLOADAVG
+# include <config.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Exclude all the code except the test program at the end
+   if the system has its own `getloadavg' function.  */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Both the Emacs and non-Emacs sections want this.  Some
+   configuration files' definitions for the LOAD_AVE_CVT macro (like
+   sparc.h's) use macros like FSCALE, defined here.  */
+# if defined (unix) || defined (__unix)
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+
+# include "c-strtod.h"
+# include "cloexec.h"
+# include "intprops.h"
+# include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* The existing Emacs configuration files define a macro called
+   LOAD_AVE_CVT, which accepts a value of type LOAD_AVE_TYPE, and
+   returns the load average multiplied by 100.  What we actually want
+   is a macro called LDAV_CVT, which returns the load average as an
+   unmultiplied double.
+
+   For backwards compatibility, we'll define LDAV_CVT in terms of
+   LOAD_AVE_CVT, but future machine config files should just define
+   LDAV_CVT directly.  */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_CVT) && defined (LOAD_AVE_CVT)
+#  define LDAV_CVT(n) (LOAD_AVE_CVT (n) / 100.0)
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (BSD) && defined (ultrix)
+/* Ultrix behaves like BSD on Vaxen.  */
+#  define BSD
+# endif
+
+# ifdef NeXT
+/* NeXT in the 2.{0,1,2} releases defines BSD in <sys/param.h>, which
+   conflicts with the definition understood in this file, that this
+   really is BSD. */
+#  undef BSD
+
+/* NeXT defines FSCALE in <sys/param.h>.  However, we take FSCALE being
+   defined to mean that the nlist method should be used, which is not true.  */
+#  undef FSCALE
+# endif
+
+/* Same issues as for NeXT apply to the HURD-based GNU system.  */
+# ifdef __GNU__
+#  undef BSD
+#  undef FSCALE
+# endif /* __GNU__ */
+
+/* Set values that are different from the defaults, which are
+   set a little farther down with #ifndef.  */
+
+
+/* Some shorthands.  */
+
+# if defined (HPUX) && !defined (hpux)
+#  define hpux
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__hpux) && !defined (hpux)
+#  define hpux
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__sun) && !defined (sun)
+#  define sun
+# endif
+
+# if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+#  define MORE_BSD
+# endif
+
+# if defined (ultrix) && defined (mips)
+#  define decstation
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__SVR4) && !defined (SVR4)
+#  define SVR4
+# endif
+
+# if (defined (sun) && defined (SVR4)) || defined (SOLARIS2)
+#  define SUNOS_5
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__osf__) && (defined (__alpha) || defined (__alpha__))
+#  define OSF_ALPHA
+#  include <sys/mbuf.h>
+#  include <sys/socket.h>
+#  include <net/route.h>
+#  include <sys/table.h>
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__osf__) && (defined (mips) || defined (__mips__))
+#  define OSF_MIPS
+#  include <sys/table.h>
+# endif
+
+/* UTek's /bin/cc on the 4300 has no architecture specific cpp define by
+   default, but _MACH_IND_SYS_TYPES is defined in <sys/types.h>.  Combine
+   that with a couple of other things and we'll have a unique match.  */
+# if !defined (tek4300) && defined (unix) && defined (m68k) && defined (mc68000) && defined (mc68020) && defined (_MACH_IND_SYS_TYPES)
+#  define tek4300                       /* Define by emacs, but not by other users.  */
+# endif
+
+
+/* VAX C can't handle multi-line #ifs, or lines longer than 256 chars.  */
+# ifndef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifdef MORE_BSD
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef sun
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef decstation
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef _SEQUENT_
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef sgi
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef SVR4
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef sony_news
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef sequent
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef OSF_ALPHA
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined (ardent) && defined (titan)
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef tek4300
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) /* Alliant FX/2800 */
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef _AIX
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef convex
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE double
+#   ifndef LDAV_CVT
+#    define LDAV_CVT(n) (n)
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+# endif /* No LOAD_AVE_TYPE.  */
+
+# ifdef OSF_ALPHA
+/* <sys/param.h> defines an incorrect value for FSCALE on Alpha OSF/1,
+   according to ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu.  */
+#  undef FSCALE
+#  define FSCALE 1024.0
+# endif
+
+# if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) /* Alliant FX/2800 */
+/* <sys/param.h> defines an incorrect value for FSCALE on an
+   Alliant FX/2800 Concentrix 2.2, according to ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu.  */
+#  undef FSCALE
+#  define FSCALE 100.0
+# endif
+
+
+# ifndef FSCALE
+
+/* SunOS and some others define FSCALE in sys/param.h.  */
+
+#  ifdef MORE_BSD
+#   define FSCALE 2048.0
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined (MIPS) || defined (SVR4) || defined (decstation)
+#   define FSCALE 256
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined (sgi) || defined (sequent)
+/* Sometimes both MIPS and sgi are defined, so FSCALE was just defined
+   above under #ifdef MIPS.  But we want the sgi value.  */
+#   undef FSCALE
+#   define FSCALE 1000.0
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined (ardent) && defined (titan)
+#   define FSCALE 65536.0
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef tek4300
+#   define FSCALE 100.0
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef _AIX
+#   define FSCALE 65536.0
+#  endif
+
+# endif /* Not FSCALE.  */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_CVT) && defined (FSCALE)
+#  define LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+#  if HAVE_NLIST_H
+#   define NLIST_STRUCT
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if defined (sgi) || (defined (mips) && !defined (BSD))
+#  define FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR(nl) ((nl)[0].n_value &= ~(1 << 31))
+# endif
+
+
+# if !defined (KERNEL_FILE) && defined (sequent)
+#  define KERNEL_FILE "/dynix"
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (KERNEL_FILE) && defined (hpux)
+#  define KERNEL_FILE "/hp-ux"
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (KERNEL_FILE) && (defined (_SEQUENT_) || defined (MIPS) || defined (SVR4) || defined (ISC) || defined (sgi) || (defined (ardent) && defined (titan)))
+#  define KERNEL_FILE "/unix"
+# endif
+
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_SYMBOL) && defined (alliant)
+#  define LDAV_SYMBOL "_Loadavg"
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_SYMBOL) && ((defined (hpux) && !defined (hp9000s300)) || defined (_SEQUENT_) || defined (SVR4) || defined (ISC) || defined (sgi) || (defined (ardent) && defined (titan)) || defined (_AIX))
+#  define LDAV_SYMBOL "avenrun"
+# endif
+
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+/* LOAD_AVE_TYPE should only get defined if we're going to use the
+   nlist method.  */
+# if !defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE) && (defined (BSD) || defined (LDAV_CVT) || defined (KERNEL_FILE) || defined (LDAV_SYMBOL))
+#  define LOAD_AVE_TYPE double
+# endif
+
+# ifdef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifndef __VMS
+#   ifndef __linux__
+#    ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+#     include <a.out.h>
+#    else /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+#     include <nlist.h>
+#    endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+
+#    ifdef SUNOS_5
+#     include <fcntl.h>
+#     include <kvm.h>
+#     include <kstat.h>
+#    endif
+
+#    if defined (hpux) && defined (HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC)
+#     include <sys/pstat.h>
+#    endif
+
+#    ifndef KERNEL_FILE
+#     define KERNEL_FILE "/vmunix"
+#    endif /* KERNEL_FILE */
+
+#    ifndef LDAV_SYMBOL
+#     define LDAV_SYMBOL "_avenrun"
+#    endif /* LDAV_SYMBOL */
+#   endif /* __linux__ */
+
+#  else /* __VMS */
+
+#   ifndef eunice
+#    include <iodef.h>
+#    include <descrip.h>
+#   else /* eunice */
+#    include <vms/iodef.h>
+#   endif /* eunice */
+#  endif /* __VMS */
+
+#  ifndef LDAV_CVT
+#   define LDAV_CVT(n) ((double) (n))
+#  endif /* !LDAV_CVT */
+
+# endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
+
+# if defined (__GNU__) && !defined (NeXT)
+/* Note that NeXT Openstep defines __GNU__ even though it should not.  */
+/* GNU system acts much like NeXT, for load average purposes,
+   but not exactly.  */
+#  define NeXT
+#  define host_self mach_host_self
+# endif
+
+# ifdef NeXT
+#  ifdef HAVE_MACH_MACH_H
+#   include <mach/mach.h>
+#  else
+#   include <mach.h>
+#  endif
+# endif /* NeXT */
+
+# ifdef sgi
+#  include <sys/sysmp.h>
+# endif /* sgi */
+
+# ifdef UMAX
+#  include <signal.h>
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+#  include <sys/wait.h>
+#  include <sys/syscall.h>
+
+#  ifdef UMAX_43
+#   include <machine/cpu.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/statistics.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/sysstats.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/cpustats.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/procstats.h>
+#  else /* Not UMAX_43.  */
+#   include <sys/sysdefs.h>
+#   include <sys/statistics.h>
+#   include <sys/sysstats.h>
+#   include <sys/cpudefs.h>
+#   include <sys/cpustats.h>
+#   include <sys/procstats.h>
+#  endif /* Not UMAX_43.  */
+# endif /* UMAX */
+
+# ifdef DGUX
+#  include <sys/dg_sys_info.h>
+# endif
+
+# include "fcntl--.h"
+
+/* Avoid static vars inside a function since in HPUX they dump as pure.  */
+
+# ifdef NeXT
+static processor_set_t default_set;
+static bool getloadavg_initialized;
+# endif /* NeXT */
+
+# ifdef UMAX
+static unsigned int cpus = 0;
+static unsigned int samples;
+# endif /* UMAX */
+
+# ifdef DGUX
+static struct dg_sys_info_load_info load_info;  /* what-a-mouthful! */
+# endif /* DGUX */
+
+# if !defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT) && defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE)
+/* File descriptor open to /dev/kmem or VMS load ave driver.  */
+static int channel;
+/* True iff channel is valid.  */
+static bool getloadavg_initialized;
+/* Offset in kmem to seek to read load average, or 0 means invalid.  */
+static long offset;
+
+#  if ! defined __VMS && ! defined sgi && ! defined __linux__
+static struct nlist nl[2];
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef SUNOS_5
+static kvm_t *kd;
+#  endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+
+# endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE && !HAVE_LIBKSTAT */
+
+/* Put the 1 minute, 5 minute and 15 minute load averages
+   into the first NELEM elements of LOADAVG.
+   Return the number written (never more than 3, but may be less than NELEM),
+   or -1 if an error occurred.  */
+
+int
+getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
+{
+  int elem = 0;                 /* Return value.  */
+
+# ifdef NO_GET_LOAD_AVG
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  /* Set errno to zero to indicate that there was no particular error;
+     this function just can't work at all on this system.  */
+  errno = 0;
+  elem = -1;
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT)
+/* Use libkstat because we don't have to be root.  */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  kstat_ctl_t *kc;
+  kstat_t *ksp;
+  kstat_named_t *kn;
+
+  kc = kstat_open ();
+  if (kc == 0)
+    return -1;
+  ksp = kstat_lookup (kc, "unix", 0, "system_misc");
+  if (ksp == 0)
+    return -1;
+  if (kstat_read (kc, ksp, 0) == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+
+  kn = kstat_data_lookup (ksp, "avenrun_1min");
+  if (kn == 0)
+    {
+      /* Return -1 if no load average information is available.  */
+      nelem = 0;
+      elem = -1;
+    }
+
+  if (nelem >= 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = (double) kn->value.ul / FSCALE;
+
+  if (nelem >= 2)
+    {
+      kn = kstat_data_lookup (ksp, "avenrun_5min");
+      if (kn != 0)
+        {
+          loadavg[elem++] = (double) kn->value.ul / FSCALE;
+
+          if (nelem >= 3)
+            {
+              kn = kstat_data_lookup (ksp, "avenrun_15min");
+              if (kn != 0)
+                loadavg[elem++] = (double) kn->value.ul / FSCALE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  kstat_close (kc);
+# endif /* HAVE_LIBKSTAT */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (hpux) && defined (HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC)
+/* Use pstat_getdynamic() because we don't have to be root.  */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+  struct pst_dynamic dyn_info;
+  if (pstat_getdynamic (&dyn_info, sizeof (dyn_info), 0, 0) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = dyn_info.psd_avg_1_min;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = dyn_info.psd_avg_5_min;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = dyn_info.psd_avg_15_min;
+
+# endif /* hpux && HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined (__linux__) || defined (__CYGWIN__))
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifndef LINUX_LDAV_FILE
+#   define LINUX_LDAV_FILE "/proc/loadavg"
+#  endif
+
+  char ldavgbuf[3 * (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + sizeof ".00 ")];
+  char const *ptr = ldavgbuf;
+  int fd, count;
+
+  fd = open (LINUX_LDAV_FILE, O_RDONLY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    return -1;
+  count = read (fd, ldavgbuf, sizeof ldavgbuf - 1);
+  (void) close (fd);
+  if (count <= 0)
+    return -1;
+  ldavgbuf[count] = '\0';
+
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    {
+      char *endptr;
+      double d = c_strtod (ptr, &endptr);
+      if (ptr == endptr)
+        {
+          if (elem == 0)
+            return -1;
+          break;
+        }
+      loadavg[elem] = d;
+      ptr = endptr;
+    }
+
+  return elem;
+
+# endif /* __linux__ || __CYGWIN__ */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (__NetBSD__)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifndef NETBSD_LDAV_FILE
+#   define NETBSD_LDAV_FILE "/kern/loadavg"
+#  endif
+
+  unsigned long int load_ave[3], scale;
+  int count;
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  fp = fopen (NETBSD_LDAV_FILE, "r");
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    return -1;
+  count = fscanf (fp, "%lu %lu %lu %lu\n",
+                  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2],
+                  &scale);
+  (void) fclose (fp);
+  if (count != 4)
+    return -1;
+
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    loadavg[elem] = (double) load_ave[elem] / (double) scale;
+
+  return elem;
+
+# endif /* __NetBSD__ */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (NeXT)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  /* The NeXT code was adapted from iscreen 3.2.  */
+
+  host_t host;
+  struct processor_set_basic_info info;
+  unsigned int info_count;
+
+  /* We only know how to get the 1-minute average for this system,
+     so even if the caller asks for more than 1, we only return 1.  */
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      if (processor_set_default (host_self (), &default_set) == KERN_SUCCESS)
+        getloadavg_initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  if (getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      info_count = PROCESSOR_SET_BASIC_INFO_COUNT;
+      if (processor_set_info (default_set, PROCESSOR_SET_BASIC_INFO, &host,
+                              (processor_set_info_t) &info, &info_count)
+          != KERN_SUCCESS)
+        getloadavg_initialized = false;
+      else
+        {
+          if (nelem > 0)
+            loadavg[elem++] = (double) info.load_average / LOAD_SCALE;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    return -1;
+# endif /* NeXT */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (UMAX)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+/* UMAX 4.2, which runs on the Encore Multimax multiprocessor, does not
+   have a /dev/kmem.  Information about the workings of the running kernel
+   can be gathered with inq_stats system calls.
+   We only know how to get the 1-minute average for this system.  */
+
+  struct proc_summary proc_sum_data;
+  struct stat_descr proc_info;
+  double load;
+  register unsigned int i, j;
+
+  if (cpus == 0)
+    {
+      register unsigned int c, i;
+      struct cpu_config conf;
+      struct stat_descr desc;
+
+      desc.sd_next = 0;
+      desc.sd_subsys = SUBSYS_CPU;
+      desc.sd_type = CPUTYPE_CONFIG;
+      desc.sd_addr = (char *) &conf;
+      desc.sd_size = sizeof conf;
+
+      if (inq_stats (1, &desc))
+        return -1;
+
+      c = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < conf.config_maxclass; ++i)
+        {
+          struct class_stats stats;
+          bzero ((char *) &stats, sizeof stats);
+
+          desc.sd_type = CPUTYPE_CLASS;
+          desc.sd_objid = i;
+          desc.sd_addr = (char *) &stats;
+          desc.sd_size = sizeof stats;
+
+          if (inq_stats (1, &desc))
+            return -1;
+
+          c += stats.class_numcpus;
+        }
+      cpus = c;
+      samples = cpus < 2 ? 3 : (2 * cpus / 3);
+    }
+
+  proc_info.sd_next = 0;
+  proc_info.sd_subsys = SUBSYS_PROC;
+  proc_info.sd_type = PROCTYPE_SUMMARY;
+  proc_info.sd_addr = (char *) &proc_sum_data;
+  proc_info.sd_size = sizeof (struct proc_summary);
+  proc_info.sd_sizeused = 0;
+
+  if (inq_stats (1, &proc_info) != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  load = proc_sum_data.ps_nrunnable;
+  j = 0;
+  for (i = samples - 1; i > 0; --i)
+    {
+      load += proc_sum_data.ps_nrun[j];
+      if (j++ == PS_NRUNSIZE)
+        j = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load / samples / cpus;
+# endif /* UMAX */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (DGUX)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  /* This call can return -1 for an error, but with good args
+     it's not supposed to fail.  The first argument is for no
+     apparent reason of type `long int *'.  */
+  dg_sys_info ((long int *) &load_info,
+               DG_SYS_INFO_LOAD_INFO_TYPE,
+               DG_SYS_INFO_LOAD_VERSION_0);
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.one_minute;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.five_minute;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.fifteen_minute;
+# endif /* DGUX */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (apollo)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+/* Apollo code from lisch@mentorg.com (Ray Lischner).
+
+   This system call is not documented.  The load average is obtained as
+   three long integers, for the load average over the past minute,
+   five minutes, and fifteen minutes.  Each value is a scaled integer,
+   with 16 bits of integer part and 16 bits of fraction part.
+
+   I'm not sure which operating system first supported this system call,
+   but I know that SR10.2 supports it.  */
+
+  extern void proc1_$get_loadav ();
+  unsigned long load_ave[3];
+
+  proc1_$get_loadav (load_ave);
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[0] / 65536.0;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[1] / 65536.0;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[2] / 65536.0;
+# endif /* apollo */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_MIPS)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+
+  struct tbl_loadavg load_ave;
+  table (TBL_LOADAVG, 0, &load_ave, 1, sizeof (load_ave));
+  loadavg[elem++]
+    = (load_ave.tl_lscale == 0
+       ? load_ave.tl_avenrun.d[0]
+       : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[0] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
+# endif /* OSF_MIPS */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (WINDOWS32))
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+
+  /* A faithful emulation is going to have to be saved for a rainy day.  */
+  for ( ; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    {
+      loadavg[elem] = 0.0;
+    }
+# endif  /* __MSDOS__ || WINDOWS32 */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_ALPHA)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+
+  struct tbl_loadavg load_ave;
+  table (TBL_LOADAVG, 0, &load_ave, 1, sizeof (load_ave));
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    loadavg[elem]
+      = (load_ave.tl_lscale == 0
+         ? load_ave.tl_avenrun.d[elem]
+         : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[elem] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
+# endif /* OSF_ALPHA */
+
+# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined __VMS
+  /* VMS specific code -- read from the Load Ave driver.  */
+
+  LOAD_AVE_TYPE load_ave[3];
+  static bool getloadavg_initialized;
+#  ifdef eunice
+  struct
+  {
+    int dsc$w_length;
+    char *dsc$a_pointer;
+  } descriptor;
+#  endif
+
+  /* Ensure that there is a channel open to the load ave device.  */
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      /* Attempt to open the channel.  */
+#  ifdef eunice
+      descriptor.dsc$w_length = 18;
+      descriptor.dsc$a_pointer = "$$VMS_LOAD_AVERAGE";
+#  else
+      $DESCRIPTOR (descriptor, "LAV0:");
+#  endif
+      if (sys$assign (&descriptor, &channel, 0, 0) & 1)
+        getloadavg_initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  /* Read the load average vector.  */
+  if (getloadavg_initialized
+      && !(sys$qiow (0, channel, IO$_READVBLK, 0, 0, 0,
+                     load_ave, 12, 0, 0, 0, 0) & 1))
+    {
+      sys$dassgn (channel);
+      getloadavg_initialized = false;
+    }
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    return -1;
+# endif /* ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined __VMS */
+
+# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS
+
+  /* UNIX-specific code -- read the average from /dev/kmem.  */
+
+#  define LDAV_PRIVILEGED               /* This code requires special installation.  */
+
+  LOAD_AVE_TYPE load_ave[3];
+
+  /* Get the address of LDAV_SYMBOL.  */
+  if (offset == 0)
+    {
+#  ifndef sgi
+#   ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+      strcpy (nl[0].n_name, LDAV_SYMBOL);
+      strcpy (nl[1].n_name, "");
+#   else /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+#    ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME
+      nl[0].n_un.n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
+      nl[1].n_un.n_name = 0;
+#    else /* not HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME */
+      nl[0].n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
+      nl[1].n_name = 0;
+#    endif /* not HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME */
+#   endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+
+#   ifndef SUNOS_5
+      if (
+#    if !(defined (_AIX) && !defined (ps2))
+          nlist (KERNEL_FILE, nl)
+#    else  /* _AIX */
+          knlist (nl, 1, sizeof (nl[0]))
+#    endif
+          >= 0)
+          /* Omit "&& nl[0].n_type != 0 " -- it breaks on Sun386i.  */
+          {
+#    ifdef FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR
+            FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR (nl);
+#    endif
+            offset = nl[0].n_value;
+          }
+#   endif /* !SUNOS_5 */
+#  else  /* sgi */
+      int ldav_off;
+
+      ldav_off = sysmp (MP_KERNADDR, MPKA_AVENRUN);
+      if (ldav_off != -1)
+        offset = (long int) ldav_off & 0x7fffffff;
+#  endif /* sgi */
+    }
+
+  /* Make sure we have /dev/kmem open.  */
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+#  ifndef SUNOS_5
+      channel = open ("/dev/kmem", O_RDONLY);
+      if (channel >= 0)
+        {
+          /* Set the channel to close on exec, so it does not
+             litter any child's descriptor table.  */
+          set_cloexec_flag (channel, true);
+          getloadavg_initialized = true;
+        }
+#  else /* SUNOS_5 */
+      /* We pass 0 for the kernel, corefile, and swapfile names
+         to use the currently running kernel.  */
+      kd = kvm_open (0, 0, 0, O_RDONLY, 0);
+      if (kd != 0)
+        {
+          /* nlist the currently running kernel.  */
+          kvm_nlist (kd, nl);
+          offset = nl[0].n_value;
+          getloadavg_initialized = true;
+        }
+#  endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+    }
+
+  /* If we can, get the load average values.  */
+  if (offset && getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      /* Try to read the load.  */
+#  ifndef SUNOS_5
+      if (lseek (channel, offset, 0) == -1L
+          || read (channel, (char *) load_ave, sizeof (load_ave))
+          != sizeof (load_ave))
+        {
+          close (channel);
+          getloadavg_initialized = false;
+        }
+#  else  /* SUNOS_5 */
+      if (kvm_read (kd, offset, (char *) load_ave, sizeof (load_ave))
+          != sizeof (load_ave))
+        {
+          kvm_close (kd);
+          getloadavg_initialized = false;
+        }
+#  endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+    }
+
+  if (offset == 0 || !getloadavg_initialized)
+    return -1;
+# endif /* ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE) /* Including VMS.  */
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[0]);
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[1]);
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[2]);
+
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+# endif /* !LDAV_DONE && LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
+
+# if !defined LDAV_DONE
+  /* Set errno to zero to indicate that there was no particular error;
+     this function just can't work at all on this system.  */
+  errno = 0;
+  elem = -1;
+# endif
+  return elem;
+}
+
+#endif /* ! HAVE_GETLOADAVG */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int naptime = 0;
+
+  if (argc > 1)
+    naptime = atoi (argv[1]);
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      double avg[3];
+      int loads;
+
+      errno = 0;                /* Don't be misled if it doesn't set errno.  */
+      loads = getloadavg (avg, 3);
+      if (loads == -1)
+        {
+          perror ("Error getting load average");
+          return EXIT_FAILURE;
+        }
+      if (loads > 0)
+        printf ("1-minute: %f  ", avg[0]);
+      if (loads > 1)
+        printf ("5-minute: %f  ", avg[1]);
+      if (loads > 2)
+        printf ("15-minute: %f  ", avg[2]);
+      if (loads > 0)
+        putchar ('\n');
+
+      if (naptime == 0)
+        break;
+      sleep (naptime);
+    }
+
+  return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/gl/getopt.c b/gl/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3580ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1191 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
+   before changing it!
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2006
+        Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __VMS
+# include <unixlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+/* Unlike standard Unix `getopt', functions like `getopt_long'
+   let the user intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+   As `getopt_long' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
+   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+   Using `getopt' or setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT
+   disables permutation.
+   Then the application's behavior is completely standard.
+
+   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
+
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data.  */
+
+static struct _getopt_data getopt_data;
+
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_GETENV && !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Stored original parameters.
+   XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
+   that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
+extern int __libc_argc;
+extern char **__libc_argv;
+
+/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
+   indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+# endif
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+  if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0)                                           \
+    {                                                                         \
+      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];                             \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];          \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;                                  \
+    }
+# else
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+# endif
+#else   /* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif  /* _LIBC */
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+static void
+exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  int bottom = d->__first_nonopt;
+  int middle = d->__last_nonopt;
+  int top = d->optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
+     of the string.  */
+  if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= d->__nonoption_flags_max_len)
+    {
+      /* We must extend the array.  The user plays games with us and
+         presents new arguments.  */
+      char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+      if (new_str == NULL)
+        d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+      else
+        {
+          memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+                             d->__nonoption_flags_max_len),
+                  '\0', top + 1 - d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+          d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+          __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+        {
+          /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+          int len = middle - bottom;
+          register int i;
+
+          /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+          for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+            {
+              tem = argv[bottom + i];
+              argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+              argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+              SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
+            }
+          /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+          top -= len;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+          int len = top - middle;
+          register int i;
+
+          /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+          for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+            {
+              tem = argv[bottom + i];
+              argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+              argv[middle + i] = tem;
+              SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
+            }
+          /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+          bottom += len;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt);
+  d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+                    int posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+
+  d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+
+  d->__posixly_correct = posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (d->__posixly_correct)
+    d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    d->__ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  if (!d->__posixly_correct
+      && argc == __libc_argc && argv == __libc_argv)
+    {
+      if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+        {
+          if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+              || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+            d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+          else
+            {
+              const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+              int len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+              if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+                d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+              __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+                (char *) malloc (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+              if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+                d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+              else
+                memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+                        '\0', d->__nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+            }
+        }
+      d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len;
+    }
+  else
+    d->__nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
+   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
+   if the `flag' field is zero.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.
+
+   If POSIXLY_CORRECT is nonzero, behave as if the POSIXLY_CORRECT
+   environment variable were set.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+                    const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+                    int long_only, int posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  int print_errors = d->opterr;
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
+  d->optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized)
+    {
+      if (d->optind == 0)
+        d->optind = 1;  /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
+      optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring,
+                                      posixly_correct, d);
+      d->__initialized = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
+     Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
+     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
+     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0' \
+                      || (d->optind < d->__nonoption_flags_len                \
+                          && __getopt_nonoption_flags[d->optind] == '1'))
+#else
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0')
+#endif
+
+  if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+         moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments).  */
+      if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind)
+        d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+      if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind)
+        d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+      if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE)
+        {
+          /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+             exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+          if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+              && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+            exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+          else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+            d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+          /* Skip any additional non-options
+             and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+          while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
+            d->optind++;
+          d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+        }
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+         Skip it like a null option,
+         then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+         then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--"))
+        {
+          d->optind++;
+
+          if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+              && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+            exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+          else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt)
+            d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+          d->__last_nonopt = argc;
+
+          d->optind = argc;
+        }
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+         and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (d->optind == argc)
+        {
+          /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+             that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+          if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt)
+            d->optind = d->__first_nonopt;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+         either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if (NONOPTION_P)
+        {
+          if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+            return -1;
+          d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+          return 1;
+        }
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+         Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+
+      d->__nextchar = (argv[d->optind] + 1
+                  + (longopts != NULL && argv[d->optind][1] == '-'));
+    }
+
+  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
+
+  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+     way to give the -f short option.
+
+     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+
+  if (longopts != NULL
+      && (argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+          || (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2]
+                            || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1])))))
+    {
+      char *nameend;
+      const struct option *p;
+      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+      int exact = 0;
+      int ambig = 0;
+      int indfound = -1;
+      int option_index;
+
+      for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+        /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+      /* Test all long options for either exact match
+         or abbreviated matches.  */
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+        if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+          {
+            if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar)
+                == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
+              {
+                /* Exact match found.  */
+                pfound = p;
+                indfound = option_index;
+                exact = 1;
+                break;
+              }
+            else if (pfound == NULL)
+              {
+                /* First nonexact match found.  */
+                pfound = p;
+                indfound = option_index;
+              }
+            else if (long_only
+                     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+                     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+                     || pfound->val != p->val)
+              /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+              ambig = 1;
+          }
+
+      if (ambig && !exact)
+        {
+          if (print_errors)
+            {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+              char *buf;
+
+              if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+                              argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0)
+                {
+                  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                  __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                  free (buf);
+                }
+#else
+              fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+                       argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+#endif
+            }
+          d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+          d->optind++;
+          d->optopt = 0;
+          return '?';
+        }
+
+      if (pfound != NULL)
+        {
+          option_index = indfound;
+          d->optind++;
+          if (*nameend)
+            {
+              /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+                 allow it to be used on enums.  */
+              if (pfound->has_arg)
+                d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+              else
+                {
+                  if (print_errors)
+                    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                      char *buf;
+                      int n;
+#endif
+
+                      if (argv[d->optind - 1][1] == '-')
+                        {
+                          /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                          n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                          argv[0], pfound->name);
+#else
+                          fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                   argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                          n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                          argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+                                          pfound->name);
+#else
+                          fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                   argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+                                   pfound->name);
+#endif
+                        }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                      if (n >= 0)
+                        {
+                          _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                          int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                          ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+                            |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                          __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                          ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                          _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                          free (buf);
+                        }
+#endif
+                    }
+
+                  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+
+                  d->optopt = pfound->val;
+                  return '?';
+                }
+            }
+          else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+            {
+              if (d->optind < argc)
+                d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+              else
+                {
+                  if (print_errors)
+                    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                      char *buf;
+
+                      if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+                                      argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0)
+                        {
+                          _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                          int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                          ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+                            |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                          __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                          ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                          _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                          free (buf);
+                        }
+#else
+                      fprintf (stderr,
+                               _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+                               argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]);
+#endif
+                    }
+                  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+                  d->optopt = pfound->val;
+                  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+                }
+            }
+          d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+          if (longind != NULL)
+            *longind = option_index;
+          if (pfound->flag)
+            {
+              *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+              return 0;
+            }
+          return pfound->val;
+        }
+
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+         or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+         option, then it's an error.
+         Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+          || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL)
+        {
+          if (print_errors)
+            {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+              char *buf;
+              int n;
+#endif
+
+              if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-')
+                {
+                  /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+                                  argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+                  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+                           argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+                                  argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+                  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+                           argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+                }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+              if (n >= 0)
+                {
+                  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                  __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                  free (buf);
+                }
+#endif
+            }
+          d->__nextchar = (char *) "";
+          d->optind++;
+          d->optopt = 0;
+          return '?';
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *d->__nextchar++;
+    char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*d->__nextchar == '\0')
+      ++d->optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
+      {
+        if (print_errors)
+          {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+              char *buf;
+              int n;
+#endif
+
+            if (d->__posixly_correct)
+              {
+                /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
+                                argv[0], c);
+#else
+                fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+              }
+            else
+              {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
+                                argv[0], c);
+#else
+                fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+              }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+            if (n >= 0)
+              {
+                _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                free (buf);
+              }
+#endif
+          }
+        d->optopt = c;
+        return '?';
+      }
+    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
+      {
+        char *nameend;
+        const struct option *p;
+        const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+        int exact = 0;
+        int ambig = 0;
+        int indfound = 0;
+        int option_index;
+
+        /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+        if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+          {
+            d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+            /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+               we must advance to the next element now.  */
+            d->optind++;
+          }
+        else if (d->optind == argc)
+          {
+            if (print_errors)
+              {
+                /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                char *buf;
+
+                if (__asprintf (&buf,
+                                _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+                                argv[0], c) >= 0)
+                  {
+                    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                    __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                    free (buf);
+                  }
+#else
+                fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+                         argv[0], c);
+#endif
+              }
+            d->optopt = c;
+            if (optstring[0] == ':')
+              c = ':';
+            else
+              c = '?';
+            return c;
+          }
+        else
+          /* We already incremented `d->optind' once;
+             increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+          d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+
+        /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
+           table of longopts.  */
+
+        for (d->__nextchar = nameend = d->optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '=';
+             nameend++)
+          /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+        /* Test all long options for either exact match
+           or abbreviated matches.  */
+        for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+          if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+            {
+              if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
+                {
+                  /* Exact match found.  */
+                  pfound = p;
+                  indfound = option_index;
+                  exact = 1;
+                  break;
+                }
+              else if (pfound == NULL)
+                {
+                  /* First nonexact match found.  */
+                  pfound = p;
+                  indfound = option_index;
+                }
+              else
+                /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+                ambig = 1;
+            }
+        if (ambig && !exact)
+          {
+            if (print_errors)
+              {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                char *buf;
+
+                if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+                                argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0)
+                  {
+                    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                    __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                    free (buf);
+                  }
+#else
+                fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+                         argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+#endif
+              }
+            d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+            d->optind++;
+            return '?';
+          }
+        if (pfound != NULL)
+          {
+            option_index = indfound;
+            if (*nameend)
+              {
+                /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+                   allow it to be used on enums.  */
+                if (pfound->has_arg)
+                  d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+                else
+                  {
+                    if (print_errors)
+                      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                        char *buf;
+
+                        if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                        argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+                          {
+                            _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                            int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                            ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+                              |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                            __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                            ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                            _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                            free (buf);
+                          }
+#else
+                        fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                 argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+                      }
+
+                    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+                    return '?';
+                  }
+              }
+            else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+              {
+                if (d->optind < argc)
+                  d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+                else
+                  {
+                    if (print_errors)
+                      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                        char *buf;
+
+                        if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+                                        argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0)
+                          {
+                            _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                            int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                            ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+                              |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                            __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                            ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                            _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                            free (buf);
+                          }
+#else
+                        fprintf (stderr,
+                                 _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+                                 argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]);
+#endif
+                      }
+                    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+                    return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+                  }
+              }
+            d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+            if (longind != NULL)
+              *longind = option_index;
+            if (pfound->flag)
+              {
+                *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+                return 0;
+              }
+            return pfound->val;
+          }
+          d->__nextchar = NULL;
+          return 'W';   /* Let the application handle it.   */
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+        if (temp[2] == ':')
+          {
+            /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+            if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+              {
+                d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+                d->optind++;
+              }
+            else
+              d->optarg = NULL;
+            d->__nextchar = NULL;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+            if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+              {
+                d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+                /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+                   we must advance to the next element now.  */
+                d->optind++;
+              }
+            else if (d->optind == argc)
+              {
+                if (print_errors)
+                  {
+                    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                    char *buf;
+
+                    if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+                                    argv[0], c) >= 0)
+                      {
+                        _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                        int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                        ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                        __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                        ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                        _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                        free (buf);
+                      }
+#else
+                    fprintf (stderr,
+                             _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+                             argv[0], c);
+#endif
+                  }
+                d->optopt = c;
+                if (optstring[0] == ':')
+                  c = ':';
+                else
+                  c = '?';
+              }
+            else
+              /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+                 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+              d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+            d->__nextchar = NULL;
+          }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+                  const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+                  int long_only, int posixly_correct)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  getopt_data.optind = optind;
+  getopt_data.opterr = opterr;
+
+  result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind,
+                               long_only, posixly_correct, &getopt_data);
+
+  optind = getopt_data.optind;
+  optarg = getopt_data.optarg;
+  optopt = getopt_data.optopt;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt.
+   Standalone applications get a POSIX-compliant getopt.  */
+#if _LIBC
+enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 0 };
+#else
+enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 1 };
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, optstring, NULL, NULL, 0,
+                           POSIXLY_CORRECT);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == -1)
+        break;
+
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case '0':
+        case '1':
+        case '2':
+        case '3':
+        case '4':
+        case '5':
+        case '6':
+        case '7':
+        case '8':
+        case '9':
+          if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+            printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+          digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+          printf ("option %c\n", c);
+          break;
+
+        case 'a':
+          printf ("option a\n");
+          break;
+
+        case 'b':
+          printf ("option b\n");
+          break;
+
+        case 'c':
+          printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+          break;
+
+        case '?':
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+        printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/gl/getopt1.c b/gl/getopt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc0746e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/getopt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2004,2006
+     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <getopt.h>
+#else
+# include <config.h>
+# include "getopt.h"
+#endif
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
+             const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+                           opt_index, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+                const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+                struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+                             0, 0, d);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
+                  const char *options,
+                  const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+                           opt_index, 1, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+                     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+                     struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+                             1, 0, d);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+        {"add", 1, 0, 0},
+        {"append", 0, 0, 0},
+        {"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+        {"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+        {"create", 0, 0, 0},
+        {"file", 1, 0, 0},
+        {0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+                       long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == -1)
+        break;
+
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case 0:
+          printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+          if (optarg)
+            printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+          printf ("\n");
+          break;
+
+        case '0':
+        case '1':
+        case '2':
+        case '3':
+        case '4':
+        case '5':
+        case '6':
+        case '7':
+        case '8':
+        case '9':
+          if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+            printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+          digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+          printf ("option %c\n", c);
+          break;
+
+        case 'a':
+          printf ("option a\n");
+          break;
+
+        case 'b':
+          printf ("option b\n");
+          break;
+
+        case 'c':
+          printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+          break;
+
+        case 'd':
+          printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+          break;
+
+        case '?':
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+        printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/gl/getopt_.h b/gl/getopt_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27fce3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/getopt_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004,2005,2006
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+   identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+   defined in this header.  When this happens, include the
+   headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause
+   confusion if included after this file.  Then systematically rename
+   identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions
+   and variables.  Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and
+   linkers.  */
+#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# undef __need_getopt
+# undef getopt
+# undef getopt_long
+# undef getopt_long_only
+# undef optarg
+# undef opterr
+# undef optind
+# undef optopt
+# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
+# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
+# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
+# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
+# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
+# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
+# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
+# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
+# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
+   getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv".  libc uses prototypes
+   with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and
+   getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward
+   compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1).
+
+   This used to be `#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
+   but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were
+   included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined
+   __need_getopt.
+
+   The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions
+   of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible
+   only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite
+   the conditional as follows:
+*/
+#if !defined __need_getopt
+# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
+#  define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
+# else
+#  define __getopt_argv_const const
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+   not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+   if it's from glibc.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
+   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0)
+# endif
+# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
+#  define __THROW       throw ()
+# else
+#  define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field `has_arg' is:
+   no_argument          (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument    (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument    (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+  const char *name;
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+
+# define no_argument            0
+# define required_argument      1
+# define optional_argument      2
+#endif  /* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `-', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\1'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  If OPTS begins with `+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
+   the environment, then do not permute arguments.  */
+
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
+       __THROW;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+                        const char *__shortopts,
+                        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW;
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+                             const char *__shortopts,
+                             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */
diff --git a/gl/getopt_int.h b/gl/getopt_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..401579f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/getopt_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* Internal declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
+#define _GETOPT_INT_H   1
+
+extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                             const char *__shortopts,
+                             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                             int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
+
+
+/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
+   vectors at the same time.  */
+
+/* Data type for reentrant functions.  */
+struct _getopt_data
+{
+  /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
+     variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
+     versions of getopt.  */
+  int optind;
+  int opterr;
+  int optopt;
+  char *optarg;
+
+  /* Internal members.  */
+
+  /* True if the internal members have been initialized.  */
+  int __initialized;
+
+  /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+     in which the last option character we returned was found.
+     This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+     If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+     by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+  char *__nextchar;
+
+  /* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+     If the caller did not specify anything,
+     the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+     POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+     REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+     stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+     This is what Unix does.
+     This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+     variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+     of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt.
+
+     PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we
+     scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.
+     This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs
+     that were not written to expect this.
+
+     RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
+     written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
+     and that care about the ordering of the two.  We describe each
+     non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
+     with character code 1.  Using `-' as the first character of the
+     list of option characters selects this mode of operation.
+
+     The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+     of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+     `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+  enum
+    {
+      REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+    } __ordering;
+
+  /* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set
+     or getopt was called.  */
+  int __posixly_correct;
+
+
+  /* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+  /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+     been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
+     of them; `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+  int __first_nonopt;
+  int __last_nonopt;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  int __nonoption_flags_max_len;
+  int __nonoption_flags_len;
+# endif
+};
+
+/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
+   default values and to clear the initialization flag.  */
+#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER        { 1, 1 }
+
+extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                               const char *__shortopts,
+                               const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                               int __long_only, int __posixly_correct,
+                               struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                           const char *__shortopts,
+                           const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                           struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                                const char *__shortopts,
+                                const struct option *__longopts,
+                                int *__longind,
+                                struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+#endif /* getopt_int.h */
diff --git a/gl/gettext.h b/gl/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d76ec9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
+   the gettext() and ngettext() macros.  This is an alternative to calling
+   textdomain(), and is useful for libraries.  */
+# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(Msgid) \
+     dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
+#  undef ngettext
+#  define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+     dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
+   <libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include
+   it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP.  */
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
+# include <cstdlib>
+# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
+    ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 \
+     ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
+     : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((void) (Category), dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file.  */
+#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
+
+/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
+   MSGID.  MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals.  MSGCTXT should be
+   short and rarely need to change.
+   The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'.  */
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+   pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+   pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
+  pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+   npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+   npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
+  npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+              const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+              int category)
+{
+  const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+  if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
+    return msgid;
+  else
+    return translation;
+}
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+               const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+               const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+               int category)
+{
+  const char *translation =
+    dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+  if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
+    return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+  else
+    return translation;
+}
+
+/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments.  Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
+   can be arbitrary expressions.  But for string literals these macros are
+   less efficient than those above.  */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS \
+  (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !__STRICT_ANSI__) \
+   /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
+
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+                 const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+                 int category)
+{
+  size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+  size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+  const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+  char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+  char buf[1024];
+  char *msg_ctxt_id =
+    (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+     ? buf
+     : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+  if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+    {
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+      msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+      translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+      if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+        free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+      if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
+        return translation;
+    }
+  return msgid;
+}
+
+#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+                  const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+                  const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+                  int category)
+{
+  size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+  size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+  const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+  char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+  char buf[1024];
+  char *msg_ctxt_id =
+    (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+     ? buf
+     : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+  if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+    {
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+      msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+      translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+      if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+        free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+      if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
+        return translation;
+    }
+  return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+}
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/gl/inet_ntop.c b/gl/inet_ntop.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..537b59f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/inet_ntop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/* inet_ntop.c -- convert IPv4 and IPv6 addresses from binary to text form
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996-1999 by Internet Software Consortium.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM DISCLAIMS
+ * ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTERNET SOFTWARE
+ * CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
+ * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
+ * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "inet_ntop.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef EAFNOSUPPORT
+# define EAFNOSUPPORT EINVAL
+#endif
+
+#define NS_IN6ADDRSZ 16
+#define NS_INT16SZ 2
+
+/*
+ * WARNING: Don't even consider trying to compile this on a system where
+ * sizeof(int) < 4.  sizeof(int) > 4 is fine; all the world's not a VAX.
+ */
+typedef int verify_int_size[2 * sizeof (int) - 7];
+
+static const char *inet_ntop4 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size);
+#if HAVE_IPV6
+static const char *inet_ntop6 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size);
+#endif
+
+
+/* char *
+ * inet_ntop(af, src, dst, size)
+ *      convert a network format address to presentation format.
+ * return:
+ *      pointer to presentation format address (`dst'), or NULL (see errno).
+ * author:
+ *      Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+const char *
+inet_ntop (int af, const void *restrict src,
+           char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
+{
+  switch (af)
+    {
+#if HAVE_IPV4
+    case AF_INET:
+      return (inet_ntop4 (src, dst, cnt));
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_IPV6
+    case AF_INET6:
+      return (inet_ntop6 (src, dst, cnt));
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      errno = EAFNOSUPPORT;
+      return (NULL);
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/* const char *
+ * inet_ntop4(src, dst, size)
+ *      format an IPv4 address
+ * return:
+ *      `dst' (as a const)
+ * notes:
+ *      (1) uses no statics
+ *      (2) takes a u_char* not an in_addr as input
+ * author:
+ *      Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+static const char *
+inet_ntop4 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size)
+{
+  char tmp[sizeof "255.255.255.255"];
+  int len;
+
+  len = sprintf (tmp, "%u.%u.%u.%u", src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]);
+  if (len < 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (len > size)
+    {
+      errno = ENOSPC;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return strcpy (dst, tmp);
+}
+
+#if HAVE_IPV6
+
+/* const char *
+ * inet_ntop6(src, dst, size)
+ *      convert IPv6 binary address into presentation (printable) format
+ * author:
+ *      Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+static const char *
+inet_ntop6 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size)
+{
+  /*
+   * Note that int32_t and int16_t need only be "at least" large enough
+   * to contain a value of the specified size.  On some systems, like
+   * Crays, there is no such thing as an integer variable with 16 bits.
+   * Keep this in mind if you think this function should have been coded
+   * to use pointer overlays.  All the world's not a VAX.
+   */
+  char tmp[sizeof "ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255"], *tp;
+  struct
+  {
+    int base, len;
+  } best, cur;
+  unsigned int words[NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ];
+  int i;
+
+  /*
+   * Preprocess:
+   *      Copy the input (bytewise) array into a wordwise array.
+   *      Find the longest run of 0x00's in src[] for :: shorthanding.
+   */
+  memset (words, '\0', sizeof words);
+  for (i = 0; i < NS_IN6ADDRSZ; i += 2)
+    words[i / 2] = (src[i] << 8) | src[i + 1];
+  best.base = -1;
+  cur.base = -1;
+  for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++)
+    {
+      if (words[i] == 0)
+        {
+          if (cur.base == -1)
+            cur.base = i, cur.len = 1;
+          else
+            cur.len++;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (cur.base != -1)
+            {
+              if (best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len)
+                best = cur;
+              cur.base = -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  if (cur.base != -1)
+    {
+      if (best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len)
+        best = cur;
+    }
+  if (best.base != -1 && best.len < 2)
+    best.base = -1;
+
+  /*
+   * Format the result.
+   */
+  tp = tmp;
+  for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++)
+    {
+      /* Are we inside the best run of 0x00's? */
+      if (best.base != -1 && i >= best.base && i < (best.base + best.len))
+        {
+          if (i == best.base)
+            *tp++ = ':';
+          continue;
+        }
+      /* Are we following an initial run of 0x00s or any real hex? */
+      if (i != 0)
+        *tp++ = ':';
+      /* Is this address an encapsulated IPv4? */
+      if (i == 6 && best.base == 0 &&
+          (best.len == 6 || (best.len == 5 && words[5] == 0xffff)))
+        {
+          if (!inet_ntop4 (src + 12, tp, sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp)))
+            return (NULL);
+          tp += strlen (tp);
+          break;
+        }
+      {
+        int len = sprintf (tp, "%x", words[i]);
+        if (len < 0)
+          return NULL;
+        tp += len;
+      }
+    }
+  /* Was it a trailing run of 0x00's? */
+  if (best.base != -1 && (best.base + best.len) ==
+      (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ))
+    *tp++ = ':';
+  *tp++ = '\0';
+
+  /*
+   * Check for overflow, copy, and we're done.
+   */
+  if ((socklen_t) (tp - tmp) > size)
+    {
+      errno = ENOSPC;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return strcpy (dst, tmp);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/inet_ntop.h b/gl/inet_ntop.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd1e085
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/inet_ntop.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Convert internet address from internal to printable, presentable format.
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+
+/* Converts an internet address from internal format to a printable,
+   presentable format.
+   AF is an internet address family, such as AF_INET or AF_INET6.
+   SRC points to a 'struct in_addr' (for AF_INET) or 'struct in6_addr'
+   (for AF_INET6).
+   DST points to a buffer having room for CNT bytes.
+   The printable representation of the address (in numeric form, not
+   surrounded by [...], no reverse DNS is done) is placed in DST, and
+   DST is returned.  If an error occurs, the return value is NULL and
+   errno is set.  If CNT bytes are not sufficient to hold the result,
+   the return value is NULL and errno is set to ENOSPC.  A good value
+   for CNT is 46.
+
+   For more details, see the POSIX:2001 specification
+   <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/inet_ntop.html>.  */
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP
+extern const char *inet_ntop (int af, const void *restrict src,
+                              char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt);
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/intprops.h b/gl/intprops.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34f971c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/intprops.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* intprops.h -- properties of integer types
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* The extra casts in the following macros work around compiler bugs,
+   e.g., in Cray C 5.0.3.0.  */
+
+/* True if the arithmetic type T is an integer type.  bool counts as
+   an integer.  */
+#define TYPE_IS_INTEGER(t) ((t) 1.5 == 1)
+
+/* True if negative values of the signed integer type T use two's
+   complement, ones' complement, or signed magnitude representation,
+   respectively.  Much GNU code assumes two's complement, but some
+   people like to be portable to all possible C hosts.  */
+#define TYPE_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == (t) -1)
+#define TYPE_ONES_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == 0)
+#define TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 < (t) -1)
+
+/* True if the arithmetic type T is signed.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+
+/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T.  These
+   macros have undefined behavior if T is signed and has padding bits.
+   If this is a problem for you, please let us know how to fix it for
+   your host.  */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) \
+  ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+        ? (t) 0 \
+        : TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE (t) \
+        ? ~ (t) 0 \
+        : ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) \
+  ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+        ? (t) -1 \
+        : ~ (~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1))))
+
+/* Return zero if T can be determined to be an unsigned type.
+   Otherwise, return 1.
+   When compiling with GCC, INT_STRLEN_BOUND uses this macro to obtain a
+   tighter bound.  Otherwise, it overestimates the true bound by one byte
+   when applied to unsigned types of size 2, 4, 16, ... bytes.
+   The symbol signed_type_or_expr__ is private to this header file.  */
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define signed_type_or_expr__(t) TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (t))
+#else
+# define signed_type_or_expr__(t) 1
+#endif
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer type or expression T.
+   Subtract 1 for the sign bit if T is signed; log10 (2.0) < 146/485;
+   add 1 for integer division truncation; add 1 more for a minus sign
+   if needed.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
+  ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - signed_type_or_expr__ (t)) * 146 / 485 \
+   + signed_type_or_expr__ (t) + 1)
+
+/* Bound on buffer size needed to represent an integer type or expression T,
+   including the terminating null.  */
+#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)
diff --git a/gl/m4/absolute-header.m4 b/gl/m4/absolute-header.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c649df0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/absolute-header.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# absolute-header.m4 serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Derek Price.
+
+# gl_ABSOLUTE_HEADER(HEADER1 HEADER2 ...)
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Find the absolute name of a header file, assuming the header exists.
+# If the header were sys/inttypes.h, this macro would define
+# ABSOLUTE_SYS_INTTYPES_H to the `""' quoted absolute name of sys/inttypes.h
+# in config.h
+# (e.g. `#define ABSOLUTE_SYS_INTTYPES_H "///usr/include/sys/inttypes.h"').
+# The three "///" are to pacify Sun C 5.8, which otherwise would say
+# "warning: #include of /usr/include/... may be non-portable".
+# Use `""', not `<>', so that the /// cannot be confused with a C99 comment.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_ABSOLUTE_HEADER],
+[AC_LANG_PREPROC_REQUIRE()dnl
+AC_FOREACH([gl_HEADER_NAME], [$1],
+  [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([gl_absolute_header],
+                  [gl_cv_absolute_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])))dnl
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([absolute name of <]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[>],
+    m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_absolute_header])),
+    [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([ac_header_exists],
+                    [ac_cv_header_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])))dnl
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])))dnl
+    if test AS_VAR_GET(ac_header_exists) = yes; then
+      AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[#include <]]m4_dquote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[[>]])])
+dnl eval is necessary to expand ac_cpp.
+dnl Ultrix and Pyramid sh refuse to redirect output of eval, so use subshell.
+      AS_VAR_SET(gl_absolute_header,
+[`(eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD |
+sed -n '\#/]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[#{s#.*"\(.*/]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[\)".*#\1#;s#^/[^/]#//&#;p;q;}'`])
+    fi
+    AS_VAR_POPDEF([ac_header_exists])dnl
+    ])dnl
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(AS_TR_CPP([ABSOLUTE_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))),
+                     ["AS_VAR_GET(gl_absolute_header)"],
+                     [Define this to an absolute name of <]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[>.])
+  AS_VAR_POPDEF([gl_absolute_header])dnl
+])dnl
+])# gl_ABSOLUTE_HEADER
diff --git a/gl/m4/alloca.m4 b/gl/m4/alloca.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb62e0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/alloca.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# alloca.m4 serial 7
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_ALLOCA],
+[
+  dnl Work around a bug of AC_EGREP_CPP in autoconf-2.57.
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CPP])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])
+  if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then
+    gl_PREREQ_ALLOCA
+  fi
+
+  # Define an additional variable used in the Makefile substitution.
+  if test $ac_cv_working_alloca_h = yes; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for alloca as a compiler built-in], [gl_cv_rpl_alloca], [
+      AC_EGREP_CPP([Need own alloca], [
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined _AIX || defined _MSC_VER
+        Need own alloca
+#endif
+        ], [gl_cv_rpl_alloca=yes], [gl_cv_rpl_alloca=no])
+    ])
+    if test $gl_cv_rpl_alloca = yes; then
+      dnl OK, alloca can be implemented through a compiler built-in.
+      AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ALLOCA], 1,
+        [Define to 1 if you have 'alloca' after including <alloca.h>,
+         a header that may be supplied by this distribution.])
+      ALLOCA_H=alloca.h
+    else
+      dnl alloca exists as a library function, i.e. it is slow and probably
+      dnl a memory leak. Don't define HAVE_ALLOCA in this case.
+      ALLOCA_H=
+    fi
+  else
+    ALLOCA_H=alloca.h
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([ALLOCA_H])
+
+  AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ALLOCA_H, 1,
+    [Define HAVE_ALLOCA_H for backward compatibility with older code
+     that includes <alloca.h> only if HAVE_ALLOCA_H is defined.])
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/alloca.c.
+# STACK_DIRECTION is already handled by AC_FUNC_ALLOCA.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_ALLOCA], [:])
diff --git a/gl/m4/arpa_inet_h.m4 b/gl/m4/arpa_inet_h.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d01d098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/arpa_inet_h.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# arpa_inet_h.m4 serial 1
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Written by Simon Josefsson
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_HEADER_ARPA_INET],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([arpa/inet.h])
+  if test $ac_cv_header_arpa_inet_h = yes; then
+    ARPA_INET_H=''
+  else
+    ARPA_INET_H='arpa/inet.h'
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(ARPA_INET_H)
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/c-strtod.m4 b/gl/m4/c-strtod.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f206c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/c-strtod.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# c-strtod.m4 serial 9
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# Written by Paul Eggert.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_C99_STRTOLD],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether strtold conforms to C99],
+    [gl_cv_func_c99_strtold],
+    [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+          [[/* On HP-UX before 11.23, strtold returns a struct instead of
+                long double.  Reject implementations like that, by requiring
+                compatibility with the C99 prototype.  */
+             #include <stdlib.h>
+             static long double (*p) (char const *, char **) = strtold;
+             static long double
+             test (char const *nptr, char **endptr)
+             {
+               long double r;
+               r = strtold (nptr, endptr);
+               return r;
+             }]],
+           [[return test ("1.0", NULL) != 1 || p ("1.0", NULL) != 1;]])],
+       [gl_cv_func_c99_strtold=yes],
+       [gl_cv_func_c99_strtold=no])])
+  if test $gl_cv_func_c99_strtold = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_C99_STRTOLD], 1, [Define to 1 if strtold conforms to C99.])
+  fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_C_STRTOD],
+[
+  AC_LIBOBJ([c-strtod])
+
+  dnl Prerequisites of lib/c-strtod.c.
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
+  :
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_C_STRTOLD],
+[
+  AC_LIBOBJ([c-strtold])
+
+  dnl Prerequisites of lib/c-strtold.c.
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_C99_STRTOLD])
+  :
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/cloexec.m4 b/gl/m4/cloexec.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c4e26a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/cloexec.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_CLOEXEC],
+[
+  AC_LIBOBJ([cloexec])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/codeset.m4 b/gl/m4/codeset.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..223955b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/codeset.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# codeset.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
+    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
+      [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET); return !cs;],
+      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
+      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
+    ])
+  if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
+      [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/dirname.m4 b/gl/m4/dirname.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e35da96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/dirname.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#serial 7   -*- autoconf -*-
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_DIRNAME],
+[
+  AC_LIBOBJ([basename])
+  AC_LIBOBJ([dirname])
+  AC_LIBOBJ([stripslash])
+
+  dnl Prerequisites of lib/dirname.h.
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_DOS])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_DOUBLE_SLASH_ROOT])
+
+  dnl No prerequisites of lib/basename.c, lib/dirname.c, lib/stripslash.c.
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/dos.m4 b/gl/m4/dos.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd59571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/dos.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#serial 10   -*- autoconf -*-
+
+# Define some macros required for proper operation of code in lib/*.c
+# on MSDOS/Windows systems.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# From Jim Meyering.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_DOS],
+  [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether system is Windows or MSDOS], [ac_cv_win_or_dos],
+      [
+        AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
+        [#if !defined _WIN32 && !defined __WIN32__ && !defined __MSDOS__ && !defined __CYGWIN__
+neither MSDOS nor Windows
+#endif],
+        [ac_cv_win_or_dos=yes],
+        [ac_cv_win_or_dos=no])
+      ])
+
+    if test x"$ac_cv_win_or_dos" = xyes; then
+      ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix=1
+      ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator=1
+      AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether drive letter can start relative path],
+                     [ac_cv_drive_letter_can_be_relative],
+        [
+          AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
+          [#if defined __CYGWIN__
+drive letters are always absolute
+#endif],
+          [ac_cv_drive_letter_can_be_relative=yes],
+          [ac_cv_drive_letter_can_be_relative=no])
+        ])
+      if test x"$ac_cv_drive_letter_can_be_relative" = xyes; then
+        ac_fs_drive_letter_can_be_relative=1
+      else
+        ac_fs_drive_letter_can_be_relative=0
+      fi
+    else
+      ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix=0
+      ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator=0
+      ac_fs_drive_letter_can_be_relative=0
+    fi
+
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILE_SYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX],
+      $ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix,
+      [Define on systems for which file names may have a so-called
+       `drive letter' prefix, define this to compute the length of that
+       prefix, including the colon.])
+
+    AH_VERBATIM(ISSLASH,
+    [#if FILE_SYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#else
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif])
+
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILE_SYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR],
+      $ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator,
+      [Define if the backslash character may also serve as a file name
+       component separator.])
+
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE],
+      $ac_fs_drive_letter_can_be_relative,
+      [Define if a drive letter prefix denotes a relative path if it is
+       not followed by a file name component separator.])
+  ])
diff --git a/gl/m4/double-slash-root.m4 b/gl/m4/double-slash-root.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69d60d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/double-slash-root.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# double-slash-root.m4 serial 2   -*- Autoconf -*-
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_DOUBLE_SLASH_ROOT],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether // is distinct from /], [gl_cv_double_slash_root],
+    [ if test x"$cross_compiling" = xyes ; then
+        # When cross-compiling, there is no way to tell whether // is special
+        # short of a list of hosts.  However, the only known hosts to date
+        # that have a distinct // are Apollo DomainOS (too old to port to),
+        # Cygwin, and z/OS.  If anyone knows of another system for which // has
+        # special semantics and is distinct from /, please report it to
+        # <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
+        case $host in
+          *-cygwin | i370-ibm-openedition)
+            gl_cv_double_slash_root=yes ;;
+          *)
+            # Be optimistic and assume that / and // are the same when we
+            # don't know.
+            gl_cv_double_slash_root='unknown, assuming no' ;;
+        esac
+      else
+        set x `ls -di / //`
+        if test $[2] = $[4] && wc //dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+          gl_cv_double_slash_root=no
+        else
+          gl_cv_double_slash_root=yes
+        fi
+      fi])
+  if test "$gl_cv_double_slash_root" = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if // is a file system root distinct from /.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/eoverflow.m4 b/gl/m4/eoverflow.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bffd10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/eoverflow.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+# eoverflow.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+# The EOVERFLOW errno value ought to be defined in <errno.h>, according to
+# POSIX.  But some systems (like AIX 3) don't define it, and some systems
+# (like OSF/1) define it when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is defined.
+
+# Define EOVERFLOW as a C macro and as a substituted macro in such a way that
+# 1. on all systems, after inclusion of <errno.h>, EOVERFLOW is usable,
+# 2. on systems where EOVERFLOW is defined elsewhere, we use the same numeric
+#    value.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_EOVERFLOW],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EOVERFLOW], ac_cv_decl_EOVERFLOW, [
+    AC_EGREP_CPP(yes,[
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef EOVERFLOW
+yes
+#endif
+      ], have_eoverflow=1)
+    if test -n "$have_eoverflow"; then
+      dnl EOVERFLOW exists in <errno.h>. Don't need to define EOVERFLOW ourselves.
+      ac_cv_decl_EOVERFLOW=yes
+    else
+      AC_EGREP_CPP(yes,[
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef EOVERFLOW
+yes
+#endif
+        ], have_eoverflow=1)
+      if test -n "$have_eoverflow"; then
+        dnl EOVERFLOW exists but is hidden.
+        dnl Define it to the same value.
+        AC_COMPUTE_INT([ac_cv_decl_EOVERFLOW], [EOVERFLOW], [
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1
+#include <errno.h>
+/* The following two lines are a workaround against an autoconf-2.52 bug.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+])
+      else
+        dnl EOVERFLOW isn't defined by the system. Define EOVERFLOW ourselves, but
+        dnl don't define it as EINVAL, because snprintf() callers want to
+        dnl distinguish EINVAL and EOVERFLOW.
+        ac_cv_decl_EOVERFLOW=E2BIG
+      fi
+    fi
+  ])
+  if test "$ac_cv_decl_EOVERFLOW" != yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([EOVERFLOW], [$ac_cv_decl_EOVERFLOW],
+                       [Define as good substitute value for EOVERFLOW.])
+    EOVERFLOW="$ac_cv_decl_EOVERFLOW"
+    AC_SUBST(EOVERFLOW)
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 has AC_COMPUTE_INT built-in.
+dnl Remove this when we can assume autoconf >= 2.61.
+m4_ifdef([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [], [
+  AC_DEFUN([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [_AC_COMPUTE_INT([$2],[$1],[$3],[$4])])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/error.m4 b/gl/m4/error.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c7746e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/error.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#serial 11
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_ERROR],
+[
+  AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
+  dnl Note: AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE does AC_LIBSOURCES([error.h, error.c]).
+  gl_PREREQ_ERROR
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/error.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_ERROR],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R])
+  :
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/exitfail.m4 b/gl/m4/exitfail.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7a691e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/exitfail.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# exitfail.m4 serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_EXITFAIL],
+[
+  AC_LIBOBJ([exitfail])
+
+  dnl No prerequisites of lib/exitfail.c.
+  :
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/extensions.m4 b/gl/m4/extensions.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..143a9e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/extensions.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# serial 4  -*- Autoconf -*-
+# Enable extensions on systems that normally disable them.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This definition of AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS is stolen from CVS
+# Autoconf.  Perhaps we can remove this once we can assume Autoconf
+# 2.61 or later everywhere, but since CVS Autoconf mutates rapidly
+# enough in this area it's likely we'll need to redefine
+# AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS for quite some time.
+
+# AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
+# ------------------------
+# Enable extensions on systems that normally disable them,
+# typically due to standards-conformance issues.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS],
+[
+  AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE])
+  AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_RUN_IFELSE])
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_AIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_MINIX])
+
+  AH_VERBATIM([__EXTENSIONS__],
+[/* Enable extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
+# undef __EXTENSIONS__
+#endif
+#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+#endif
+#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+#endif])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__],
+    [ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__],
+    [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
+       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+#         define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
+          AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])],
+       [ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=yes],
+       [ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=no])])
+  test $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__ = yes &&
+    AC_DEFINE([__EXTENSIONS__])
+  AC_DEFINE([_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS])
+  AC_DEFINE([_TANDEM_SOURCE])
+])
+
+# gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
+# ------------------------
+# Enable extensions on systems that normally disable them,
+# typically due to standards-conformance issues.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS],
+  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])])
diff --git a/gl/m4/fcntl-safer.m4 b/gl/m4/fcntl-safer.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3475b0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/fcntl-safer.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#serial 5
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FCNTL_SAFER],
+[
+  AC_LIBOBJ([open-safer])
+  AC_LIBOBJ([creat-safer])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/fstypename.m4 b/gl/m4/fstypename.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa676f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/fstypename.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#serial 6
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl
+dnl See if struct statfs has the f_fstypename member.
+dnl If so, define HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FSTYPENAME.
+dnl
+
+# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FSTYPENAME],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_fstypename],,,
+    [
+      #include <sys/types.h>
+      #include <sys/param.h>
+      #include <sys/mount.h>
+    ])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/fsusage.m4 b/gl/m4/fsusage.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08bf06c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/fsusage.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+#serial 22
+# Obtaining file system usage information.
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FSUSAGE],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(sys/param.h)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(sys/vfs.h sys/fs_types.h)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/mount.h, [], [],
+    [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
+     [#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+       #include <sys/param.h>
+      #endif]])
+  gl_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE([gl_cv_fs_space=yes], [gl_cv_fs_space=no])
+  if test $gl_cv_fs_space = yes; then
+    AC_LIBOBJ(fsusage)
+    gl_PREREQ_FSUSAGE_EXTRA
+  fi
+])
+
+# Try to determine how a program can obtain file system usage information.
+# If successful, define the appropriate symbol (see fsusage.c) and
+# execute ACTION-IF-FOUND.  Otherwise, execute ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND.
+#
+# gl_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE([ACTION-IF-FOUND[, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE],
+[
+
+AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking how to get file system space usage])
+ac_fsusage_space=no
+
+# Perform only the link test since it seems there are no variants of the
+# statvfs function.  This check is more than just AC_CHECK_FUNCS(statvfs)
+# because that got a false positive on SCO OSR5.  Adding the declaration
+# of a `struct statvfs' causes this test to fail (as it should) on such
+# systems.  That system is reported to work fine with STAT_STATFS4 which
+# is what it gets when this test fails.
+if test $ac_fsusage_space = no; then
+  # SVR4
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for statvfs function (SVR4)], fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs,
+                 [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+#if defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __BEOS__
+Do not use statvfs on systems with GNU libc, because that function stats
+all preceding entries in /proc/mounts, and that makes df hang if even
+one of the corresponding file systems is hard-mounted, but not available.
+statvfs in GNU libc on BeOS operates differently: it only makes a system
+call.
+#endif
+#include <sys/statvfs.h>],
+                              [struct statvfs fsd; statvfs (0, &fsd);],
+                              fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs=yes,
+                              fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs=no)])
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs = yes; then
+    ac_fsusage_space=yes
+    AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATVFS, 1,
+              [  Define if there is a function named statvfs.  (SVR4)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $ac_fsusage_space = no; then
+  # DEC Alpha running OSF/1
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 3-argument statfs function (DEC OSF/1)])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1,
+  [AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+  int
+  main ()
+  {
+    struct statfs fsd;
+    fsd.f_fsize = 0;
+    return statfs (".", &fsd, sizeof (struct statfs)) != 0;
+  }],
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=yes,
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=no,
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1 = yes; then
+    ac_fsusage_space=yes
+    AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS3_OSF1, 1,
+              [   Define if  statfs takes 3 args.  (DEC Alpha running OSF/1)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $ac_fsusage_space = no; then
+# AIX
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument statfs with statfs.bsize dnl
+member (AIX, 4.3BSD)])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize,
+  [AC_TRY_RUN([
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+#include <sys/vfs.h>
+#endif
+  int
+  main ()
+  {
+  struct statfs fsd;
+  fsd.f_bsize = 0;
+  return statfs (".", &fsd) != 0;
+  }],
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=yes,
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=no,
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize = yes; then
+    ac_fsusage_space=yes
+    AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE, 1,
+[  Define if statfs takes 2 args and struct statfs has a field named f_bsize.
+   (4.3BSD, SunOS 4, HP-UX, AIX PS/2)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $ac_fsusage_space = no; then
+# SVR3
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for four-argument statfs (AIX-3.2.5, SVR3)])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4,
+  [AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/statfs.h>
+  int
+  main ()
+  {
+  struct statfs fsd;
+  return statfs (".", &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0) != 0;
+  }],
+    fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=yes,
+    fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=no,
+    fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4 = yes; then
+    ac_fsusage_space=yes
+    AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS4, 1,
+              [  Define if statfs takes 4 args.  (SVR3, Dynix, Irix, Dolphin)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $ac_fsusage_space = no; then
+# 4.4BSD and NetBSD
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument statfs with statfs.fsize dnl
+member (4.4BSD and NetBSD)])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize,
+  [AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+  int
+  main ()
+  {
+  struct statfs fsd;
+  fsd.f_fsize = 0;
+  return statfs (".", &fsd) != 0;
+  }],
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize=yes,
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize=no,
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize = yes; then
+    ac_fsusage_space=yes
+    AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE, 1,
+[  Define if statfs takes 2 args and struct statfs has a field named f_fsize.
+   (4.4BSD, NetBSD)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $ac_fsusage_space = no; then
+  # Ultrix
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument statfs with struct fs_data (Ultrix)])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data,
+  [AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FS_TYPES_H
+#include <sys/fs_types.h>
+#endif
+  int
+  main ()
+  {
+  struct fs_data fsd;
+  /* Ultrix's statfs returns 1 for success,
+     0 for not mounted, -1 for failure.  */
+  return statfs (".", &fsd) != 1;
+  }],
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data=yes,
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data=no,
+  fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data = yes; then
+    ac_fsusage_space=yes
+    AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA, 1,
+[  Define if statfs takes 2 args and the second argument has
+   type struct fs_data.  (Ultrix)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $ac_fsusage_space = no; then
+  # SVR2
+  AC_TRY_CPP([#include <sys/filsys.h>
+    ],
+    AC_DEFINE(STAT_READ_FILSYS, 1,
+      [Define if there is no specific function for reading file systems usage
+       information and you have the <sys/filsys.h> header file.  (SVR2)])
+    ac_fsusage_space=yes)
+fi
+
+AS_IF([test $ac_fsusage_space = yes], [$1], [$2])
+
+])
+
+
+# Check for SunOS statfs brokenness wrt partitions 2GB and larger.
+# If <sys/vfs.h> exists and struct statfs has a member named f_spare,
+# enable the work-around code in fsusage.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STATFS_TRUNCATES],
+[
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for statfs that truncates block counts])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs,
+  [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+#if !defined(sun) && !defined(__sun)
+choke -- this is a workaround for a Sun-specific problem
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/vfs.h>]],
+    [[struct statfs t; long c = *(t.f_spare);
+      if (c) return 0;]])],
+    [fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs=yes],
+    [fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs=no])])
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS, 1,
+      [Define if the block counts reported by statfs may be truncated to 2GB
+       and the correct values may be stored in the f_spare array.
+       (SunOS 4.1.2, 4.1.3, and 4.1.3_U1 are reported to have this problem.
+       SunOS 4.1.1 seems not to be affected.)])
+  fi
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs)
+])
+
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/fsusage.c not done by gl_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_FSUSAGE_EXTRA],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(dustat.h sys/fs/s5param.h sys/filsys.h sys/statfs.h)
+  gl_STATFS_TRUNCATES
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/getaddrinfo.m4 b/gl/m4/getaddrinfo.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db285d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/getaddrinfo.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+# getaddrinfo.m4 serial 11
+dnl Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETADDRINFO],
+[
+  AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking how to do getaddrinfo, freeaddrinfo and getnameinfo])
+
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(getaddrinfo, [nsl socket])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo,, [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK(for getaddrinfo in ws2tcpip.h and -lws2_32,
+                   gl_cv_w32_getaddrinfo, [
+      gl_cv_w32_getaddrinfo=no
+      am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS -lws2_32"
+      AC_TRY_LINK([
+#ifdef HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H
+#include <ws2tcpip.h>
+#endif
+], [getaddrinfo(0, 0, 0, 0);], gl_cv_w32_getaddrinfo=yes)
+    LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"])
+    if test "$gl_cv_w32_getaddrinfo" = "yes"; then
+      LIBS="$LIBS -lws2_32"
+    else
+      AC_LIBOBJ(getaddrinfo)
+    fi
+    ])
+
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(gai_strerror)
+  gl_PREREQ_GETADDRINFO
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/getaddrinfo.h and lib/getaddrinfo.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_GETADDRINFO], [
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(gethostbyname, [inet nsl])
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(getservbyname, [inet nsl socket xnet])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname,, [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK(for gethostbyname in winsock2.h and -lws2_32,
+                   gl_cv_w32_gethostbyname, [
+      gl_cv_w32_gethostbyname=no
+      am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS -lws2_32"
+      AC_TRY_LINK([
+#ifdef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+#include <winsock2.h>
+#endif
+], [gethostbyname(0);], gl_cv_w32_gethostbyname=yes)
+    LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"])
+    if test "$gl_cv_w32_gethostbyname" = "yes"; then
+      LIBS="$LIBS -lws2_32"
+    fi
+    ])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_RESTRICT])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_SOCKET_FAMILIES])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_HEADER_SYS_SOCKET])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(netinet/in.h netdb.h)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([getaddrinfo, freeaddrinfo, gai_strerror, getnameinfo],,,[
+  /* sys/types.h is not needed according to POSIX, but the
+     sys/socket.h in i386-unknown-freebsd4.10 and
+     powerpc-apple-darwin5.5 required it. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
+#include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H
+#include <ws2tcpip.h>
+#endif
+])
+  AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct addrinfo],,,[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
+#include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H
+#include <ws2tcpip.h>
+#endif
+])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/gethostname.m4 b/gl/m4/gethostname.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e9749d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/gethostname.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# gethostname.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_GETHOSTNAME],
+[
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(gethostname)
+  if test $ac_cv_func_gethostname = no; then
+    gl_PREREQ_GETHOSTNAME
+  fi
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/gethostname.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_GETHOSTNAME], [
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(uname)
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/getloadavg.m4 b/gl/m4/getloadavg.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8243729
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/getloadavg.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+# Check for getloadavg.
+
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003,
+# 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# Autoconf defines AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG, but that is obsolescent.
+# New applications should use gl_GETLOADAVG instead.
+
+# gl_GETLOADAVG(LIBOBJDIR)
+# ------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETLOADAVG],
+[gl_have_func=no # yes means we've found a way to get the load average.
+
+# Make sure getloadavg.c is where it belongs, at configure-time.
+test -f "$srcdir/$1/getloadavg.c" ||
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([$srcdir/$1/getloadavg.c is missing])
+
+gl_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+
+# Check for getloadavg, but be sure not to touch the cache variable.
+(AC_CHECK_FUNC(getloadavg, exit 0, exit 1)) && gl_have_func=yes
+
+# On HPUX9, an unprivileged user can get load averages through this function.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pstat_getdynamic)
+
+# Solaris has libkstat which does not require root.
+AC_CHECK_LIB(kstat, kstat_open)
+test $ac_cv_lib_kstat_kstat_open = yes && gl_have_func=yes
+
+# Some systems with -lutil have (and need) -lkvm as well, some do not.
+# On Solaris, -lkvm requires nlist from -lelf, so check that first
+# to get the right answer into the cache.
+# For kstat on solaris, we need libelf to force the definition of SVR4 below.
+if test $gl_have_func = no; then
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(elf, elf_begin, LIBS="-lelf $LIBS")
+fi
+if test $gl_have_func = no; then
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(kvm, kvm_open, LIBS="-lkvm $LIBS")
+  # Check for the 4.4BSD definition of getloadavg.
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(util, getloadavg,
+    [LIBS="-lutil $LIBS" gl_have_func=yes gl_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid=yes])
+fi
+
+if test $gl_have_func = no; then
+  # There is a commonly available library for RS/6000 AIX.
+  # Since it is not a standard part of AIX, it might be installed locally.
+  gl_getloadavg_LIBS=$LIBS
+  LIBS="-L/usr/local/lib $LIBS"
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(getloadavg, getloadavg,
+               [LIBS="-lgetloadavg $LIBS"], [LIBS=$gl_getloadavg_LIBS])
+fi
+
+# Make sure it is really in the library, if we think we found it,
+# otherwise set up the replacement function.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getloadavg, [],
+               [gl_PREREQ_GETLOADAVG])
+
+# Some definitions of getloadavg require that the program be installed setgid.
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether getloadavg requires setgid,
+               gl_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid,
+[AC_EGREP_CPP([Yowza Am I SETGID yet],
+[#define CONFIGURING_GETLOADAVG
+#include "$srcdir/$1/getloadavg.c"
+#ifdef LDAV_PRIVILEGED
+Yowza Am I SETGID yet
+#endif
+],
+              gl_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid=yes,
+              gl_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid=no)])
+if test $gl_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid = yes; then
+  NEED_SETGID=true
+  AC_DEFINE(GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED, 1,
+            [Define to 1 if the `getloadavg' function needs to be run setuid
+             or setgid.])
+else
+  NEED_SETGID=false
+fi
+AC_SUBST(NEED_SETGID)dnl
+
+if test $gl_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid = yes; then
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK(group of /dev/kmem, gl_cv_group_kmem,
+[ # On Solaris, /dev/kmem is a symlink.  Get info on the real file.
+  ac_ls_output=`ls -lgL /dev/kmem 2>/dev/null`
+  # If we got an error (system does not support symlinks), try without -L.
+  test -z "$ac_ls_output" && ac_ls_output=`ls -lg /dev/kmem`
+  gl_cv_group_kmem=`echo $ac_ls_output \
+    | sed -ne ['s/[      ][      ]*/ /g
+               s/^.[sSrwx-]* *[0-9]* *\([^0-9]*\)  *.*/\1/
+               / /s/.* //;p']`
+])
+  AC_SUBST(KMEM_GROUP, $gl_cv_group_kmem)dnl
+fi
+if test "x$gl_save_LIBS" = x; then
+  GETLOADAVG_LIBS=$LIBS
+else
+  GETLOADAVG_LIBS=`echo "$LIBS" | sed "s!$gl_save_LIBS!!"`
+fi
+LIBS=$gl_save_LIBS
+
+AC_SUBST(GETLOADAVG_LIBS)dnl
+])# gl_GETLOADAVG
+
+
+# gl_PREREQ_GETLOADAVG
+# --------------------
+# Set up the AC_LIBOBJ replacement of `getloadavg'.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_GETLOADAVG],
+[AC_LIBOBJ(getloadavg)
+AC_DEFINE(C_GETLOADAVG, 1, [Define to 1 if using `getloadavg.c'.])
+# Figure out what our getloadavg.c needs.
+gl_have_func=no
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/dg_sys_info.h,
+[gl_have_func=yes
+ AC_DEFINE(DGUX, 1, [Define to 1 for DGUX with <sys/dg_sys_info.h>.])
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(dgc, dg_sys_info)])
+
+# We cannot check for <dwarf.h>, because Solaris 2 does not use dwarf (it
+# uses stabs), but it is still SVR4.  We cannot check for <elf.h> because
+# Irix 4.0.5F has the header but not the library.
+if test $gl_have_func = no && test "$ac_cv_lib_elf_elf_begin" = yes; then
+  gl_have_func=yes
+  AC_DEFINE(SVR4, 1, [Define to 1 on System V Release 4.])
+fi
+
+if test $gl_have_func = no; then
+  AC_CHECK_HEADER(inq_stats/cpustats.h,
+  [gl_have_func=yes
+   AC_DEFINE(UMAX, 1, [Define to 1 for Encore UMAX.])
+   AC_DEFINE(UMAX4_3, 1,
+             [Define to 1 for Encore UMAX 4.3 that has <inq_status/cpustats.h>
+              instead of <sys/cpustats.h>.])])
+fi
+
+if test $gl_have_func = no; then
+  AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/cpustats.h,
+  [gl_have_func=yes; AC_DEFINE(UMAX)])
+fi
+
+if test $gl_have_func = no; then
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(mach/mach.h)
+fi
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(nlist.h,
+[AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct nlist.n_un.n_name],
+                  [AC_DEFINE(NLIST_NAME_UNION, 1,
+                             [Define to 1 if your `struct nlist' has an
+                              `n_un' member.  Obsolete, depend on
+                              `HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME])], [],
+                  [@%:@include <nlist.h>])
+])dnl
+])# gl_PREREQ_GETLOADAVG
diff --git a/gl/m4/getopt.m4 b/gl/m4/getopt.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0a73b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/getopt.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+# getopt.m4 serial 13
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# The getopt module assume you want GNU getopt, with getopt_long etc,
+# rather than vanilla POSIX getopt.  This means your code should
+# always include <getopt.h> for the getopt prototypes.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE],
+[
+  AC_LIBOBJ([getopt])
+  AC_LIBOBJ([getopt1])
+  gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE_HEADER
+  gl_PREREQ_GETOPT
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE_HEADER],
+[
+  GETOPT_H=getopt.h
+  AC_DEFINE([__GETOPT_PREFIX], [[rpl_]],
+    [Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables
+     should be used.])
+  AC_SUBST([GETOPT_H])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_CHECK_HEADERS],
+[
+  if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS([getopt.h], [], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h])
+  fi
+
+  if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then
+    AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getopt_long_only], [], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h])
+  fi
+
+  dnl BSD getopt_long uses an incompatible method to reset option processing,
+  dnl and (as of 2004-10-15) mishandles optional option-arguments.
+  if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then
+    AC_CHECK_DECL([optreset], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h], [], [#include <getopt.h>])
+  fi
+
+  dnl Solaris 10 getopt doesn't handle `+' as a leading character in an
+  dnl option string (as of 2005-05-05).
+  if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working GNU getopt function], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt],
+      [AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+        [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <getopt.h>],
+           [[
+             char *myargv[3];
+             myargv[0] = "conftest";
+             myargv[1] = "-+";
+             myargv[2] = 0;
+             return getopt (2, myargv, "+a") != '?';
+           ]])],
+        [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=yes],
+        [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=no],
+        [dnl cross compiling - pessimistically guess based on decls
+         dnl Solaris 10 getopt doesn't handle `+' as a leading character in an
+         dnl option string (as of 2005-05-05).
+         AC_CHECK_DECL([getopt_clip],
+           [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=no], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=yes],
+           [#include <getopt.h>])])])
+    if test "$gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt" = "no"; then
+      GETOPT_H=getopt.h
+    fi
+  fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_IFELSE],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_GETOPT_CHECK_HEADERS])
+  AS_IF([test -n "$GETOPT_H"], [$1], [$2])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT], [gl_GETOPT_IFELSE([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE])])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/getopt*.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_GETOPT],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([getenv])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/gettext.m4 b/gl/m4/gettext.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91c345e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/gettext.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+# gettext.m4 serial 59 (gettext-0.16.1)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2006.
+
+dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
+dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
+dnl    default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
+dnl    INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
+dnl    and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
+dnl    If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
+dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
+dnl    depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
+dnl    AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
+dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
+dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
+dnl    implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
+dnl    will be ignored.  If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
+dnl    'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
+dnl    support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
+dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries.  If empty,
+dnl    the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
+dnl
+dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
+dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
+dnl    and used.
+dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
+dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
+dnl    Catalog format: none
+dnl    Catalog extension: none
+dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
+dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
+dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
+dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
+dnl maintainers.
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
+[
+  dnl Argument checking.
+  ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
+    [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])])
+  ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
+    [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])
+  define([gt_included_intl],
+    ifelse([$1], [external],
+      ifdef([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_][INTL_SUBDIR], [yes], [no]),
+      [yes]))
+  define([gt_libtool_suffix_prefix], ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
+  gt_NEEDS_INIT
+  AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([$2])
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
+  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+    AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
+  ])
+
+  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+  dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+  dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
+  dnl      if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+  dnl        if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
+  dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+  dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
+  dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
+  dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
+  dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
+  dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
+  dnl documented, we avoid it.
+  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+    AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+  ])
+
+  dnl Sometimes, on MacOS X, libintl requires linking with CoreFoundation.
+  gt_INTL_MACOSX
+
+  dnl Set USE_NLS.
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])
+
+  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+    BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+  ])
+  LIBINTL=
+  LTLIBINTL=
+  POSUB=
+
+  dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
+  case " $gt_needs " in
+    *" need-formatstring-macros "*) gt_api_version=3 ;;
+    *" need-ngettext "*) gt_api_version=2 ;;
+    *) gt_api_version=1 ;;
+  esac
+  gt_func_gnugettext_libc="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libc"
+  gt_func_gnugettext_libintl="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libintl"
+
+  dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+    gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
+    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+
+      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+    ])
+        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
+        dnl to use.  If GNU gettext is available we use this.  Else we have
+        dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+
+        if test $gt_api_version -ge 3; then
+          gt_revision_test_code='
+#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+'
+        else
+          gt_revision_test_code=
+        fi
+        if test $gt_api_version -ge 2; then
+          gt_expression_test_code=' + * ngettext ("", "", 0)'
+        else
+          gt_expression_test_code=
+        fi
+
+        AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libc],
+         [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+$gt_revision_test_code
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
+            [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
+            [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=yes"],
+            [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=no"])])
+
+        if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
+          dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+          ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+            AM_ICONV_LINK
+          ])
+          dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
+          dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
+          dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
+          dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
+          AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
+          AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
+            [$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl],
+           [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+            CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
+            gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+            LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
+            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
+            AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+$gt_revision_test_code
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
+              [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
+              [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"],
+              [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=no"])
+            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
+            if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" != yes; } && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
+              LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+              AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+$gt_revision_test_code
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
+                [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
+               [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
+                LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
+                eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"
+               ])
+            fi
+            CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
+            LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+        fi
+
+        dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
+        dnl use it.  But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
+        dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
+        dnl libintl.  (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
+        if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
+           || { { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
+                && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \
+                && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then
+          gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
+        else
+          dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
+          LIBINTL=
+          LTLIBINTL=
+          INCINTL=
+        fi
+
+    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+        if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
+          dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
+          dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
+          nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+        fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+        BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+        USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+        LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV $LIBTHREAD"
+        LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV $LTLIBTHREAD"
+        LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
+      fi
+
+      CATOBJEXT=
+      if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+         || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+        dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
+        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+      fi
+    ])
+
+    if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then
+      if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+         || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+        dnl Some extra flags are needed during linking.
+        LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
+        LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+       || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
+        [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
+   is requested.])
+    else
+      USE_NLS=no
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
+  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from])
+    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+      if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
+        gt_source="external libintl"
+      else
+        gt_source="libc"
+      fi
+    else
+      gt_source="included intl directory"
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source])
+  fi
+
+  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+
+    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+      if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
+        AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
+        AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
+      fi
+
+      dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
+       [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
+       [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+    fi
+
+    dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
+    POSUB=po
+  fi
+
+  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+    dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
+    dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
+    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then
+      BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+    fi
+
+    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+    AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+
+    dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
+    nls_cv_header_intl=
+    nls_cv_header_libgt=
+
+    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+    DATADIRNAME=share
+    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+
+    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+    INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+
+    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+    GENCAT=gencat
+    AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
+
+    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+    INTLOBJS=
+    if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then
+      INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+
+    dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
+    INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
+    AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
+  ])
+
+  dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+  INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
+  AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+
+  dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
+  AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
+  AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
+  AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+])
+
+
+dnl Checks for special options needed on MacOS X.
+dnl Defines INTL_MACOSX_LIBS.
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_MACOSX],
+[
+  dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.2.
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue],
+    gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue,
+    [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+     LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+     AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>],
+       [CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL)],
+       [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes],
+       [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no])
+     LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+  if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework.])
+  fi
+  dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.3.
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFLocaleCopyCurrent], gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent,
+    [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+     LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+     AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CFLocale.h>], [CFLocaleCopyCurrent();],
+       [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes],
+       [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no])
+     LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+  if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework.])
+  fi
+  INTL_MACOSX_LIBS=
+  if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
+    INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([INTL_MACOSX_LIBS])
+])
+
+
+dnl gt_NEEDS_INIT ensures that the gt_needs variable is initialized.
+m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT],
+[
+  m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gt_needs=])
+  m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], [])
+])
+
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([NEEDSYMBOL])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED],
+[
+  m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gt_needs="$gt_needs $1"])
+])
+
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])
diff --git a/gl/m4/glibc2.m4 b/gl/m4/glibc2.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8f5bfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/glibc2.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# glibc2.m4 serial 1
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.0 or newer.
+# From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_GLIBC2],
+  [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2 or newer,
+      ac_cv_gnu_library_2,
+      [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
+        [
+#include <features.h>
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+ #if (__GLIBC__ >= 2)
+  Lucky GNU user
+ #endif
+#endif
+        ],
+        ac_cv_gnu_library_2=yes,
+        ac_cv_gnu_library_2=no)
+      ]
+    )
+    AC_SUBST(GLIBC2)
+    GLIBC2="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2"
+  ]
+)
diff --git a/gl/m4/glibc21.m4 b/gl/m4/glibc21.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d95fd98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/glibc21.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# glibc21.m4 serial 3
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
+# From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GLIBC21],
+  [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
+      ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,
+      [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
+        [
+#include <features.h>
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+ #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
+  Lucky GNU user
+ #endif
+#endif
+        ],
+        ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes,
+        ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no)
+      ]
+    )
+    AC_SUBST(GLIBC21)
+    GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
+  ]
+)
diff --git a/gl/m4/gnulib-cache.m4 b/gl/m4/gnulib-cache.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e78c860
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/gnulib-cache.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+# General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
+# Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+# that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+#
+# Generated by gnulib-tool.
+#
+# This file represents the specification of how gnulib-tool is used.
+# It acts as a cache: It is written and read by gnulib-tool.
+# In projects using CVS, this file is meant to be stored in CVS,
+# like the configure.ac and various Makefile.am files.
+
+
+# Specification in the form of a command-line invocation:
+#   gnulib-tool --import --dir=. --lib=libgnu --source-base=gl --m4-base=gl/m4 --doc-base=doc --aux-dir=. --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl dirname fsusage getaddrinfo gethostname getloadavg getopt gettext mountlist regex vasprintf vsnprintf
+
+# Specification in the form of a few gnulib-tool.m4 macro invocations:
+gl_LOCAL_DIR([])
+gl_MODULES([dirname fsusage getaddrinfo gethostname getloadavg getopt gettext mountlist regex vasprintf vsnprintf])
+gl_AVOID([])
+gl_SOURCE_BASE([gl])
+gl_M4_BASE([gl/m4])
+gl_DOC_BASE([doc])
+gl_TESTS_BASE([tests])
+gl_LIB([libgnu])
+gl_MAKEFILE_NAME([])
+gl_MACRO_PREFIX([gl])
diff --git a/gl/m4/gnulib-common.m4 b/gl/m4/gnulib-common.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5398010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/gnulib-common.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# gnulib-common.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# gl_MODULE_INDICATOR([modulename])
+# defines a C macro indicating the presence of the given module.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR],
+[
+  AC_DEFINE([GNULIB_]translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___]), [1],
+    [Define to 1 when using the gnulib module ]$1[.])
+])
+
+# AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
+# is a backport of autoconf-2.60's AC_PROG_MKDIR_P.
+# Remove this macro when we can assume autoconf >= 2.60.
+m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P], [], [
+  AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P],
+    [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake
+     MKDIR_P='$(mkdir_p)'
+     AC_SUBST([MKDIR_P])])])
diff --git a/gl/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 b/gl/m4/gnulib-comp.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed4da7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/gnulib-comp.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+# DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY!
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+# General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
+# Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+# that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+#
+# Generated by gnulib-tool.
+#
+# This file represents the compiled summary of the specification in
+# gnulib-cache.m4. It lists the computed macro invocations that need
+# to be invoked from configure.ac.
+# In projects using CVS, this file can be treated like other built files.
+
+
+# This macro should be invoked from ./configure.in, in the section
+# "Checks for programs", right after AC_PROG_CC, and certainly before
+# any checks for libraries, header files, types and library functions.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_EARLY],
+[
+  m4_pattern_forbid([^gl_[A-Z]])dnl the gnulib macro namespace
+  m4_pattern_allow([^gl_ES$])dnl a valid locale name
+  m4_pattern_allow([^gl_LIBOBJS$])dnl a variable
+  m4_pattern_allow([^gl_LTLIBOBJS$])dnl a variable
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_EARLY])
+])
+
+# This macro should be invoked from ./configure.in, in the section
+# "Check for header files, types and library functions".
+AC_DEFUN([gl_INIT],
+[
+  m4_pushdef([AC_LIBOBJ], m4_defn([gl_LIBOBJ]))
+  m4_pushdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS], m4_defn([gl_REPLACE_FUNCS]))
+  m4_pushdef([AC_LIBSOURCES], m4_defn([gl_LIBSOURCES]))
+  AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_COND_LIBTOOL], [false])
+  gl_cond_libtool=false
+  gl_libdeps=
+  gl_ltlibdeps=
+  gl_source_base='gl'
+  gl_FUNC_ALLOCA
+  gl_HEADER_ARPA_INET
+  gl_C_STRTOD
+  gl_CLOEXEC
+  gl_DIRNAME
+  gl_DOUBLE_SLASH_ROOT
+  gl_ERROR
+  gl_EXITFAIL
+  dnl gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS must be added quite early to configure.ac.
+  gl_FCNTL_SAFER
+  gl_MODULE_INDICATOR([fcntl-safer])
+  gl_FSUSAGE
+  gl_GETADDRINFO
+  gl_FUNC_GETHOSTNAME
+  gl_GETLOADAVG([$gl_source_base])
+  gl_GETOPT
+  dnl you must add AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external]) or similar to configure.ac.
+  AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.15])
+  gl_INET_NTOP
+  gl_INLINE
+  AC_FUNC_MALLOC
+  gl_MBCHAR
+  gl_MBITER
+  gl_FUNC_MEMCHR
+  gl_MINMAX
+  gl_MOUNTLIST
+  gl_HEADER_NETINET_IN
+  gl_REGEX
+  gl_SAFE_READ
+  gl_SAFE_WRITE
+  gl_SIZE_MAX
+  gl_FUNC_SNPRINTF
+  gl_TYPE_SOCKLEN_T
+  gt_TYPE_SSIZE_T
+  AM_STDBOOL_H
+  gl_STDINT_H
+  gl_STRCASE
+  gl_FUNC_STRDUP
+  gl_FUNC_STRNDUP
+  gl_FUNC_STRNLEN
+  gl_HEADER_SYS_SOCKET
+  AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
+  gl_HEADER_UNISTD
+  gl_UNISTD_SAFER
+  gl_FUNC_VASNPRINTF
+  gl_FUNC_VASPRINTF
+  gl_FUNC_VSNPRINTF
+  gl_WCHAR_H
+  gl_WCTYPE_H
+  gl_FUNC_WCWIDTH
+  gl_XALLOC
+  gl_XSIZE
+  gl_XSTRNDUP
+  LIBGNU_LIBDEPS="$gl_libdeps"
+  AC_SUBST([LIBGNU_LIBDEPS])
+  LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS="$gl_ltlibdeps"
+  AC_SUBST([LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS])
+  m4_popdef([AC_LIBSOURCES])
+  m4_popdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS])
+  m4_popdef([AC_LIBOBJ])
+  AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([
+    gl_libobjs=
+    gl_ltlibobjs=
+    if test -n "$gl_LIBOBJS"; then
+      # Remove the extension.
+      sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
+      for i in `for i in $gl_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed "$sed_drop_objext" | sort | uniq`; do
+        gl_libobjs="$gl_libobjs $i.$ac_objext"
+        gl_ltlibobjs="$gl_ltlibobjs $i.lo"
+      done
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST([gl_LIBOBJS], [$gl_libobjs])
+    AC_SUBST([gl_LTLIBOBJS], [$gl_ltlibobjs])
+  ])
+])
+
+# Like AC_LIBOBJ, except that the module name goes
+# into gl_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBOBJ],
+  [gl_LIBOBJS="$gl_LIBOBJS $1.$ac_objext"])
+
+# Like AC_REPLACE_FUNCS, except that the module name goes
+# into gl_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_REPLACE_FUNCS],
+  [AC_CHECK_FUNCS([$1], , [gl_LIBOBJ($ac_func)])])
+
+# Like AC_LIBSOURCES, except that it does nothing.
+# We rely on EXTRA_lib..._SOURCES instead.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBSOURCES],
+  [])
+
+# This macro records the list of files which have been installed by
+# gnulib-tool and may be removed by future gnulib-tool invocations.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FILE_LIST], [
+  build-aux/config.rpath
+  lib/alloca.c
+  lib/alloca_.h
+  lib/asnprintf.c
+  lib/asprintf.c
+  lib/basename.c
+  lib/c-strtod.c
+  lib/c-strtod.h
+  lib/cloexec.c
+  lib/cloexec.h
+  lib/creat-safer.c
+  lib/dirname.c
+  lib/dirname.h
+  lib/dup-safer.c
+  lib/error.c
+  lib/error.h
+  lib/exit.h
+  lib/exitfail.c
+  lib/exitfail.h
+  lib/fcntl--.h
+  lib/fcntl-safer.h
+  lib/fd-safer.c
+  lib/fsusage.c
+  lib/fsusage.h
+  lib/full-read.c
+  lib/full-read.h
+  lib/full-write.c
+  lib/full-write.h
+  lib/gai_strerror.c
+  lib/getaddrinfo.c
+  lib/getaddrinfo.h
+  lib/gethostname.c
+  lib/getloadavg.c
+  lib/getopt.c
+  lib/getopt1.c
+  lib/getopt_.h
+  lib/getopt_int.h
+  lib/gettext.h
+  lib/inet_ntop.c
+  lib/inet_ntop.h
+  lib/intprops.h
+  lib/malloc.c
+  lib/mbchar.c
+  lib/mbchar.h
+  lib/mbuiter.h
+  lib/memchr.c
+  lib/minmax.h
+  lib/mountlist.c
+  lib/mountlist.h
+  lib/open-safer.c
+  lib/pipe-safer.c
+  lib/printf-args.c
+  lib/printf-args.h
+  lib/printf-parse.c
+  lib/printf-parse.h
+  lib/regcomp.c
+  lib/regex.c
+  lib/regex.h
+  lib/regex_internal.c
+  lib/regex_internal.h
+  lib/regexec.c
+  lib/safe-read.c
+  lib/safe-read.h
+  lib/safe-write.c
+  lib/safe-write.h
+  lib/size_max.h
+  lib/snprintf.c
+  lib/snprintf.h
+  lib/socket_.h
+  lib/stdbool_.h
+  lib/stdint_.h
+  lib/strcase.h
+  lib/strcasecmp.c
+  lib/strdup.c
+  lib/strdup.h
+  lib/stripslash.c
+  lib/strncasecmp.c
+  lib/strndup.c
+  lib/strndup.h
+  lib/strnlen.c
+  lib/strnlen.h
+  lib/strnlen1.c
+  lib/strnlen1.h
+  lib/unistd--.h
+  lib/unistd-safer.h
+  lib/unistd_.h
+  lib/vasnprintf.c
+  lib/vasnprintf.h
+  lib/vasprintf.c
+  lib/vasprintf.h
+  lib/vsnprintf.c
+  lib/vsnprintf.h
+  lib/wchar_.h
+  lib/wctype_.h
+  lib/wcwidth.h
+  lib/xalloc-die.c
+  lib/xalloc.h
+  lib/xmalloc.c
+  lib/xsize.h
+  lib/xstrndup.c
+  lib/xstrndup.h
+  m4/absolute-header.m4
+  m4/alloca.m4
+  m4/arpa_inet_h.m4
+  m4/c-strtod.m4
+  m4/cloexec.m4
+  m4/codeset.m4
+  m4/dirname.m4
+  m4/dos.m4
+  m4/double-slash-root.m4
+  m4/eoverflow.m4
+  m4/error.m4
+  m4/exitfail.m4
+  m4/extensions.m4
+  m4/fcntl-safer.m4
+  m4/fstypename.m4
+  m4/fsusage.m4
+  m4/getaddrinfo.m4
+  m4/gethostname.m4
+  m4/getloadavg.m4
+  m4/getopt.m4
+  m4/gettext.m4
+  m4/glibc2.m4
+  m4/glibc21.m4
+  m4/gnulib-common.m4
+  m4/iconv.m4
+  m4/inet_ntop.m4
+  m4/inline.m4
+  m4/intdiv0.m4
+  m4/intl.m4
+  m4/intldir.m4
+  m4/intmax.m4
+  m4/intmax_t.m4
+  m4/inttypes-pri.m4
+  m4/inttypes_h.m4
+  m4/lcmessage.m4
+  m4/lib-ld.m4
+  m4/lib-link.m4
+  m4/lib-prefix.m4
+  m4/lock.m4
+  m4/longdouble.m4
+  m4/longlong.m4
+  m4/ls-mntd-fs.m4
+  m4/mbchar.m4
+  m4/mbiter.m4
+  m4/mbrtowc.m4
+  m4/memchr.m4
+  m4/minmax.m4
+  m4/mountlist.m4
+  m4/netinet_in_h.m4
+  m4/nls.m4
+  m4/onceonly_2_57.m4
+  m4/po.m4
+  m4/printf-posix.m4
+  m4/progtest.m4
+  m4/regex.m4
+  m4/safe-read.m4
+  m4/safe-write.m4
+  m4/size_max.m4
+  m4/snprintf.m4
+  m4/socklen.m4
+  m4/sockpfaf.m4
+  m4/ssize_t.m4
+  m4/stdbool.m4
+  m4/stdint.m4
+  m4/stdint_h.m4
+  m4/strcase.m4
+  m4/strdup.m4
+  m4/strndup.m4
+  m4/strnlen.m4
+  m4/sys_socket_h.m4
+  m4/uintmax_t.m4
+  m4/ulonglong.m4
+  m4/unistd-safer.m4
+  m4/unistd_h.m4
+  m4/vasnprintf.m4
+  m4/vasprintf.m4
+  m4/visibility.m4
+  m4/vsnprintf.m4
+  m4/wchar.m4
+  m4/wchar_t.m4
+  m4/wctype.m4
+  m4/wcwidth.m4
+  m4/wint_t.m4
+  m4/xalloc.m4
+  m4/xsize.m4
+  m4/xstrndup.m4
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/gnulib-tool.m4 b/gl/m4/gnulib-tool.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef59320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/gnulib-tool.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# gnulib-tool.m4 serial 1
+dnl Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl The following macros need not be invoked explicitly.
+dnl Invoking them does nothing except to declare default arguments
+dnl for "gnulib-tool --import".
+
+dnl Usage: gl_MODULES([module1 module2 ...])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULES], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_AVOID([module1 module2 ...])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AVOID], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_SOURCE_BASE([DIR])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_SOURCE_BASE], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_M4_BASE([DIR])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_M4_BASE], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_LIB([LIBNAME])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LIB], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_LGPL
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LGPL], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_LIBTOOL
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBTOOL], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_MACRO_PREFIX([PREFIX])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MACRO_PREFIX], [])
diff --git a/gl/m4/iconv.m4 b/gl/m4/iconv.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..654c415
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/iconv.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+  dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
+  dnl accordingly.
+  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
+[
+  dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
+  dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
+
+  dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
+  dnl accordingly.
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+
+  dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+  dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
+  dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
+  dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
+  am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
+
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
+    am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
+    am_cv_lib_iconv=no
+    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>],
+      [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+       iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+       iconv_close(cd);],
+      am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
+    if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
+      am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+      AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>],
+        [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+         iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+         iconv_close(cd);],
+        am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
+        am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
+      LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
+    fi
+  ])
+  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
+  fi
+  if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
+  else
+    dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
+    dnl either.
+    CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
+    LIBICONV=
+    LTLIBICONV=
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
+  AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
+[
+  AM_ICONV_LINK
+  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
+      AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
+#else
+size_t iconv();
+#endif
+], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
+      am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
+    am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
+         }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
+      [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/inet_ntop.m4 b/gl/m4/inet_ntop.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb02d22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/inet_ntop.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# inet_ntop.m4 serial 3
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_INET_NTOP],
+[
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(inet_ntop)
+  gl_PREREQ_INET_NTOP
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/inet_ntop.h and lib/inet_ntop.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_INET_NTOP], [
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h])
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([inet_ntop],,,[#include <arpa/inet.h>])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_SOCKET_FAMILIES])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_RESTRICT])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/inline.m4 b/gl/m4/inline.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a07076c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/inline.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# inline.m4 serial 3
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Test for the 'inline' keyword or equivalent.
+dnl Define 'inline' to a supported equivalent, or to nothing if not supported,
+dnl like AC_C_INLINE does.  Also, define HAVE_INLINE if 'inline' or an
+dnl equivalent is effectively supported, i.e. if the compiler is likely to
+dnl drop unused 'static inline' functions.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_INLINE],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the compiler generally respects inline],
+    [gl_cv_c_inline_effective],
+    [if test $ac_cv_c_inline = no; then
+       gl_cv_c_inline_effective=no
+     else
+       dnl GCC defines __NO_INLINE__ if not optimizing or if -fno-inline is
+       dnl specified.
+       dnl Use AC_COMPILE_IFELSE here, not AC_EGREP_CPP, because the result
+       dnl depends on optimization flags, which can be in CFLAGS.
+       dnl (AC_EGREP_CPP looks only at the CPPFLAGS.)
+       AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
+         [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],
+           [[#ifdef __NO_INLINE__
+               #error "inline is not effective"
+             #endif]])],
+         [gl_cv_c_inline_effective=yes],
+         [gl_cv_c_inline_effective=no])
+     fi
+    ])
+  if test $gl_cv_c_inline_effective = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INLINE], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if the compiler supports one of the keywords
+       'inline', '__inline__', '__inline' and effectively inlines
+       functions marked as such.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/intdiv0.m4 b/gl/m4/intdiv0.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8d7817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/intdiv0.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE],
+    gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe,
+    [
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+static void
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+sigfpe_handler (int sig)
+#else
+sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
+#endif
+{
+  /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal.  */
+  exit (sig != SIGFPE);
+}
+
+int x = 1;
+int y = 0;
+int z;
+int nan;
+
+int main ()
+{
+  signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
+/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP.  */
+#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
+  signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
+#endif
+/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL.  */
+#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
+  signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
+#endif
+
+  z = x / y;
+  nan = y / y;
+  exit (1);
+}
+], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no,
+        [
+          # Guess based on the CPU.
+          case "$host_cpu" in
+            alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*)
+              gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
+            *)
+              gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
+          esac
+        ])
+    ])
+  case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
+    *yes) value=1;;
+    *) value=0;;
+  esac
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value,
+    [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/intl.m4 b/gl/m4/intl.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcefb11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/intl.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+# intl.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2006.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
+dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
+dnl            USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_GLIBC2])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_VISIBILITY])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTL_SUBDIR_CORE])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_PRINTF_POSIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_GLIBC21])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_XSIZE])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTL_MACOSX])dnl
+
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE([ptrdiff_t], ,
+    [AC_DEFINE([ptrdiff_t], [long],
+       [Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system doesn't define it.])
+    ])
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stddef.h stdlib.h string.h])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS([asprintf fwprintf putenv setenv setlocale snprintf wcslen])
+
+  dnl Use the _snprintf function only if it is declared (because on NetBSD it
+  dnl is defined as a weak alias of snprintf; we prefer to use the latter).
+  gt_CHECK_DECL(_snprintf, [#include <stdio.h>])
+  gt_CHECK_DECL(_snwprintf, [#include <stdio.h>])
+
+  dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared.
+  dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris
+  dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built
+  dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6).
+  dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13.
+  gt_CHECK_DECL(getc_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
+
+  case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in
+    *yes) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=1 ;;
+    *) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=0 ;;
+  esac
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF])
+  if test "$ac_cv_func_asprintf" = yes; then
+    HAVE_ASPRINTF=1
+  else
+    HAVE_ASPRINTF=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_ASPRINTF])
+  if test "$ac_cv_func_snprintf" = yes; then
+    HAVE_SNPRINTF=1
+  else
+    HAVE_SNPRINTF=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_SNPRINTF])
+  if test "$ac_cv_func_wprintf" = yes; then
+    HAVE_WPRINTF=1
+  else
+    HAVE_WPRINTF=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_WPRINTF])
+
+  AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
+  gt_LC_MESSAGES
+
+  dnl Compilation on mingw and Cygwin needs special Makefile rules, because
+  dnl 1. when we install a shared library, we must arrange to export
+  dnl    auxiliary pointer variables for every exported variable,
+  dnl 2. when we install a shared library and a static library simultaneously,
+  dnl    the include file specifies __declspec(dllimport) and therefore we
+  dnl    must arrange to define the auxiliary pointer variables for the
+  dnl    exported variables _also_ in the static library.
+  if test "$enable_shared" = yes; then
+    case "$host_os" in
+      cygwin*) is_woe32dll=yes ;;
+      *) is_woe32dll=no ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    is_woe32dll=no
+  fi
+  WOE32DLL=$is_woe32dll
+  AC_SUBST([WOE32DLL])
+
+  dnl Rename some macros and functions used for locking.
+  AH_BOTTOM([
+#define __libc_lock_t                   gl_lock_t
+#define __libc_lock_define              gl_lock_define
+#define __libc_lock_define_initialized  gl_lock_define_initialized
+#define __libc_lock_init                gl_lock_init
+#define __libc_lock_lock                gl_lock_lock
+#define __libc_lock_unlock              gl_lock_unlock
+#define __libc_lock_recursive_t                   gl_recursive_lock_t
+#define __libc_lock_define_recursive              gl_recursive_lock_define
+#define __libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive  gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized
+#define __libc_lock_init_recursive                gl_recursive_lock_init
+#define __libc_lock_lock_recursive                gl_recursive_lock_lock
+#define __libc_lock_unlock_recursive              gl_recursive_lock_unlock
+#define glthread_in_use  libintl_thread_in_use
+#define glthread_lock_init     libintl_lock_init
+#define glthread_lock_lock     libintl_lock_lock
+#define glthread_lock_unlock   libintl_lock_unlock
+#define glthread_lock_destroy  libintl_lock_destroy
+#define glthread_rwlock_init     libintl_rwlock_init
+#define glthread_rwlock_rdlock   libintl_rwlock_rdlock
+#define glthread_rwlock_wrlock   libintl_rwlock_wrlock
+#define glthread_rwlock_unlock   libintl_rwlock_unlock
+#define glthread_rwlock_destroy  libintl_rwlock_destroy
+#define glthread_recursive_lock_init     libintl_recursive_lock_init
+#define glthread_recursive_lock_lock     libintl_recursive_lock_lock
+#define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock   libintl_recursive_lock_unlock
+#define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy  libintl_recursive_lock_destroy
+#define glthread_once                 libintl_once
+#define glthread_once_call            libintl_once_call
+#define glthread_once_singlethreaded  libintl_once_singlethreaded
+])
+])
+
+
+dnl Checks for the core files of the intl subdirectory:
+dnl   dcigettext.c
+dnl   eval-plural.h
+dnl   explodename.c
+dnl   finddomain.c
+dnl   gettextP.h
+dnl   gmo.h
+dnl   hash-string.h hash-string.c
+dnl   l10nflist.c
+dnl   libgnuintl.h.in (except the *printf stuff)
+dnl   loadinfo.h
+dnl   loadmsgcat.c
+dnl   localealias.c
+dnl   log.c
+dnl   plural-exp.h plural-exp.c
+dnl   plural.y
+dnl Used by libglocale.
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_SUBDIR_CORE],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK])dnl
+
+  AC_TRY_LINK(
+    [int foo (int a) { a = __builtin_expect (a, 10); return a == 10 ? 0 : 1; }],
+    [],
+    [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT], 1,
+       [Define to 1 if the compiler understands __builtin_expect.])])
+
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h inttypes.h limits.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd getegid geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap \
+    stpcpy strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch argz_count argz_stringify \
+    argz_next __fsetlocking])
+
+  dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared.
+  dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris
+  dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built
+  dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6).
+  dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13.
+  gt_CHECK_DECL(feof_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
+  gt_CHECK_DECL(fgets_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
+
+  AM_ICONV
+
+  dnl glibc >= 2.4 has a NL_LOCALE_NAME macro when _GNU_SOURCE is defined,
+  dnl and a _NL_LOCALE_NAME macro always.
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for NL_LOCALE_NAME macro], gt_cv_nl_locale_name,
+    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>
+#include <locale.h>],
+      [char* cs = nl_langinfo(_NL_LOCALE_NAME(LC_MESSAGES));],
+      gt_cv_nl_locale_name=yes,
+      gt_cv_nl_locale_name=no)
+    ])
+  if test $gt_cv_nl_locale_name = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME, 1,
+      [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and it defines the NL_LOCALE_NAME macro if _GNU_SOURCE is defined.])
+  fi
+
+  dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
+  dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
+  dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
+  dnl compile.
+  dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
+  dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
+  dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
+  dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
+  dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
+  dnl present or too old.
+  AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
+  if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
+    ac_verc_fail=yes
+  else
+    dnl Found it, now check the version.
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
+changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+    ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
+    case $ac_prog_version in
+      '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+      1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+         ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
+      *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+    esac
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
+  fi
+  if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
+    INTLBISON=:
+  fi
+])
+
+
+dnl gt_CHECK_DECL(FUNC, INCLUDES)
+dnl Check whether a function is declared.
+AC_DEFUN([gt_CHECK_DECL],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $1 is declared], ac_cv_have_decl_$1,
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], [
+#ifndef $1
+  char *p = (char *) $1;
+#endif
+], ac_cv_have_decl_$1=yes, ac_cv_have_decl_$1=no)])
+  if test $ac_cv_have_decl_$1 = yes; then
+    gt_value=1
+  else
+    gt_value=0
+  fi
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_DECL_]translit($1, [a-z], [A-Z]), [$gt_value],
+    [Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `$1', and to 0 if you don't.])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/intldir.m4 b/gl/m4/intldir.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a28843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/intldir.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# intldir.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+
+dnl Tells the AM_GNU_GETTEXT macro to consider an intl/ directory.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_INTL_SUBDIR], [])
diff --git a/gl/m4/intmax.m4 b/gl/m4/intmax.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce7a8a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/intmax.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# intmax.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+dnl Test whether the system has the 'intmax_t' type, but don't attempt to
+dnl find a replacement if it is lacking.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK(for intmax_t, gt_cv_c_intmax_t,
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+],     [intmax_t x = -1;
+        return !x;],
+       gt_cv_c_intmax_t=yes,
+       gt_cv_c_intmax_t=no)])
+  if test $gt_cv_c_intmax_t = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INTMAX_T, 1,
+      [Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/intmax_t.m4 b/gl/m4/intmax_t.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17c7b0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/intmax_t.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# intmax_t.m4 serial 5
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.13)
+
+# Define intmax_t to 'long' or 'long long'
+# if it is not already defined in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
+[
+  dnl For simplicity, we assume that a header file defines 'intmax_t' if and
+  dnl only if it defines 'uintmax_t'.
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
+  if test $gl_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $gl_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
+    AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])
+    test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes \
+      && ac_type='long long' \
+      || ac_type='long'
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(intmax_t, $ac_type,
+     [Define to long or long long if <inttypes.h> and <stdint.h> don't define.])
+  else
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INTMAX_T, 1,
+      [Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl An alternative would be to explicitly test for 'intmax_t'.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK(for intmax_t, gt_cv_c_intmax_t,
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+], [intmax_t x = -1; return !x;], gt_cv_c_intmax_t=yes, gt_cv_c_intmax_t=no)])
+  if test $gt_cv_c_intmax_t = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INTMAX_T, 1,
+      [Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
+  else
+    AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])
+    test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes \
+      && ac_type='long long' \
+      || ac_type='long'
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(intmax_t, $ac_type,
+     [Define to long or long long if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 b/gl/m4/inttypes-pri.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c7f894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/inttypes-pri.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+
+# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
+# macros to non-string values.  This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([inttypes.h])
+  if test $ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
+      gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
+      [
+        AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
+#ifdef PRId32
+char *p = PRId32;
+#endif
+], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
+      ])
+  fi
+  if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
+      [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
+    PRI_MACROS_BROKEN=1
+  else
+    PRI_MACROS_BROKEN=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([PRI_MACROS_BROKEN])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/inttypes_h.m4 b/gl/m4/inttypes_h.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edc8ecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/inttypes_h.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# inttypes_h.m4 serial 7
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
+# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gl_cv_header_inttypes_h,
+  [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+    [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>],
+    [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1; return !i;],
+    gl_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
+    gl_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
+  if test $gl_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
+      [Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+       and declares uintmax_t. ])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/lcmessage.m4 b/gl/m4/lcmessage.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19aa77e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/lcmessage.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# lcmessage.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002, 2004-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_LC_MESSAGES],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], gt_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
+    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
+       gt_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, gt_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
+  if test $gt_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
+      [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/lib-ld.m4 b/gl/m4/lib-ld.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96c4e2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/lib-ld.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
+dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
+dnl with libtool.m4.
+
+dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
+[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;;
+*)
+  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;;
+esac])
+with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+])
+
+dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
+[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
+[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
+test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
+  chmod +x conf$$.sh
+  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  else
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  fi
+  rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
+  case $host in
+  *-*-mingw*)
+    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+  *)
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_prog in
+    # Accept absolute paths.
+    [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
+      [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
+      # Canonicalize the path of ld
+      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+        ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+      done
+      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+      ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
+else
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
+[if test -z "$LD"; then
+  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+      acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in
+      *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+        test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;;
+      *)
+        test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+else
+  acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi])
+LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
+AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/lib-link.m4 b/gl/m4/lib-link.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f157d98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/lib-link.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,709 @@
+# lib-link.m4 serial 13 (gettext-0.16.2)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.54)
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
+dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
+dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname
+dnl was found in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
+    AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
+    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
+    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
+    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_prefix="$LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX"
+  ])
+  LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
+  LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
+  INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
+  LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_prefix"
+  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME[_PREFIX])
+  dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
+  dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
+  HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+  undefine([Name])
+  undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
+dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
+dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
+dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
+dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
+dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
+dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
+dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
+dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname
+dnl was found in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+
+  dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
+  dnl accordingly.
+  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+
+  dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+  dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
+  dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
+  ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
+    ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
+    AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
+    LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+  ])
+  if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
+    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
+  else
+    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
+    dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
+    dnl $INC[]NAME either.
+    CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
+    LIB[]NAME=
+    LTLIB[]NAME=
+    LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX=
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME[_PREFIX])
+  undefine([Name])
+  undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
+dnl   acl_libext,
+dnl   acl_shlibext,
+dnl   acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec,
+dnl   acl_hardcode_libdir_separator,
+dnl   acl_hardcode_direct,
+dnl   acl_hardcode_minus_L.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
+[
+  dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if config.rpath is missing.
+  m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([config.rpath])])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])                dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD])            dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])         dnl we use $host
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
+    CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
+    ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
+    . ./conftest.sh
+    rm -f ./conftest.sh
+    acl_cv_rpath=done
+  ])
+  wl="$acl_cv_wl"
+  acl_libext="$acl_cv_libext"
+  acl_shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
+  acl_libname_spec="$acl_cv_libname_spec"
+  acl_library_names_spec="$acl_cv_library_names_spec"
+  acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+  acl_hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
+  acl_hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
+  acl_hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
+  dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
+    [  --disable-rpath         do not hardcode runtime library paths],
+    :, enable_rpath=yes)
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
+dnl Also, sets the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname was found
+dnl in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
+  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+  dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 supports dots in --with options.
+  define([N_A_M_E],[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION]),[2.61]),[-1],[translit([$1],[.],[_])],[$1])])
+  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+  use_additional=yes
+  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+  ])
+  AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib]N_A_M_E[-prefix],
+[  --with-lib]N_A_M_E[-prefix[=DIR]  search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+  --without-lib]N_A_M_E[-prefix     don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
+[
+    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+      use_additional=no
+    else
+      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+        ])
+      else
+        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+        additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
+      fi
+    fi
+])
+  dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
+  dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
+  LIB[]NAME=
+  LTLIB[]NAME=
+  INC[]NAME=
+  LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX=
+  rpathdirs=
+  ltrpathdirs=
+  names_already_handled=
+  names_next_round='$1 $2'
+  while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
+    names_this_round="$names_next_round"
+    names_next_round=
+    for name in $names_this_round; do
+      already_handled=
+      for n in $names_already_handled; do
+        if test "$n" = "$name"; then
+          already_handled=yes
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+      if test -z "$already_handled"; then
+        names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
+        dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
+        dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
+        uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
+        eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
+        if test -n "$value"; then
+          if test "$value" = yes; then
+            eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
+            test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+            eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
+            test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+          else
+            dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
+            dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
+            :
+          fi
+        else
+          dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
+          dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
+          found_dir=
+          found_la=
+          found_so=
+          found_a=
+          eval libname=\"$acl_libname_spec\"    # typically: libname=lib$name
+          if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then
+            shrext=".$acl_shlibext"             # typically: shrext=.so
+          else
+            shrext=
+          fi
+          if test $use_additional = yes; then
+            dir="$additional_libdir"
+            dnl The same code as in the loop below:
+            dnl First look for a shared library.
+            if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then
+              if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then
+                found_dir="$dir"
+                found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext"
+              else
+                if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then
+                  ver=`(cd "$dir" && \
+                        for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \
+                        | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \
+                        | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \
+                        | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null`
+                  if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then
+                    found_dir="$dir"
+                    found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"
+                  fi
+                else
+                  eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\"
+                  for f in $library_names; do
+                    if test -f "$dir/$f"; then
+                      found_dir="$dir"
+                      found_so="$dir/$f"
+                      break
+                    fi
+                  done
+                fi
+              fi
+            fi
+            dnl Then look for a static library.
+            if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
+              if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then
+                found_dir="$dir"
+                found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"
+              fi
+            fi
+            if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+              if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then
+                found_la="$dir/$libname.la"
+              fi
+            fi
+          fi
+          if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
+            for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+              AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+              case "$x" in
+                -L*)
+                  dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+                  dnl First look for a shared library.
+                  if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then
+                    if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then
+                      found_dir="$dir"
+                      found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext"
+                    else
+                      if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then
+                        ver=`(cd "$dir" && \
+                              for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \
+                              | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \
+                              | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \
+                              | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null`
+                        if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then
+                          found_dir="$dir"
+                          found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"
+                        fi
+                      else
+                        eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\"
+                        for f in $library_names; do
+                          if test -f "$dir/$f"; then
+                            found_dir="$dir"
+                            found_so="$dir/$f"
+                            break
+                          fi
+                        done
+                      fi
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                  dnl Then look for a static library.
+                  if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
+                    if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then
+                      found_dir="$dir"
+                      found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                  if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+                    if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then
+                      found_la="$dir/$libname.la"
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                  ;;
+              esac
+              if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+                break
+              fi
+            done
+          fi
+          if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+            dnl Found the library.
+            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+            if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
+              dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
+              dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
+              dnl standard /usr/lib.
+              if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+                dnl No hardcoding is needed.
+                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+              else
+                dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+                dnl binary.
+                dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+                dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+                haveit=
+                for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+                  if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+                    haveit=yes
+                    break
+                  fi
+                done
+                if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                  ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
+                fi
+                dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
+                if test "$acl_hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+                  dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+                  dnl resulting binary.
+                  LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+                else
+                  if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+                    dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+                    dnl binary.
+                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+                    dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+                    dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+                    haveit=
+                    for x in $rpathdirs; do
+                      if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+                        haveit=yes
+                        break
+                      fi
+                    done
+                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                      rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
+                    fi
+                  else
+                    dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
+                    dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
+                    dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
+                    haveit=
+                    for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+                      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                      if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
+                        haveit=yes
+                        break
+                      fi
+                    done
+                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
+                    fi
+                    if test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
+                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+                      dnl here.
+                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+                    else
+                      dnl We cannot use $acl_hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
+                      dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
+                      dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
+                      dnl very old systems.
+                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+                      dnl here.
+                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                fi
+              fi
+            else
+              if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
+                dnl Linking with a static library.
+                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
+              else
+                dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
+                dnl fallback.
+                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+              fi
+            fi
+            dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
+            additional_includedir=
+            case "$found_dir" in
+              */$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/)
+                basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'`
+                LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$basedir"
+                additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
+                ;;
+            esac
+            if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
+              dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+              dnl But don't add it
+              dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+              dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+              dnl   3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
+              dnl      constructed $INCNAME,
+              dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+              if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+                haveit=
+                if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+                  if test -n "$GCC"; then
+                    case $host_os in
+                      linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
+                    esac
+                  fi
+                fi
+                if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                  for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
+                    AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                    if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+                      haveit=yes
+                      break
+                    fi
+                  done
+                  if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                    if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+                      dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+                      INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                fi
+              fi
+            fi
+            dnl Look for dependencies.
+            if test -n "$found_la"; then
+              dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
+              dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
+              dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
+              save_libdir="$libdir"
+              case "$found_la" in
+                */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
+                *) . "./$found_la" ;;
+              esac
+              libdir="$save_libdir"
+              dnl We use only dependency_libs.
+              for dep in $dependency_libs; do
+                case "$dep" in
+                  -L*)
+                    additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+                    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
+                    dnl But don't add it
+                    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+                    dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+                    dnl   3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
+                    dnl      constructed $LIBNAME,
+                    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+                    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+                      haveit=
+                      if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+                        if test -n "$GCC"; then
+                          case $host_os in
+                            linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
+                          esac
+                        fi
+                      fi
+                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                        haveit=
+                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+                            haveit=yes
+                            break
+                          fi
+                        done
+                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
+                            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+                          fi
+                        fi
+                        haveit=
+                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+                            haveit=yes
+                            break
+                          fi
+                        done
+                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
+                            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+                          fi
+                        fi
+                      fi
+                    fi
+                    ;;
+                  -R*)
+                    dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
+                    if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+                      dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+                      dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+                      haveit=
+                      for x in $rpathdirs; do
+                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+                          haveit=yes
+                          break
+                        fi
+                      done
+                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                        rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+                      fi
+                      dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+                      dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+                      haveit=
+                      for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+                          haveit=yes
+                          break
+                        fi
+                      done
+                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                        ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
+                      fi
+                    fi
+                    ;;
+                  -l*)
+                    dnl Handle this in the next round.
+                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
+                    ;;
+                  *.la)
+                    dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
+                    dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
+                    dnl option.
+                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
+                    ;;
+                  *)
+                    dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
+                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+                    LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+                    ;;
+                esac
+              done
+            fi
+          else
+            dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
+            dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
+            dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
+            dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
+            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    done
+  done
+  if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+    if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+      dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
+      dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
+      dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
+      alldirs=
+      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+        alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
+      done
+      dnl Note: acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
+      acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+      libdir="$alldirs"
+      eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+    else
+      dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
+      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+        acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+        libdir="$found_dir"
+        eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+        libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+        LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+      done
+    fi
+  fi
+  if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
+    dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
+    dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
+    for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
+      LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
+    done
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
+dnl unless already present in VAR.
+dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
+dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
+[
+  for element in [$2]; do
+    haveit=
+    for x in $[$1]; do
+      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+      if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
+        haveit=yes
+        break
+      fi
+    done
+    if test -z "$haveit"; then
+      [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
+    fi
+  done
+])
+
+dnl For those cases where a variable contains several -L and -l options
+dnl referring to unknown libraries and directories, this macro determines the
+dnl necessary additional linker options for the runtime path.
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([LDADDVAR], [LIBSVALUE], [USE-LIBTOOL])
+dnl sets LDADDVAR to linker options needed together with LIBSVALUE.
+dnl If USE-LIBTOOL evaluates to non-empty, linking with libtool is assumed,
+dnl otherwise linking without libtool is assumed.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
+  $1=
+  if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+    if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+      dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode directories into the resulting
+      dnl binary.
+      rpathdirs=
+      next=
+      for opt in $2; do
+        if test -n "$next"; then
+          dir="$next"
+          dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
+          if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+            rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+          fi
+          next=
+        else
+          case $opt in
+            -L) next=yes ;;
+            -L*) dir=`echo "X$opt" | sed -e 's,^X-L,,'`
+                 dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
+                 if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+                   rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+                 fi
+                 next= ;;
+            *) next= ;;
+          esac
+        fi
+      done
+      if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+        if test -n ""$3""; then
+          dnl libtool is used for linking. Use -R options.
+          for dir in $rpathdirs; do
+            $1="${$1}${$1:+ }-R$dir"
+          done
+        else
+          dnl The linker is used for linking directly.
+          if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+            dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user
+            dnl must pass all path elements in one option.
+            alldirs=
+            for dir in $rpathdirs; do
+              alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$dir"
+            done
+            acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+            libdir="$alldirs"
+            eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+            libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+            $1="$flag"
+          else
+            dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
+            for dir in $rpathdirs; do
+              acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+              libdir="$dir"
+              eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+              libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+              $1="${$1}${$1:+ }$flag"
+            done
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([$1])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/lib-prefix.m4 b/gl/m4/lib-prefix.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8684e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/lib-prefix.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+# lib-prefix.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
+dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
+dnl require excessive bracketing.
+ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
+[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
+[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
+dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
+dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
+dnl with the same --prefix option.
+dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
+dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
+[
+  AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+  use_additional=yes
+  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+  ])
+  AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
+[  --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+  --without-lib-prefix    don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
+[
+    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+      use_additional=no
+    else
+      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+        ])
+      else
+        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+        additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
+      fi
+    fi
+])
+  if test $use_additional = yes; then
+    dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+    dnl But don't add it
+    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+    dnl   2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
+    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+    if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+      haveit=
+      for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+        if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+          haveit=yes
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+        if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+          if test -n "$GCC"; then
+            case $host_os in
+              linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
+            esac
+          fi
+        fi
+        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+          if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+            dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+            CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+    dnl But don't add it
+    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+    dnl   2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
+    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+      haveit=
+      for x in $LDFLAGS; do
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+        if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+          haveit=yes
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+        if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+          if test -n "$GCC"; then
+            case $host_os in
+              linux*) haveit=yes;;
+            esac
+          fi
+        fi
+        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+            LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
+dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
+dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
+[
+  dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
+  dnl at the end of configure.
+  if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+    acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
+  else
+    acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
+  fi
+  if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+    acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+  else
+    acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+  fi
+  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+  eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
+  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
+dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
+dnl at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
+[
+  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+  acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+  exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+  $1
+  exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB creates a variable acl_libdirstem, containing
+dnl the basename of the libdir, either "lib" or "lib64".
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB],
+[
+  dnl There is no formal standard regarding lib and lib64. The current
+  dnl practice is that on a system supporting 32-bit and 64-bit instruction
+  dnl sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib64 and 32-bit
+  dnl libraries go under $prefix/lib. We determine the compiler's default
+  dnl mode by looking at the compiler's library search path. If at least
+  dnl of its elements ends in /lib64 or points to a directory whose absolute
+  dnl pathname ends in /lib64, we assume a 64-bit ABI. Otherwise we use the
+  dnl default, namely "lib".
+  acl_libdirstem=lib
+  searchpath=`(LC_ALL=C $CC -print-search-dirs) 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e 's,^libraries: ,,p' | sed -e 's,^=,,'`
+  if test -n "$searchpath"; then
+    acl_save_IFS="${IFS=        }"; IFS=":"
+    for searchdir in $searchpath; do
+      if test -d "$searchdir"; then
+        case "$searchdir" in
+          */lib64/ | */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
+          *) searchdir=`cd "$searchdir" && pwd`
+             case "$searchdir" in
+               */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
+             esac ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS="$acl_save_IFS"
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/lock.m4 b/gl/m4/lock.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0224f2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/lock.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+# lock.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl Tests for a multithreading library to be used.
+dnl Defines at most one of the macros USE_POSIX_THREADS, USE_SOLARIS_THREADS,
+dnl USE_PTH_THREADS, USE_WIN32_THREADS
+dnl Sets the variables LIBTHREAD and LTLIBTHREAD to the linker options for use
+dnl in a Makefile (LIBTHREAD for use without libtool, LTLIBTHREAD for use with
+dnl libtool).
+dnl Sets the variables LIBMULTITHREAD and LTLIBMULTITHREAD similarly, for
+dnl programs that really need multithread functionality. The difference
+dnl between LIBTHREAD and LIBMULTITHREAD is that on platforms supporting weak
+dnl symbols, typically LIBTHREAD="" whereas LIBMULTITHREAD="-lpthread".
+dnl Adds to CPPFLAGS the flag -D_REENTRANT or -D_THREAD_SAFE if needed for
+dnl multithread-safe programs.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK_EARLY],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY])
+])
+
+dnl The guts of gl_LOCK_EARLY. Needs to be expanded only once.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY],
+[
+  dnl Ordering constraints: This macro modifies CPPFLAGS in a way that
+  dnl influences the result of the autoconf tests that test for *_unlocked
+  dnl declarations, on AIX 5 at least. Therefore it must come early.
+  AC_BEFORE([$0], [gl_FUNC_GLIBC_UNLOCKED_IO])dnl
+  AC_BEFORE([$0], [gl_ARGP])dnl
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE]) dnl needed for pthread_rwlock_t on glibc systems
+  dnl Check for multithreading.
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads={posix|solaris|pth|win32}], [specify multithreading API])
+AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-threads], [build without multithread safety]),
+    [gl_use_threads=$enableval],
+    [case "$host_os" in
+       dnl Disable multithreading by default on OSF/1, because it interferes
+       dnl with fork()/exec(): When msgexec is linked with -lpthread, its child
+       dnl process gets an endless segmentation fault inside execvp().
+       osf*) gl_use_threads=no ;;
+       *)    gl_use_threads=yes ;;
+     esac
+    ])
+  if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = posix; then
+    # For using <pthread.h>:
+    case "$host_os" in
+      osf*)
+        # On OSF/1, the compiler needs the flag -D_REENTRANT so that it
+        # groks <pthread.h>. cc also understands the flag -pthread, but
+        # we don't use it because 1. gcc-2.95 doesn't understand -pthread,
+        # 2. putting a flag into CPPFLAGS that has an effect on the linker
+        # causes the AC_TRY_LINK test below to succeed unexpectedly,
+        # leading to wrong values of LIBTHREAD and LTLIBTHREAD.
+        CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_REENTRANT"
+        ;;
+    esac
+    # Some systems optimize for single-threaded programs by default, and
+    # need special flags to disable these optimizations. For example, the
+    # definition of 'errno' in <errno.h>.
+    case "$host_os" in
+      aix* | freebsd*) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_THREAD_SAFE" ;;
+      solaris*) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_REENTRANT" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl The guts of gl_LOCK. Needs to be expanded only once.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK_BODY],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY])
+  gl_threads_api=none
+  LIBTHREAD=
+  LTLIBTHREAD=
+  LIBMULTITHREAD=
+  LTLIBMULTITHREAD=
+  if test "$gl_use_threads" != no; then
+    dnl Check whether the compiler and linker support weak declarations.
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether imported symbols can be declared weak])
+    gl_have_weak=no
+    AC_TRY_LINK([extern void xyzzy ();
+#pragma weak xyzzy], [xyzzy();], [gl_have_weak=yes])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_have_weak])
+    if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = posix; then
+      # On OSF/1, the compiler needs the flag -pthread or -D_REENTRANT so that
+      # it groks <pthread.h>. It's added above, in gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY.
+      AC_CHECK_HEADER(pthread.h, gl_have_pthread_h=yes, gl_have_pthread_h=no)
+      if test "$gl_have_pthread_h" = yes; then
+        # Other possible tests:
+        #   -lpthreads (FSU threads, PCthreads)
+        #   -lgthreads
+        gl_have_pthread=
+        # Test whether both pthread_mutex_lock and pthread_mutexattr_init exist
+        # in libc. IRIX 6.5 has the first one in both libc and libpthread, but
+        # the second one only in libpthread, and lock.c needs it.
+        AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pthread.h>],
+          [pthread_mutex_lock((pthread_mutex_t*)0);
+           pthread_mutexattr_init((pthread_mutexattr_t*)0);],
+          [gl_have_pthread=yes])
+        # Test for libpthread by looking for pthread_kill. (Not pthread_self,
+        # since it is defined as a macro on OSF/1.)
+        if test -n "$gl_have_pthread"; then
+          # The program links fine without libpthread. But it may actually
+          # need to link with libpthread in order to create multiple threads.
+          AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_kill,
+            [LIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread LTLIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread
+             # On Solaris and HP-UX, most pthread functions exist also in libc.
+             # Therefore pthread_in_use() needs to actually try to create a
+             # thread: pthread_create from libc will fail, whereas
+             # pthread_create will actually create a thread.
+             case "$host_os" in
+               solaris* | hpux*)
+                 AC_DEFINE([PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD], 1,
+                   [Define if the pthread_in_use() detection is hard.])
+             esac
+            ])
+        else
+          # Some library is needed. Try libpthread and libc_r.
+          AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_kill,
+            [gl_have_pthread=yes
+             LIBTHREAD=-lpthread LTLIBTHREAD=-lpthread
+             LIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread LTLIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread])
+          if test -z "$gl_have_pthread"; then
+            # For FreeBSD 4.
+            AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_kill,
+              [gl_have_pthread=yes
+               LIBTHREAD=-lc_r LTLIBTHREAD=-lc_r
+               LIBMULTITHREAD=-lc_r LTLIBMULTITHREAD=-lc_r])
+          fi
+        fi
+        if test -n "$gl_have_pthread"; then
+          gl_threads_api=posix
+          AC_DEFINE([USE_POSIX_THREADS], 1,
+            [Define if the POSIX multithreading library can be used.])
+          if test -n "$LIBMULTITHREAD" || test -n "$LTLIBMULTITHREAD"; then
+            if test $gl_have_weak = yes; then
+              AC_DEFINE([USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK], 1,
+                [Define if references to the POSIX multithreading library should be made weak.])
+              LIBTHREAD=
+              LTLIBTHREAD=
+            fi
+          fi
+          # OSF/1 4.0 and MacOS X 10.1 lack the pthread_rwlock_t type and the
+          # pthread_rwlock_* functions.
+          AC_CHECK_TYPE([pthread_rwlock_t],
+            [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK], 1,
+               [Define if the POSIX multithreading library has read/write locks.])],
+            [],
+            [#include <pthread.h>])
+          # glibc defines PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE as enum, not as a macro.
+          AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <pthread.h>],
+            [#if __FreeBSD__ == 4
+error "No, in FreeBSD 4.0 recursive mutexes actually don't work."
+#else
+int x = (int)PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE;
+return !x;
+#endif],
+            [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE], 1,
+               [Define if the <pthread.h> defines PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.])])
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+    if test -z "$gl_have_pthread"; then
+      if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = solaris; then
+        gl_have_solaristhread=
+        gl_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+        LIBS="$LIBS -lthread"
+        AC_TRY_LINK([#include <thread.h>
+#include <synch.h>],
+          [thr_self();],
+          [gl_have_solaristhread=yes])
+        LIBS="$gl_save_LIBS"
+        if test -n "$gl_have_solaristhread"; then
+          gl_threads_api=solaris
+          LIBTHREAD=-lthread
+          LTLIBTHREAD=-lthread
+          LIBMULTITHREAD="$LIBTHREAD"
+          LTLIBMULTITHREAD="$LTLIBTHREAD"
+          AC_DEFINE([USE_SOLARIS_THREADS], 1,
+            [Define if the old Solaris multithreading library can be used.])
+          if test $gl_have_weak = yes; then
+            AC_DEFINE([USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK], 1,
+              [Define if references to the old Solaris multithreading library should be made weak.])
+            LIBTHREAD=
+            LTLIBTHREAD=
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+    if test "$gl_use_threads" = pth; then
+      gl_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+      AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(pth)
+      gl_have_pth=
+      gl_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS -lpth"
+      AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pth.h>], [pth_self();], gl_have_pth=yes)
+      LIBS="$gl_save_LIBS"
+      if test -n "$gl_have_pth"; then
+        gl_threads_api=pth
+        LIBTHREAD="$LIBPTH"
+        LTLIBTHREAD="$LTLIBPTH"
+        LIBMULTITHREAD="$LIBTHREAD"
+        LTLIBMULTITHREAD="$LTLIBTHREAD"
+        AC_DEFINE([USE_PTH_THREADS], 1,
+          [Define if the GNU Pth multithreading library can be used.])
+        if test -n "$LIBMULTITHREAD" || test -n "$LTLIBMULTITHREAD"; then
+          if test $gl_have_weak = yes; then
+            AC_DEFINE([USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK], 1,
+              [Define if references to the GNU Pth multithreading library should be made weak.])
+            LIBTHREAD=
+            LTLIBTHREAD=
+          fi
+        fi
+      else
+        CPPFLAGS="$gl_save_CPPFLAGS"
+      fi
+    fi
+    if test -z "$gl_have_pthread"; then
+      if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = win32; then
+        if { case "$host_os" in
+               mingw*) true;;
+               *) false;;
+             esac
+           }; then
+          gl_threads_api=win32
+          AC_DEFINE([USE_WIN32_THREADS], 1,
+            [Define if the Win32 multithreading API can be used.])
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for multithread API to use])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_threads_api])
+  AC_SUBST(LIBTHREAD)
+  AC_SUBST(LTLIBTHREAD)
+  AC_SUBST(LIBMULTITHREAD)
+  AC_SUBST(LTLIBMULTITHREAD)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_EARLY])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_BODY])
+  gl_PREREQ_LOCK
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/lock.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_LOCK], [
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
+])
+
+dnl Survey of platforms:
+dnl
+dnl Platform          Available   Compiler    Supports   test-lock
+dnl                   flavours    option      weak       result
+dnl ---------------   ---------   ---------   --------   ---------
+dnl Linux 2.4/glibc   posix       -lpthread       Y      OK
+dnl
+dnl GNU Hurd/glibc    posix
+dnl
+dnl FreeBSD 5.3       posix       -lc_r           Y
+dnl                   posix       -lkse ?         Y
+dnl                   posix       -lpthread ?     Y
+dnl                   posix       -lthr           Y
+dnl
+dnl FreeBSD 5.2       posix       -lc_r           Y
+dnl                   posix       -lkse           Y
+dnl                   posix       -lthr           Y
+dnl
+dnl FreeBSD 4.0,4.10  posix       -lc_r           Y      OK
+dnl
+dnl NetBSD 1.6        --
+dnl
+dnl OpenBSD 3.4       posix       -lpthread       Y      OK
+dnl
+dnl MacOS X 10.[123]  posix       -lpthread       Y      OK
+dnl
+dnl Solaris 7,8,9     posix       -lpthread       Y      Sol 7,8: 0.0; Sol 9: OK
+dnl                   solaris     -lthread        Y      Sol 7,8: 0.0; Sol 9: OK
+dnl
+dnl HP-UX 11          posix       -lpthread       N (cc) OK
+dnl                                               Y (gcc)
+dnl
+dnl IRIX 6.5          posix       -lpthread       Y      0.5
+dnl
+dnl AIX 4.3,5.1       posix       -lpthread       N      AIX 4: 0.5; AIX 5: OK
+dnl
+dnl OSF/1 4.0,5.1     posix       -pthread (cc)   N      OK
+dnl                               -lpthread (gcc) Y
+dnl
+dnl Cygwin            posix       -lpthread       Y      OK
+dnl
+dnl Any of the above  pth         -lpth                  0.0
+dnl
+dnl Mingw             win32                       N      OK
+dnl
+dnl BeOS 5            --
+dnl
+dnl The test-lock result shows what happens if in test-lock.c EXPLICIT_YIELD is
+dnl turned off:
+dnl   OK if all three tests terminate OK,
+dnl   0.5 if the first test terminates OK but the second one loops endlessly,
+dnl   0.0 if the first test already loops endlessly.
diff --git a/gl/m4/longdouble.m4 b/gl/m4/longdouble.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25590f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/longdouble.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# longdouble.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+dnl Test whether the compiler supports the 'long double' type.
+dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC
+
+dnl This file is only needed in autoconf <= 2.59.  Newer versions of autoconf
+dnl have a macro AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE with identical semantics.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long double], gt_cv_c_long_double,
+    [if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+       gt_cv_c_long_double=yes
+     else
+       AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+         /* The Stardent Vistra knows sizeof(long double), but does not support it.  */
+         long double foo = 0.0;
+         /* On Ultrix 4.3 cc, long double is 4 and double is 8.  */
+         int array [2*(sizeof(long double) >= sizeof(double)) - 1];
+         ], ,
+         gt_cv_c_long_double=yes, gt_cv_c_long_double=no)
+     fi])
+  if test $gt_cv_c_long_double = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE, 1, [Define if you have the 'long double' type.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/longlong.m4 b/gl/m4/longlong.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f9e862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/longlong.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+# longlong.m4 serial 10
+dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT if 'long long int' works.
+# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.60, but can be removed once we
+# assume 2.61 everywhere.
+
+# Note: If the type 'long long int' exists but is only 32 bits large
+# (as on some very old compilers), HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT will not be
+# defined. In this case you can treat 'long long int' like 'long int'.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long int], [ac_cv_type_long_long_int],
+    [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+          [[long long int ll = 9223372036854775807ll;
+            long long int nll = -9223372036854775807LL;
+            typedef int a[((-9223372036854775807LL < 0
+                            && 0 < 9223372036854775807ll)
+                           ? 1 : -1)];
+            int i = 63;]],
+          [[long long int llmax = 9223372036854775807ll;
+            return ((ll << 63) | (ll >> 63) | (ll < i) | (ll > i)
+                    | (llmax / ll) | (llmax % ll));]])],
+       [dnl This catches a bug in Tandem NonStop Kernel (OSS) cc -O circa 2004.
+        dnl If cross compiling, assume the bug isn't important, since
+        dnl nobody cross compiles for this platform as far as we know.
+        AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+          [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+             [[@%:@include <limits.h>
+               @%:@ifndef LLONG_MAX
+               @%:@ define HALF \
+                        (1LL << (sizeof (long long int) * CHAR_BIT - 2))
+               @%:@ define LLONG_MAX (HALF - 1 + HALF)
+               @%:@endif]],
+             [[long long int n = 1;
+               int i;
+               for (i = 0; ; i++)
+                 {
+                   long long int m = n << i;
+                   if (m >> i != n)
+                     return 1;
+                   if (LLONG_MAX / 2 < m)
+                     break;
+                 }
+               return 0;]])],
+          [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=yes],
+          [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=no],
+          [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=yes])],
+       [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=no])])
+  if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long int'.])
+  fi
+])
+
+# This macro is obsolescent and should go away soon.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
+  ac_cv_type_long_long=$ac_cv_type_long_long_int
+  if test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG, 1,
+      [Define if you have the 'long long' type.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/ls-mntd-fs.m4 b/gl/m4/ls-mntd-fs.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21ac4e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/ls-mntd-fs.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+#serial 26
+# How to list mounted file systems.
+
+# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl
+dnl This is not pretty.  I've just taken the autoconf code and wrapped
+dnl it in an AC_DEFUN and made some other fixes.
+dnl
+
+# Replace Autoconf's AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT to work around a bug in Autoconf
+# through Autoconf 2.59.  We can remove this once we assume Autoconf 2.60
+# or later.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT],
+[# getmntent is in the standard C library on UNICOS, in -lsun on Irix 4,
+# -lseq on Dynix/PTX, -lgen on Unixware.
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(getmntent, [sun seq gen])
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getmntent)
+])
+
+# gl_LIST_MOUNTED_FILE_SYSTEMS([ACTION-IF-FOUND[, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LIST_MOUNTED_FILE_SYSTEMS],
+  [
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(listmntent getmntinfo)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(sys/param.h sys/statvfs.h)
+
+# We must include grp.h before ucred.h on OSF V4.0, since ucred.h uses
+# NGROUPS (as the array dimension for a struct member) without a definition.
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ucred.h, [], [], [#include <grp.h>])
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/mount.h, [], [],
+  [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
+   [#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+     #include <sys/param.h>
+    #endif]])
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(mntent.h sys/fs_types.h)
+    getfsstat_includes="\
+$ac_includes_default
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h> /* needed by powerpc-apple-darwin1.3.7 */
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_UCRED_H
+# include <grp.h> /* needed for definition of NGROUPS */
+# include <sys/ucred.h> /* needed by powerpc-apple-darwin1.3.7 */
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_FS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/fs_types.h> /* needed by powerpc-apple-darwin1.3.7 */
+#endif
+"
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct fsstat.f_fstypename],,,[$getfsstat_includes])
+
+# Determine how to get the list of mounted file systems.
+ac_list_mounted_fs=
+
+# If the getmntent function is available but not in the standard library,
+# make sure LIBS contains the appropriate -l option.
+AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
+
+# This test must precede the ones for getmntent because Unicos-9 is
+# reported to have the getmntent function, but its support is incompatible
+# with other getmntent implementations.
+
+# NOTE: Normally, I wouldn't use a check for system type as I've done for
+# `CRAY' below since that goes against the whole autoconf philosophy.  But
+# I think there is too great a chance that some non-Cray system has a
+# function named listmntent to risk the false positive.
+
+if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+  # Cray UNICOS 9
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for listmntent of Cray/Unicos-9])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent,
+    [fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent=no
+      AC_EGREP_CPP(yes,
+        [#ifdef _CRAY
+yes
+#endif
+        ], [test $ac_cv_func_listmntent = yes \
+            && fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent=yes]
+      )
+    ]
+  )
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent = yes; then
+    ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT, 1,
+      [Define if there is a function named listmntent that can be used to
+       list all mounted file systems.  (UNICOS)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+  # AIX.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for mntctl function and struct vmount])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount,
+  [AC_TRY_CPP([#include <fshelp.h>],
+    fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount=yes,
+    fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount = yes; then
+    ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_VMOUNT, 1,
+        [Define if there is a function named mntctl that can be used to read
+         the list of mounted file systems, and there is a system header file
+         that declares `struct vmount.'  (AIX)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_getmntent = yes; then
+
+  # This system has the getmntent function.
+  # Determine whether it's the one-argument variant or the two-argument one.
+
+  if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+    # 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for one-argument getmntent function])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1,
+                 [AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+/* SunOS 4.1.x /usr/include/mntent.h needs this for FILE */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <mntent.h>
+#if !defined MOUNTED
+# if defined _PATH_MOUNTED      /* GNU libc  */
+#  define MOUNTED _PATH_MOUNTED
+# endif
+# if defined MNT_MNTTAB /* HP-UX.  */
+#  define MOUNTED MNT_MNTTAB
+# endif
+# if defined MNTTABNAME /* Dynix.  */
+#  define MOUNTED MNTTABNAME
+# endif
+#endif
+],
+                    [ struct mntent *mnt = 0; char *table = MOUNTED;
+                      if (sizeof mnt && sizeof table) return 0;],
+                    fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1=yes,
+                    fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1=no)])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1)
+    if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1 = yes; then
+      ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+      AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1, 1,
+        [Define if there is a function named getmntent for reading the list
+         of mounted file systems, and that function takes a single argument.
+         (4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix)])
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+    # SVR4
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument getmntent function])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2,
+    [AC_EGREP_HEADER(getmntent, sys/mnttab.h,
+      fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2=yes,
+      fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2=no)])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2)
+    if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2 = yes; then
+      ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+      AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2, 1,
+        [Define if there is a function named getmntent for reading the list of
+         mounted file systems, and that function takes two arguments.  (SVR4)])
+      AC_CHECK_FUNCS(hasmntopt)
+    fi
+  fi
+
+fi
+
+if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+  # DEC Alpha running OSF/1, and Apple Darwin 1.3.
+  # powerpc-apple-darwin1.3.7 needs sys/param.h sys/ucred.h sys/fs_types.h
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getfsstat function])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getfsstat,
+  [AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_FSSTAT_F_FSTYPENAME
+# define FS_TYPE(Ent) ((Ent).f_fstypename)
+#else
+# define FS_TYPE(Ent) mnt_names[(Ent).f_type]
+#endif
+]$getfsstat_includes
+,
+  [struct statfs *stats;
+   int numsys = getfsstat ((struct statfs *)0, 0L, MNT_WAIT);
+   char *t = FS_TYPE (*stats); ],
+    fu_cv_sys_mounted_getfsstat=yes,
+    fu_cv_sys_mounted_getfsstat=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getfsstat)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getfsstat = yes; then
+    ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT, 1,
+              [Define if there is a function named getfsstat for reading the
+               list of mounted file systems.  (DEC Alpha running OSF/1)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+  # SVR3
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for FIXME existence of three headers])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp,
+    [AC_TRY_CPP([
+#include <sys/statfs.h>
+#include <sys/fstyp.h>
+#include <mnttab.h>],
+                fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp=yes,
+                fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp = yes; then
+    ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP, 1,
+      [Define if (like SVR2) there is no specific function for reading the
+       list of mounted file systems, and your system has these header files:
+       <sys/fstyp.h> and <sys/statfs.h>.  (SVR3)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+  # 4.4BSD and DEC OSF/1.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getmntinfo function])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo,
+    [
+      test "$ac_cv_func_getmntinfo" = yes \
+          && fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo=yes \
+          || fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo=no
+    ])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo = yes; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether getmntinfo returns statvfs structures])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo2,
+      [
+        AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H
+# include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#endif
+extern int getmntinfo (struct statfs **, int);
+          ], [],
+          [fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo2=no],
+          [fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo2=yes])
+      ])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo2])
+    if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo2 = no; then
+      ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+      AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO, 1,
+                [Define if there is a function named getmntinfo for reading the
+                 list of mounted file systems and it returns an array of
+                 'struct statfs'.  (4.4BSD, Darwin)])
+    else
+      ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+      AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO2, 1,
+                [Define if there is a function named getmntinfo for reading the
+                 list of mounted file systems and it returns an array of
+                 'struct statvfs'.  (NetBSD 3.0)])
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+  # Ultrix
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getmnt function])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt,
+    [AC_TRY_CPP([
+#include <sys/fs_types.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>],
+                fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt=yes,
+                fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt = yes; then
+    ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNT, 1,
+      [Define if there is a function named getmnt for reading the list of
+       mounted file systems.  (Ultrix)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+  # BeOS
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(next_dev fs_stat_dev)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fs_info.h)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for BEOS mounted file system support functions])
+  if test $ac_cv_header_fs_info_h = yes \
+      && test $ac_cv_func_next_dev = yes \
+        && test $ac_cv_func_fs_stat_dev = yes; then
+    fu_result=yes
+  else
+    fu_result=no
+  fi
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_result)
+  if test $fu_result = yes; then
+    ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV, 1,
+      [Define if there are functions named next_dev and fs_stat_dev for
+       reading the list of mounted file systems.  (BeOS)])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+  # SVR2
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether it is possible to resort to fread on /etc/mnttab])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread,
+    [AC_TRY_CPP([#include <mnttab.h>],
+                fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread=yes,
+                fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread)
+  if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread = yes; then
+    ac_list_mounted_fs=found
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FREAD, 1,
+              [Define if there is no specific function for reading the list of
+               mounted file systems.  fread will be used to read /etc/mnttab.
+               (SVR2) ])
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([could not determine how to read list of mounted file systems])
+  # FIXME -- no need to abort building the whole package
+  # Can't build mountlist.c or anything that needs its functions
+fi
+
+AS_IF([test $ac_list_mounted_fs = found], [$1], [$2])
+
+  ])
diff --git a/gl/m4/mbchar.m4 b/gl/m4/mbchar.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5380941
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/mbchar.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# mbchar.m4 serial 5
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl autoconf tests required for use of mbchar.m4
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MBCHAR],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
+  AC_LIBOBJ([mbchar])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/mbiter.m4 b/gl/m4/mbiter.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d51af1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/mbiter.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# mbiter.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl autoconf tests required for use of mbiter.h
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MBITER],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T])
+  dnl The following line is that so the user can test HAVE_MBRTOWC before
+  dnl #include "mbiter.h" or "mbuiter.h".
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_FUNC_MBRTOWC])
+  :
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/mbrtowc.m4 b/gl/m4/mbrtowc.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3bd911
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/mbrtowc.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# mbrtowc.m4 serial 8
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert
+
+dnl This file can be removed, and gl_FUNC_MBRTOWC replaced with
+dnl AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC, when autoconf 2.60 can be assumed everywhere.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_MBRTOWC],
+[
+  dnl Same as AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC in autoconf-2.60.
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared],
+    gl_cv_func_mbrtowc,
+    [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+            [[#include <wchar.h>]],
+            [[wchar_t wc;
+              char const s[] = "";
+              size_t n = 1;
+              mbstate_t state;
+              return ! (sizeof state && (mbrtowc) (&wc, s, n, &state));]])],
+       gl_cv_func_mbrtowc=yes,
+       gl_cv_func_mbrtowc=no)])
+  if test $gl_cv_func_mbrtowc = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MBRTOWC], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/memchr.m4 b/gl/m4/memchr.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91b8636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/memchr.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# memchr.m4 serial 4
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_MEMCHR],
+[
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr)
+  if test $ac_cv_func_memchr = no; then
+    gl_PREREQ_MEMCHR
+  fi
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/memchr.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_MEMCHR], [
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(bp-sym.h)
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/minmax.m4 b/gl/m4/minmax.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbd1ba0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/minmax.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# minmax.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MINMAX],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_PREREQ_MINMAX])
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/minmax.h.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_MINMAX],
+[
+  gl_MINMAX_IN_HEADER([limits.h])
+  gl_MINMAX_IN_HEADER([sys/param.h])
+])
+
+dnl gl_MINMAX_IN_HEADER(HEADER)
+dnl The parameter has to be a literal header name; it cannot be macro,
+dnl nor a shell variable. (Because autoheader collects only AC_DEFINE
+dnl invocations with a literal macro name.)
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MINMAX_IN_HEADER],
+[
+  m4_pushdef([header], AS_TR_SH([$1]))
+  m4_pushdef([HEADER], AS_TR_CPP([$1]))
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether <$1> defines MIN and MAX],
+    [gl_cv_minmax_in_]header,
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <$1>
+int x = MIN (42, 17);], [],
+       [gl_cv_minmax_in_]header[=yes],
+       [gl_cv_minmax_in_]header[=no])])
+  if test $gl_cv_minmax_in_[]header = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MINMAX_IN_]HEADER, 1,
+      [Define to 1 if <$1> defines the MIN and MAX macros.])
+  fi
+  m4_popdef([HEADER])
+  m4_popdef([header])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/mountlist.m4 b/gl/m4/mountlist.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c25f44e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/mountlist.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#serial 9
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MOUNTLIST],
+[
+  gl_LIST_MOUNTED_FILE_SYSTEMS([gl_cv_list_mounted_fs=yes],
+                               [gl_cv_list_mounted_fs=no])
+  if test $gl_cv_list_mounted_fs = yes; then
+    AC_LIBOBJ(mountlist)
+    gl_PREREQ_MOUNTLIST_EXTRA
+  fi
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/mountlist.c not done by gl_LIST_MOUNTED_FILE_SYSTEMS.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_MOUNTLIST_EXTRA],
+[
+  dnl Note gl_LIST_MOUNTED_FILE_SYSTEMS checks for mntent.h, not sys/mntent.h.
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/mntent.h)
+  gl_FSTYPENAME
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/netinet_in_h.m4 b/gl/m4/netinet_in_h.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d73531a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/netinet_in_h.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# netinet_in_h.m4 serial 1
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Written by Simon Josefsson
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_HEADER_NETINET_IN],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([netinet/in.h])
+  if test $ac_cv_header_netinet_in_h = yes; then
+    NETINET_IN_H=''
+  else
+    NETINET_IN_H='netinet/in.h'
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(NETINET_IN_H)
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/nls.m4 b/gl/m4/nls.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7967cc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/nls.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# nls.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS],
+[
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+  dnl Default is enabled NLS
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+    [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
+    USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+  AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/onceonly_2_57.m4 b/gl/m4/onceonly_2_57.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15884b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/onceonly_2_57.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+# onceonly_2_57.m4 serial 4
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl This file defines some "once only" variants of standard autoconf macros.
+dnl   AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE          like  AC_CHECK_HEADERS
+dnl   AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE            like  AC_CHECK_FUNCS
+dnl   AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE            like  AC_CHECK_DECLS
+dnl   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_STRCOLL])  like  AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
+dnl The advantage is that the check for each of the headers/functions/decls
+dnl will be put only once into the 'configure' file. It keeps the size of
+dnl the 'configure' file down, and avoids redundant output when 'configure'
+dnl is run.
+dnl The drawback is that the checks cannot be conditionalized. If you write
+dnl   if some_condition; then gl_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h); fi
+dnl inside an AC_DEFUNed function, the gl_CHECK_HEADERS macro call expands to
+dnl empty, and the check will be inserted before the body of the AC_DEFUNed
+dnl function.
+
+dnl This is like onceonly.m4, except that it uses diversions to named sections
+dnl DEFAULTS and INIT_PREPARE in order to check all requested headers at once,
+dnl thus reducing the size of 'configure'. Works with autoconf-2.57. The
+dnl size reduction is ca. 9%.
+
+dnl Autoconf version 2.57 or newer is recommended.
+AC_PREREQ(2.57)
+
+# AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(HEADER1 HEADER2 ...) is a once-only variant of
+# AC_CHECK_HEADERS(HEADER1 HEADER2 ...).
+AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE], [
+  :
+  AC_FOREACH([gl_HEADER_NAME], [$1], [
+    AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_HEADER_]m4_quote(translit(gl_HEADER_NAME,
+                                                 [./-], [___])), [
+      m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE],
+        [gl_header_list="$gl_header_list gl_HEADER_NAME"])
+      gl_HEADERS_EXPANSION
+      AH_TEMPLATE(AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_]m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])),
+        [Define to 1 if you have the <]m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])[> header file.])
+    ])
+    AC_REQUIRE([gl_CHECK_HEADER_]m4_quote(translit(gl_HEADER_NAME,
+                                                   [./-], [___])))
+  ])
+])
+m4_define([gl_HEADERS_EXPANSION], [
+  m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gl_header_list=])
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([$gl_header_list])
+  m4_define([gl_HEADERS_EXPANSION], [])
+])
+
+# AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE(FUNC1 FUNC2 ...) is a once-only variant of
+# AC_CHECK_FUNCS(FUNC1 FUNC2 ...).
+AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE], [
+  :
+  AC_FOREACH([gl_FUNC_NAME], [$1], [
+    AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_FUNC_]m4_defn([gl_FUNC_NAME]), [
+      m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE],
+        [gl_func_list="$gl_func_list gl_FUNC_NAME"])
+      gl_FUNCS_EXPANSION
+      AH_TEMPLATE(AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_]m4_defn([gl_FUNC_NAME])),
+        [Define to 1 if you have the `]m4_defn([gl_FUNC_NAME])[' function.])
+    ])
+    AC_REQUIRE([gl_CHECK_FUNC_]m4_defn([gl_FUNC_NAME]))
+  ])
+])
+m4_define([gl_FUNCS_EXPANSION], [
+  m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gl_func_list=])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS([$gl_func_list])
+  m4_define([gl_FUNCS_EXPANSION], [])
+])
+
+# AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE(DECL1 DECL2 ...) is a once-only variant of
+# AC_CHECK_DECLS(DECL1, DECL2, ...).
+AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE], [
+  :
+  AC_FOREACH([gl_DECL_NAME], [$1], [
+    AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_DECL_]m4_defn([gl_DECL_NAME]), [
+      AC_CHECK_DECLS(m4_defn([gl_DECL_NAME]))
+    ])
+    AC_REQUIRE([gl_CHECK_DECL_]m4_defn([gl_DECL_NAME]))
+  ])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/po.m4 b/gl/m4/po.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00133ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/po.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+# po.m4 serial 13 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
+
+  dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
+  dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
+
+  dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
+  dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
+  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
+  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
+     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+    :)
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+
+  dnl Test whether it is GNU msgfmt >= 0.15.
+changequote(,)dnl
+  case `$MSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
+    '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) MSGFMT_015=: ;;
+    *) MSGFMT_015=$MSGFMT ;;
+  esac
+changequote([,])dnl
+  AC_SUBST([MSGFMT_015])
+changequote(,)dnl
+  case `$GMSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
+    '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) GMSGFMT_015=: ;;
+    *) GMSGFMT_015=$GMSGFMT ;;
+  esac
+changequote([,])dnl
+  AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT_015])
+
+  dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH.
+  dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
+  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
+  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
+     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+    :)
+  dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
+  rm -f messages.po
+
+  dnl Test whether it is GNU xgettext >= 0.15.
+changequote(,)dnl
+  case `$XGETTEXT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
+    '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) XGETTEXT_015=: ;;
+    *) XGETTEXT_015=$XGETTEXT ;;
+  esac
+changequote([,])dnl
+  AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_015])
+
+  dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
+  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
+    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1], :)
+
+  dnl Installation directories.
+  dnl Autoconf >= 2.60 defines localedir. For older versions of autoconf, we
+  dnl have to define it here, so that it can be used in po/Makefile.
+  test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale'
+  AC_SUBST([localedir])
+
+  AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([po-directories], [[
+    for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
+      # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
+      case "$ac_file" in
+        *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+      esac
+      # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
+      case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
+        # Adjust a relative srcdir.
+        ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+        ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+        ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+        # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
+        # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
+        test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
+        case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+          .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
+          /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+          *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+        esac
+        # Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a
+        # POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO
+        # directories under different names or in different locations.
+        if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
+          rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
+          cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[   ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*,     $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+          POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in"
+          # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend
+          # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
+          # parameters.
+          if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
+            # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
+            if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+              test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
+            fi
+            ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
+            # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
+            eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
+            POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
+          else
+            # The set of available languages was given in configure.in.
+            # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
+            eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS'
+          fi
+          # Compute POFILES
+          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
+          # Compute UPDATEPOFILES
+          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
+          # Compute DUMMYPOFILES
+          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
+          # Compute GMOFILES
+          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
+          case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+            .) srcdirpre= ;;
+            *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
+          esac
+          POFILES=
+          UPDATEPOFILES=
+          DUMMYPOFILES=
+          GMOFILES=
+          for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+            POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
+            UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
+            DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
+            GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
+          done
+          # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
+          # environment variable.
+          INST_LINGUAS=
+          if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+            for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+              useit=no
+              if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
+                desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
+              else
+                desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
+              fi
+              for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
+                # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
+                #   a. equal to presentlang, or
+                #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
+                #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
+                #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
+                case "$desiredlang" in
+                  "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
+                esac
+              done
+              if test $useit = yes; then
+                INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
+              fi
+            done
+          fi
+          CATALOGS=
+          if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
+            for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
+              CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
+            done
+          fi
+          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
+          sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
+          for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
+            if test -f "$f"; then
+              case "$f" in
+                *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
+                *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
+              esac
+            fi
+          done
+        fi
+        ;;
+      esac
+    done]],
+   [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
+    # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
+    # from automake < 1.5.
+    eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
+    # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
+    LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
+   ])
+])
+
+dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE],
+[
+  # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been
+  # set:
+  # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in,
+  # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure
+  #   time.
+
+changequote(,)dnl
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir.
+  ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+  ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
+  # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
+  test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+    .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
+    /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+    *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash.
+  if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
+    gt_echo='echo'
+  else
+    if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
+      gt_echo='printf %s\n'
+    else
+      echo_func () {
+        cat <<EOT
+$*
+EOT
+      }
+      gt_echo='echo_func'
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  # A sed script that extracts the value of VARIABLE from a Makefile.
+  sed_x_variable='
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+x
+s/P/P/
+x
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. Look if we have the expected variable definition.
+/^[      ]*VARIABLE[     ]*=/{
+  # Seen the first line of the variable definition.
+  s/^[   ]*VARIABLE[     ]*=//
+  ba
+}
+bd
+:a
+# Here we are processing a line from the variable definition.
+# Remove comment, more precisely replace it with a space.
+s/#.*$/ /
+# See if the line ends in a backslash.
+tb
+:b
+s/\\$//
+# Print the line, without the trailing backslash.
+p
+tc
+# There was no trailing backslash. The end of the variable definition is
+# reached. Clear the hold space.
+s/^.*$//
+x
+bd
+:c
+# A trailing backslash means that the variable definition continues in the
+# next line. Put a nonempty string into the hold space to indicate this.
+s/^.*$/P/
+x
+:d
+'
+changequote([,])dnl
+
+  # Set POTFILES to the value of the Makefile variable POTFILES.
+  sed_x_POTFILES=`$gt_echo "$sed_x_variable" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/POTFILES/g'`
+  POTFILES=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_POTFILES" < "$ac_file"`
+  # Compute POTFILES_DEPS as
+  #   $(foreach file, $(POTFILES), $(top_srcdir)/$(file))
+  POTFILES_DEPS=
+  for file in $POTFILES; do
+    POTFILES_DEPS="$POTFILES_DEPS "'$(top_srcdir)/'"$file"
+  done
+  POMAKEFILEDEPS=""
+
+  if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+    test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
+  fi
+  if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
+    # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
+    ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
+    POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
+  else
+    # Set ALL_LINGUAS to the value of the Makefile variable LINGUAS.
+    sed_x_LINGUAS=`$gt_echo "$sed_x_variable" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/LINGUAS/g'`
+    ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_LINGUAS" < "$ac_file"`
+  fi
+  # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
+  eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
+  # Compute POFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
+  # Compute UPDATEPOFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
+  # Compute DUMMYPOFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
+  # Compute GMOFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
+  # Compute PROPERTIESFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).properties)
+  # Compute CLASSFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).class)
+  # Compute QMFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).qm)
+  # Compute MSGFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang)).msg)
+  # Compute RESOURCESDLLFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang))/$(DOMAIN).resources.dll)
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+    .) srcdirpre= ;;
+    *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
+  esac
+  POFILES=
+  UPDATEPOFILES=
+  DUMMYPOFILES=
+  GMOFILES=
+  PROPERTIESFILES=
+  CLASSFILES=
+  QMFILES=
+  MSGFILES=
+  RESOURCESDLLFILES=
+  for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+    POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
+    UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
+    DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
+    GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
+    PROPERTIESFILES="$PROPERTIESFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
+    CLASSFILES="$CLASSFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.class"
+    QMFILES="$QMFILES $srcdirpre$lang.qm"
+    frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
+    MSGFILES="$MSGFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang.msg"
+    frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
+    RESOURCESDLLFILES="$RESOURCESDLLFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
+  done
+  # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
+  # environment variable.
+  INST_LINGUAS=
+  if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+    for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      useit=no
+      if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
+        desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
+      else
+        desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
+      fi
+      for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
+        # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
+        #   a. equal to presentlang, or
+        #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
+        #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
+        #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
+        case "$desiredlang" in
+          "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
+        esac
+      done
+      if test $useit = yes; then
+        INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
+      fi
+    done
+  fi
+  CATALOGS=
+  JAVACATALOGS=
+  QTCATALOGS=
+  TCLCATALOGS=
+  CSHARPCATALOGS=
+  if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
+    for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
+      CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
+      JAVACATALOGS="$JAVACATALOGS \$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
+      QTCATALOGS="$QTCATALOGS $lang.qm"
+      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
+      TCLCATALOGS="$TCLCATALOGS $frobbedlang.msg"
+      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
+      CSHARPCATALOGS="$CSHARPCATALOGS $frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
+    done
+  fi
+
+  sed -e "s|@POTFILES_DEPS@|$POTFILES_DEPS|g" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@PROPERTIESFILES@|$PROPERTIESFILES|g" -e "s|@CLASSFILES@|$CLASSFILES|g" -e "s|@QMFILES@|$QMFILES|g" -e "s|@MSGFILES@|$MSGFILES|g" -e "s|@RESOURCESDLLFILES@|$RESOURCESDLLFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@JAVACATALOGS@|$JAVACATALOGS|g" -e "s|@QTCATALOGS@|$QTCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@TCLCATALOGS@|$TCLCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@CSHARPCATALOGS@|$CSHARPCATALOGS|g" -e 's,^#distdir:,distdir:,' < "$ac_file" > "$ac_file.tmp"
+  if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
+    # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
+    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
+      cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
+$frobbedlang.msg: $lang.po
+        @echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po"; \
+        \$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
+EOF
+    done
+  fi
+  if grep -l '@CSHARPCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
+    # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
+    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
+      cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
+$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll: $lang.po
+        @echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r \$(DOMAIN)"; \
+        \$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r "\$(DOMAIN)" || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
+EOF
+    done
+  fi
+  if test -n "$POMAKEFILEDEPS"; then
+    cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
+Makefile: $POMAKEFILEDEPS
+EOF
+  fi
+  mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file"
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/printf-posix.m4 b/gl/m4/printf-posix.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af10170
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/printf-posix.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# printf-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.13.1)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+dnl Test whether the printf() function supports POSIX/XSI format strings with
+dnl positions.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_PRINTF_POSIX],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether printf() supports POSIX/XSI format strings],
+    gt_cv_func_printf_posix,
+    [
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+/* The string "%2$d %1$d", with dollar characters protected from the shell's
+   dollar expansion (possibly an autoconf bug).  */
+static char format[] = { '%', '2', '$', 'd', ' ', '%', '1', '$', 'd', '\0' };
+static char buf[100];
+int main ()
+{
+  sprintf (buf, format, 33, 55);
+  return (strcmp (buf, "55 33") != 0);
+}], gt_cv_func_printf_posix=yes, gt_cv_func_printf_posix=no,
+      [
+        AC_EGREP_CPP(notposix, [
+#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
+  notposix
+#endif
+        ], gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing no",
+           gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing yes")
+      ])
+    ])
+  case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in
+    *yes)
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF, 1,
+        [Define if your printf() function supports format strings with positions.])
+      ;;
+  esac
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/progtest.m4 b/gl/m4/progtest.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a56365c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/progtest.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+# progtest.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
+
+dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
+dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
+[
+# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
+  chmod +x conf$$.sh
+  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  else
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  fi
+  rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file,
+# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability.
+cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF
+#! /bin/sh
+exit 0
+_ASEOF
+chmod +x conf$$.file
+if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_executable_p="test -x"
+else
+  ac_executable_p="test -f"
+fi
+rm -f conf$$.file
+
+# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
+[case "[$]$1" in
+  [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
+    ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+    for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
+      IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+      test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+        if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+          echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+          if [$3]; then
+            ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+            break 2
+          fi
+        fi
+      done
+    done
+    IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
+dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
+ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
+])dnl
+    ;;
+esac])dnl
+$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
+if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST($1)dnl
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/regex.m4 b/gl/m4/regex.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25da645
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/regex.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+#serial 42
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
+# 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Initially derived from code in GNU grep.
+dnl Mostly written by Jim Meyering.
+
+AC_PREREQ([2.50])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_REGEX],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([locale.h])
+
+  AC_ARG_WITH([included-regex],
+    [AC_HELP_STRING([--without-included-regex],
+                    [don't compile regex; this is the default on
+                     systems with recent-enough versions of the GNU C
+                     Library (use with caution on other systems)])])
+
+  case $with_included_regex in #(
+  yes|no) ac_use_included_regex=$with_included_regex
+        ;;
+  '')
+    # If the system regex support is good enough that it passes the
+    # following run test, then default to *not* using the included regex.c.
+    # If cross compiling, assume the test would fail and use the included
+    # regex.c.  The first failing regular expression is from `Spencer ere
+    # test #75' in grep-2.3.
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working re_compile_pattern],
+                   [gl_cv_func_re_compile_pattern_working],
+      [AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+        [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+          [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
+           #if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+            #include <locale.h>
+           #endif
+           #include <limits.h>
+           #include <regex.h>
+           ],
+          [[static struct re_pattern_buffer regex;
+            unsigned char folded_chars[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
+            int i;
+            const char *s;
+            struct re_registers regs;
+
+            #if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+              /* http://sourceware.org/ml/libc-hacker/2006-09/msg00008.html
+                 This test needs valgrind to catch the bug on Debian
+                 GNU/Linux 3.1 x86, but it might catch the bug better
+                 on other platforms and it shouldn't hurt to try the
+                 test here.  */
+              if (setlocale (LC_ALL, "en_US.UTF-8"))
+                {
+                  static char const pat[] = "insert into";
+                  static char const data[] =
+                    "\xFF\0\x12\xA2\xAA\xC4\xB1,K\x12\xC4\xB1*\xACK";
+                  re_set_syntax (RE_SYNTAX_GREP | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE
+                                 | RE_ICASE);
+                  memset (&regex, 0, sizeof regex);
+                  s = re_compile_pattern (pat, sizeof pat - 1, &regex);
+                  if (s)
+                    return 1;
+                  if (re_search (&regex, data, sizeof data - 1,
+                                 0, sizeof data - 1, &regs)
+                      != -1)
+                    return 1;
+                  if (! setlocale (LC_ALL, "C"))
+                    return 1;
+                }
+            #endif
+
+            re_set_syntax (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP);
+            memset (&regex, 0, sizeof (regex));
+            for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+              folded_chars[i] = i;
+            regex.translate = folded_chars;
+            s = re_compile_pattern ("a[[:@:>@:]]b\n", 11, &regex);
+            /* This should fail with _Invalid character class name_ error.  */
+            if (!s)
+              exit (1);
+
+            /* This should succeed, but does not for e.g. glibc-2.1.3.  */
+            memset (&regex, 0, sizeof (regex));
+            s = re_compile_pattern ("{1", 2, &regex);
+
+            if (s)
+              exit (1);
+
+            /* The following example is derived from a problem report
+               against gawk from Jorge Stolfi <stolfi@ic.unicamp.br>.  */
+            memset (&regex, 0, sizeof (regex));
+            s = re_compile_pattern ("[an\371]*n", 7, &regex);
+            if (s)
+              exit (1);
+
+            /* This should match, but does not for e.g. glibc-2.2.1.  */
+            if (re_match (&regex, "an", 2, 0, &regs) != 2)
+              exit (1);
+
+            memset (&regex, 0, sizeof (regex));
+            s = re_compile_pattern ("x", 1, &regex);
+            if (s)
+              exit (1);
+
+            /* The version of regex.c in e.g. GNU libc-2.2.93 did not
+               work with a negative RANGE argument.  */
+            if (re_search (&regex, "wxy", 3, 2, -2, &regs) != 1)
+              exit (1);
+
+            /* The version of regex.c in older versions of gnulib
+               ignored RE_ICASE.  Detect that problem too.  */
+            memset (&regex, 0, sizeof (regex));
+            re_set_syntax (RE_SYNTAX_EMACS | RE_ICASE);
+            s = re_compile_pattern ("x", 1, &regex);
+            if (s)
+              exit (1);
+
+            if (re_search (&regex, "WXY", 3, 0, 3, &regs) < 0)
+              exit (1);
+
+            /* REG_STARTEND was added to glibc on 2004-01-15.
+               Reject older versions.  */
+            if (! REG_STARTEND)
+              exit (1);
+
+            /* Reject hosts whose regoff_t values are too narrow.
+               These include glibc 2.3.5 on hosts with 64-bit ptrdiff_t
+               and 32-bit int.  */
+            if (sizeof (regoff_t) < sizeof (ptrdiff_t)
+                || sizeof (regoff_t) < sizeof (ssize_t))
+              exit (1);
+
+            exit (0);]])],
+       [gl_cv_func_re_compile_pattern_working=yes],
+       [gl_cv_func_re_compile_pattern_working=no],
+       dnl When crosscompiling, assume it is not working.
+       [gl_cv_func_re_compile_pattern_working=no])])
+    case $gl_cv_func_re_compile_pattern_working in #(
+    yes) ac_use_included_regex=no;; #(
+    no) ac_use_included_regex=yes;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  *) AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid value for --with-included-regex: $with_included_regex])
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test $ac_use_included_regex = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([_REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS], 1,
+      [Define if you want regoff_t to be at least as wide POSIX requires.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_syntax_options], [rpl_re_syntax_options],
+      [Define to rpl_re_syntax_options if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_set_syntax], [rpl_re_set_syntax],
+      [Define to rpl_re_set_syntax if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_compile_pattern], [rpl_re_compile_pattern],
+      [Define to rpl_re_compile_pattern if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_compile_fastmap], [rpl_re_compile_fastmap],
+      [Define to rpl_re_compile_fastmap if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_search], [rpl_re_search],
+      [Define to rpl_re_search if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_search_2], [rpl_re_search_2],
+      [Define to rpl_re_search_2 if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_match], [rpl_re_match],
+      [Define to rpl_re_match if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_match_2], [rpl_re_match_2],
+      [Define to rpl_re_match_2 if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_set_registers], [rpl_re_set_registers],
+      [Define to rpl_re_set_registers if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_comp], [rpl_re_comp],
+      [Define to rpl_re_comp if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([re_exec], [rpl_re_exec],
+      [Define to rpl_re_exec if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([regcomp], [rpl_regcomp],
+      [Define to rpl_regcomp if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([regexec], [rpl_regexec],
+      [Define to rpl_regexec if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([regerror], [rpl_regerror],
+      [Define to rpl_regerror if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_DEFINE([regfree], [rpl_regfree],
+      [Define to rpl_regfree if the replacement should be used.])
+    AC_LIBOBJ([regex])
+    gl_PREREQ_REGEX
+  fi
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/regex.c and lib/regex_internal.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_REGEX],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_RESTRICT])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([iswctype mbrtowc mempcpy wcrtomb wcscoll])
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([isblank], [], [], [#include <ctype.h>])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/safe-read.m4 b/gl/m4/safe-read.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a89d0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/safe-read.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# safe-read.m4 serial 5
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_SAFE_READ],
+[
+  AC_LIBOBJ([safe-read])
+
+  gl_PREREQ_SAFE_READ
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/safe-read.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_SAFE_READ],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_SSIZE_T])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/safe-write.m4 b/gl/m4/safe-write.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db119ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/safe-write.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# safe-write.m4 serial 3
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_SAFE_WRITE],
+[
+  AC_LIBOBJ([safe-write])
+
+  gl_PREREQ_SAFE_WRITE
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/safe-write.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_SAFE_WRITE],
+[
+  gl_PREREQ_SAFE_READ
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/size_max.m4 b/gl/m4/size_max.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cb4868
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/size_max.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# size_max.m4 serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_SIZE_MAX],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h)
+  dnl First test whether the system already has SIZE_MAX.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SIZE_MAX])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL([gl_cv_size_max], [
+    gl_cv_size_max=
+    AC_EGREP_CPP([Found it], [
+#include <limits.h>
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef SIZE_MAX
+Found it
+#endif
+], gl_cv_size_max=yes)
+    if test -z "$gl_cv_size_max"; then
+      dnl Define it ourselves. Here we assume that the type 'size_t' is not wider
+      dnl than the type 'unsigned long'. Try hard to find a definition that can
+      dnl be used in a preprocessor #if, i.e. doesn't contain a cast.
+      AC_COMPUTE_INT([size_t_bits_minus_1], [sizeof (size_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1],
+        [#include <stddef.h>
+#include <limits.h>], size_t_bits_minus_1=)
+      AC_COMPUTE_INT([fits_in_uint], [sizeof (size_t) <= sizeof (unsigned int)],
+        [#include <stddef.h>], fits_in_uint=)
+      if test -n "$size_t_bits_minus_1" && test -n "$fits_in_uint"; then
+        if test $fits_in_uint = 1; then
+          dnl Even though SIZE_MAX fits in an unsigned int, it must be of type
+          dnl 'unsigned long' if the type 'size_t' is the same as 'unsigned long'.
+          AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h>
+            extern size_t foo;
+            extern unsigned long foo;
+            ], [], fits_in_uint=0)
+        fi
+        dnl We cannot use 'expr' to simplify this expression, because 'expr'
+        dnl works only with 'long' integers in the host environment, while we
+        dnl might be cross-compiling from a 32-bit platform to a 64-bit platform.
+        if test $fits_in_uint = 1; then
+          gl_cv_size_max="(((1U << $size_t_bits_minus_1) - 1) * 2 + 1)"
+        else
+          gl_cv_size_max="(((1UL << $size_t_bits_minus_1) - 1) * 2 + 1)"
+        fi
+      else
+        dnl Shouldn't happen, but who knows...
+        gl_cv_size_max='((size_t)~(size_t)0)'
+      fi
+    fi
+  ])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_cv_size_max])
+  if test "$gl_cv_size_max" != yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SIZE_MAX], [$gl_cv_size_max],
+      [Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define it.])
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 has AC_COMPUTE_INT built-in.
+dnl Remove this when we can assume autoconf >= 2.61.
+m4_ifdef([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [], [
+  AC_DEFUN([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [_AC_COMPUTE_INT([$2],[$1],[$3],[$4])])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/snprintf.m4 b/gl/m4/snprintf.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..432e037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/snprintf.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# snprintf.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_SNPRINTF],
+[
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(snprintf)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE(snprintf)
+  gl_PREREQ_SNPRINTF
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/snprintf.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_SNPRINTF], [:])
diff --git a/gl/m4/socklen.m4 b/gl/m4/socklen.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e3765a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/socklen.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# socklen.m4 serial 4
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Albert Chin, Windows fixes from Simon Josefsson.
+
+dnl Check for socklen_t: historically on BSD it is an int, and in
+dnl POSIX 1g it is a type of its own, but some platforms use different
+dnl types for the argument to getsockopt, getpeername, etc.  So we
+dnl have to test to find something that will work.
+
+dnl On mingw32, socklen_t is in ws2tcpip.h ('int'), so we try to find
+dnl it there first.  That file is included by gnulib's socket_.h, which
+dnl all users of this module should include.  Cygwin must not include
+dnl ws2tcpip.h.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_TYPE_SOCKLEN_T],
+  [AC_REQUIRE([gl_HEADER_SYS_SOCKET])dnl
+   AC_CHECK_TYPE([socklen_t], ,
+     [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for socklen_t equivalent])
+      AC_CACHE_VAL([gl_cv_gl_cv_socklen_t_equiv],
+        [# Systems have either "struct sockaddr *" or
+         # "void *" as the second argument to getpeername
+         gl_cv_socklen_t_equiv=
+         for arg2 in "struct sockaddr" void; do
+           for t in int size_t "unsigned int" "long int" "unsigned long int"; do
+             AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+               [#include <sys/types.h>
+                #include <sys/socket.h>
+
+                int getpeername (int, $arg2 *, $t *);],
+               [$t len;
+                getpeername (0, 0, &len);],
+               [gl_cv_socklen_t_equiv="$t"])
+             test "$gl_cv_socklen_t_equiv" != "" && break
+           done
+           test "$gl_cv_socklen_t_equiv" != "" && break
+         done
+      ])
+      if test "$gl_cv_socklen_t_equiv" = ""; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find a type to use in place of socklen_t])
+      fi
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_cv_socklen_t_equiv])
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([socklen_t], [$gl_cv_socklen_t_equiv],
+        [type to use in place of socklen_t if not defined])],
+     [#include <sys/types.h>
+      #if HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+      # include <sys/socket.h>
+      #elif HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H
+      # include <ws2tcpip.h>
+      #endif])])
diff --git a/gl/m4/sockpfaf.m4 b/gl/m4/sockpfaf.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25d9755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/sockpfaf.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# sockpfaf.m4 serial 5
+dnl Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Test for some common socket protocol families (PF_INET, PF_INET6, ...)
+dnl and some common address families (AF_INET, AF_INET6, ...).
+dnl This test assumes that a system supports an address family if and only if
+dnl it supports the corresponding protocol family.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_SOCKET_FAMILIES],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_HEADER_SYS_SOCKET])
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([netinet/in.h])
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for IPv4 sockets)
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(gl_cv_socket_ipv4,
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+#include <winsock2.h>
+#endif],
+[int x = AF_INET; struct in_addr y; struct sockaddr_in z;
+ if (&x && &y && &z) return 0;],
+       gl_cv_socket_ipv4=yes, gl_cv_socket_ipv4=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($gl_cv_socket_ipv4)
+  if test $gl_cv_socket_ipv4 = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IPV4, 1, [Define to 1 if <sys/socket.h> defines AF_INET.])
+  fi
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for IPv6 sockets)
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(gl_cv_socket_ipv6,
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+#include <winsock2.h>
+#endif],
+[int x = AF_INET6; struct in6_addr y; struct sockaddr_in6 z;
+ if (&x && &y && &z) return 0;],
+       gl_cv_socket_ipv6=yes, gl_cv_socket_ipv6=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($gl_cv_socket_ipv6)
+  if test $gl_cv_socket_ipv6 = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IPV6, 1, [Define to 1 if <sys/socket.h> defines AF_INET6.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/ssize_t.m4 b/gl/m4/ssize_t.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4eaef93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/ssize_t.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# ssize_t.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+dnl Test whether ssize_t is defined.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_SSIZE_T],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ssize_t], [gt_cv_ssize_t],
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],
+       [int x = sizeof (ssize_t *) + sizeof (ssize_t);
+        return !x;],
+       [gt_cv_ssize_t=yes], [gt_cv_ssize_t=no])])
+  if test $gt_cv_ssize_t = no; then
+    AC_DEFINE([ssize_t], [int],
+              [Define as a signed type of the same size as size_t.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/stdbool.m4 b/gl/m4/stdbool.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2204ecd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/stdbool.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+# Check for stdbool.h that conforms to C99.
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# Prepare for substituting <stdbool.h> if it is not supported.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_STDBOOL_H],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDBOOL])
+
+  # Define two additional variables used in the Makefile substitution.
+
+  if test "$ac_cv_header_stdbool_h" = yes; then
+    STDBOOL_H=''
+  else
+    STDBOOL_H='stdbool.h'
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([STDBOOL_H])
+
+  if test "$ac_cv_type__Bool" = yes; then
+    HAVE__BOOL=1
+  else
+    HAVE__BOOL=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE__BOOL])
+])
+
+# AM_STDBOOL_H will be renamed to gl_STDBOOL_H in the future.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STDBOOL_H], [AM_STDBOOL_H])
+
+# This macro is only needed in autoconf <= 2.59.  Newer versions of autoconf
+# have this macro built-in.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_HEADER_STDBOOL],
+  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdbool.h that conforms to C99],
+     [ac_cv_header_stdbool_h],
+     [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+        [
+          #include <stdbool.h>
+          #ifndef bool
+           "error: bool is not defined"
+          #endif
+          #ifndef false
+           "error: false is not defined"
+          #endif
+          #if false
+           "error: false is not 0"
+          #endif
+          #ifndef true
+           "error: true is not defined"
+          #endif
+          #if true != 1
+           "error: true is not 1"
+          #endif
+          #ifndef __bool_true_false_are_defined
+           "error: __bool_true_false_are_defined is not defined"
+          #endif
+
+          struct s { _Bool s: 1; _Bool t; } s;
+
+          char a[true == 1 ? 1 : -1];
+          char b[false == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+          char c[__bool_true_false_are_defined == 1 ? 1 : -1];
+          char d[(bool) 0.5 == true ? 1 : -1];
+          bool e = &s;
+          char f[(_Bool) 0.0 == false ? 1 : -1];
+          char g[true];
+          char h[sizeof (_Bool)];
+          char i[sizeof s.t];
+          enum { j = false, k = true, l = false * true, m = true * 256 };
+          _Bool n[m];
+          char o[sizeof n == m * sizeof n[0] ? 1 : -1];
+          char p[-1 - (_Bool) 0 < 0 && -1 - (bool) 0 < 0 ? 1 : -1];
+          #if defined __xlc__ || defined __GNUC__
+           /* Catch a bug in IBM AIX xlc compiler version 6.0.0.0
+              reported by James Lemley on 2005-10-05; see
+              http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html
+              This test is not quite right, since xlc is allowed to
+              reject this program, as the initializer for xlcbug is
+              not one of the forms that C requires support for.
+              However, doing the test right would require a run-time
+              test, and that would make cross-compilation harder.
+              Let us hope that IBM fixes the xlc bug, and also adds
+              support for this kind of constant expression.  In the
+              meantime, this test will reject xlc, which is OK, since
+              our stdbool.h substitute should suffice.  We also test
+              this with GCC, where it should work, to detect more
+              quickly whether someone messes up the test in the
+              future.  */
+           char digs[] = "0123456789";
+           int xlcbug = 1 / (&(digs + 5)[-2 + (bool) 1] == &digs[4] ? 1 : -1);
+          #endif
+          /* Catch a bug in an HP-UX C compiler.  See
+             http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html
+             http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html
+           */
+          _Bool q = true;
+          _Bool *pq = &q;
+        ],
+        [
+          *pq |= q;
+          *pq |= ! q;
+          /* Refer to every declared value, to avoid compiler optimizations.  */
+          return (!a + !b + !c + !d + !e + !f + !g + !h + !i + !!j + !k + !!l
+                  + !m + !n + !o + !p + !q + !pq);
+        ],
+        [ac_cv_header_stdbool_h=yes],
+        [ac_cv_header_stdbool_h=no])])
+   AC_CHECK_TYPES([_Bool])
+   if test $ac_cv_header_stdbool_h = yes; then
+     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDBOOL_H, 1, [Define to 1 if stdbool.h conforms to C99.])
+   fi])
diff --git a/gl/m4/stdint.m4 b/gl/m4/stdint.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a4b4a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/stdint.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+# stdint.m4 serial 22
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible.
+dnl Test whether <stdint.h> is supported or must be substituted.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_H],
+[
+  AC_PREREQ(2.59)dnl
+
+  dnl Check for long long int and unsigned long long int.
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
+  if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then
+    HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT=1
+  else
+    HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT])
+  if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int = yes; then
+    HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT=1
+  else
+    HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT])
+
+  dnl Check for <inttypes.h>.
+  dnl AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT defines $ac_cv_header_inttypes_h.
+  if test $ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+    HAVE_INTTYPES_H=1
+  else
+    HAVE_INTTYPES_H=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_INTTYPES_H])
+
+  dnl Check for <sys/types.h>.
+  dnl AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT defines $ac_cv_header_sys_types_h.
+  if test $ac_cv_header_sys_types_h = yes; then
+    HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1
+  else
+    HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H])
+
+  dnl AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT defines $ac_cv_header_stdint_h.
+  if test $ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
+    gl_ABSOLUTE_HEADER([stdint.h])
+    ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H=\"$gl_cv_absolute_stdint_h\"
+    HAVE_STDINT_H=1
+  else
+    ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H=\"no/such/file/stdint.h\"
+    HAVE_STDINT_H=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H])
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_STDINT_H])
+
+  dnl Now see whether we need a substitute <stdint.h>.  Use
+  dnl ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H, not <stdint.h>, so that it also works during
+  dnl a "config.status --recheck" if a stdint.h has been
+  dnl created in the build directory.
+  if test $ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether stdint.h conforms to C99],
+      [gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h],
+      [gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h=no
+       AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
+         AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+#include <stddef.h>
+#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1 /* to make it work also in C++ mode */
+#define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS 1 /* to make it work also in C++ mode */
+#include ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H
+#ifdef INT8_MAX
+int8_t a1 = INT8_MAX;
+int8_t a1min = INT8_MIN;
+#endif
+#ifdef INT16_MAX
+int16_t a2 = INT16_MAX;
+int16_t a2min = INT16_MIN;
+#endif
+#ifdef INT32_MAX
+int32_t a3 = INT32_MAX;
+int32_t a3min = INT32_MIN;
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+int64_t a4 = INT64_MAX;
+int64_t a4min = INT64_MIN;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT8_MAX
+uint8_t b1 = UINT8_MAX;
+#else
+typedef int b1[(unsigned char) -1 != 255 ? 1 : -1];
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT16_MAX
+uint16_t b2 = UINT16_MAX;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT32_MAX
+uint32_t b3 = UINT32_MAX;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+uint64_t b4 = UINT64_MAX;
+#endif
+int_least8_t c1 = INT8_C (0x7f);
+int_least8_t c1max = INT_LEAST8_MAX;
+int_least8_t c1min = INT_LEAST8_MIN;
+int_least16_t c2 = INT16_C (0x7fff);
+int_least16_t c2max = INT_LEAST16_MAX;
+int_least16_t c2min = INT_LEAST16_MIN;
+int_least32_t c3 = INT32_C (0x7fffffff);
+int_least32_t c3max = INT_LEAST32_MAX;
+int_least32_t c3min = INT_LEAST32_MIN;
+int_least64_t c4 = INT64_C (0x7fffffffffffffff);
+int_least64_t c4max = INT_LEAST64_MAX;
+int_least64_t c4min = INT_LEAST64_MIN;
+uint_least8_t d1 = UINT8_C (0xff);
+uint_least8_t d1max = UINT_LEAST8_MAX;
+uint_least16_t d2 = UINT16_C (0xffff);
+uint_least16_t d2max = UINT_LEAST16_MAX;
+uint_least32_t d3 = UINT32_C (0xffffffff);
+uint_least32_t d3max = UINT_LEAST32_MAX;
+uint_least64_t d4 = UINT64_C (0xffffffffffffffff);
+uint_least64_t d4max = UINT_LEAST64_MAX;
+int_fast8_t e1 = INT_FAST8_MAX;
+int_fast8_t e1min = INT_FAST8_MIN;
+int_fast16_t e2 = INT_FAST16_MAX;
+int_fast16_t e2min = INT_FAST16_MIN;
+int_fast32_t e3 = INT_FAST32_MAX;
+int_fast32_t e3min = INT_FAST32_MIN;
+int_fast64_t e4 = INT_FAST64_MAX;
+int_fast64_t e4min = INT_FAST64_MIN;
+uint_fast8_t f1 = UINT_FAST8_MAX;
+uint_fast16_t f2 = UINT_FAST16_MAX;
+uint_fast32_t f3 = UINT_FAST32_MAX;
+uint_fast64_t f4 = UINT_FAST64_MAX;
+#ifdef INTPTR_MAX
+intptr_t g = INTPTR_MAX;
+intptr_t gmin = INTPTR_MIN;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+uintptr_t h = UINTPTR_MAX;
+#endif
+intmax_t i = INTMAX_MAX;
+uintmax_t j = UINTMAX_MAX;
+struct s {
+  int check_PTRDIFF: PTRDIFF_MIN < 0 && 0 < PTRDIFF_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_SIG_ATOMIC: SIG_ATOMIC_MIN <= 0 && 0 < SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_SIZE: 0 < SIZE_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_WCHAR: WCHAR_MIN <= 0 && 0 < WCHAR_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_WINT: WINT_MIN <= 0 && 0 < WINT_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+
+  /* Detect bugs in glibc 2.4 and Solaris 10 stdint.h, among others.  */
+  int check_UINT8_C:
+        (-1 < UINT8_C (0)) == (-1 < (uint_least8_t) 0) ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_UINT16_C:
+        (-1 < UINT16_C (0)) == (-1 < (uint_least16_t) 0) ? 1 : -1;
+
+  /* Detect bugs in OpenBSD 3.9 stdint.h.  */
+#ifdef UINT8_MAX
+  int check_uint8: (uint8_t) -1 == UINT8_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT16_MAX
+  int check_uint16: (uint16_t) -1 == UINT16_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT32_MAX
+  int check_uint32: (uint32_t) -1 == UINT32_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+  int check_uint64: (uint64_t) -1 == UINT64_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+#endif
+  int check_uint_least8: (uint_least8_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST8_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_uint_least16: (uint_least16_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST16_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_uint_least32: (uint_least32_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST32_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_uint_least64: (uint_least64_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST64_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_uint_fast8: (uint_fast8_t) -1 == UINT_FAST8_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_uint_fast16: (uint_fast16_t) -1 == UINT_FAST16_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_uint_fast32: (uint_fast32_t) -1 == UINT_FAST32_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_uint_fast64: (uint_fast64_t) -1 == UINT_FAST64_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_uintptr: (uintptr_t) -1 == UINTPTR_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_uintmax: (uintmax_t) -1 == UINTMAX_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+  int check_size: (size_t) -1 == SIZE_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+};
+         ]])],
+         [gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h=yes])])
+  fi
+  if test "$gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h" = yes; then
+    STDINT_H=
+  else
+    dnl Check for <sys/inttypes.h>, and for
+    dnl <sys/bitypes.h> (used in Linux libc4 >= 4.6.7 and libc5).
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/inttypes.h sys/bitypes.h])
+    if test $ac_cv_header_sys_inttypes_h = yes; then
+      HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H=1
+    else
+      HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H=0
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST([HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H])
+    if test $ac_cv_header_sys_bitypes_h = yes; then
+      HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H=1
+    else
+      HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H=0
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST([HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H])
+
+    gl_STDINT_TYPE_PROPERTIES
+    STDINT_H=stdint.h
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(STDINT_H)
+])
+
+dnl gl_STDINT_BITSIZEOF(TYPES, INCLUDES)
+dnl Determine the size of each of the given types in bits.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_BITSIZEOF],
+[
+  dnl Use a shell loop, to avoid bloating configure, and
+  dnl - extra AH_TEMPLATE calls, so that autoheader knows what to put into
+  dnl   config.h.in,
+  dnl - extra AC_SUBST calls, so that the right substitutions are made.
+  AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+    [AH_TEMPLATE([BITSIZEOF_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]),
+       [Define to the number of bits in type ']gltype['.])])
+  for gltype in $1 ; do
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for bit size of $gltype], [gl_cv_bitsizeof_${gltype}],
+      [AC_COMPUTE_INT([result], [sizeof ($gltype) * CHAR_BIT],
+         [$2
+#include <limits.h>], [result=unknown])
+       eval gl_cv_bitsizeof_${gltype}=\$result
+      ])
+    eval result=\$gl_cv_bitsizeof_${gltype}
+    if test $result = unknown; then
+      dnl Use a nonempty default, because some compilers, such as IRIX 5 cc,
+      dnl do a syntax check even on unused #if conditions and give an error
+      dnl on valid C code like this:
+      dnl   #if 0
+      dnl   # if  > 32
+      dnl   # endif
+      dnl   #endif
+      result=0
+    fi
+    GLTYPE=`echo "$gltype" | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_'`
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([BITSIZEOF_${GLTYPE}], [$result])
+    eval BITSIZEOF_${GLTYPE}=\$result
+  done
+  AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+    [AC_SUBST([BITSIZEOF_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]))])
+])
+
+dnl gl_CHECK_TYPES_SIGNED(TYPES, INCLUDES)
+dnl Determine the signedness of each of the given types.
+dnl Define HAVE_SIGNED_TYPE if type is signed.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_TYPES_SIGNED],
+[
+  dnl Use a shell loop, to avoid bloating configure, and
+  dnl - extra AH_TEMPLATE calls, so that autoheader knows what to put into
+  dnl   config.h.in,
+  dnl - extra AC_SUBST calls, so that the right substitutions are made.
+  AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+    [AH_TEMPLATE([HAVE_SIGNED_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]),
+       [Define to 1 if ']gltype[' is a signed integer type.])])
+  for gltype in $1 ; do
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $gltype is signed], [gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed],
+      [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
+         [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([$2[
+            int verify[2 * (($gltype) -1 < ($gltype) 0) - 1];]])],
+         result=yes, result=no)
+       eval gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed=\$result
+      ])
+    eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed
+    GLTYPE=`echo $gltype | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_'`
+    if test "$result" = yes; then
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_SIGNED_${GLTYPE}], 1)
+      eval HAVE_SIGNED_${GLTYPE}=1
+    else
+      eval HAVE_SIGNED_${GLTYPE}=0
+    fi
+  done
+  AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+    [AC_SUBST([HAVE_SIGNED_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]))])
+])
+
+dnl gl_INTEGER_TYPE_SUFFIX(TYPES, INCLUDES)
+dnl Determine the suffix to use for integer constants of the given types.
+dnl Define t_SUFFIX for each such type.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_INTEGER_TYPE_SUFFIX],
+[
+  dnl Use a shell loop, to avoid bloating configure, and
+  dnl - extra AH_TEMPLATE calls, so that autoheader knows what to put into
+  dnl   config.h.in,
+  dnl - extra AC_SUBST calls, so that the right substitutions are made.
+  AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+    [AH_TEMPLATE(translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_])[_SUFFIX],
+       [Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for
+        constants of type ']gltype['.])])
+  for gltype in $1 ; do
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $gltype integer literal suffix],
+      [gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix],
+      [eval gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix=no
+       eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed
+       if test "$result" = yes; then
+         glsufu=
+       else
+         glsufu=u
+       fi
+       for glsuf in "$glsufu" ${glsufu}l ${glsufu}ll ${glsufu}i64; do
+         case $glsuf in
+           '')  gltype1='int';;
+           l)   gltype1='long int';;
+           ll)  gltype1='long long int';;
+           i64) gltype1='__int64';;
+           u)   gltype1='unsigned int';;
+           ul)  gltype1='unsigned long int';;
+           ull) gltype1='unsigned long long int';;
+           ui64)gltype1='unsigned __int64';;
+         esac
+         AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
+           [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([$2
+              extern $gltype foo;
+              extern $gltype1 foo;])],
+           [eval gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix=\$glsuf])
+         eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix
+         test "$result" != no && break
+       done])
+    GLTYPE=`echo $gltype | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_'`
+    eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix
+    test "$result" = no && result=
+    eval ${GLTYPE}_SUFFIX=\$result
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([${GLTYPE}_SUFFIX], $result)
+  done
+  AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+    [AC_SUBST(translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_])[_SUFFIX])])
+])
+
+dnl gl_STDINT_INCLUDES
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_INCLUDES],
+[[
+  /* BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be
+     included before <wchar.h>.  */
+  #include <stddef.h>
+  #include <signal.h>
+  #include <stdio.h>
+  #include <time.h>
+  #include <wchar.h>
+]])
+
+dnl gl_STDINT_TYPE_PROPERTIES
+dnl Compute HAVE_SIGNED_t, BITSIZEOF_t and t_SUFFIX, for all the types t
+dnl of interest to stdint_.h.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_TYPE_PROPERTIES],
+[
+  gl_STDINT_BITSIZEOF([ptrdiff_t sig_atomic_t size_t wchar_t wint_t],
+    [gl_STDINT_INCLUDES])
+  gl_CHECK_TYPES_SIGNED([sig_atomic_t wchar_t wint_t],
+    [gl_STDINT_INCLUDES])
+  gl_cv_type_ptrdiff_t_signed=yes
+  gl_cv_type_size_t_signed=no
+  gl_INTEGER_TYPE_SUFFIX([ptrdiff_t sig_atomic_t size_t wchar_t wint_t],
+    [gl_STDINT_INCLUDES])
+])
+
+dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 has AC_COMPUTE_INT built-in.
+dnl Remove this when we can assume autoconf >= 2.61.
+m4_ifdef([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [], [
+  AC_DEFUN([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [_AC_COMPUTE_INT([$2],[$1],[$3],[$4])])
+])
+
+# Hey Emacs!
+# Local Variables:
+# indent-tabs-mode: nil
+# End:
diff --git a/gl/m4/stdint_h.m4 b/gl/m4/stdint_h.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db9a8ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/stdint_h.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# stdint_h.m4 serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
+# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], gl_cv_header_stdint_h,
+  [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+    [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdint.h>],
+    [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1; return !i;],
+    gl_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
+    gl_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
+  if test $gl_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
+      [Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+       and declares uintmax_t. ])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/strcase.m4 b/gl/m4/strcase.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae82790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/strcase.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# strcase.m4 serial 4
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STRCASE],
+[
+  gl_FUNC_STRCASECMP
+  gl_FUNC_STRNCASECMP
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_STRCASECMP],
+[
+  dnl No known system has a strcasecmp() function that works correctly in
+  dnl multibyte locales. Therefore we use our version always.
+  AC_LIBOBJ(strcasecmp)
+  gl_PREREQ_STRCASECMP
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_STRNCASECMP],
+[
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strncasecmp)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS(strncasecmp)
+  if test $ac_cv_func_strncasecmp = no; then
+    gl_PREREQ_STRNCASECMP
+  fi
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/strcasecmp.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_STRCASECMP], [
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_FUNC_MBRTOWC])
+  :
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/strncasecmp.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_STRNCASECMP], [
+  :
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/strdup.m4 b/gl/m4/strdup.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7786e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/strdup.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# strdup.m4 serial 7
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_STRDUP],
+[
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strdup)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE(strdup)
+  gl_PREREQ_STRDUP
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/strdup.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_STRDUP], [:])
diff --git a/gl/m4/strndup.m4 b/gl/m4/strndup.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd5780b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/strndup.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# strndup.m4 serial 11
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_STRNDUP],
+[
+  dnl Persuade glibc <string.h> to declare strndup().
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
+
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([strndup])
+
+  # AIX 4.3.3, AIX 5.1 have a function that fails to add the terminating '\0'.
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working strndup], gl_cv_func_strndup,
+    [AC_RUN_IFELSE([
+       AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <string.h>
+                        #include <stdlib.h>], [[
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP
+  extern char *strndup (const char *, size_t);
+#endif
+  char *s;
+  s = strndup ("some longer string", 15);
+  free (s);
+  s = strndup ("shorter string", 13);
+  return s[13] != '\0';]])],
+       [gl_cv_func_strndup=yes],
+       [gl_cv_func_strndup=no],
+       [AC_CHECK_FUNC([strndup],
+          [AC_EGREP_CPP([too risky], [
+#ifdef _AIX
+               too risky
+#endif
+             ],
+             [gl_cv_func_strndup=no],
+             [gl_cv_func_strndup=yes])],
+          [gl_cv_func_strndup=no])])])
+  if test $gl_cv_func_strndup = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRNDUP], 1,
+      [Define if you have the strndup() function and it works.])
+  else
+    AC_LIBOBJ([strndup])
+    gl_PREREQ_STRNDUP
+  fi
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/strndup.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_STRNDUP], [:])
diff --git a/gl/m4/strnlen.m4 b/gl/m4/strnlen.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0213a8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/strnlen.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# strnlen.m4 serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_STRNLEN],
+[
+  dnl Persuade glibc <string.h> to declare strnlen().
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
+
+  AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
+  if test $ac_cv_func_strnlen_working = no; then
+    # This is necessary because automake-1.6.1 doens't understand
+    # that the above use of AC_FUNC_STRNLEN means we may have to use
+    # lib/strnlen.c.
+    #AC_LIBOBJ(strnlen)
+    AC_DEFINE(strnlen, rpl_strnlen,
+      [Define to rpl_strnlen if the replacement function should be used.])
+    gl_PREREQ_STRNLEN
+  fi
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/strnlen.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_STRNLEN], [
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE(strnlen)
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/sys_socket_h.m4 b/gl/m4/sys_socket_h.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3e45b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/sys_socket_h.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# sys_socket_h.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Simon Josefsson.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_HEADER_SYS_SOCKET],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([sys/socket.h])
+  if test $ac_cv_header_sys_socket_h = yes; then
+    SYS_SOCKET_H=''
+  else
+    dnl We cannot use AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE here, because that would make
+    dnl the check for those headers unconditional; yet cygwin reports
+    dnl that the headers are present but cannot be compiled (since on
+    dnl cygwin, all socket information should come from sys/socket.h).
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS([winsock2.h ws2tcpip.h])
+    SYS_SOCKET_H='sys/socket.h'
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(SYS_SOCKET_H)
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/uintmax_t.m4 b/gl/m4/uintmax_t.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf83ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/uintmax_t.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# uintmax_t.m4 serial 9
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.13)
+
+# Define uintmax_t to 'unsigned long' or 'unsigned long long'
+# if it is not already defined in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
+  if test $gl_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $gl_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
+    AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
+    test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
+      && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
+      || ac_type='unsigned long'
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
+      [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long
+       if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define.])
+  else
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UINTMAX_T, 1,
+      [Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/ulonglong.m4 b/gl/m4/ulonglong.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fae98e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/ulonglong.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# ulonglong.m4 serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT if 'unsigned long long int' works.
+# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.60, but can be removed once we
+# assume 2.61 everywhere.
+
+# Note: If the type 'unsigned long long int' exists but is only 32 bits
+# large (as on some very old compilers), AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
+# will not be defined. In this case you can treat 'unsigned long long int'
+# like 'unsigned long int'.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long int],
+    [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int],
+    [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+          [[unsigned long long int ull = 18446744073709551615ULL;
+            typedef int a[(18446744073709551615ULL <= (unsigned long long int) -1
+                           ? 1 : -1)];
+           int i = 63;]],
+          [[unsigned long long int ullmax = 18446744073709551615ull;
+            return (ull << 63 | ull >> 63 | ull << i | ull >> i
+                    | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull);]])],
+       [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=yes],
+       [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=no])])
+  if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if the system has the type `unsigned long long int'.])
+  fi
+])
+
+# This macro is obsolescent and should go away soon.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT])
+  ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int
+  if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
+      [Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/unistd-safer.m4 b/gl/m4/unistd-safer.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09adf93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/unistd-safer.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#serial 8
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_UNISTD_SAFER],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([pipe])
+  AC_LIBOBJ([dup-safer])
+  AC_LIBOBJ([fd-safer])
+  AC_LIBOBJ([pipe-safer])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/unistd_h.m4 b/gl/m4/unistd_h.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d499df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/unistd_h.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# unistd_h.m4 serial 3
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Written by Simon Josefsson
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_HEADER_UNISTD],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h], [
+    UNISTD_H=''
+  ], [
+    UNISTD_H='unistd.h'
+  ])
+  AC_SUBST(UNISTD_H)
+  dnl This module decides to build unistd.h if it is missing.
+  dnl The fchdir module decides to build unistd.h if fchdir() is missing.
+  dnl Therefore check for the prerequisites of lib/unistd.h always.
+  gl_PREREQ_UNISTD
+])
+
+dnl Prerequisites of lib/unistd.h.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_UNISTD],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([unistd.h])
+  if test $ac_cv_header_unistd_h = yes; then
+    gl_ABSOLUTE_HEADER([unistd.h])
+    ABSOLUTE_UNISTD_H=\"$gl_cv_absolute_unistd_h\"
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([ABSOLUTE_UNISTD_H])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/vasnprintf.m4 b/gl/m4/vasnprintf.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72c9a13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/vasnprintf.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# vasnprintf.m4 serial 7
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_VASNPRINTF],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_EOVERFLOW])
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(vasnprintf)
+  if test $ac_cv_func_vasnprintf = no; then
+    AC_LIBOBJ(printf-args)
+    AC_LIBOBJ(printf-parse)
+    AC_LIBOBJ(asnprintf)
+    gl_PREREQ_PRINTF_ARGS
+    gl_PREREQ_PRINTF_PARSE
+    gl_PREREQ_VASNPRINTF
+    gl_PREREQ_ASNPRINTF
+  fi
+])
+
+# Prequisites of lib/printf-args.h, lib/printf-args.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_PRINTF_ARGS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])
+])
+
+# Prequisites of lib/printf-parse.h, lib/printf-parse.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_PRINTF_PARSE],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])
+  AC_CHECK_TYPES(ptrdiff_t)
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T])
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/vasnprintf.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_VASNPRINTF],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(snprintf wcslen)
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/asnprintf.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_ASNPRINTF],
+[
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/vasprintf.m4 b/gl/m4/vasprintf.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18ca632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/vasprintf.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# vasprintf.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_VASPRINTF],
+[
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(vasprintf)
+  if test $ac_cv_func_vasprintf = no; then
+    AC_LIBOBJ(asprintf)
+    gl_PREREQ_VASPRINTF_H
+    gl_PREREQ_VASPRINTF
+    gl_PREREQ_ASPRINTF
+  fi
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/vasprintf.h.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_VASPRINTF_H],
+[
+  dnl Persuade glibc <stdio.h> to declare asprintf() and vasprintf().
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/vasprintf.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_VASPRINTF],
+[
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/asprintf.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_ASPRINTF],
+[
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/visibility.m4 b/gl/m4/visibility.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ff6330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/visibility.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# visibility.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl Tests whether the compiler supports the command-line option
+dnl -fvisibility=hidden and the function and variable attributes
+dnl __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) and
+dnl __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))).
+dnl Does *not* test for __visibility__("protected") - which has tricky
+dnl semantics (see the 'vismain' test in glibc) and does not exist e.g. on
+dnl MacOS X.
+dnl Does *not* test for __visibility__("internal") - which has processor
+dnl dependent semantics.
+dnl Does *not* test for #pragma GCC visibility push(hidden) - which is
+dnl "really only recommended for legacy code".
+dnl Set the variable CFLAG_VISIBILITY.
+dnl Defines and sets the variable HAVE_VISIBILITY.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_VISIBILITY],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+  CFLAG_VISIBILITY=
+  HAVE_VISIBILITY=0
+  if test -n "$GCC"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for simple visibility declarations])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(gl_cv_cc_visibility, [
+      gl_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fvisibility=hidden"
+      AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+        [extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) int hiddenvar;
+         extern __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) int exportedvar;
+         extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) int hiddenfunc (void);
+         extern __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) int exportedfunc (void);],
+        [],
+        gl_cv_cc_visibility=yes,
+        gl_cv_cc_visibility=no)
+      CFLAGS="$gl_save_CFLAGS"])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_cv_cc_visibility])
+    if test $gl_cv_cc_visibility = yes; then
+      CFLAG_VISIBILITY="-fvisibility=hidden"
+      HAVE_VISIBILITY=1
+    fi
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([CFLAG_VISIBILITY])
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_VISIBILITY])
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_VISIBILITY], [$HAVE_VISIBILITY],
+    [Define to 1 or 0, depending whether the compiler supports simple visibility declarations.])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/vsnprintf.m4 b/gl/m4/vsnprintf.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb8a9b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/vsnprintf.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# vsnprintf.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_VSNPRINTF],
+[
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(vsnprintf)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE(vsnprintf)
+  gl_PREREQ_VSNPRINTF
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/vsnprintf.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_VSNPRINTF], [:])
diff --git a/gl/m4/wchar.m4 b/gl/m4/wchar.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..068f22d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/wchar.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+dnl A placeholder for ISO C99 <wchar.h>, for platforms that have issues.
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Written by Eric Blake.
+
+# wchar.m4 serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_WCHAR_H],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether <wchar.h> is standalone],
+    [gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone],
+    [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([[#include <wchar.h>
+wchar_t w;]],
+      [gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone=yes],
+      [gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone=no])])
+  if test $gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone = yes; then
+    WCHAR_H=
+  else
+    gl_ABSOLUTE_HEADER([wchar.h])
+    ABSOLUTE_WCHAR_H=\"$gl_cv_absolute_wchar_h\"
+    WCHAR_H=wchar.h
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([ABSOLUTE_WCHAR_H])
+  AC_SUBST([WCHAR_H])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/wchar_t.m4 b/gl/m4/wchar_t.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cde2129
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/wchar_t.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# wchar_t.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+dnl Test whether <stddef.h> has the 'wchar_t' type.
+dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wchar_t], gt_cv_c_wchar_t,
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h>
+       wchar_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], ,
+       gt_cv_c_wchar_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wchar_t=no)])
+  if test $gt_cv_c_wchar_t = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCHAR_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/wctype.m4 b/gl/m4/wctype.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62994c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/wctype.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+dnl A placeholder for ISO C99 <wctype.h>, for platforms that lack it.
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Written by Paul Eggert.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_WCTYPE_H],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([iswcntrl])
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([wctype.h])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])
+  if test $gt_cv_c_wint_t = yes; then
+    HAVE_WINT_T=1
+  else
+    HAVE_WINT_T=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_WINT_T])
+
+  WCTYPE_H=wctype.h
+  if test $ac_cv_header_wctype_h = yes; then
+    if test "$ac_cv_func_iswcntrl" = yes; then
+      WCTYPE_H=
+    fi
+    dnl Compute ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H even if WCTYPE_H is empty,
+    dnl for the benefit of builds from non-distclean directories.
+    gl_ABSOLUTE_HEADER([wctype.h])
+    ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H=\"$gl_cv_absolute_wctype_h\"
+    HAVE_WCTYPE_H=1
+  else
+    ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H=\"no/such/file/wctype.h\"
+    HAVE_WCTYPE_H=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H])
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_WCTYPE_H])
+  AC_SUBST([WCTYPE_H])
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/wcwidth.m4 b/gl/m4/wcwidth.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b483499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/wcwidth.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# wcwidth.m4 serial 8
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_WCWIDTH],
+[
+  dnl Persuade glibc <wchar.h> to declare wcwidth().
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])
+
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([wchar.h])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([wcwidth])
+
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([wcwidth], [], [], [
+/* AIX 3.2.5 declares wcwidth in <string.h>. */
+#include <string.h>
+/* Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
+   <wchar.h>.
+   BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be included
+   before <wchar.h>.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+])])
diff --git a/gl/m4/wint_t.m4 b/gl/m4/wint_t.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3706c04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/wint_t.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# wint_t.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2003, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+dnl Test whether <wchar.h> has the 'wint_t' type.
+dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WINT_T],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wint_t], gt_cv_c_wint_t,
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+/* Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
+   <wchar.h>.
+   BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be included
+   before <wchar.h>.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+       wint_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], ,
+       gt_cv_c_wint_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wint_t=no)])
+  if test $gt_cv_c_wint_t = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINT_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wint_t' type.])
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/xalloc.m4 b/gl/m4/xalloc.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..837a948
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/xalloc.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# xalloc.m4 serial 16
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_XALLOC],
+[
+  AC_LIBOBJ([xmalloc])
+
+  gl_PREREQ_XALLOC
+  gl_PREREQ_XMALLOC
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/xalloc.h.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_XALLOC], [
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_INLINE])
+  :
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/xmalloc.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_XMALLOC], [
+  :
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/xsize.m4 b/gl/m4/xsize.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85bb721
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/xsize.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# xsize.m4 serial 3
+dnl Copyright (C) 2003-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_XSIZE],
+[
+  dnl Prerequisites of lib/xsize.h.
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_SIZE_MAX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h)
+])
diff --git a/gl/m4/xstrndup.m4 b/gl/m4/xstrndup.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a30ab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/m4/xstrndup.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# xstrndup.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_XSTRNDUP],
+[
+  gl_PREREQ_XSTRNDUP
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/xstrndup.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_XSTRNDUP], [
+  :
+])
diff --git a/gl/malloc.c b/gl/malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4dae3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* malloc() function that is glibc compatible.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#undef malloc
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
+   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  return malloc (n);
+}
diff --git a/gl/mbchar.c b/gl/mbchar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95373f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/mbchar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "mbchar.h"
+
+#if IS_BASIC_ASCII
+
+/* Bit table of characters in the ISO C "basic character set".  */
+const unsigned int is_basic_table [UCHAR_MAX / 32 + 1] =
+{
+  0x00001a00,           /* '\t' '\v' '\f' */
+  0xffffffef,           /* ' '...'#' '%'...'?' */
+  0xfffffffe,           /* 'A'...'Z' '[' '\\' ']' '^' '_' */
+  0x7ffffffe            /* 'a'...'z' '{' '|' '}' '~' */
+  /* The remaining bits are 0.  */
+};
+
+#endif /* IS_BASIC_ASCII */
diff --git a/gl/mbchar.h b/gl/mbchar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3e28ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/mbchar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/* Multibyte character data type.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+/* A multibyte character is a short subsequence of a char* string,
+   representing a single wide character.
+
+   We use multibyte characters instead of wide characters because of
+   the following goals:
+   1) correct multibyte handling, i.e. operate according to the LC_CTYPE
+      locale,
+   2) ease of maintenance, i.e. the maintainer needs not know all details
+      of the ISO C 99 standard,
+   3) don't fail grossly if the input is not in the encoding set by the
+      locale, because often different encodings are in use in the same
+      countries (ISO-8859-1/UTF-8, EUC-JP/Shift_JIS, ...),
+   4) fast in the case of ASCII characters,
+   5) portability, i.e. don't make unportable assumptions about wchar_t.
+
+   Multibyte characters are only accessed through the mb* macros.
+
+   mb_ptr (mbc)
+     return a pointer to the beginning of the multibyte sequence.
+
+   mb_len (mbc)
+     returns the number of bytes occupied by the multibyte sequence.
+     Always > 0.
+
+   mb_iseq (mbc, sc)
+     returns true if mbc is the standard ASCII character sc.
+
+   mb_isnul (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is the nul character.
+
+   mb_cmp (mbc1, mbc2)
+     returns a positive, zero, or negative value depending on whether mbc1
+     sorts after, same or before mbc2.
+
+   mb_casecmp (mbc1, mbc2)
+     returns a positive, zero, or negative value depending on whether mbc1
+     sorts after, same or before mbc2, modulo upper/lowercase conversion.
+
+   mb_equal (mbc1, mbc2)
+     returns true if mbc1 and mbc2 are equal.
+
+   mb_caseequal (mbc1, mbc2)
+     returns true if mbc1 and mbc2 are equal modulo upper/lowercase conversion.
+
+   mb_isalnum (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is alphanumeric.
+
+   mb_isalpha (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is alphabetic.
+
+   mb_isascii(mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is plain ASCII.
+
+   mb_isblank (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a blank.
+
+   mb_iscntrl (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a control character.
+
+   mb_isdigit (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a decimal digit.
+
+   mb_isgraph (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a graphic character.
+
+   mb_islower (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is lowercase.
+
+   mb_isprint (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a printable character.
+
+   mb_ispunct (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a punctuation character.
+
+   mb_isspace (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a space character.
+
+   mb_isupper (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is uppercase.
+
+   mb_isxdigit (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a hexadecimal digit.
+
+   mb_width (mbc)
+     returns the number of columns on the output device occupied by mbc.
+     Always >= 0.
+
+   mb_putc (mbc, stream)
+     outputs mbc on stream, a byte oriented FILE stream opened for output.
+
+   mb_setascii (&mbc, sc)
+     assigns the standard ASCII character sc to mbc.
+
+   mb_copy (&destmbc, &srcmbc)
+     copies srcmbc to destmbc.
+
+   Here are the function prototypes of the macros.
+
+   extern const char *  mb_ptr (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern size_t        mb_len (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_iseq (const mbchar_t mbc, char sc);
+   extern bool          mb_isnul (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern int           mb_cmp (const mbchar_t mbc1, const mbchar_t mbc2);
+   extern int           mb_casecmp (const mbchar_t mbc1, const mbchar_t mbc2);
+   extern bool          mb_equal (const mbchar_t mbc1, const mbchar_t mbc2);
+   extern bool          mb_caseequal (const mbchar_t mbc1, const mbchar_t mbc2);
+   extern bool          mb_isalnum (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isalpha (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isascii (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isblank (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_iscntrl (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isdigit (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isgraph (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_islower (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isprint (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_ispunct (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isspace (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isupper (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isxdigit (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern int           mb_width (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern void          mb_putc (const mbchar_t mbc, FILE *stream);
+   extern void          mb_setascii (mbchar_t *new, char sc);
+   extern void          mb_copy (mbchar_t *new, const mbchar_t *old);
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MBCHAR_H
+#define _MBCHAR_H 1
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
+   <wchar.h>.
+   BSD/OS 4.1 has a bug: <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be included before
+   <wchar.h>.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#include "wcwidth.h"
+
+#define MBCHAR_BUF_SIZE 24
+
+struct mbchar
+{
+  const char *ptr;      /* pointer to current character */
+  size_t bytes;         /* number of bytes of current character, > 0 */
+  bool wc_valid;        /* true if wc is a valid wide character */
+  wchar_t wc;           /* if wc_valid: the current character */
+  char buf[MBCHAR_BUF_SIZE]; /* room for the bytes, used for file input only */
+};
+
+/* EOF (not a real character) is represented with bytes = 0 and
+   wc_valid = false.  */
+
+typedef struct mbchar mbchar_t;
+
+/* Access the current character.  */
+#define mb_ptr(mbc) ((mbc).ptr)
+#define mb_len(mbc) ((mbc).bytes)
+
+/* Comparison of characters.  */
+#define mb_iseq(mbc, sc) ((mbc).wc_valid && (mbc).wc == (sc))
+#define mb_isnul(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && (mbc).wc == 0)
+#define mb_cmp(mbc1, mbc2) \
+  ((mbc1).wc_valid                                                      \
+   ? ((mbc2).wc_valid                                                   \
+      ? (int) (mbc1).wc - (int) (mbc2).wc                               \
+      : -1)                                                             \
+   : ((mbc2).wc_valid                                                   \
+      ? 1                                                               \
+      : (mbc1).bytes == (mbc2).bytes                                    \
+        ? memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes)                 \
+        : (mbc1).bytes < (mbc2).bytes                                   \
+          ? (memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes) > 0 ? 1 : -1) \
+          : (memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc2).bytes) >= 0 ? 1 : -1)))
+#define mb_casecmp(mbc1, mbc2) \
+  ((mbc1).wc_valid                                                      \
+   ? ((mbc2).wc_valid                                                   \
+      ? (int) towlower ((mbc1).wc) - (int) towlower ((mbc2).wc)         \
+      : -1)                                                             \
+   : ((mbc2).wc_valid                                                   \
+      ? 1                                                               \
+      : (mbc1).bytes == (mbc2).bytes                                    \
+        ? memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes)                 \
+        : (mbc1).bytes < (mbc2).bytes                                   \
+          ? (memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes) > 0 ? 1 : -1) \
+          : (memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc2).bytes) >= 0 ? 1 : -1)))
+#define mb_equal(mbc1, mbc2) \
+  ((mbc1).wc_valid && (mbc2).wc_valid                                   \
+   ? (mbc1).wc == (mbc2).wc                                             \
+   : (mbc1).bytes == (mbc2).bytes                                       \
+     && memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes) == 0)
+#define mb_caseequal(mbc1, mbc2) \
+  ((mbc1).wc_valid && (mbc2).wc_valid                                   \
+   ? towlower ((mbc1).wc) == towlower ((mbc2).wc)                       \
+   : (mbc1).bytes == (mbc2).bytes                                       \
+     && memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes) == 0)
+
+/* <ctype.h>, <wctype.h> classification.  */
+#define mb_isascii(mbc) \
+  ((mbc).wc_valid && (mbc).wc >= 0 && (mbc).wc <= 127)
+#define mb_isalnum(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswalnum ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isalpha(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswalpha ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isblank(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswblank ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_iscntrl(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswcntrl ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isdigit(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswdigit ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isgraph(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswgraph ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_islower(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswlower ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isprint(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswprint ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_ispunct(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswpunct ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isspace(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswspace ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isupper(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswupper ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isxdigit(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswxdigit ((mbc).wc))
+
+/* Extra <wchar.h> function.  */
+
+/* Unprintable characters appear as a small box of width 1.  */
+#define MB_UNPRINTABLE_WIDTH 1
+
+static inline int
+mb_width_aux (wint_t wc)
+{
+  int w = wcwidth (wc);
+  /* For unprintable characters, arbitrarily return 0 for control characters
+     and MB_UNPRINTABLE_WIDTH otherwise.  */
+  return (w >= 0 ? w : iswcntrl (wc) ? 0 : MB_UNPRINTABLE_WIDTH);
+}
+
+#define mb_width(mbc) \
+  ((mbc).wc_valid ? mb_width_aux ((mbc).wc) : MB_UNPRINTABLE_WIDTH)
+
+/* Output.  */
+#define mb_putc(mbc, stream)  fwrite ((mbc).ptr, 1, (mbc).bytes, (stream))
+
+/* Assignment.  */
+#define mb_setascii(mbc, sc) \
+  ((mbc)->ptr = (mbc)->buf, (mbc)->bytes = 1, (mbc)->wc_valid = 1, \
+   (mbc)->wc = (mbc)->buf[0] = (sc))
+
+/* Copying a character.  */
+static inline void
+mb_copy (mbchar_t *new_mbc, const mbchar_t *old_mbc)
+{
+  if (old_mbc->ptr == &old_mbc->buf[0])
+    {
+      memcpy (&new_mbc->buf[0], &old_mbc->buf[0], old_mbc->bytes);
+      new_mbc->ptr = &new_mbc->buf[0];
+    }
+  else
+    new_mbc->ptr = old_mbc->ptr;
+  new_mbc->bytes = old_mbc->bytes;
+  if ((new_mbc->wc_valid = old_mbc->wc_valid))
+    new_mbc->wc = old_mbc->wc;
+}
+
+
+/* is_basic(c) tests whether the single-byte character c is in the
+   ISO C "basic character set".
+   This is a convenience function, and is in this file only to share code
+   between mbiter_multi.h and mbfile_multi.h.  */
+#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+    && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+    && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+    && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+    && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+    && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+    && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+    && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+    && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+    && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+    && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+    && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+    && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+    && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+    && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+    && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+    && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+    && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+    && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+    && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+    && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+    && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+    && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
+/* The character set is ISO-646, not EBCDIC. */
+# define IS_BASIC_ASCII 1
+
+extern const unsigned int is_basic_table[];
+
+static inline bool
+is_basic (char c)
+{
+  return (is_basic_table [(unsigned char) c >> 5] >> ((unsigned char) c & 31))
+         & 1;
+}
+
+#else
+
+static inline bool
+is_basic (char c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '\t': case '\v': case '\f':
+    case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
+    case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
+    case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
+    case '?':
+    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
+    case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
+    case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
+    case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
+    case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
+    case 'Z':
+    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
+    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
+    case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
+    case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
+    case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+    case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
+    case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MBCHAR_H */
diff --git a/gl/mbuiter.h b/gl/mbuiter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9da3a6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/mbuiter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* Iterating through multibyte strings: macros for multi-byte encodings.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+/* The macros in this file implement forward iteration through a
+   multi-byte string, without knowing its length a-priori.
+
+   With these macros, an iteration loop that looks like
+
+      char *iter;
+      for (iter = buf; *iter != '\0'; iter++)
+        {
+          do_something (*iter);
+        }
+
+   becomes
+
+      mbui_iterator_t iter;
+      for (mbui_init (iter, buf); mbui_avail (iter); mbui_advance (iter))
+        {
+          do_something (mbui_cur_ptr (iter), mb_len (mbui_cur (iter)));
+        }
+
+   The benefit of these macros over plain use of mbrtowc is:
+   - Handling of invalid multibyte sequences is possible without
+     making the code more complicated, while still preserving the
+     invalid multibyte sequences.
+
+   Compared to mbiter.h, the macros here don't need to know the string's
+   length a-priori.  The downside is that at each step, the look-ahead
+   that guards against overrunning the terminating '\0' is more expensive.
+   The mbui_* macros are therefore suitable when there is a high probability
+   that only the first few multibyte characters need to be inspected.
+   Whereas the mbi_* macros are better if usually the iteration runs
+   through the entire string.
+
+   mbui_iterator_t
+     is a type usable for variable declarations.
+
+   mbui_init (iter, startptr)
+     initializes the iterator, starting at startptr.
+
+   mbui_avail (iter)
+     returns true if there are more multibyte chracters available before
+     the end of string is reached. In this case, mbui_cur (iter) is
+     initialized to the next multibyte chracter.
+
+   mbui_advance (iter)
+     advances the iterator by one multibyte character.
+
+   mbui_cur (iter)
+     returns the current multibyte character, of type mbchar_t.  All the
+     macros defined in mbchar.h can be used on it.
+
+   mbui_cur_ptr (iter)
+     return a pointer to the beginning of the current multibyte character.
+
+   mbui_reloc (iter, ptrdiff)
+     relocates iterator when the string is moved by ptrdiff bytes.
+
+   Here are the function prototypes of the macros.
+
+   extern void          mbui_init (mbui_iterator_t iter, const char *startptr);
+   extern bool          mbui_avail (mbui_iterator_t iter);
+   extern void          mbui_advance (mbui_iterator_t iter);
+   extern mbchar_t      mbui_cur (mbui_iterator_t iter);
+   extern const char *  mbui_cur_ptr (mbui_iterator_t iter);
+   extern void          mbui_reloc (mbui_iterator_t iter, ptrdiff_t ptrdiff);
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MBUITER_H
+#define _MBUITER_H 1
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
+   <wchar.h>.
+   BSD/OS 4.1 has a bug: <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be included before
+   <wchar.h>.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include "mbchar.h"
+#include "strnlen1.h"
+
+struct mbuiter_multi
+{
+  bool in_shift;        /* true if next byte may not be interpreted as ASCII */
+  mbstate_t state;      /* if in_shift: current shift state */
+  bool next_done;       /* true if mbui_avail has already filled the following */
+  struct mbchar cur;    /* the current character:
+        const char *cur.ptr             pointer to current character
+        The following are only valid after mbui_avail.
+        size_t cur.bytes                number of bytes of current character
+        bool cur.wc_valid               true if wc is a valid wide character
+        wchar_t cur.wc                  if wc_valid: the current character
+        */
+};
+
+static inline void
+mbuiter_multi_next (struct mbuiter_multi *iter)
+{
+  if (iter->next_done)
+    return;
+  if (iter->in_shift)
+    goto with_shift;
+  /* Handle most ASCII characters quickly, without calling mbrtowc().  */
+  if (is_basic (*iter->cur.ptr))
+    {
+      /* These characters are part of the basic character set.  ISO C 99
+         guarantees that their wide character code is identical to their
+         char code.  */
+      iter->cur.bytes = 1;
+      iter->cur.wc = *iter->cur.ptr;
+      iter->cur.wc_valid = true;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      assert (mbsinit (&iter->state));
+      iter->in_shift = true;
+    with_shift:
+      iter->cur.bytes = mbrtowc (&iter->cur.wc, iter->cur.ptr,
+                                 strnlen1 (iter->cur.ptr, MB_CUR_MAX),
+                                 &iter->state);
+      if (iter->cur.bytes == (size_t) -1)
+        {
+          /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
+          iter->cur.bytes = 1;
+          iter->cur.wc_valid = false;
+          /* Whether to set iter->in_shift = false and reset iter->state
+             or not is not very important; the string is bogus anyway.  */
+        }
+      else if (iter->cur.bytes == (size_t) -2)
+        {
+          /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
+          iter->cur.bytes = strlen (iter->cur.ptr);
+          iter->cur.wc_valid = false;
+          /* Whether to set iter->in_shift = false and reset iter->state
+             or not is not important; the string end is reached anyway.  */
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (iter->cur.bytes == 0)
+            {
+              /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
+              iter->cur.bytes = 1;
+              assert (*iter->cur.ptr == '\0');
+              assert (iter->cur.wc == 0);
+            }
+          iter->cur.wc_valid = true;
+
+          /* When in the initial state, we can go back treating ASCII
+             characters more quickly.  */
+          if (mbsinit (&iter->state))
+            iter->in_shift = false;
+        }
+    }
+  iter->next_done = true;
+}
+
+static inline void
+mbuiter_multi_reloc (struct mbuiter_multi *iter, ptrdiff_t ptrdiff)
+{
+  iter->cur.ptr += ptrdiff;
+}
+
+/* Iteration macros.  */
+typedef struct mbuiter_multi mbui_iterator_t;
+#define mbui_init(iter, startptr) \
+  ((iter).cur.ptr = (startptr), \
+   (iter).in_shift = false, memset (&(iter).state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)), \
+   (iter).next_done = false)
+#define mbui_avail(iter) \
+  (mbuiter_multi_next (&(iter)), !mb_isnul ((iter).cur))
+#define mbui_advance(iter) \
+  ((iter).cur.ptr += (iter).cur.bytes, (iter).next_done = false)
+
+/* Access to the current character.  */
+#define mbui_cur(iter) (iter).cur
+#define mbui_cur_ptr(iter) (iter).cur.ptr
+
+/* Relocation.  */
+#define mbui_reloc(iter, ptrdiff) mbuiter_multi_reloc (&iter, ptrdiff)
+
+#endif /* _MBUITER_H */
diff --git a/gl/memchr.c b/gl/memchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d44ad6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/memchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2006 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if defined _LIBC
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <bp-sym.h>
+#else
+# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
+#endif
+
+#undef memchr
+#undef __memchr
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+void *
+__memchr (void const *s, int c_in, size_t n)
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+  int i;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+       n > 0 && (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof longword != 0;
+       --n, ++char_ptr)
+    if (*char_ptr == c)
+      return (void *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (const unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  /* Set MAGIC_BITS to be this pattern of 1 and 0 bits.
+     Set CHARMASK to be a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+
+  magic_bits = 0xfefefefe;
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if 0xffffffffU < ULONG_MAX
+  magic_bits |= magic_bits << 32;
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+  if (8 < sizeof longword)
+    for (i = 64; i < sizeof longword * 8; i *= 2)
+      {
+        magic_bits |= magic_bits << i;
+        charmask |= charmask << i;
+      }
+#endif
+  magic_bits = (ULONG_MAX >> 1) & (magic_bits | 1);
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof longword)
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+         LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+         1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+         Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+         propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+         least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+         carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+         byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+         detected.
+
+         2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+         zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+         somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+         is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+         one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+         into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+         24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+         into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+         The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+         31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+         changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+         we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+         at bit 32!
+
+         So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+         properly.
+
+         3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+         Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+         each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+         into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *longword_ptr++ ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+            /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+            ^ ~longword)
+
+           /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+              are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+              zero.  */
+           & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+        {
+          /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+             a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+          const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) (longword_ptr - 1);
+
+          if (cp[0] == c)
+            return (void *) cp;
+          if (cp[1] == c)
+            return (void *) &cp[1];
+          if (cp[2] == c)
+            return (void *) &cp[2];
+          if (cp[3] == c)
+            return (void *) &cp[3];
+          if (4 < sizeof longword && cp[4] == c)
+            return (void *) &cp[4];
+          if (5 < sizeof longword && cp[5] == c)
+            return (void *) &cp[5];
+          if (6 < sizeof longword && cp[6] == c)
+            return (void *) &cp[6];
+          if (7 < sizeof longword && cp[7] == c)
+            return (void *) &cp[7];
+          if (8 < sizeof longword)
+            for (i = 8; i < sizeof longword; i++)
+              if (cp[i] == c)
+                return (void *) &cp[i];
+        }
+
+      n -= sizeof longword;
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*char_ptr == c)
+        return (void *) char_ptr;
+      else
+        ++char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/minmax.h b/gl/minmax.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..975ea76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/minmax.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* MIN, MAX macros.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1998, 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _MINMAX_H
+#define _MINMAX_H
+
+/* Note: MIN, MAX are also defined in <sys/param.h> on some systems
+   (glibc, IRIX, HP-UX, OSF/1).  Therefore you might get warnings about
+   MIN, MAX macro redefinitions on some systems; the workaround is to
+   #include this file as the last one among the #include list.  */
+
+/* Before we define the following symbols we get the <limits.h> file
+   since otherwise we get redefinitions on some systems if <limits.h> is
+   included after this file.  Likewise for <sys/param.h>.
+   If more than one of these system headers define MIN and MAX, pick just
+   one of the headers (because the definitions most likely are the same).  */
+#if HAVE_MINMAX_IN_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#elif HAVE_MINMAX_IN_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Note: MIN and MAX should be used with two arguments of the
+   same type.  They might not return the minimum and maximum of their two
+   arguments, if the arguments have different types or have unusual
+   floating-point values.  For example, on a typical host with 32-bit 'int',
+   64-bit 'long long', and 64-bit IEEE 754 'double' types:
+
+     MAX (-1, 2147483648) returns 4294967295.
+     MAX (9007199254740992.0, 9007199254740993) returns 9007199254740992.0.
+     MAX (NaN, 0.0) returns 0.0.
+     MAX (+0.0, -0.0) returns -0.0.
+
+   and in each case the answer is in some sense bogus.  */
+
+/* MAX(a,b) returns the maximum of A and B.  */
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+/* MIN(a,b) returns the minimum of A and B.  */
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MINMAX_H */
diff --git a/gl/mountlist.c b/gl/mountlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb01f91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/mountlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,889 @@
+/* mountlist.c -- return a list of mounted file systems
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
+   2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "mountlist.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef strstr
+char *strstr ();
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT   /* OSF_1 and Darwin1.3.x */
+# if HAVE_SYS_UCRED_H
+#  include <grp.h> /* needed on OSF V4.0 for definition of NGROUPS,
+                      NGROUPS is used as an array dimension in ucred.h */
+#  include <sys/ucred.h> /* needed by powerpc-apple-darwin1.3.7 */
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#  include <sys/mount.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_FS_TYPES_H
+#  include <sys/fs_types.h> /* needed by powerpc-apple-darwin1.3.7 */
+# endif
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_FSSTAT_F_FSTYPENAME
+#  define FS_TYPE(Ent) ((Ent).f_fstypename)
+# else
+#  define FS_TYPE(Ent) mnt_names[(Ent).f_type]
+# endif
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1       /* 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
+# include <mntent.h>
+# if !defined MOUNTED
+#  if defined _PATH_MOUNTED     /* GNU libc  */
+#   define MOUNTED _PATH_MOUNTED
+#  endif
+#  if defined MNT_MNTTAB        /* HP-UX.  */
+#   define MOUNTED MNT_MNTTAB
+#  endif
+#  if defined MNTTABNAME        /* Dynix.  */
+#   define MOUNTED MNTTABNAME
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO       /* 4.4BSD.  */
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO2      /* NetBSD 3.0.  */
+# include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNT           /* Ultrix.  */
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+# include <sys/fs_types.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV      /* BeOS.  */
+# include <fs_info.h>
+# include <dirent.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_FREAD            /* SVR2.  */
+# include <mnttab.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP      /* SVR3.  */
+# include <mnttab.h>
+# include <sys/fstyp.h>
+# include <sys/statfs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT
+# include <mntent.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2       /* SVR4.  */
+# include <sys/mnttab.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT           /* AIX.  */
+# include <fshelp.h>
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DOLPHIN
+/* So special that it's not worth putting this in autoconf.  */
+# undef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP
+# define MOUNTED_GETMNTTBL
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H
+/* This is to get MNTOPT_IGNORE on e.g. SVR4.  */
+# include <sys/mntent.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef MNT_IGNORE
+#if defined MNTOPT_IGNORE && defined HAVE_HASMNTOPT
+# define MNT_IGNORE(M) hasmntopt ((M), MNTOPT_IGNORE)
+#else
+# define MNT_IGNORE(M) 0
+#endif
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+/* The results of open() in this file are not used with fchdir,
+   therefore save some unnecessary work in fchdir.c.  */
+#undef open
+#undef close
+
+/* The results of opendir() in this file are not used with dirfd and fchdir,
+   therefore save some unnecessary work in fchdir.c.  */
+#undef opendir
+#undef closedir
+
+#ifndef ME_DUMMY
+# define ME_DUMMY(Fs_name, Fs_type)             \
+    (strcmp (Fs_type, "autofs") == 0            \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "none") == 0           \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "proc") == 0           \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "subfs") == 0          \
+     /* for NetBSD 3.0 */                       \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "kernfs") == 0         \
+     /* for Irix 6.5 */                         \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "ignore") == 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ME_REMOTE
+/* A file system is `remote' if its Fs_name contains a `:'
+   or if (it is of type (smbfs or cifs) and its Fs_name starts with `//').  */
+# define ME_REMOTE(Fs_name, Fs_type)            \
+    (strchr (Fs_name, ':') != NULL              \
+     || ((Fs_name)[0] == '/'                    \
+         && (Fs_name)[1] == '/'                 \
+         && (strcmp (Fs_type, "smbfs") == 0     \
+             || strcmp (Fs_type, "cifs") == 0)))
+#endif
+
+#if MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO
+
+# if ! HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FSTYPENAME
+static char *
+fstype_to_string (short int t)
+{
+  switch (t)
+    {
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PC
+    case MOUNT_PC:
+      return "pc";
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_MFS
+    case MOUNT_MFS:
+      return "mfs";
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LO
+    case MOUNT_LO:
+      return "lo";
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_TFS
+    case MOUNT_TFS:
+      return "tfs";
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_TMP
+    case MOUNT_TMP:
+      return "tmp";
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UFS
+   case MOUNT_UFS:
+     return "ufs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_NFS
+   case MOUNT_NFS:
+     return "nfs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
+   case MOUNT_MSDOS:
+     return "msdos" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LFS
+   case MOUNT_LFS:
+     return "lfs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
+   case MOUNT_LOFS:
+     return "lofs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
+   case MOUNT_FDESC:
+     return "fdesc" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
+   case MOUNT_PORTAL:
+     return "portal" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_NULL
+   case MOUNT_NULL:
+     return "null" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
+   case MOUNT_UMAP:
+     return "umap" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
+   case MOUNT_KERNFS:
+     return "kernfs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
+   case MOUNT_PROCFS:
+     return "procfs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_AFS
+   case MOUNT_AFS:
+     return "afs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
+   case MOUNT_CD9660:
+     return "cd9660" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UNION
+   case MOUNT_UNION:
+     return "union" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
+   case MOUNT_DEVFS:
+     return "devfs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
+   case MOUNT_EXT2FS:
+     return "ext2fs" ;
+#  endif
+    default:
+      return "?";
+    }
+}
+# endif
+
+static char *
+fsp_to_string (const struct statfs *fsp)
+{
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FSTYPENAME
+  return (char *) (fsp->f_fstypename);
+# else
+  return fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT           /* AIX.  */
+static char *
+fstype_to_string (int t)
+{
+  struct vfs_ent *e;
+
+  e = getvfsbytype (t);
+  if (!e || !e->vfsent_name)
+    return "none";
+  else
+    return e->vfsent_name;
+}
+#endif /* MOUNTED_VMOUNT */
+
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1 || defined MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2
+
+/* Return the device number from MOUNT_OPTIONS, if possible.
+   Otherwise return (dev_t) -1.  */
+
+static dev_t
+dev_from_mount_options (char const *mount_options)
+{
+  /* GNU/Linux allows file system implementations to define their own
+     meaning for "dev=" mount options, so don't trust the meaning
+     here.  */
+# ifndef __linux__
+
+  static char const dev_pattern[] = ",dev=";
+  char const *devopt = strstr (mount_options, dev_pattern);
+
+  if (devopt)
+    {
+      char const *optval = devopt + sizeof dev_pattern - 1;
+      char *optvalend;
+      unsigned long int dev;
+      errno = 0;
+      dev = strtoul (optval, &optvalend, 16);
+      if (optval != optvalend
+          && (*optvalend == '\0' || *optvalend == ',')
+          && ! (dev == ULONG_MAX && errno == ERANGE)
+          && dev == (dev_t) dev)
+        return dev;
+    }
+
+# endif
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Return a list of the currently mounted file systems, or NULL on error.
+   Add each entry to the tail of the list so that they stay in order.
+   If NEED_FS_TYPE is true, ensure that the file system type fields in
+   the returned list are valid.  Otherwise, they might not be.  */
+
+struct mount_entry *
+read_file_system_list (bool need_fs_type)
+{
+  struct mount_entry *mount_list;
+  struct mount_entry *me;
+  struct mount_entry **mtail = &mount_list;
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT
+  {
+    struct tabmntent *mntlist, *p;
+    struct mntent *mnt;
+    struct mount_entry *me;
+
+    /* the third and fourth arguments could be used to filter mounts,
+       but Crays doesn't seem to have any mounts that we want to
+       remove. Specifically, automount create normal NFS mounts.
+       */
+
+    if (listmntent (&mntlist, KMTAB, NULL, NULL) < 0)
+      return NULL;
+    for (p = mntlist; p; p = p->next) {
+      mnt = p->ment;
+      me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+      me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_fsname);
+      me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_dir);
+      me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_type);
+      me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+      me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+      me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+      me->me_dev = -1;
+      *mtail = me;
+      mtail = &me->me_next;
+    }
+    freemntlist (mntlist);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1 /* GNU/Linux, 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
+  {
+    struct mntent *mnt;
+    char *table = MOUNTED;
+    FILE *fp;
+
+    fp = setmntent (table, "r");
+    if (fp == NULL)
+      return NULL;
+
+    while ((mnt = getmntent (fp)))
+      {
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_fsname);
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_dir);
+        me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_type);
+        me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_dev = dev_from_mount_options (mnt->mnt_opts);
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+
+    if (endmntent (fp) == 0)
+      goto free_then_fail;
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1. */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO       /* 4.4BSD.  */
+  {
+    struct statfs *fsp;
+    int entries;
+
+    entries = getmntinfo (&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
+    if (entries < 0)
+      return NULL;
+    for (; entries-- > 0; fsp++)
+      {
+        char *fs_type = fsp_to_string (fsp);
+
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntfromname);
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntonname);
+        me->me_type = fs_type;
+        me->me_type_malloced = 0;
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;        /* Magic; means not known yet. */
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO2      /* NetBSD 3.0.  */
+  {
+    struct statvfs *fsp;
+    int entries;
+
+    entries = getmntinfo (&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
+    if (entries < 0)
+      return NULL;
+    for (; entries-- > 0; fsp++)
+      {
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntfromname);
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntonname);
+        me->me_type = xstrdup (fsp->f_fstypename);
+        me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;        /* Magic; means not known yet. */
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO2 */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNT           /* Ultrix.  */
+  {
+    int offset = 0;
+    int val;
+    struct fs_data fsd;
+
+    while (errno = 0,
+           0 < (val = getmnt (&offset, &fsd, sizeof (fsd), NOSTAT_MANY,
+                              (char *) 0)))
+      {
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsd.fd_req.devname);
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsd.fd_req.path);
+        me->me_type = gt_names[fsd.fd_req.fstype];
+        me->me_type_malloced = 0;
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_dev = fsd.fd_req.dev;
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+    if (val < 0)
+      goto free_then_fail;
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNT. */
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV /* BeOS */
+  {
+    /* The next_dev() and fs_stat_dev() system calls give the list of
+       all file systems, including the information returned by statvfs()
+       (fs type, total blocks, free blocks etc.), but without the mount
+       point. But on BeOS all file systems except / are mounted in the
+       rootfs, directly under /.
+       The directory name of the mount point is often, but not always,
+       identical to the volume name of the device.
+       We therefore get the list of subdirectories of /, and the list
+       of all file systems, and match the two lists.  */
+
+    DIR *dirp;
+    struct rootdir_entry
+      {
+        char *name;
+        dev_t dev;
+        ino_t ino;
+        struct rootdir_entry *next;
+      };
+    struct rootdir_entry *rootdir_list;
+    struct rootdir_entry **rootdir_tail;
+    int32 pos;
+    dev_t dev;
+    fs_info fi;
+
+    /* All volumes are mounted in the rootfs, directly under /. */
+    rootdir_list = NULL;
+    rootdir_tail = &rootdir_list;
+    dirp = opendir ("/");
+    if (dirp)
+      {
+        struct dirent *d;
+
+        while ((d = readdir (dirp)) != NULL)
+          {
+            char *name;
+            struct stat statbuf;
+
+            if (strcmp (d->d_name, "..") == 0)
+              continue;
+
+            if (strcmp (d->d_name, ".") == 0)
+              name = xstrdup ("/");
+            else
+              {
+                name = xmalloc (1 + strlen (d->d_name) + 1);
+                name[0] = '/';
+                strcpy (name + 1, d->d_name);
+              }
+
+            if (lstat (name, &statbuf) >= 0 && S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+              {
+                struct rootdir_entry *re = xmalloc (sizeof *re);
+                re->name = name;
+                re->dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+                re->ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+
+                /* Add to the linked list.  */
+                *rootdir_tail = re;
+                rootdir_tail = &re->next;
+              }
+            else
+              free (name);
+          }
+        closedir (dirp);
+      }
+    *rootdir_tail = NULL;
+
+    for (pos = 0; (dev = next_dev (&pos)) >= 0; )
+      if (fs_stat_dev (dev, &fi) >= 0)
+        {
+          /* Note: fi.dev == dev. */
+          struct rootdir_entry *re;
+
+          for (re = rootdir_list; re; re = re->next)
+            if (re->dev == fi.dev && re->ino == fi.root)
+              break;
+
+          me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+          me->me_devname = xstrdup (fi.device_name[0] != '\0' ? fi.device_name : fi.fsh_name);
+          me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (re != NULL ? re->name : fi.fsh_name);
+          me->me_type = xstrdup (fi.fsh_name);
+          me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+          me->me_dev = fi.dev;
+          me->me_dummy = 0;
+          me->me_remote = (fi.flags & B_FS_IS_SHARED) != 0;
+
+          /* Add to the linked list. */
+          *mtail = me;
+          mtail = &me->me_next;
+        }
+    *mtail = NULL;
+
+    while (rootdir_list != NULL)
+      {
+        struct rootdir_entry *re = rootdir_list;
+        rootdir_list = re->next;
+        free (re->name);
+        free (re);
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV */
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT   /* __alpha running OSF_1 */
+  {
+    int numsys, counter;
+    size_t bufsize;
+    struct statfs *stats;
+
+    numsys = getfsstat ((struct statfs *)0, 0L, MNT_NOWAIT);
+    if (numsys < 0)
+      return (NULL);
+    if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof *stats <= numsys)
+      xalloc_die ();
+
+    bufsize = (1 + numsys) * sizeof *stats;
+    stats = xmalloc (bufsize);
+    numsys = getfsstat (stats, bufsize, MNT_NOWAIT);
+
+    if (numsys < 0)
+      {
+        free (stats);
+        return (NULL);
+      }
+
+    for (counter = 0; counter < numsys; counter++)
+      {
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntfromname);
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntonname);
+        me->me_type = xstrdup (FS_TYPE (stats[counter]));
+        me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;        /* Magic; means not known yet. */
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+
+    free (stats);
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT */
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_FREAD || defined MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP /* SVR[23].  */
+  {
+    struct mnttab mnt;
+    char *table = "/etc/mnttab";
+    FILE *fp;
+
+    fp = fopen (table, "r");
+    if (fp == NULL)
+      return NULL;
+
+    while (fread (&mnt, sizeof mnt, 1, fp) > 0)
+      {
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+# ifdef GETFSTYP                        /* SVR3.  */
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mt_dev);
+# else
+        me->me_devname = xmalloc (strlen (mnt.mt_dev) + 6);
+        strcpy (me->me_devname, "/dev/");
+        strcpy (me->me_devname + 5, mnt.mt_dev);
+# endif
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mt_filsys);
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;        /* Magic; means not known yet. */
+        me->me_type = "";
+        me->me_type_malloced = 0;
+# ifdef GETFSTYP                        /* SVR3.  */
+        if (need_fs_type)
+          {
+            struct statfs fsd;
+            char typebuf[FSTYPSZ];
+
+            if (statfs (me->me_mountdir, &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0) != -1
+                && sysfs (GETFSTYP, fsd.f_fstyp, typebuf) != -1)
+              {
+                me->me_type = xstrdup (typebuf);
+                me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+              }
+          }
+# endif
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+
+    if (ferror (fp))
+      {
+        /* The last fread() call must have failed.  */
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+        fclose (fp);
+        errno = saved_errno;
+        goto free_then_fail;
+      }
+
+    if (fclose (fp) == EOF)
+      goto free_then_fail;
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_FREAD || MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP.  */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTTBL        /* DolphinOS goes its own way.  */
+  {
+    struct mntent **mnttbl = getmnttbl (), **ent;
+    for (ent=mnttbl;*ent;ent++)
+      {
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup ( (*ent)->mt_resource);
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup ( (*ent)->mt_directory);
+        me->me_type = xstrdup ((*ent)->mt_fstype);
+        me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;        /* Magic; means not known yet. */
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+    endmnttbl ();
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2       /* SVR4.  */
+  {
+    struct mnttab mnt;
+    char *table = MNTTAB;
+    FILE *fp;
+    int ret;
+    int lockfd = -1;
+
+# if defined F_RDLCK && defined F_SETLKW
+    /* MNTTAB_LOCK is a macro name of our own invention; it's not present in
+       e.g. Solaris 2.6.  If the SVR4 folks ever define a macro
+       for this file name, we should use their macro name instead.
+       (Why not just lock MNTTAB directly?  We don't know.)  */
+#  ifndef MNTTAB_LOCK
+#   define MNTTAB_LOCK "/etc/.mnttab.lock"
+#  endif
+    lockfd = open (MNTTAB_LOCK, O_RDONLY);
+    if (0 <= lockfd)
+      {
+        struct flock flock;
+        flock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+        flock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        flock.l_start = 0;
+        flock.l_len = 0;
+        while (fcntl (lockfd, F_SETLKW, &flock) == -1)
+          if (errno != EINTR)
+            {
+              int saved_errno = errno;
+              close (lockfd);
+              errno = saved_errno;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+      }
+    else if (errno != ENOENT)
+      return NULL;
+# endif
+
+    errno = 0;
+    fp = fopen (table, "r");
+    if (fp == NULL)
+      ret = errno;
+    else
+      {
+        while ((ret = getmntent (fp, &mnt)) == 0)
+          {
+            me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+            me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
+            me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);
+            me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_fstype);
+            me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+            me->me_dummy = MNT_IGNORE (&mnt) != 0;
+            me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+            me->me_dev = dev_from_mount_options (mnt.mnt_mntopts);
+
+            /* Add to the linked list. */
+            *mtail = me;
+            mtail = &me->me_next;
+          }
+
+        ret = fclose (fp) == EOF ? errno : 0 < ret ? 0 : -1;
+      }
+
+    if (0 <= lockfd && close (lockfd) != 0)
+      ret = errno;
+
+    if (0 <= ret)
+      {
+        errno = ret;
+        goto free_then_fail;
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2.  */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT           /* AIX.  */
+  {
+    int bufsize;
+    char *entries, *thisent;
+    struct vmount *vmp;
+    int n_entries;
+    int i;
+
+    /* Ask how many bytes to allocate for the mounted file system info.  */
+    if (mntctl (MCTL_QUERY, sizeof bufsize, (struct vmount *) &bufsize) != 0)
+      return NULL;
+    entries = xmalloc (bufsize);
+
+    /* Get the list of mounted file systems.  */
+    n_entries = mntctl (MCTL_QUERY, bufsize, (struct vmount *) entries);
+    if (n_entries < 0)
+      {
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+        free (entries);
+        errno = saved_errno;
+        return NULL;
+      }
+
+    for (i = 0, thisent = entries;
+         i < n_entries;
+         i++, thisent += vmp->vmt_length)
+      {
+        char *options, *ignore;
+
+        vmp = (struct vmount *) thisent;
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        if (vmp->vmt_flags & MNT_REMOTE)
+          {
+            char *host, *dir;
+
+            me->me_remote = 1;
+            /* Prepend the remote dirname.  */
+            host = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_HOSTNAME].vmt_off;
+            dir = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_OBJECT].vmt_off;
+            me->me_devname = xmalloc (strlen (host) + strlen (dir) + 2);
+            strcpy (me->me_devname, host);
+            strcat (me->me_devname, ":");
+            strcat (me->me_devname, dir);
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            me->me_remote = 0;
+            me->me_devname = xstrdup (thisent +
+                                      vmp->vmt_data[VMT_OBJECT].vmt_off);
+          }
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_STUB].vmt_off);
+        me->me_type = xstrdup (fstype_to_string (vmp->vmt_gfstype));
+        me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+        options = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_ARGS].vmt_off;
+        ignore = strstr (options, "ignore");
+        me->me_dummy = (ignore
+                        && (ignore == options || ignore[-1] == ',')
+                        && (ignore[sizeof "ignore" - 1] == ','
+                            || ignore[sizeof "ignore" - 1] == '\0'));
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1; /* vmt_fsid might be the info we want.  */
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+    free (entries);
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_VMOUNT. */
+
+  *mtail = NULL;
+  return mount_list;
+
+
+ free_then_fail:
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    *mtail = NULL;
+
+    while (mount_list)
+      {
+        me = mount_list->me_next;
+        free (mount_list->me_devname);
+        free (mount_list->me_mountdir);
+        if (mount_list->me_type_malloced)
+          free (mount_list->me_type);
+        free (mount_list);
+        mount_list = me;
+      }
+
+    errno = saved_errno;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/gl/mountlist.h b/gl/mountlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f5a6f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/mountlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* mountlist.h -- declarations for list of mounted file systems
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef MOUNTLIST_H_
+# define MOUNTLIST_H_
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* A mount table entry. */
+struct mount_entry
+{
+  char *me_devname;             /* Device node name, including "/dev/". */
+  char *me_mountdir;            /* Mount point directory name. */
+  char *me_type;                /* "nfs", "4.2", etc. */
+  dev_t me_dev;                 /* Device number of me_mountdir. */
+  unsigned int me_dummy : 1;    /* Nonzero for dummy file systems. */
+  unsigned int me_remote : 1;   /* Nonzero for remote fileystems. */
+  unsigned int me_type_malloced : 1; /* Nonzero if me_type was malloced. */
+  struct mount_entry *me_next;
+};
+
+struct mount_entry *read_file_system_list (bool need_fs_type);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/open-safer.c b/gl/open-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04a72eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/open-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* Invoke open, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fcntl-safer.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+int
+open_safer (char const *file, int flags, ...)
+{
+  mode_t mode = 0;
+
+  if (flags & O_CREAT)
+    {
+      va_list ap;
+      va_start (ap, flags);
+
+      /* Assume mode_t promotes to int if and only if it is smaller.
+         This assumption isn't guaranteed by the C standard, but we
+         don't know of any real-world counterexamples.  */
+      mode = (sizeof (mode_t) < sizeof (int)
+              ? va_arg (ap, int)
+              : va_arg (ap, mode_t));
+
+      va_end (ap);
+    }
+
+  return fd_safer (open (file, flags, mode));
+}
diff --git a/gl/pipe-safer.c b/gl/pipe-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4431b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/pipe-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Invoke pipe, but avoid some glitches.
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Like pipe, but ensure that neither of the file descriptors is
+   STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or STDERR_FILENO.  Fail with ENOSYS on
+   platforms that lack pipe.  */
+
+int
+pipe_safer (int fd[2])
+{
+#if HAVE_PIPE
+  if (pipe (fd) == 0)
+    {
+      int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+        {
+          fd[i] = fd_safer (fd[i]);
+          if (fd[i] < 0)
+            {
+              int e = errno;
+              close (fd[1 - i]);
+              errno = e;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+#else
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+#endif
+
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/gl/printf-args.c b/gl/printf-args.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..358801c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/printf-args.c
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* Decomposed printf argument list.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "printf-args.h"
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+int
+printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  argument *ap;
+
+  for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
+    switch (ap->type)
+      {
+      case TYPE_SCHAR:
+        ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_UCHAR:
+        ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_SHORT:
+        ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_USHORT:
+        ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_INT:
+        ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_UINT:
+        ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_LONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
+        break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+      case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
+        break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_DOUBLE:
+        ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
+        break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+      case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+        ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
+        break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_CHAR:
+        ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
+        break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+      case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+        /* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
+           default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
+           where wint_t is 'unsigned short'.  */
+        ap->a.a_wide_char =
+          (sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
+           ? va_arg (args, int)
+           : va_arg (args, wint_t));
+        break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
+          ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
+        break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+      case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
+          {
+            static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
+              {
+                (wchar_t)'(',
+                (wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
+                (wchar_t)')',
+                (wchar_t)0
+              };
+            ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
+          }
+        break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
+        break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+      case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
+        break;
+#endif
+      default:
+        /* Unknown type.  */
+        return -1;
+      }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/gl/printf-args.h b/gl/printf-args.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5759da0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/printf-args.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* Decomposed printf argument list.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
+#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get wchar_t.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get wint_t.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+
+/* Argument types */
+typedef enum
+{
+  TYPE_NONE,
+  TYPE_SCHAR,
+  TYPE_UCHAR,
+  TYPE_SHORT,
+  TYPE_USHORT,
+  TYPE_INT,
+  TYPE_UINT,
+  TYPE_LONGINT,
+  TYPE_ULONGINT,
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+  TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
+  TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
+#endif
+  TYPE_DOUBLE,
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+  TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
+#endif
+  TYPE_CHAR,
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+  TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
+#endif
+  TYPE_STRING,
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+  TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
+#endif
+  TYPE_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
+#endif
+} arg_type;
+
+/* Polymorphic argument */
+typedef struct
+{
+  arg_type type;
+  union
+  {
+    signed char                 a_schar;
+    unsigned char               a_uchar;
+    short                       a_short;
+    unsigned short              a_ushort;
+    int                         a_int;
+    unsigned int                a_uint;
+    long int                    a_longint;
+    unsigned long int           a_ulongint;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+    long long int               a_longlongint;
+    unsigned long long int      a_ulonglongint;
+#endif
+    float                       a_float;
+    double                      a_double;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+    long double                 a_longdouble;
+#endif
+    int                         a_char;
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+    wint_t                      a_wide_char;
+#endif
+    const char*                 a_string;
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+    const wchar_t*              a_wide_string;
+#endif
+    void*                       a_pointer;
+    signed char *               a_count_schar_pointer;
+    short *                     a_count_short_pointer;
+    int *                       a_count_int_pointer;
+    long int *                  a_count_longint_pointer;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+    long long int *             a_count_longlongint_pointer;
+#endif
+  }
+  a;
+}
+argument;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  argument *arg;
+}
+arguments;
+
+
+/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#else
+extern
+#endif
+int printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a);
+
+#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */
diff --git a/gl/printf-parse.c b/gl/printf-parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a86f77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/printf-parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# include "wprintf-parse.h"
+#else
+# include "printf-parse.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Get size_t, NULL.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get intmax_t.  */
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+/* malloc(), realloc(), free().  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Checked size_t computations.  */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
+# define CHAR_T wchar_t
+# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
+#else
+# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+int
+PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
+{
+  const CHAR_T *cp = format;            /* pointer into format */
+  size_t arg_posn = 0;          /* number of regular arguments consumed */
+  size_t d_allocated;                   /* allocated elements of d->dir */
+  size_t a_allocated;                   /* allocated elements of a->arg */
+  size_t max_width_length = 0;
+  size_t max_precision_length = 0;
+
+  d->count = 0;
+  d_allocated = 1;
+  d->dir = (DIRECTIVE *) malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
+  if (d->dir == NULL)
+    /* Out of memory.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  a->count = 0;
+  a_allocated = 0;
+  a->arg = NULL;
+
+#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
+  {                                                                     \
+    size_t n = (_index_);                                               \
+    if (n >= a_allocated)                                               \
+      {                                                                 \
+        size_t memory_size;                                             \
+        argument *memory;                                               \
+                                                                        \
+        a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2);                          \
+        if (a_allocated <= n)                                           \
+          a_allocated = xsum (n, 1);                                    \
+        memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument));          \
+        if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))                              \
+          /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */                 \
+          goto error;                                                   \
+        memory = (argument *) (a->arg                                   \
+                               ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size)          \
+                               : malloc (memory_size));                 \
+        if (memory == NULL)                                             \
+          /* Out of memory.  */                                         \
+          goto error;                                                   \
+        a->arg = memory;                                                \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (a->count <= n)                                               \
+      a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE;                              \
+    if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE)                                    \
+      a->arg[n].type = (_type_);                                        \
+    else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_))                                \
+      /* Ambiguous type for positional argument.  */                    \
+      goto error;                                                       \
+  }
+
+  while (*cp != '\0')
+    {
+      CHAR_T c = *cp++;
+      if (c == '%')
+        {
+          size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+          DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count];/* pointer to next directive */
+
+          /* Initialize the next directive.  */
+          dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
+          dp->flags = 0;
+          dp->width_start = NULL;
+          dp->width_end = NULL;
+          dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+          dp->precision_start = NULL;
+          dp->precision_end = NULL;
+          dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+          dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+
+          /* Test for positional argument.  */
+          if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+            {
+              const CHAR_T *np;
+
+              for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                ;
+              if (*np == '$')
+                {
+                  size_t n = 0;
+
+                  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                    n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+                  if (n == 0)
+                    /* Positional argument 0.  */
+                    goto error;
+                  if (size_overflow_p (n))
+                    /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later.  */
+                    goto error;
+                  arg_index = n - 1;
+                  cp = np + 1;
+                }
+            }
+
+          /* Read the flags.  */
+          for (;;)
+            {
+              if (*cp == '\'')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '-')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '+')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == ' ')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '#')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '0')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else
+                break;
+            }
+
+          /* Parse the field width.  */
+          if (*cp == '*')
+            {
+              dp->width_start = cp;
+              cp++;
+              dp->width_end = cp;
+              if (max_width_length < 1)
+                max_width_length = 1;
+
+              /* Test for positional argument.  */
+              if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+                {
+                  const CHAR_T *np;
+
+                  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                    ;
+                  if (*np == '$')
+                    {
+                      size_t n = 0;
+
+                      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                        n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+                      if (n == 0)
+                        /* Positional argument 0.  */
+                        goto error;
+                      if (size_overflow_p (n))
+                        /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later.  */
+                        goto error;
+                      dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
+                      cp = np + 1;
+                    }
+                }
+              if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                {
+                  dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
+                  if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                    /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+                    goto error;
+                }
+              REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
+            }
+          else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+            {
+              size_t width_length;
+
+              dp->width_start = cp;
+              for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
+                ;
+              dp->width_end = cp;
+              width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
+              if (max_width_length < width_length)
+                max_width_length = width_length;
+            }
+
+          /* Parse the precision.  */
+          if (*cp == '.')
+            {
+              cp++;
+              if (*cp == '*')
+                {
+                  dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
+                  cp++;
+                  dp->precision_end = cp;
+                  if (max_precision_length < 2)
+                    max_precision_length = 2;
+
+                  /* Test for positional argument.  */
+                  if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+                    {
+                      const CHAR_T *np;
+
+                      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                        ;
+                      if (*np == '$')
+                        {
+                          size_t n = 0;
+
+                          for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                            n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+                          if (n == 0)
+                            /* Positional argument 0.  */
+                            goto error;
+                          if (size_overflow_p (n))
+                            /* n too large, would lead to out of memory
+                               later.  */
+                            goto error;
+                          dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
+                          cp = np + 1;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                    {
+                      dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
+                      if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                        /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+                        goto error;
+                    }
+                  REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  size_t precision_length;
+
+                  dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
+                  for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
+                    ;
+                  dp->precision_end = cp;
+                  precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
+                  if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
+                    max_precision_length = precision_length;
+                }
+            }
+
+          {
+            arg_type type;
+
+            /* Parse argument type/size specifiers.  */
+            {
+              int flags = 0;
+
+              for (;;)
+                {
+                  if (*cp == 'h')
+                    {
+                      flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 'L')
+                    {
+                      flags |= 4;
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 'l')
+                    {
+                      flags += 8;
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+#ifdef HAVE_INTMAX_T
+                  else if (*cp == 'j')
+                    {
+                      if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* intmax_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
+                        {
+                          /* intmax_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+#endif
+                  else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
+                    {
+                      /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
+                         because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
+                         only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784).  */
+                      if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* size_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
+                        {
+                          /* size_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 't')
+                    {
+                      if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* ptrdiff_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
+                        {
+                          /* ptrdiff_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else
+                    break;
+                }
+
+              /* Read the conversion character.  */
+              c = *cp++;
+              switch (c)
+                {
+                case 'd': case 'i':
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
+                  else
+#endif
+                  /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
+                     "lld" into TYPE_LONGINT.  */
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_LONGINT;
+                  else if (flags & 2)
+                    type = TYPE_SCHAR;
+                  else if (flags & 1)
+                    type = TYPE_SHORT;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_INT;
+                  break;
+                case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
+                  else
+#endif
+                  /* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
+                     'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT.  */
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
+                  else if (flags & 2)
+                    type = TYPE_UCHAR;
+                  else if (flags & 1)
+                    type = TYPE_USHORT;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_UINT;
+                  break;
+                case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+                case 'a': case 'A':
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
+                  else
+#endif
+                  type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
+                  break;
+                case 'c':
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+                    type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
+#else
+                    goto error;
+#endif
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_CHAR;
+                  break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+                case 'C':
+                  type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
+                  c = 'c';
+                  break;
+#endif
+                case 's':
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                    type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
+#else
+                    goto error;
+#endif
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_STRING;
+                  break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                case 'S':
+                  type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
+                  c = 's';
+                  break;
+#endif
+                case 'p':
+                  type = TYPE_POINTER;
+                  break;
+                case 'n':
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
+                  else
+#endif
+                  /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
+                     "lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER.  */
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
+                  else if (flags & 2)
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
+                  else if (flags & 1)
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
+                  break;
+                case '%':
+                  type = TYPE_NONE;
+                  break;
+                default:
+                  /* Unknown conversion character.  */
+                  goto error;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (type != TYPE_NONE)
+              {
+                dp->arg_index = arg_index;
+                if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                  {
+                    dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
+                    if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                      /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+                      goto error;
+                  }
+                REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
+              }
+            dp->conversion = c;
+            dp->dir_end = cp;
+          }
+
+          d->count++;
+          if (d->count >= d_allocated)
+            {
+              size_t memory_size;
+              DIRECTIVE *memory;
+
+              d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
+              memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
+              if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
+                /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+                goto error;
+              memory = (DIRECTIVE *) realloc (d->dir, memory_size);
+              if (memory == NULL)
+                /* Out of memory.  */
+                goto error;
+              d->dir = memory;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
+
+  d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
+  d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
+  return 0;
+
+error:
+  if (a->arg)
+    free (a->arg);
+  if (d->dir)
+    free (d->dir);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#undef DIRECTIVES
+#undef DIRECTIVE
+#undef CHAR_T
+#undef PRINTF_PARSE
diff --git a/gl/printf-parse.h b/gl/printf-parse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82a0d37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/printf-parse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Parse printf format string.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
+#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
+
+#include "printf-args.h"
+
+
+/* Flags */
+#define FLAG_GROUP       1      /* ' flag */
+#define FLAG_LEFT        2      /* - flag */
+#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN    4      /* + flag */
+#define FLAG_SPACE       8      /* space flag */
+#define FLAG_ALT        16      /* # flag */
+#define FLAG_ZERO       32
+
+/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed.  */
+#define ARG_NONE        (~(size_t)0)
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const char* dir_start;
+  const char* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const char* width_start;
+  const char* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const char* precision_start;
+  const char* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+char_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  char_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+}
+char_directives;
+
+
+/* Parses the format string.  Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
+   in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
+   to the end of the format string.  Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
+   arguments and the needed count of arguments.  */
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#else
+extern
+#endif
+int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
+
+#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */
diff --git a/gl/regcomp.c b/gl/regcomp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8df6bb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/regcomp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3858 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+static reg_errcode_t re_compile_internal (regex_t *preg, const char * pattern,
+                                          size_t length, reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static void re_compile_fastmap_iter (regex_t *bufp,
+                                     const re_dfastate_t *init_state,
+                                     char *fastmap);
+static reg_errcode_t init_dfa (re_dfa_t *dfa, size_t pat_len);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static void free_charset (re_charset_t *cset);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static void free_workarea_compile (regex_t *preg);
+static reg_errcode_t create_initial_state (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static void optimize_utf8 (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+#endif
+static reg_errcode_t analyze (regex_t *preg);
+static reg_errcode_t preorder (bin_tree_t *root,
+                               reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+                               void *extra);
+static reg_errcode_t postorder (bin_tree_t *root,
+                                reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+                                void *extra);
+static reg_errcode_t optimize_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t lower_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static bin_tree_t *lower_subexp (reg_errcode_t *err, regex_t *preg,
+                                 bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_first (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_next (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t link_nfa_nodes (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static Idx duplicate_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_idx, unsigned int constraint);
+static Idx search_duplicated_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_node,
+                                   unsigned int constraint);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_eclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_eclosure_iter (re_node_set *new_set, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                         Idx node, bool root);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_inveclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static Idx fetch_number (re_string_t *input, re_token_t *token,
+                         reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static int peek_token (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input,
+                        reg_syntax_t syntax) internal_function;
+static bin_tree_t *parse (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+                          reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_reg_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+                                  re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                  Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_branch (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+                                 re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                 Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_expression (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+                                     re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                     Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_sub_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+                                  re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                  Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_dup_op (bin_tree_t *dup_elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+                                 re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t *token,
+                                 reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_bracket_exp (re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                      re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                      reg_errcode_t *err);
+static reg_errcode_t parse_bracket_element (bracket_elem_t *elem,
+                                            re_string_t *regexp,
+                                            re_token_t *token, int token_len,
+                                            re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                            reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                                            bool accept_hyphen);
+static reg_errcode_t parse_bracket_symbol (bracket_elem_t *elem,
+                                          re_string_t *regexp,
+                                          re_token_t *token);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static reg_errcode_t build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset,
+                                        re_charset_t *mbcset,
+                                        Idx *equiv_class_alloc,
+                                        const unsigned char *name);
+static reg_errcode_t build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+                                      bitset_t sbcset,
+                                      re_charset_t *mbcset,
+                                      Idx *char_class_alloc,
+                                      const unsigned char *class_name,
+                                      reg_syntax_t syntax);
+#else  /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static reg_errcode_t build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset,
+                                        const unsigned char *name);
+static reg_errcode_t build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+                                      bitset_t sbcset,
+                                      const unsigned char *class_name,
+                                      reg_syntax_t syntax);
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static bin_tree_t *build_charclass_op (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                       RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+                                       const unsigned char *class_name,
+                                       const unsigned char *extra,
+                                       bool non_match, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *create_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+                                re_token_type_t type);
+static bin_tree_t *create_token_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                      bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+                                      const re_token_t *token);
+static bin_tree_t *duplicate_tree (const bin_tree_t *src, re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static void free_token (re_token_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t free_tree (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t mark_opt_subexp (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+
+/* This table gives an error message for each of the error codes listed
+   in regex.h.  Obviously the order here has to be same as there.
+   POSIX doesn't require that we do anything for REG_NOERROR,
+   but why not be nice?  */
+
+static const char __re_error_msgid[] =
+  {
+#define REG_NOERROR_IDX 0
+    gettext_noop ("Success")    /* REG_NOERROR */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_NOMATCH_IDX (REG_NOERROR_IDX + sizeof "Success")
+    gettext_noop ("No match")   /* REG_NOMATCH */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADPAT_IDX  (REG_NOMATCH_IDX + sizeof "No match")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid regular expression") /* REG_BADPAT */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ECOLLATE_IDX (REG_BADPAT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid collation character") /* REG_ECOLLATE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ECTYPE_IDX  (REG_ECOLLATE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid collation character")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid character class name") /* REG_ECTYPE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EESCAPE_IDX (REG_ECTYPE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid character class name")
+    gettext_noop ("Trailing backslash") /* REG_EESCAPE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESUBREG_IDX (REG_EESCAPE_IDX + sizeof "Trailing backslash")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid back reference") /* REG_ESUBREG */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EBRACK_IDX  (REG_ESUBREG_IDX + sizeof "Invalid back reference")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched [ or [^")  /* REG_EBRACK */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EPAREN_IDX  (REG_EBRACK_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched [ or [^")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched ( or \\(") /* REG_EPAREN */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EBRACE_IDX  (REG_EPAREN_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched ( or \\(")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched \\{") /* REG_EBRACE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADBR_IDX   (REG_EBRACE_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched \\{")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid content of \\{\\}") /* REG_BADBR */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ERANGE_IDX  (REG_BADBR_IDX + sizeof "Invalid content of \\{\\}")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid range end")  /* REG_ERANGE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESPACE_IDX  (REG_ERANGE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid range end")
+    gettext_noop ("Memory exhausted") /* REG_ESPACE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADRPT_IDX  (REG_ESPACE_IDX + sizeof "Memory exhausted")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid preceding regular expression") /* REG_BADRPT */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EEND_IDX    (REG_BADRPT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid preceding regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Premature end of regular expression") /* REG_EEND */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESIZE_IDX   (REG_EEND_IDX + sizeof "Premature end of regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Regular expression too big") /* REG_ESIZE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ERPAREN_IDX (REG_ESIZE_IDX + sizeof "Regular expression too big")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched ) or \\)") /* REG_ERPAREN */
+  };
+
+static const size_t __re_error_msgid_idx[] =
+  {
+    REG_NOERROR_IDX,
+    REG_NOMATCH_IDX,
+    REG_BADPAT_IDX,
+    REG_ECOLLATE_IDX,
+    REG_ECTYPE_IDX,
+    REG_EESCAPE_IDX,
+    REG_ESUBREG_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACK_IDX,
+    REG_EPAREN_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADBR_IDX,
+    REG_ERANGE_IDX,
+    REG_ESPACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADRPT_IDX,
+    REG_EEND_IDX,
+    REG_ESIZE_IDX,
+    REG_ERPAREN_IDX
+  };
+
+/* Entry points for GNU code.  */
+
+/* re_compile_pattern is the GNU regular expression compiler: it
+   compiles PATTERN (of length LENGTH) and puts the result in BUFP.
+   Returns 0 if the pattern was valid, otherwise an error string.
+
+   Assumes the `allocated' (and perhaps `buffer') and `translate' fields
+   are set in BUFP on entry.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+const char *
+re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
+    const char *pattern;
+    size_t length;
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+#else /* size_t might promote */
+const char *
+re_compile_pattern (const char *pattern, size_t length,
+                    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+#endif
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  /* And GNU code determines whether or not to get register information
+     by passing null for the REGS argument to re_match, etc., not by
+     setting no_sub, unless RE_NO_SUB is set.  */
+  bufp->no_sub = !!(re_syntax_options & RE_NO_SUB);
+
+  /* Match anchors at newline.  */
+  bufp->newline_anchor = 1;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (bufp, pattern, length, re_syntax_options);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+  return gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_compile_pattern, re_compile_pattern)
+#endif
+
+/* Set by `re_set_syntax' to the current regexp syntax to recognize.  Can
+   also be assigned to arbitrarily: each pattern buffer stores its own
+   syntax, so it can be changed between regex compilations.  */
+/* This has no initializer because initialized variables in Emacs
+   become read-only after dumping.  */
+reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+
+/* Specify the precise syntax of regexps for compilation.  This provides
+   for compatibility for various utilities which historically have
+   different, incompatible syntaxes.
+
+   The argument SYNTAX is a bit mask comprised of the various bits
+   defined in regex.h.  We return the old syntax.  */
+
+reg_syntax_t
+re_set_syntax (syntax)
+    reg_syntax_t syntax;
+{
+  reg_syntax_t ret = re_syntax_options;
+
+  re_syntax_options = syntax;
+  return ret;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_set_syntax, re_set_syntax)
+#endif
+
+int
+re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) bufp->buffer;
+  char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap;
+
+  memset (fastmap, '\0', sizeof (char) * SBC_MAX);
+  re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_word)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_word, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_nl)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_nl, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_begbuf)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_begbuf, fastmap);
+  bufp->fastmap_accurate = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_compile_fastmap, re_compile_fastmap)
+#endif
+
+static inline void
+__attribute ((always_inline))
+re_set_fastmap (char *fastmap, bool icase, int ch)
+{
+  fastmap[ch] = 1;
+  if (icase)
+    fastmap[tolower (ch)] = 1;
+}
+
+/* Helper function for re_compile_fastmap.
+   Compile fastmap for the initial_state INIT_STATE.  */
+
+static void
+re_compile_fastmap_iter (regex_t *bufp, const re_dfastate_t *init_state,
+                         char *fastmap)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) bufp->buffer;
+  Idx node_cnt;
+  bool icase = (dfa->mb_cur_max == 1 && (bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE));
+  for (node_cnt = 0; node_cnt < init_state->nodes.nelem; ++node_cnt)
+    {
+      Idx node = init_state->nodes.elems[node_cnt];
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+
+      if (type == CHARACTER)
+        {
+          re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, dfa->nodes[node].opr.c);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+          if ((bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE) && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+            {
+              unsigned char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+              unsigned char *p;
+              wchar_t wc;
+              mbstate_t state;
+
+              p = buf;
+              *p++ = dfa->nodes[node].opr.c;
+              while (++node < dfa->nodes_len
+                     && dfa->nodes[node].type == CHARACTER
+                     && dfa->nodes[node].mb_partial)
+                *p++ = dfa->nodes[node].opr.c;
+              memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state));
+              if (mbrtowc (&wc, (const char *) buf, p - buf,
+                           &state) == p - buf
+                  && (__wcrtomb ((char *) buf, towlower (wc), &state)
+                      != (size_t) -1))
+                re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, buf[0]);
+            }
+#endif
+        }
+      else if (type == SIMPLE_BRACKET)
+        {
+          int i, ch;
+          for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+            {
+              int j;
+              bitset_word_t w = dfa->nodes[node].opr.sbcset[i];
+              for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+                if (w & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << j))
+                  re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, ch);
+            }
+        }
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      else if (type == COMPLEX_BRACKET)
+        {
+          Idx i;
+          re_charset_t *cset = dfa->nodes[node].opr.mbcset;
+          if (cset->non_match || cset->ncoll_syms || cset->nequiv_classes
+              || cset->nranges || cset->nchar_classes)
+            {
+# ifdef _LIBC
+              if (_NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES) != 0)
+                {
+                  /* In this case we want to catch the bytes which are
+                     the first byte of any collation elements.
+                     e.g. In da_DK, we want to catch 'a' since "aa"
+                          is a valid collation element, and don't catch
+                          'b' since 'b' is the only collation element
+                          which starts from 'b'.  */
+                  const int32_t *table = (const int32_t *)
+                    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+                  for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)
+                    if (table[i] < 0)
+                      re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, i);
+                }
+# else
+              if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+                for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)
+                  if (__btowc (i) == WEOF)
+                    re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, i);
+# endif /* not _LIBC */
+            }
+          for (i = 0; i < cset->nmbchars; ++i)
+            {
+              char buf[256];
+              mbstate_t state;
+              memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state));
+              if (__wcrtomb (buf, cset->mbchars[i], &state) != (size_t) -1)
+                re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, *(unsigned char *) buf);
+              if ((bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE) && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+                {
+                  if (__wcrtomb (buf, towlower (cset->mbchars[i]), &state)
+                      != (size_t) -1)
+                    re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, *(unsigned char *) buf);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      else if (type == OP_PERIOD
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+               || type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+               || type == END_OF_RE)
+        {
+          memset (fastmap, '\1', sizeof (char) * SBC_MAX);
+          if (type == END_OF_RE)
+            bufp->can_be_null = 1;
+          return;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Entry point for POSIX code.  */
+/* regcomp takes a regular expression as a string and compiles it.
+
+   PREG is a regex_t *.  We do not expect any fields to be initialized,
+   since POSIX says we shouldn't.  Thus, we set
+
+     `buffer' to the compiled pattern;
+     `used' to the length of the compiled pattern;
+     `syntax' to RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED if the
+       REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to
+       RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC;
+     `newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS;
+     `fastmap' to an allocated space for the fastmap;
+     `fastmap_accurate' to zero;
+     `re_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN.
+
+   PATTERN is the address of the pattern string.
+
+   CFLAGS is a series of bits which affect compilation.
+
+     If REG_EXTENDED is set, we use POSIX extended syntax; otherwise, we
+     use POSIX basic syntax.
+
+     If REG_NEWLINE is set, then . and [^...] don't match newline.
+     Also, regexec will try a match beginning after every newline.
+
+     If REG_ICASE is set, then we considers upper- and lowercase
+     versions of letters to be equivalent when matching.
+
+     If REG_NOSUB is set, then when PREG is passed to regexec, that
+     routine will report only success or failure, and nothing about the
+     registers.
+
+   It returns 0 if it succeeds, nonzero if it doesn't.  (See regex.h for
+   the return codes and their meanings.)  */
+
+int
+regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
+    regex_t *__restrict preg;
+    const char *__restrict pattern;
+    int cflags;
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax = ((cflags & REG_EXTENDED) ? RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED
+                         : RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC);
+
+  preg->buffer = NULL;
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+
+  /* Try to allocate space for the fastmap.  */
+  preg->fastmap = re_malloc (char, SBC_MAX);
+  if (BE (preg->fastmap == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  syntax |= (cflags & REG_ICASE) ? RE_ICASE : 0;
+
+  /* If REG_NEWLINE is set, newlines are treated differently.  */
+  if (cflags & REG_NEWLINE)
+    { /* REG_NEWLINE implies neither . nor [^...] match newline.  */
+      syntax &= ~RE_DOT_NEWLINE;
+      syntax |= RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE;
+      /* It also changes the matching behavior.  */
+      preg->newline_anchor = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    preg->newline_anchor = 0;
+  preg->no_sub = !!(cflags & REG_NOSUB);
+  preg->translate = NULL;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (preg, pattern, strlen (pattern), syntax);
+
+  /* POSIX doesn't distinguish between an unmatched open-group and an
+     unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN.  */
+  if (ret == REG_ERPAREN)
+    ret = REG_EPAREN;
+
+  /* We have already checked preg->fastmap != NULL.  */
+  if (BE (ret == REG_NOERROR, 1))
+    /* Compute the fastmap now, since regexec cannot modify the pattern
+       buffer.  This function never fails in this implementation.  */
+    (void) re_compile_fastmap (preg);
+  else
+    {
+      /* Some error occurred while compiling the expression.  */
+      re_free (preg->fastmap);
+      preg->fastmap = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (int) ret;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regcomp, regcomp)
+#endif
+
+/* Returns a message corresponding to an error code, ERRCODE, returned
+   from either regcomp or regexec.   We don't use PREG here.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+size_t
+regerror (errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
+    int errcode;
+    const regex_t *__restrict preg;
+    char *__restrict errbuf;
+    size_t errbuf_size;
+#else /* size_t might promote */
+size_t
+regerror (int errcode, const regex_t *__restrict preg,
+          char *__restrict errbuf, size_t errbuf_size)
+#endif
+{
+  const char *msg;
+  size_t msg_size;
+
+  if (BE (errcode < 0
+          || errcode >= (int) (sizeof (__re_error_msgid_idx)
+                               / sizeof (__re_error_msgid_idx[0])), 0))
+    /* Only error codes returned by the rest of the code should be passed
+       to this routine.  If we are given anything else, or if other regex
+       code generates an invalid error code, then the program has a bug.
+       Dump core so we can fix it.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  msg = gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[errcode]);
+
+  msg_size = strlen (msg) + 1; /* Includes the null.  */
+
+  if (BE (errbuf_size != 0, 1))
+    {
+      if (BE (msg_size > errbuf_size, 0))
+        {
+#if defined HAVE_MEMPCPY || defined _LIBC
+          *((char *) __mempcpy (errbuf, msg, errbuf_size - 1)) = '\0';
+#else
+          memcpy (errbuf, msg, errbuf_size - 1);
+          errbuf[errbuf_size - 1] = 0;
+#endif
+        }
+      else
+        memcpy (errbuf, msg, msg_size);
+    }
+
+  return msg_size;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regerror, regerror)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+/* This static array is used for the map to single-byte characters when
+   UTF-8 is used.  Otherwise we would allocate memory just to initialize
+   it the same all the time.  UTF-8 is the preferred encoding so this is
+   a worthwhile optimization.  */
+static const bitset_t utf8_sb_map =
+{
+  /* Set the first 128 bits.  */
+# if 4 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+#  error "bitset_word_t is narrower than 32 bits"
+# elif 3 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+# elif 2 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+# elif 1 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+# endif
+  (BITSET_WORD_MAX
+   >> (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0
+       ? 0
+       : BITSET_WORD_BITS - SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS))
+};
+#endif
+
+
+static void
+free_dfa_content (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx i, j;
+
+  if (dfa->nodes)
+    for (i = 0; i < dfa->nodes_len; ++i)
+      free_token (dfa->nodes + i);
+  re_free (dfa->nexts);
+  for (i = 0; i < dfa->nodes_len; ++i)
+    {
+      if (dfa->eclosures != NULL)
+        re_node_set_free (dfa->eclosures + i);
+      if (dfa->inveclosures != NULL)
+        re_node_set_free (dfa->inveclosures + i);
+      if (dfa->edests != NULL)
+        re_node_set_free (dfa->edests + i);
+    }
+  re_free (dfa->edests);
+  re_free (dfa->eclosures);
+  re_free (dfa->inveclosures);
+  re_free (dfa->nodes);
+
+  if (dfa->state_table)
+    for (i = 0; i <= dfa->state_hash_mask; ++i)
+      {
+        struct re_state_table_entry *entry = dfa->state_table + i;
+        for (j = 0; j < entry->num; ++j)
+          {
+            re_dfastate_t *state = entry->array[j];
+            free_state (state);
+          }
+        re_free (entry->array);
+      }
+  re_free (dfa->state_table);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (dfa->sb_char != utf8_sb_map)
+    re_free (dfa->sb_char);
+#endif
+  re_free (dfa->subexp_map);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  re_free (dfa->re_str);
+#endif
+
+  re_free (dfa);
+}
+
+
+/* Free dynamically allocated space used by PREG.  */
+
+void
+regfree (preg)
+    regex_t *preg;
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  if (BE (dfa != NULL, 1))
+    free_dfa_content (dfa);
+  preg->buffer = NULL;
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+
+  re_free (preg->fastmap);
+  preg->fastmap = NULL;
+
+  re_free (preg->translate);
+  preg->translate = NULL;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regfree, regfree)
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library.  We don't define
+   them unless specifically requested.  */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+
+/* BSD has one and only one pattern buffer.  */
+static struct re_pattern_buffer re_comp_buf;
+
+char *
+# ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make these definitions weak in libc, so POSIX programs can redefine
+   these names if they don't use our functions, and still use
+   regcomp/regexec above without link errors.  */
+weak_function
+# endif
+re_comp (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  char *fastmap;
+
+  if (!s)
+    {
+      if (!re_comp_buf.buffer)
+        return gettext ("No previous regular expression");
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (re_comp_buf.buffer)
+    {
+      fastmap = re_comp_buf.fastmap;
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = NULL;
+      __regfree (&re_comp_buf);
+      memset (&re_comp_buf, '\0', sizeof (re_comp_buf));
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = fastmap;
+    }
+
+  if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL)
+    {
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = (char *) malloc (SBC_MAX);
+      if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL)
+        return (char *) gettext (__re_error_msgid
+                                 + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) REG_ESPACE]);
+    }
+
+  /* Since `re_exec' always passes NULL for the `regs' argument, we
+     don't need to initialize the pattern buffer fields which affect it.  */
+
+  /* Match anchors at newlines.  */
+  re_comp_buf.newline_anchor = 1;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (&re_comp_buf, s, strlen (s), re_syntax_options);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Yes, we're discarding `const' here if !HAVE_LIBINTL.  */
+  return (char *) gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+  __regfree (&re_comp_buf);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */
+
+/* Internal entry point.
+   Compile the regular expression PATTERN, whose length is LENGTH.
+   SYNTAX indicate regular expression's syntax.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+re_compile_internal (regex_t *preg, const char * pattern, size_t length,
+                     reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa;
+  re_string_t regexp;
+
+  /* Initialize the pattern buffer.  */
+  preg->fastmap_accurate = 0;
+  preg->syntax = syntax;
+  preg->not_bol = preg->not_eol = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+  preg->re_nsub = 0;
+  preg->can_be_null = 0;
+  preg->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+
+  /* Initialize the dfa.  */
+  dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  if (BE (preg->allocated < sizeof (re_dfa_t), 0))
+    {
+      /* If zero allocated, but buffer is non-null, try to realloc
+         enough space.  This loses if buffer's address is bogus, but
+         that is the user's responsibility.  If ->buffer is NULL this
+         is a simple allocation.  */
+      dfa = re_realloc (preg->buffer, re_dfa_t, 1);
+      if (dfa == NULL)
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      preg->allocated = sizeof (re_dfa_t);
+      preg->buffer = (unsigned char *) dfa;
+    }
+  preg->used = sizeof (re_dfa_t);
+
+  err = init_dfa (dfa, length);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+      return err;
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  /* Note: length+1 will not overflow since it is checked in init_dfa.  */
+  dfa->re_str = re_malloc (char, length + 1);
+  strncpy (dfa->re_str, pattern, length + 1);
+#endif
+
+  __libc_lock_init (dfa->lock);
+
+  err = re_string_construct (&regexp, pattern, length, preg->translate,
+                             syntax & RE_ICASE, dfa);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+    re_compile_internal_free_return:
+      free_workarea_compile (preg);
+      re_string_destruct (&regexp);
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+      return err;
+    }
+
+  /* Parse the regular expression, and build a structure tree.  */
+  preg->re_nsub = 0;
+  dfa->str_tree = parse (&regexp, preg, syntax, &err);
+  if (BE (dfa->str_tree == NULL, 0))
+    goto re_compile_internal_free_return;
+
+  /* Analyze the tree and create the nfa.  */
+  err = analyze (preg);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    goto re_compile_internal_free_return;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* If possible, do searching in single byte encoding to speed things up.  */
+  if (dfa->is_utf8 && !(syntax & RE_ICASE) && preg->translate == NULL)
+    optimize_utf8 (dfa);
+#endif
+
+  /* Then create the initial state of the dfa.  */
+  err = create_initial_state (dfa);
+
+  /* Release work areas.  */
+  free_workarea_compile (preg);
+  re_string_destruct (&regexp);
+
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Initialize DFA.  We use the length of the regular expression PAT_LEN
+   as the initial length of some arrays.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+init_dfa (re_dfa_t *dfa, size_t pat_len)
+{
+  __re_size_t table_size;
+#ifndef _LIBC
+  char *codeset_name;
+#endif
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  size_t max_i18n_object_size = MAX (sizeof (wchar_t), sizeof (wctype_t));
+#else
+  size_t max_i18n_object_size = 0;
+#endif
+  size_t max_object_size =
+    MAX (sizeof (struct re_state_table_entry),
+         MAX (sizeof (re_token_t),
+              MAX (sizeof (re_node_set),
+                   MAX (sizeof (regmatch_t),
+                        max_i18n_object_size))));
+
+  memset (dfa, '\0', sizeof (re_dfa_t));
+
+  /* Force allocation of str_tree_storage the first time.  */
+  dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE;
+
+  /* Avoid overflows.  The extra "/ 2" is for the table_size doubling
+     calculation below, and for similar doubling calculations
+     elsewhere.  And it's <= rather than <, because some of the
+     doubling calculations add 1 afterwards.  */
+  if (BE (SIZE_MAX / max_object_size / 2 <= pat_len, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  dfa->nodes_alloc = pat_len + 1;
+  dfa->nodes = re_malloc (re_token_t, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+
+  /*  table_size = 2 ^ ceil(log pat_len) */
+  for (table_size = 1; ; table_size <<= 1)
+    if (table_size > pat_len)
+      break;
+
+  dfa->state_table = calloc (sizeof (struct re_state_table_entry), table_size);
+  dfa->state_hash_mask = table_size - 1;
+
+  dfa->mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max == 6
+      && strcmp (_NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, _NL_CTYPE_CODESET_NAME), "UTF-8") == 0)
+    dfa->is_utf8 = 1;
+  dfa->map_notascii = (_NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_CTYPE, _NL_CTYPE_MAP_TO_NONASCII)
+                       != 0);
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+  codeset_name = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+# else
+  codeset_name = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (codeset_name == NULL || codeset_name[0] == '\0')
+    codeset_name = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+  if (codeset_name == NULL || codeset_name[0] == '\0')
+    codeset_name = getenv ("LANG");
+  if (codeset_name == NULL)
+    codeset_name = "";
+  else if (strchr (codeset_name, '.') !=  NULL)
+    codeset_name = strchr (codeset_name, '.') + 1;
+# endif
+
+  if (strcasecmp (codeset_name, "UTF-8") == 0
+      || strcasecmp (codeset_name, "UTF8") == 0)
+    dfa->is_utf8 = 1;
+
+  /* We check exhaustively in the loop below if this charset is a
+     superset of ASCII.  */
+  dfa->map_notascii = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      if (dfa->is_utf8)
+        dfa->sb_char = (re_bitset_ptr_t) utf8_sb_map;
+      else
+        {
+          int i, j, ch;
+
+          dfa->sb_char = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+          if (BE (dfa->sb_char == NULL, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+
+          /* Set the bits corresponding to single byte chars.  */
+          for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+            for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+              {
+                wint_t wch = __btowc (ch);
+                if (wch != WEOF)
+                  dfa->sb_char[i] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << j;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+                if (isascii (ch) && wch != ch)
+                  dfa->map_notascii = 1;
+# endif
+              }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (BE (dfa->nodes == NULL || dfa->state_table == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Initialize WORD_CHAR table, which indicate which character is
+   "word".  In this case "word" means that it is the word construction
+   character used by some operators like "\<", "\>", etc.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+init_word_char (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  int i, j, ch;
+  dfa->word_ops_used = 1;
+  for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+    for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+      if (isalnum (ch) || ch == '_')
+        dfa->word_char[i] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << j;
+}
+
+/* Free the work area which are only used while compiling.  */
+
+static void
+free_workarea_compile (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_storage_t *storage, *next;
+  for (storage = dfa->str_tree_storage; storage; storage = next)
+    {
+      next = storage->next;
+      re_free (storage);
+    }
+  dfa->str_tree_storage = NULL;
+  dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE;
+  dfa->str_tree = NULL;
+  re_free (dfa->org_indices);
+  dfa->org_indices = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Create initial states for all contexts.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+create_initial_state (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx first, i;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_node_set init_nodes;
+
+  /* Initial states have the epsilon closure of the node which is
+     the first node of the regular expression.  */
+  first = dfa->str_tree->first->node_idx;
+  dfa->init_node = first;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&init_nodes, dfa->eclosures + first);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+
+  /* The back-references which are in initial states can epsilon transit,
+     since in this case all of the subexpressions can be null.
+     Then we add epsilon closures of the nodes which are the next nodes of
+     the back-references.  */
+  if (dfa->nbackref > 0)
+    for (i = 0; i < init_nodes.nelem; ++i)
+      {
+        Idx node_idx = init_nodes.elems[i];
+        re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node_idx].type;
+
+        Idx clexp_idx;
+        if (type != OP_BACK_REF)
+          continue;
+        for (clexp_idx = 0; clexp_idx < init_nodes.nelem; ++clexp_idx)
+          {
+            re_token_t *clexp_node;
+            clexp_node = dfa->nodes + init_nodes.elems[clexp_idx];
+            if (clexp_node->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP
+                && clexp_node->opr.idx == dfa->nodes[node_idx].opr.idx)
+              break;
+          }
+        if (clexp_idx == init_nodes.nelem)
+          continue;
+
+        if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+          {
+            Idx dest_idx = dfa->edests[node_idx].elems[0];
+            if (!re_node_set_contains (&init_nodes, dest_idx))
+              {
+                re_node_set_merge (&init_nodes, dfa->eclosures + dest_idx);
+                i = 0;
+              }
+          }
+      }
+
+  /* It must be the first time to invoke acquire_state.  */
+  dfa->init_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes, 0);
+  /* We don't check ERR here, since the initial state must not be NULL.  */
+  if (BE (dfa->init_state == NULL, 0))
+    return err;
+  if (dfa->init_state->has_constraint)
+    {
+      dfa->init_state_word = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes,
+                                                       CONTEXT_WORD);
+      dfa->init_state_nl = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes,
+                                                     CONTEXT_NEWLINE);
+      dfa->init_state_begbuf = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa,
+                                                         &init_nodes,
+                                                         CONTEXT_NEWLINE
+                                                         | CONTEXT_BEGBUF);
+      if (BE (dfa->init_state_word == NULL || dfa->init_state_nl == NULL
+              || dfa->init_state_begbuf == NULL, 0))
+        return err;
+    }
+  else
+    dfa->init_state_word = dfa->init_state_nl
+      = dfa->init_state_begbuf = dfa->init_state;
+
+  re_node_set_free (&init_nodes);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+/* If it is possible to do searching in single byte encoding instead of UTF-8
+   to speed things up, set dfa->mb_cur_max to 1, clear is_utf8 and change
+   DFA nodes where needed.  */
+
+static void
+optimize_utf8 (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx node;
+  int i;
+  bool mb_chars = false;
+  bool has_period = false;
+
+  for (node = 0; node < dfa->nodes_len; ++node)
+    switch (dfa->nodes[node].type)
+      {
+      case CHARACTER:
+        if (dfa->nodes[node].opr.c >= ASCII_CHARS)
+          mb_chars = true;
+        break;
+      case ANCHOR:
+        switch (dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+          {
+          case LINE_FIRST:
+          case LINE_LAST:
+          case BUF_FIRST:
+          case BUF_LAST:
+            break;
+          default:
+            /* Word anchors etc. cannot be handled.  */
+            return;
+          }
+        break;
+      case OP_PERIOD:
+        has_period = true;
+        break;
+      case OP_BACK_REF:
+      case OP_ALT:
+      case END_OF_RE:
+      case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+      case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+      case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+        break;
+      case COMPLEX_BRACKET:
+        return;
+      case SIMPLE_BRACKET:
+        /* Just double check.  */
+        {
+          int rshift = (ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0
+                        ? 0
+                        : BITSET_WORD_BITS - ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+          for (i = ASCII_CHARS / BITSET_WORD_BITS; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+            {
+              if (dfa->nodes[node].opr.sbcset[i] >> rshift != 0)
+                return;
+              rshift = 0;
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+      default:
+        abort ();
+      }
+
+  if (mb_chars || has_period)
+    for (node = 0; node < dfa->nodes_len; ++node)
+      {
+        if (dfa->nodes[node].type == CHARACTER
+            && dfa->nodes[node].opr.c >= ASCII_CHARS)
+          dfa->nodes[node].mb_partial = 0;
+        else if (dfa->nodes[node].type == OP_PERIOD)
+          dfa->nodes[node].type = OP_UTF8_PERIOD;
+      }
+
+  /* The search can be in single byte locale.  */
+  dfa->mb_cur_max = 1;
+  dfa->is_utf8 = 0;
+  dfa->has_mb_node = dfa->nbackref > 0 || has_period;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Analyze the structure tree, and calculate "first", "next", "edest",
+   "eclosure", and "inveclosure".  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+analyze (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  /* Allocate arrays.  */
+  dfa->nexts = re_malloc (Idx, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->org_indices = re_malloc (Idx, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->edests = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->eclosures = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  if (BE (dfa->nexts == NULL || dfa->org_indices == NULL || dfa->edests == NULL
+          || dfa->eclosures == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  dfa->subexp_map = re_malloc (Idx, preg->re_nsub);
+  if (dfa->subexp_map != NULL)
+    {
+      Idx i;
+      for (i = 0; i < preg->re_nsub; i++)
+        dfa->subexp_map[i] = i;
+      preorder (dfa->str_tree, optimize_subexps, dfa);
+      for (i = 0; i < preg->re_nsub; i++)
+        if (dfa->subexp_map[i] != i)
+          break;
+      if (i == preg->re_nsub)
+        {
+          free (dfa->subexp_map);
+          dfa->subexp_map = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+  ret = postorder (dfa->str_tree, lower_subexps, preg);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+  ret = postorder (dfa->str_tree, calc_first, dfa);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+  preorder (dfa->str_tree, calc_next, dfa);
+  ret = preorder (dfa->str_tree, link_nfa_nodes, dfa);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+  ret = calc_eclosure (dfa);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+
+  /* We only need this during the prune_impossible_nodes pass in regexec.c;
+     skip it if p_i_n will not run, as calc_inveclosure can be quadratic.  */
+  if ((!preg->no_sub && preg->re_nsub > 0 && dfa->has_plural_match)
+      || dfa->nbackref)
+    {
+      dfa->inveclosures = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_len);
+      if (BE (dfa->inveclosures == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      ret = calc_inveclosure (dfa);
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Our parse trees are very unbalanced, so we cannot use a stack to
+   implement parse tree visits.  Instead, we use parent pointers and
+   some hairy code in these two functions.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+postorder (bin_tree_t *root, reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+           void *extra)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *node, *prev;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      /* Descend down the tree, preferably to the left (or to the right
+         if that's the only child).  */
+      while (node->left || node->right)
+        if (node->left)
+          node = node->left;
+        else
+          node = node->right;
+
+      do
+        {
+          reg_errcode_t err = fn (extra, node);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+          if (node->parent == NULL)
+            return REG_NOERROR;
+          prev = node;
+          node = node->parent;
+        }
+      /* Go up while we have a node that is reached from the right.  */
+      while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL);
+      node = node->right;
+    }
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+preorder (bin_tree_t *root, reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+          void *extra)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *node;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err = fn (extra, node);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return err;
+
+      /* Go to the left node, or up and to the right.  */
+      if (node->left)
+        node = node->left;
+      else
+        {
+          bin_tree_t *prev = NULL;
+          while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL)
+            {
+              prev = node;
+              node = node->parent;
+              if (!node)
+                return REG_NOERROR;
+            }
+          node = node->right;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Optimization pass: if a SUBEXP is entirely contained, strip it and tell
+   re_search_internal to map the inner one's opr.idx to this one's.  Adjust
+   backreferences as well.  Requires a preorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+optimize_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+
+  if (node->token.type == OP_BACK_REF && dfa->subexp_map)
+    {
+      int idx = node->token.opr.idx;
+      node->token.opr.idx = dfa->subexp_map[idx];
+      dfa->used_bkref_map |= 1 << node->token.opr.idx;
+    }
+
+  else if (node->token.type == SUBEXP
+           && node->left && node->left->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      Idx other_idx = node->left->token.opr.idx;
+
+      node->left = node->left->left;
+      if (node->left)
+        node->left->parent = node;
+
+      dfa->subexp_map[other_idx] = dfa->subexp_map[node->token.opr.idx];
+      if (other_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+        dfa->used_bkref_map &= ~((bitset_word_t) 1 << other_idx);
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Lowering pass: Turn each SUBEXP node into the appropriate concatenation
+   of OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, the body of the SUBEXP (if any) and OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+lower_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  regex_t *preg = (regex_t *) extra;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+
+  if (node->left && node->left->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      node->left = lower_subexp (&err, preg, node->left);
+      if (node->left)
+        node->left->parent = node;
+    }
+  if (node->right && node->right->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      node->right = lower_subexp (&err, preg, node->right);
+      if (node->right)
+        node->right->parent = node;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+lower_subexp (reg_errcode_t *err, regex_t *preg, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *body = node->left;
+  bin_tree_t *op, *cls, *tree1, *tree;
+
+  if (preg->no_sub
+      /* We do not optimize empty subexpressions, because otherwise we may
+         have bad CONCAT nodes with NULL children.  This is obviously not
+         very common, so we do not lose much.  An example that triggers
+         this case is the sed "script" /\(\)/x.  */
+      && node->left != NULL
+      && (node->token.opr.idx >= BITSET_WORD_BITS
+          || !(dfa->used_bkref_map
+               & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << node->token.opr.idx))))
+    return node->left;
+
+  /* Convert the SUBEXP node to the concatenation of an
+     OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, the contents, and an OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+  op = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, OP_OPEN_SUBEXP);
+  cls = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+  tree1 = body ? create_tree (dfa, body, cls, CONCAT) : cls;
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, op, tree1, CONCAT);
+  if (BE (tree == NULL || tree1 == NULL || op == NULL || cls == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  op->token.opr.idx = cls->token.opr.idx = node->token.opr.idx;
+  op->token.opt_subexp = cls->token.opt_subexp = node->token.opt_subexp;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* Pass 1 in building the NFA: compute FIRST and create unlinked automaton
+   nodes.  Requires a postorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_first (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+  if (node->token.type == CONCAT)
+    {
+      node->first = node->left->first;
+      node->node_idx = node->left->node_idx;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      node->first = node;
+      node->node_idx = re_dfa_add_node (dfa, node->token);
+      if (BE (node->node_idx == REG_MISSING, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Pass 2: compute NEXT on the tree.  Preorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_next (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  switch (node->token.type)
+    {
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+      node->left->next = node;
+      break;
+    case CONCAT:
+      node->left->next = node->right->first;
+      node->right->next = node->next;
+      break;
+    default:
+      if (node->left)
+        node->left->next = node->next;
+      if (node->right)
+        node->right->next = node->next;
+      break;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Pass 3: link all DFA nodes to their NEXT node (any order will do).  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+link_nfa_nodes (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+  Idx idx = node->node_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+
+  switch (node->token.type)
+    {
+    case CONCAT:
+      break;
+
+    case END_OF_RE:
+      assert (node->next == NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+    case OP_ALT:
+      {
+        Idx left, right;
+        dfa->has_plural_match = 1;
+        if (node->left != NULL)
+          left = node->left->first->node_idx;
+        else
+          left = node->next->node_idx;
+        if (node->right != NULL)
+          right = node->right->first->node_idx;
+        else
+          right = node->next->node_idx;
+        assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (left));
+        assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (right));
+        err = re_node_set_init_2 (dfa->edests + idx, left, right);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case ANCHOR:
+    case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+    case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+      err = re_node_set_init_1 (dfa->edests + idx, node->next->node_idx);
+      break;
+
+    case OP_BACK_REF:
+      dfa->nexts[idx] = node->next->node_idx;
+      if (node->token.type == OP_BACK_REF)
+        re_node_set_init_1 (dfa->edests + idx, dfa->nexts[idx]);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (node->token.type));
+      dfa->nexts[idx] = node->next->node_idx;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Duplicate the epsilon closure of the node ROOT_NODE.
+   Note that duplicated nodes have constraint INIT_CONSTRAINT in addition
+   to their own constraint.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+duplicate_node_closure (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx top_org_node, Idx top_clone_node,
+                        Idx root_node, unsigned int init_constraint)
+{
+  Idx org_node, clone_node;
+  bool ok;
+  unsigned int constraint = init_constraint;
+  for (org_node = top_org_node, clone_node = top_clone_node;;)
+    {
+      Idx org_dest, clone_dest;
+      if (dfa->nodes[org_node].type == OP_BACK_REF)
+        {
+          /* If the back reference epsilon-transit, its destination must
+             also have the constraint.  Then duplicate the epsilon closure
+             of the destination of the back reference, and store it in
+             edests of the back reference.  */
+          org_dest = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+          re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+          clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+          if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+          dfa->nexts[clone_node] = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+          ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+          if (BE (! ok, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+        }
+      else if (dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 0)
+        {
+          /* In case of the node can't epsilon-transit, don't duplicate the
+             destination and store the original destination as the
+             destination of the node.  */
+          dfa->nexts[clone_node] = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+          break;
+        }
+      else if (dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 1)
+        {
+          /* In case of the node can epsilon-transit, and it has only one
+             destination.  */
+          org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[0];
+          re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+          if (dfa->nodes[org_node].type == ANCHOR)
+            {
+              /* In case of the node has another constraint, append it.  */
+              if (org_node == root_node && clone_node != org_node)
+                {
+                  /* ...but if the node is root_node itself, it means the
+                     epsilon closure have a loop, then tie it to the
+                     destination of the root_node.  */
+                  ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, org_dest);
+                  if (BE (! ok, 0))
+                    return REG_ESPACE;
+                  break;
+                }
+              constraint |= dfa->nodes[org_node].opr.ctx_type;
+            }
+          clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+          if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+          ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+          if (BE (! ok, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+        }
+      else /* dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 2 */
+        {
+          /* In case of the node can epsilon-transit, and it has two
+             destinations. In the bin_tree_t and DFA, that's '|' and '*'.   */
+          org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[0];
+          re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+          /* Search for a duplicated node which satisfies the constraint.  */
+          clone_dest = search_duplicated_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+          if (clone_dest == REG_MISSING)
+            {
+              /* There are no such a duplicated node, create a new one.  */
+              reg_errcode_t err;
+              clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+              if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0))
+                return REG_ESPACE;
+              ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+              if (BE (! ok, 0))
+                return REG_ESPACE;
+              err = duplicate_node_closure (dfa, org_dest, clone_dest,
+                                            root_node, constraint);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                return err;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* There are a duplicated node which satisfy the constraint,
+                 use it to avoid infinite loop.  */
+              ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+              if (BE (! ok, 0))
+                return REG_ESPACE;
+            }
+
+          org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[1];
+          clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+          if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+          ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+          if (BE (! ok, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+        }
+      org_node = org_dest;
+      clone_node = clone_dest;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Search for a node which is duplicated from the node ORG_NODE, and
+   satisfies the constraint CONSTRAINT.  */
+
+static Idx
+search_duplicated_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_node,
+                        unsigned int constraint)
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  for (idx = dfa->nodes_len - 1; dfa->nodes[idx].duplicated && idx > 0; --idx)
+    {
+      if (org_node == dfa->org_indices[idx]
+          && constraint == dfa->nodes[idx].constraint)
+        return idx; /* Found.  */
+    }
+  return REG_MISSING; /* Not found.  */
+}
+
+/* Duplicate the node whose index is ORG_IDX and set the constraint CONSTRAINT.
+   Return the index of the new node, or REG_MISSING if insufficient storage is
+   available.  */
+
+static Idx
+duplicate_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_idx, unsigned int constraint)
+{
+  Idx dup_idx = re_dfa_add_node (dfa, dfa->nodes[org_idx]);
+  if (BE (dup_idx != REG_MISSING, 1))
+    {
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].constraint = constraint;
+      if (dfa->nodes[org_idx].type == ANCHOR)
+        dfa->nodes[dup_idx].constraint |= dfa->nodes[org_idx].opr.ctx_type;
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].duplicated = 1;
+
+      /* Store the index of the original node.  */
+      dfa->org_indices[dup_idx] = org_idx;
+    }
+  return dup_idx;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_inveclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx src, idx;
+  bool ok;
+  for (idx = 0; idx < dfa->nodes_len; ++idx)
+    re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->inveclosures + idx);
+
+  for (src = 0; src < dfa->nodes_len; ++src)
+    {
+      Idx *elems = dfa->eclosures[src].elems;
+      for (idx = 0; idx < dfa->eclosures[src].nelem; ++idx)
+        {
+          ok = re_node_set_insert_last (dfa->inveclosures + elems[idx], src);
+          if (BE (! ok, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate "eclosure" for all the node in DFA.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_eclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx node_idx;
+  bool incomplete;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (dfa->nodes_len > 0);
+#endif
+  incomplete = false;
+  /* For each nodes, calculate epsilon closure.  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; ; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      re_node_set eclosure_elem;
+      if (node_idx == dfa->nodes_len)
+        {
+          if (!incomplete)
+            break;
+          incomplete = false;
+          node_idx = 0;
+        }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      assert (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem != REG_MISSING);
+#endif
+
+      /* If we have already calculated, skip it.  */
+      if (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem != 0)
+        continue;
+      /* Calculate epsilon closure of `node_idx'.  */
+      err = calc_eclosure_iter (&eclosure_elem, dfa, node_idx, true);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return err;
+
+      if (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem == 0)
+        {
+          incomplete = true;
+          re_node_set_free (&eclosure_elem);
+        }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate epsilon closure of NODE.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_eclosure_iter (re_node_set *new_set, re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, bool root)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  unsigned int constraint;
+  Idx i;
+  bool incomplete;
+  bool ok;
+  re_node_set eclosure;
+  incomplete = false;
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&eclosure, dfa->edests[node].nelem + 1);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+
+  /* This indicates that we are calculating this node now.
+     We reference this value to avoid infinite loop.  */
+  dfa->eclosures[node].nelem = REG_MISSING;
+
+  constraint = ((dfa->nodes[node].type == ANCHOR)
+                ? dfa->nodes[node].opr.ctx_type : 0);
+  /* If the current node has constraints, duplicate all nodes.
+     Since they must inherit the constraints.  */
+  if (constraint
+      && dfa->edests[node].nelem
+      && !dfa->nodes[dfa->edests[node].elems[0]].duplicated)
+    {
+      err = duplicate_node_closure (dfa, node, node, node, constraint);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return err;
+    }
+
+  /* Expand each epsilon destination nodes.  */
+  if (IS_EPSILON_NODE(dfa->nodes[node].type))
+    for (i = 0; i < dfa->edests[node].nelem; ++i)
+      {
+        re_node_set eclosure_elem;
+        Idx edest = dfa->edests[node].elems[i];
+        /* If calculating the epsilon closure of `edest' is in progress,
+           return intermediate result.  */
+        if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == REG_MISSING)
+          {
+            incomplete = true;
+            continue;
+          }
+        /* If we haven't calculated the epsilon closure of `edest' yet,
+           calculate now. Otherwise use calculated epsilon closure.  */
+        if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == 0)
+          {
+            err = calc_eclosure_iter (&eclosure_elem, dfa, edest, false);
+            if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+              return err;
+          }
+        else
+          eclosure_elem = dfa->eclosures[edest];
+        /* Merge the epsilon closure of `edest'.  */
+        re_node_set_merge (&eclosure, &eclosure_elem);
+        /* If the epsilon closure of `edest' is incomplete,
+           the epsilon closure of this node is also incomplete.  */
+        if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == 0)
+          {
+            incomplete = true;
+            re_node_set_free (&eclosure_elem);
+          }
+      }
+
+  /* Epsilon closures include itself.  */
+  ok = re_node_set_insert (&eclosure, node);
+  if (BE (! ok, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  if (incomplete && !root)
+    dfa->eclosures[node].nelem = 0;
+  else
+    dfa->eclosures[node] = eclosure;
+  *new_set = eclosure;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Functions for token which are used in the parser.  */
+
+/* Fetch a token from INPUT.
+   We must not use this function inside bracket expressions.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+fetch_token (re_token_t *result, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  re_string_skip_bytes (input, peek_token (result, input, syntax));
+}
+
+/* Peek a token from INPUT, and return the length of the token.
+   We must not use this function inside bracket expressions.  */
+
+static int
+internal_function
+peek_token (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  if (re_string_eoi (input))
+    {
+      token->type = END_OF_RE;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  c = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+  token->opr.c = c;
+
+  token->word_char = 0;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  token->mb_partial = 0;
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1 &&
+      !re_string_first_byte (input, re_string_cur_idx (input)))
+    {
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      token->mb_partial = 1;
+      return 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  if (c == '\\')
+    {
+      unsigned char c2;
+      if (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 >= re_string_length (input))
+        {
+          token->type = BACK_SLASH;
+          return 1;
+        }
+
+      c2 = re_string_peek_byte_case (input, 1);
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+        {
+          wint_t wc = re_string_wchar_at (input,
+                                          re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1);
+          token->word_char = IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc) != 0;
+        }
+      else
+#endif
+        token->word_char = IS_WORD_CHAR (c2) != 0;
+
+      switch (c2)
+        {
+        case '|':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR))
+            token->type = OP_ALT;
+          break;
+        case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+        case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_REFS))
+            {
+              token->type = OP_BACK_REF;
+              token->opr.idx = c2 - '1';
+            }
+          break;
+        case '<':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+            {
+              token->type = ANCHOR;
+              token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_FIRST;
+            }
+          break;
+        case '>':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+            {
+              token->type = ANCHOR;
+              token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_LAST;
+            }
+          break;
+        case 'b':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+            {
+              token->type = ANCHOR;
+              token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_DELIM;
+            }
+          break;
+        case 'B':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+            {
+              token->type = ANCHOR;
+              token->opr.ctx_type = NOT_WORD_DELIM;
+            }
+          break;
+        case 'w':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+            token->type = OP_WORD;
+          break;
+        case 'W':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+            token->type = OP_NOTWORD;
+          break;
+        case 's':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+            token->type = OP_SPACE;
+          break;
+        case 'S':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+            token->type = OP_NOTSPACE;
+          break;
+        case '`':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+            {
+              token->type = ANCHOR;
+              token->opr.ctx_type = BUF_FIRST;
+            }
+          break;
+        case '\'':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+            {
+              token->type = ANCHOR;
+              token->opr.ctx_type = BUF_LAST;
+            }
+          break;
+        case '(':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS))
+            token->type = OP_OPEN_SUBEXP;
+          break;
+        case ')':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS))
+            token->type = OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP;
+          break;
+        case '+':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+            token->type = OP_DUP_PLUS;
+          break;
+        case '?':
+          if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+            token->type = OP_DUP_QUESTION;
+          break;
+        case '{':
+          if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)))
+            token->type = OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM;
+          break;
+        case '}':
+          if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)))
+            token->type = OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM;
+          break;
+        default:
+          break;
+        }
+      return 2;
+    }
+
+  token->type = CHARACTER;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t wc = re_string_wchar_at (input, re_string_cur_idx (input));
+      token->word_char = IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc) != 0;
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    token->word_char = IS_WORD_CHAR (token->opr.c);
+
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '\n':
+      if (syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+        token->type = OP_ALT;
+      break;
+    case '|':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR))
+        token->type = OP_ALT;
+      break;
+    case '*':
+      token->type = OP_DUP_ASTERISK;
+      break;
+    case '+':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+        token->type = OP_DUP_PLUS;
+      break;
+    case '?':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+        token->type = OP_DUP_QUESTION;
+      break;
+    case '{':
+      if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+        token->type = OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM;
+      break;
+    case '}':
+      if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+        token->type = OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM;
+      break;
+    case '(':
+      if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+        token->type = OP_OPEN_SUBEXP;
+      break;
+    case ')':
+      if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+        token->type = OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP;
+      break;
+    case '[':
+      token->type = OP_OPEN_BRACKET;
+      break;
+    case '.':
+      token->type = OP_PERIOD;
+      break;
+    case '^':
+      if (!(syntax & (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE)) &&
+          re_string_cur_idx (input) != 0)
+        {
+          char prev = re_string_peek_byte (input, -1);
+          if (!(syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT) || prev != '\n')
+            break;
+        }
+      token->type = ANCHOR;
+      token->opr.ctx_type = LINE_FIRST;
+      break;
+    case '$':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS) &&
+          re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 != re_string_length (input))
+        {
+          re_token_t next;
+          re_string_skip_bytes (input, 1);
+          peek_token (&next, input, syntax);
+          re_string_skip_bytes (input, -1);
+          if (next.type != OP_ALT && next.type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+            break;
+        }
+      token->type = ANCHOR;
+      token->opr.ctx_type = LINE_LAST;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Peek a token from INPUT, and return the length of the token.
+   We must not use this function out of bracket expressions.  */
+
+static int
+internal_function
+peek_token_bracket (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+  if (re_string_eoi (input))
+    {
+      token->type = END_OF_RE;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  c = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+  token->opr.c = c;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1 &&
+      !re_string_first_byte (input, re_string_cur_idx (input)))
+    {
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      return 1;
+    }
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+  if (c == '\\' && (syntax & RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS)
+      && re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 < re_string_length (input))
+    {
+      /* In this case, '\' escape a character.  */
+      unsigned char c2;
+      re_string_skip_bytes (input, 1);
+      c2 = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  if (c == '[') /* '[' is a special char in a bracket exps.  */
+    {
+      unsigned char c2;
+      int token_len;
+      if (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 < re_string_length (input))
+        c2 = re_string_peek_byte (input, 1);
+      else
+        c2 = 0;
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token_len = 2;
+      switch (c2)
+        {
+        case '.':
+          token->type = OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM;
+          break;
+        case '=':
+          token->type = OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS;
+          break;
+        case ':':
+          if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES)
+            {
+              token->type = OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS;
+              break;
+            }
+          /* else fall through.  */
+        default:
+          token->type = CHARACTER;
+          token->opr.c = c;
+          token_len = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+      return token_len;
+    }
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '-':
+      token->type = OP_CHARSET_RANGE;
+      break;
+    case ']':
+      token->type = OP_CLOSE_BRACKET;
+      break;
+    case '^':
+      token->type = OP_NON_MATCH_LIST;
+      break;
+    default:
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Functions for parser.  */
+
+/* Entry point of the parser.
+   Parse the regular expression REGEXP and return the structure tree.
+   If an error is occured, ERR is set by error code, and return NULL.
+   This function build the following tree, from regular expression <reg_exp>:
+           CAT
+           / \
+          /   \
+   <reg_exp>  EOR
+
+   CAT means concatenation.
+   EOR means end of regular expression.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+       reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *eor, *root;
+  re_token_t current_token;
+  dfa->syntax = syntax;
+  fetch_token (&current_token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+  tree = parse_reg_exp (regexp, preg, &current_token, syntax, 0, err);
+  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+  eor = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, END_OF_RE);
+  if (tree != NULL)
+    root = create_tree (dfa, tree, eor, CONCAT);
+  else
+    root = eor;
+  if (BE (eor == NULL || root == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  return root;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   <branch1>|<branch2>:
+           ALT
+           / \
+          /   \
+   <branch1> <branch2>
+
+   ALT means alternative, which represents the operator `|'.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_reg_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+               reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *branch = NULL;
+  tree = parse_branch (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+
+  while (token->type == OP_ALT)
+    {
+      fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+      if (token->type != OP_ALT && token->type != END_OF_RE
+          && (nest == 0 || token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP))
+        {
+          branch = parse_branch (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+          if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && branch == NULL, 0))
+            return NULL;
+        }
+      else
+        branch = NULL;
+      tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, branch, OP_ALT);
+      if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          *err = REG_ESPACE;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   <exp1><exp2>:
+        CAT
+        / \
+       /   \
+   <exp1> <exp2>
+
+   CAT means concatenation.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_branch (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+              reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *expr;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  tree = parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+
+  while (token->type != OP_ALT && token->type != END_OF_RE
+         && (nest == 0 || token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP))
+    {
+      expr = parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && expr == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      if (tree != NULL && expr != NULL)
+        {
+          tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, expr, CONCAT);
+          if (tree == NULL)
+            {
+              *err = REG_ESPACE;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+      else if (tree == NULL)
+        tree = expr;
+      /* Otherwise expr == NULL, we don't need to create new tree.  */
+    }
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression a*:
+         *
+         |
+         a
+*/
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_expression (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+                  reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  switch (token->type)
+    {
+    case CHARACTER:
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          *err = REG_ESPACE;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+        {
+          while (!re_string_eoi (regexp)
+                 && !re_string_first_byte (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp)))
+            {
+              bin_tree_t *mbc_remain;
+              fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+              mbc_remain = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+              tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, mbc_remain, CONCAT);
+              if (BE (mbc_remain == NULL || tree == NULL, 0))
+                {
+                  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+                  return NULL;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+      tree = parse_sub_exp (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest + 1, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+        return NULL;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_BRACKET:
+      tree = parse_bracket_exp (regexp, dfa, token, syntax, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+        return NULL;
+      break;
+    case OP_BACK_REF:
+      if (!BE (dfa->completed_bkref_map & (1 << token->opr.idx), 1))
+        {
+          *err = REG_ESUBREG;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      dfa->used_bkref_map |= 1 << token->opr.idx;
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          *err = REG_ESPACE;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      ++dfa->nbackref;
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM:
+      if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+        {
+          *err = REG_BADRPT;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+    case OP_DUP_PLUS:
+    case OP_DUP_QUESTION:
+      if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS)
+        {
+          *err = REG_BADRPT;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      else if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS)
+        {
+          fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+          return parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+        }
+      /* else fall through  */
+    case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+      if ((token->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP) &&
+          !(syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD))
+        {
+          *err = REG_ERPAREN;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      /* else fall through  */
+    case OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM:
+      /* We treat it as a normal character.  */
+
+      /* Then we can these characters as normal characters.  */
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      /* mb_partial and word_char bits should be initialized already
+         by peek_token.  */
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          *err = REG_ESPACE;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      break;
+    case ANCHOR:
+      if ((token->opr.ctx_type
+           & (WORD_DELIM | NOT_WORD_DELIM | WORD_FIRST | WORD_LAST))
+          && dfa->word_ops_used == 0)
+        init_word_char (dfa);
+      if (token->opr.ctx_type == WORD_DELIM
+          || token->opr.ctx_type == NOT_WORD_DELIM)
+        {
+          bin_tree_t *tree_first, *tree_last;
+          if (token->opr.ctx_type == WORD_DELIM)
+            {
+              token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_FIRST;
+              tree_first = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+              token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_LAST;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              token->opr.ctx_type = INSIDE_WORD;
+              tree_first = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+              token->opr.ctx_type = INSIDE_NOTWORD;
+            }
+          tree_last = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+          tree = create_tree (dfa, tree_first, tree_last, OP_ALT);
+          if (BE (tree_first == NULL || tree_last == NULL || tree == NULL, 0))
+            {
+              *err = REG_ESPACE;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+          if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+            {
+              *err = REG_ESPACE;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+      /* We must return here, since ANCHORs can't be followed
+         by repetition operators.
+         eg. RE"^*" is invalid or "<ANCHOR(^)><CHAR(*)>",
+             it must not be "<ANCHOR(^)><REPEAT(*)>".  */
+      fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+      return tree;
+    case OP_PERIOD:
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          *err = REG_ESPACE;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+        dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      break;
+    case OP_WORD:
+    case OP_NOTWORD:
+      tree = build_charclass_op (dfa, regexp->trans,
+                                 (const unsigned char *) "alnum",
+                                 (const unsigned char *) "_",
+                                 token->type == OP_NOTWORD, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+        return NULL;
+      break;
+    case OP_SPACE:
+    case OP_NOTSPACE:
+      tree = build_charclass_op (dfa, regexp->trans,
+                                 (const unsigned char *) "space",
+                                 (const unsigned char *) "",
+                                 token->type == OP_NOTSPACE, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+        return NULL;
+      break;
+    case OP_ALT:
+    case END_OF_RE:
+      return NULL;
+    case BACK_SLASH:
+      *err = REG_EESCAPE;
+      return NULL;
+    default:
+      /* Must not happen?  */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      assert (0);
+#endif
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+  while (token->type == OP_DUP_ASTERISK || token->type == OP_DUP_PLUS
+         || token->type == OP_DUP_QUESTION || token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM)
+    {
+      tree = parse_dup_op (tree, regexp, dfa, token, syntax, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+        return NULL;
+      /* In BRE consecutive duplications are not allowed.  */
+      if ((syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+          && (token->type == OP_DUP_ASTERISK
+              || token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM))
+        {
+          *err = REG_BADRPT;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   (<reg_exp>):
+         SUBEXP
+            |
+        <reg_exp>
+*/
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_sub_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+               reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  size_t cur_nsub;
+  cur_nsub = preg->re_nsub++;
+
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+
+  /* The subexpression may be a null string.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+    tree = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      tree = parse_reg_exp (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+      if (BE (*err == REG_NOERROR && token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP, 0))
+        *err = REG_EPAREN;
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (cur_nsub <= '9' - '1')
+    dfa->completed_bkref_map |= 1 << cur_nsub;
+
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, NULL, SUBEXP);
+  if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  tree->token.opr.idx = cur_nsub;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function parse repetition operators like "*", "+", "{1,3}" etc.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_dup_op (bin_tree_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+              re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree = NULL, *old_tree = NULL;
+  Idx i, start, end, start_idx = re_string_cur_idx (regexp);
+  re_token_t start_token = *token;
+
+  if (token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM)
+    {
+      end = 0;
+      start = fetch_number (regexp, token, syntax);
+      if (start == REG_MISSING)
+        {
+          if (token->type == CHARACTER && token->opr.c == ',')
+            start = 0; /* We treat "{,m}" as "{0,m}".  */
+          else
+            {
+              *err = REG_BADBR; /* <re>{} is invalid.  */
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+      if (BE (start != REG_ERROR, 1))
+        {
+          /* We treat "{n}" as "{n,n}".  */
+          end = ((token->type == OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM) ? start
+                 : ((token->type == CHARACTER && token->opr.c == ',')
+                    ? fetch_number (regexp, token, syntax) : REG_ERROR));
+        }
+      if (BE (start == REG_ERROR || end == REG_ERROR, 0))
+        {
+          /* Invalid sequence.  */
+          if (BE (!(syntax & RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD), 0))
+            {
+              if (token->type == END_OF_RE)
+                *err = REG_EBRACE;
+              else
+                *err = REG_BADBR;
+
+              return NULL;
+            }
+
+          /* If the syntax bit is set, rollback.  */
+          re_string_set_index (regexp, start_idx);
+          *token = start_token;
+          token->type = CHARACTER;
+          /* mb_partial and word_char bits should be already initialized by
+             peek_token.  */
+          return elem;
+        }
+
+      if (BE (end != REG_MISSING && start > end, 0))
+        {
+          /* First number greater than second.  */
+          *err = REG_BADBR;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      start = (token->type == OP_DUP_PLUS) ? 1 : 0;
+      end = (token->type == OP_DUP_QUESTION) ? 1 : REG_MISSING;
+    }
+
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+  if (BE (elem == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+  if (BE (start == 0 && end == 0, 0))
+    {
+      postorder (elem, free_tree, NULL);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Extract "<re>{n,m}" to "<re><re>...<re><re>{0,<m-n>}".  */
+  if (BE (start > 0, 0))
+    {
+      tree = elem;
+      for (i = 2; i <= start; ++i)
+        {
+          elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+          tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, elem, CONCAT);
+          if (BE (elem == NULL || tree == NULL, 0))
+            goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+        }
+
+      if (start == end)
+        return tree;
+
+      /* Duplicate ELEM before it is marked optional.  */
+      elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+      old_tree = tree;
+    }
+  else
+    old_tree = NULL;
+
+  if (elem->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    postorder (elem, mark_opt_subexp, (void *) (long) elem->token.opr.idx);
+
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, elem, NULL,
+                      (end == REG_MISSING ? OP_DUP_ASTERISK : OP_ALT));
+  if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+    goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+
+  /* This loop is actually executed only when end != REG_MISSING,
+     to rewrite <re>{0,n} as (<re>(<re>...<re>?)?)?...  We have
+     already created the start+1-th copy.  */
+  if ((Idx) -1 < 0 || end != REG_MISSING)
+    for (i = start + 2; i <= end; ++i)
+      {
+        elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+        tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, elem, CONCAT);
+        if (BE (elem == NULL || tree == NULL, 0))
+          goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+
+        tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, NULL, OP_ALT);
+        if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+          goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+      }
+
+  if (old_tree)
+    tree = create_tree (dfa, old_tree, tree, CONCAT);
+
+  return tree;
+
+ parse_dup_op_espace:
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Size of the names for collating symbol/equivalence_class/character_class.
+   I'm not sure, but maybe enough.  */
+#define BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE 32
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+  /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp only used in case of NOT _LIBC.
+     Build the range expression which starts from START_ELEM, and ends
+     at END_ELEM.  The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     RANGE_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->range_starts, and
+     mbcset->range_ends, is a pointer argument sinse we may
+     update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+build_range_exp (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *range_alloc,
+                 bracket_elem_t *start_elem, bracket_elem_t *end_elem)
+# else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+build_range_exp (bitset_t sbcset, bracket_elem_t *start_elem,
+                 bracket_elem_t *end_elem)
+# endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+{
+  unsigned int start_ch, end_ch;
+  /* Equivalence Classes and Character Classes can't be a range start/end.  */
+  if (BE (start_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || start_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS
+          || end_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || end_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS,
+          0))
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* We can handle no multi character collating elements without libc
+     support.  */
+  if (BE ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM
+           && strlen ((char *) start_elem->opr.name) > 1)
+          || (end_elem->type == COLL_SYM
+              && strlen ((char *) end_elem->opr.name) > 1), 0))
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  {
+    wchar_t wc;
+    wint_t start_wc;
+    wint_t end_wc;
+    wchar_t cmp_buf[6] = {L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0'};
+
+    start_ch = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR) ? start_elem->opr.ch
+                : ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? start_elem->opr.name[0]
+                   : 0));
+    end_ch = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR) ? end_elem->opr.ch
+              : ((end_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? end_elem->opr.name[0]
+                 : 0));
+    start_wc = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR || start_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+                ? __btowc (start_ch) : start_elem->opr.wch);
+    end_wc = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR || end_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+              ? __btowc (end_ch) : end_elem->opr.wch);
+    if (start_wc == WEOF || end_wc == WEOF)
+      return REG_ECOLLATE;
+    cmp_buf[0] = start_wc;
+    cmp_buf[4] = end_wc;
+    if (wcscoll (cmp_buf, cmp_buf + 4) > 0)
+      return REG_ERANGE;
+
+    /* Got valid collation sequence values, add them as a new entry.
+       However, for !_LIBC we have no collation elements: if the
+       character set is single byte, the single byte character set
+       that we build below suffices.  parse_bracket_exp passes
+       no MBCSET if dfa->mb_cur_max == 1.  */
+    if (mbcset)
+      {
+        /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+        if (BE (*range_alloc == mbcset->nranges, 0))
+          {
+            /* There is not enough space, need realloc.  */
+            wchar_t *new_array_start, *new_array_end;
+            Idx new_nranges;
+
+            /* +1 in case of mbcset->nranges is 0.  */
+            new_nranges = 2 * mbcset->nranges + 1;
+            /* Use realloc since mbcset->range_starts and mbcset->range_ends
+               are NULL if *range_alloc == 0.  */
+            new_array_start = re_realloc (mbcset->range_starts, wchar_t,
+                                          new_nranges);
+            new_array_end = re_realloc (mbcset->range_ends, wchar_t,
+                                        new_nranges);
+
+            if (BE (new_array_start == NULL || new_array_end == NULL, 0))
+              return REG_ESPACE;
+
+            mbcset->range_starts = new_array_start;
+            mbcset->range_ends = new_array_end;
+            *range_alloc = new_nranges;
+          }
+
+        mbcset->range_starts[mbcset->nranges] = start_wc;
+        mbcset->range_ends[mbcset->nranges++] = end_wc;
+      }
+
+    /* Build the table for single byte characters.  */
+    for (wc = 0; wc < SBC_MAX; ++wc)
+      {
+        cmp_buf[2] = wc;
+        if (wcscoll (cmp_buf, cmp_buf + 2) <= 0
+            && wcscoll (cmp_buf + 2, cmp_buf + 4) <= 0)
+          bitset_set (sbcset, wc);
+      }
+  }
+# else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  {
+    unsigned int ch;
+    start_ch = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR ) ? start_elem->opr.ch
+                : ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? start_elem->opr.name[0]
+                   : 0));
+    end_ch = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR ) ? end_elem->opr.ch
+              : ((end_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? end_elem->opr.name[0]
+                 : 0));
+    if (start_ch > end_ch)
+      return REG_ERANGE;
+    /* Build the table for single byte characters.  */
+    for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ++ch)
+      if (start_ch <= ch  && ch <= end_ch)
+        bitset_set (sbcset, ch);
+  }
+# endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+/* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp only used in case of NOT _LIBC..
+   Build the collating element which is represented by NAME.
+   The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+   COLL_SYM_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->coll_sym, is a
+   pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+build_collating_symbol (bitset_t sbcset,
+# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+                        re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *coll_sym_alloc,
+# endif
+                        const unsigned char *name)
+{
+  size_t name_len = strlen ((const char *) name);
+  if (BE (name_len != 1, 0))
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+  else
+    {
+      bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+/* This function parse bracket expression like "[abc]", "[a-c]",
+   "[[.a-a.]]" etc.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_bracket_exp (re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t *token,
+                   reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  const unsigned char *collseqmb;
+  const char *collseqwc;
+  uint32_t nrules;
+  int32_t table_size;
+  const int32_t *symb_table;
+  const unsigned char *extra;
+
+  /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environement.
+     Seek the collating symbol entry correspondings to NAME.
+     Return the index of the symbol in the SYMB_TABLE.  */
+
+  auto inline int32_t
+  __attribute ((always_inline))
+  seek_collating_symbol_entry (name, name_len)
+         const unsigned char *name;
+         size_t name_len;
+    {
+      int32_t hash = elem_hash ((const char *) name, name_len);
+      int32_t elem = hash % table_size;
+      if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+        {
+          int32_t second = hash % (table_size - 2) + 1;
+
+          do
+            {
+              /* First compare the hashing value.  */
+              if (symb_table[2 * elem] == hash
+                  /* Compare the length of the name.  */
+                  && name_len == extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]]
+                  /* Compare the name.  */
+                  && memcmp (name, &extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1] + 1],
+                             name_len) == 0)
+                {
+                  /* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+                  break;
+                }
+
+              /* Next entry.  */
+              elem += second;
+            }
+          while (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0);
+        }
+      return elem;
+    }
+
+  /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environement.
+     Look up the collation sequence value of BR_ELEM.
+     Return the value if succeeded, UINT_MAX otherwise.  */
+
+  auto inline unsigned int
+  __attribute ((always_inline))
+  lookup_collation_sequence_value (br_elem)
+         bracket_elem_t *br_elem;
+    {
+      if (br_elem->type == SB_CHAR)
+        {
+          /*
+          if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1)
+          */
+          if (nrules == 0)
+            return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.ch];
+          else
+            {
+              wint_t wc = __btowc (br_elem->opr.ch);
+              return __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, wc);
+            }
+        }
+      else if (br_elem->type == MB_CHAR)
+        {
+          return __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, br_elem->opr.wch);
+        }
+      else if (br_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+        {
+          size_t sym_name_len = strlen ((char *) br_elem->opr.name);
+          if (nrules != 0)
+            {
+              int32_t elem, idx;
+              elem = seek_collating_symbol_entry (br_elem->opr.name,
+                                                  sym_name_len);
+              if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+                {
+                  /* We found the entry.  */
+                  idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+                  /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+                  idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+                  /* Skip the byte sequence of the collating element.  */
+                  idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+                  /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+                  idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+                  /* Skip the multibyte collation sequence value.  */
+                  idx += sizeof (unsigned int);
+                  /* Skip the wide char sequence of the collating element.  */
+                  idx += sizeof (unsigned int) *
+                    (1 + *(unsigned int *) (extra + idx));
+                  /* Return the collation sequence value.  */
+                  return *(unsigned int *) (extra + idx);
+                }
+              else if (symb_table[2 * elem] == 0 && sym_name_len == 1)
+                {
+                  /* No valid character.  Match it as a single byte
+                     character.  */
+                  return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.name[0]];
+                }
+            }
+          else if (sym_name_len == 1)
+            return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.name[0]];
+        }
+      return UINT_MAX;
+    }
+
+  /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environement.
+     Build the range expression which starts from START_ELEM, and ends
+     at END_ELEM.  The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     RANGE_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->range_starts, and
+     mbcset->range_ends, is a pointer argument sinse we may
+     update it.  */
+
+  auto inline reg_errcode_t
+  __attribute ((always_inline))
+  build_range_exp (sbcset, mbcset, range_alloc, start_elem, end_elem)
+         re_charset_t *mbcset;
+         Idx *range_alloc;
+         bitset_t sbcset;
+         bracket_elem_t *start_elem, *end_elem;
+    {
+      unsigned int ch;
+      uint32_t start_collseq;
+      uint32_t end_collseq;
+
+      /* Equivalence Classes and Character Classes can't be a range
+         start/end.  */
+      if (BE (start_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || start_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS
+              || end_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || end_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS,
+              0))
+        return REG_ERANGE;
+
+      start_collseq = lookup_collation_sequence_value (start_elem);
+      end_collseq = lookup_collation_sequence_value (end_elem);
+      /* Check start/end collation sequence values.  */
+      if (BE (start_collseq == UINT_MAX || end_collseq == UINT_MAX, 0))
+        return REG_ECOLLATE;
+      if (BE ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES) && start_collseq > end_collseq, 0))
+        return REG_ERANGE;
+
+      /* Got valid collation sequence values, add them as a new entry.
+         However, if we have no collation elements, and the character set
+         is single byte, the single byte character set that we
+         build below suffices. */
+      if (nrules > 0 || dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+        {
+          /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+          if (BE (*range_alloc == mbcset->nranges, 0))
+            {
+              /* There is not enough space, need realloc.  */
+              uint32_t *new_array_start;
+              uint32_t *new_array_end;
+              Idx new_nranges;
+
+              /* +1 in case of mbcset->nranges is 0.  */
+              new_nranges = 2 * mbcset->nranges + 1;
+              new_array_start = re_realloc (mbcset->range_starts, uint32_t,
+                                            new_nranges);
+              new_array_end = re_realloc (mbcset->range_ends, uint32_t,
+                                          new_nranges);
+
+              if (BE (new_array_start == NULL || new_array_end == NULL, 0))
+                return REG_ESPACE;
+
+              mbcset->range_starts = new_array_start;
+              mbcset->range_ends = new_array_end;
+              *range_alloc = new_nranges;
+            }
+
+          mbcset->range_starts[mbcset->nranges] = start_collseq;
+          mbcset->range_ends[mbcset->nranges++] = end_collseq;
+        }
+
+      /* Build the table for single byte characters.  */
+      for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ch++)
+        {
+          uint32_t ch_collseq;
+          /*
+          if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1)
+          */
+          if (nrules == 0)
+            ch_collseq = collseqmb[ch];
+          else
+            ch_collseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, __btowc (ch));
+          if (start_collseq <= ch_collseq && ch_collseq <= end_collseq)
+            bitset_set (sbcset, ch);
+        }
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+
+  /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environement.
+     Build the collating element which is represented by NAME.
+     The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     COLL_SYM_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->coll_sym, is a
+     pointer argument sinse we may update it.  */
+
+  auto inline reg_errcode_t
+  __attribute ((always_inline))
+  build_collating_symbol (sbcset, mbcset, coll_sym_alloc, name)
+         re_charset_t *mbcset;
+         Idx *coll_sym_alloc;
+         bitset_t sbcset;
+         const unsigned char *name;
+    {
+      int32_t elem, idx;
+      size_t name_len = strlen ((const char *) name);
+      if (nrules != 0)
+        {
+          elem = seek_collating_symbol_entry (name, name_len);
+          if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+            {
+              /* We found the entry.  */
+              idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+              /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+              idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+            }
+          else if (symb_table[2 * elem] == 0 && name_len == 1)
+            {
+              /* No valid character, treat it as a normal
+                 character.  */
+              bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+              return REG_NOERROR;
+            }
+          else
+            return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+          /* Got valid collation sequence, add it as a new entry.  */
+          /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+          if (BE (*coll_sym_alloc == mbcset->ncoll_syms, 0))
+            {
+              /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+              /* +1 in case of mbcset->ncoll_syms is 0.  */
+              Idx new_coll_sym_alloc = 2 * mbcset->ncoll_syms + 1;
+              /* Use realloc since mbcset->coll_syms is NULL
+                 if *alloc == 0.  */
+              int32_t *new_coll_syms = re_realloc (mbcset->coll_syms, int32_t,
+                                                   new_coll_sym_alloc);
+              if (BE (new_coll_syms == NULL, 0))
+                return REG_ESPACE;
+              mbcset->coll_syms = new_coll_syms;
+              *coll_sym_alloc = new_coll_sym_alloc;
+            }
+          mbcset->coll_syms[mbcset->ncoll_syms++] = idx;
+          return REG_NOERROR;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (BE (name_len != 1, 0))
+            return REG_ECOLLATE;
+          else
+            {
+              bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+              return REG_NOERROR;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  re_token_t br_token;
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  re_charset_t *mbcset;
+  Idx coll_sym_alloc = 0, range_alloc = 0, mbchar_alloc = 0;
+  Idx equiv_class_alloc = 0, char_class_alloc = 0;
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  bool non_match = false;
+  bin_tree_t *work_tree;
+  int token_len;
+  bool first_round = true;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  collseqmb = (const unsigned char *)
+    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+  nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules)
+    {
+      /*
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+      */
+      collseqwc = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+      table_size = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB);
+      symb_table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                                  _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                                   _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+    }
+#endif
+  sbcset = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  mbcset = (re_charset_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_charset_t), 1);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (BE (sbcset == NULL || mbcset == NULL, 0))
+#else
+  if (BE (sbcset == NULL, 0))
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+  if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_BADPAT;
+      goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+    }
+  if (token->type == OP_NON_MATCH_LIST)
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      mbcset->non_match = 1;
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      non_match = true;
+      if (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE)
+        bitset_set (sbcset, '\0');
+      re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+      token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+      if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+        {
+          *err = REG_BADPAT;
+          goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* We treat the first ']' as a normal character.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+    token->type = CHARACTER;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      bracket_elem_t start_elem, end_elem;
+      unsigned char start_name_buf[BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE];
+      unsigned char end_name_buf[BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE];
+      reg_errcode_t ret;
+      int token_len2 = 0;
+      bool is_range_exp = false;
+      re_token_t token2;
+
+      start_elem.opr.name = start_name_buf;
+      ret = parse_bracket_element (&start_elem, regexp, token, token_len, dfa,
+                                   syntax, first_round);
+      if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        {
+          *err = ret;
+          goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+        }
+      first_round = false;
+
+      /* Get information about the next token.  We need it in any case.  */
+      token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+      /* Do not check for ranges if we know they are not allowed.  */
+      if (start_elem.type != CHAR_CLASS && start_elem.type != EQUIV_CLASS)
+        {
+          if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+            {
+              *err = REG_EBRACK;
+              goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+            }
+          if (token->type == OP_CHARSET_RANGE)
+            {
+              re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip '-'.  */
+              token_len2 = peek_token_bracket (&token2, regexp, syntax);
+              if (BE (token2.type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+                {
+                  *err = REG_EBRACK;
+                  goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+                }
+              if (token2.type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+                {
+                  /* We treat the last '-' as a normal character.  */
+                  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, -token_len);
+                  token->type = CHARACTER;
+                }
+              else
+                is_range_exp = true;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (is_range_exp == true)
+        {
+          end_elem.opr.name = end_name_buf;
+          ret = parse_bracket_element (&end_elem, regexp, &token2, token_len2,
+                                       dfa, syntax, true);
+          if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              *err = ret;
+              goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+            }
+
+          token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+          *err = build_range_exp (sbcset, mbcset, &range_alloc,
+                                  &start_elem, &end_elem);
+#else
+# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+          *err = build_range_exp (sbcset,
+                                  dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 ? mbcset : NULL,
+                                  &range_alloc, &start_elem, &end_elem);
+# else
+          *err = build_range_exp (sbcset, &start_elem, &end_elem);
+# endif
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+          if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          switch (start_elem.type)
+            {
+            case SB_CHAR:
+              bitset_set (sbcset, start_elem.opr.ch);
+              break;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+            case MB_CHAR:
+              /* Check whether the array has enough space.  */
+              if (BE (mbchar_alloc == mbcset->nmbchars, 0))
+                {
+                  wchar_t *new_mbchars;
+                  /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+                  /* +1 in case of mbcset->nmbchars is 0.  */
+                  mbchar_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nmbchars + 1;
+                  /* Use realloc since array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+                  new_mbchars = re_realloc (mbcset->mbchars, wchar_t,
+                                            mbchar_alloc);
+                  if (BE (new_mbchars == NULL, 0))
+                    goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+                  mbcset->mbchars = new_mbchars;
+                }
+              mbcset->mbchars[mbcset->nmbchars++] = start_elem.opr.wch;
+              break;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+            case EQUIV_CLASS:
+              *err = build_equiv_class (sbcset,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+                                        mbcset, &equiv_class_alloc,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+                                        start_elem.opr.name);
+              if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+              break;
+            case COLL_SYM:
+              *err = build_collating_symbol (sbcset,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+                                             mbcset, &coll_sym_alloc,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+                                             start_elem.opr.name);
+              if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+              break;
+            case CHAR_CLASS:
+              *err = build_charclass (regexp->trans, sbcset,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+                                      mbcset, &char_class_alloc,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+                                      start_elem.opr.name, syntax);
+              if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+               goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+              break;
+            default:
+              assert (0);
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+      if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+        {
+          *err = REG_EBRACK;
+          goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+        }
+      if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+        break;
+    }
+
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+
+  /* If it is non-matching list.  */
+  if (non_match)
+    bitset_not (sbcset);
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Ensure only single byte characters are set.  */
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    bitset_mask (sbcset, dfa->sb_char);
+
+  if (mbcset->nmbchars || mbcset->ncoll_syms || mbcset->nequiv_classes
+      || mbcset->nranges || (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 && (mbcset->nchar_classes
+                                                     || mbcset->non_match)))
+    {
+      bin_tree_t *mbc_tree;
+      int sbc_idx;
+      /* Build a tree for complex bracket.  */
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      br_token.type = COMPLEX_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.mbcset = mbcset;
+      mbc_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (BE (mbc_tree == NULL, 0))
+        goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+      for (sbc_idx = 0; sbc_idx < BITSET_WORDS; ++sbc_idx)
+        if (sbcset[sbc_idx])
+          break;
+      /* If there are no bits set in sbcset, there is no point
+         of having both SIMPLE_BRACKET and COMPLEX_BRACKET.  */
+      if (sbc_idx < BITSET_WORDS)
+        {
+          /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+          br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET;
+          br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset;
+          work_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+          if (BE (work_tree == NULL, 0))
+            goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+
+          /* Then join them by ALT node.  */
+          work_tree = create_tree (dfa, work_tree, mbc_tree, OP_ALT);
+          if (BE (work_tree == NULL, 0))
+            goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          re_free (sbcset);
+          work_tree = mbc_tree;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+#endif
+      /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+      br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset;
+      work_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (BE (work_tree == NULL, 0))
+        goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+    }
+  return work_tree;
+
+ parse_bracket_exp_espace:
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+ parse_bracket_exp_free_return:
+  re_free (sbcset);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  free_charset (mbcset);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Parse an element in the bracket expression.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+parse_bracket_element (bracket_elem_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+                       re_token_t *token, int token_len, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                       reg_syntax_t syntax, bool accept_hyphen)
+{
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  int cur_char_size;
+  cur_char_size = re_string_char_size_at (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp));
+  if (cur_char_size > 1)
+    {
+      elem->type = MB_CHAR;
+      elem->opr.wch = re_string_wchar_at (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp));
+      re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, cur_char_size);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM || token->type == OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS
+      || token->type == OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS)
+    return parse_bracket_symbol (elem, regexp, token);
+  if (BE (token->type == OP_CHARSET_RANGE, 0) && !accept_hyphen)
+    {
+      /* A '-' must only appear as anything but a range indicator before
+         the closing bracket.  Everything else is an error.  */
+      re_token_t token2;
+      (void) peek_token_bracket (&token2, regexp, syntax);
+      if (token2.type != OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+        /* The actual error value is not standardized since this whole
+           case is undefined.  But ERANGE makes good sense.  */
+        return REG_ERANGE;
+    }
+  elem->type = SB_CHAR;
+  elem->opr.ch = token->opr.c;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Parse a bracket symbol in the bracket expression.  Bracket symbols are
+   such as [:<character_class>:], [.<collating_element>.], and
+   [=<equivalent_class>=].  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+parse_bracket_symbol (bracket_elem_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+                      re_token_t *token)
+{
+  unsigned char ch, delim = token->opr.c;
+  int i = 0;
+  if (re_string_eoi(regexp))
+    return REG_EBRACK;
+  for (;; ++i)
+    {
+      if (i >= BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE)
+        return REG_EBRACK;
+      if (token->type == OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS)
+        ch = re_string_fetch_byte_case (regexp);
+      else
+        ch = re_string_fetch_byte (regexp);
+      if (re_string_eoi(regexp))
+        return REG_EBRACK;
+      if (ch == delim && re_string_peek_byte (regexp, 0) == ']')
+        break;
+      elem->opr.name[i] = ch;
+    }
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, 1);
+  elem->opr.name[i] = '\0';
+  switch (token->type)
+    {
+    case OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM:
+      elem->type = COLL_SYM;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS:
+      elem->type = EQUIV_CLASS;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS:
+      elem->type = CHAR_CLASS;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+  /* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp.
+     Build the equivalence class which is represented by NAME.
+     The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     EQUIV_CLASS_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->equiv_classes,
+     is a pointer argument sinse we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset,
+                   Idx *equiv_class_alloc, const unsigned char *name)
+#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset, const unsigned char *name)
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  uint32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+      const unsigned char *weights, *extra, *cp;
+      unsigned char char_buf[2];
+      int32_t idx1, idx2;
+      unsigned int ch;
+      size_t len;
+      /* This #include defines a local function!  */
+# include <locale/weight.h>
+      /* Calculate the index for equivalence class.  */
+      cp = name;
+      table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+      weights = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                               _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                                   _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+      indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                                _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+      idx1 = findidx (&cp);
+      if (BE (idx1 == 0 || cp < name + strlen ((const char *) name), 0))
+        /* This isn't a valid character.  */
+        return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+      /* Build single byte matcing table for this equivalence class.  */
+      char_buf[1] = (unsigned char) '\0';
+      len = weights[idx1];
+      for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ++ch)
+        {
+          char_buf[0] = ch;
+          cp = char_buf;
+          idx2 = findidx (&cp);
+/*
+          idx2 = table[ch];
+*/
+          if (idx2 == 0)
+            /* This isn't a valid character.  */
+            continue;
+          if (len == weights[idx2])
+            {
+              int cnt = 0;
+              while (cnt <= len &&
+                     weights[idx1 + 1 + cnt] == weights[idx2 + 1 + cnt])
+                ++cnt;
+
+              if (cnt > len)
+                bitset_set (sbcset, ch);
+            }
+        }
+      /* Check whether the array has enough space.  */
+      if (BE (*equiv_class_alloc == mbcset->nequiv_classes, 0))
+        {
+          /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+          /* +1 in case of mbcset->nequiv_classes is 0.  */
+          Idx new_equiv_class_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nequiv_classes + 1;
+          /* Use realloc since the array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+          int32_t *new_equiv_classes = re_realloc (mbcset->equiv_classes,
+                                                   int32_t,
+                                                   new_equiv_class_alloc);
+          if (BE (new_equiv_classes == NULL, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+          mbcset->equiv_classes = new_equiv_classes;
+          *equiv_class_alloc = new_equiv_class_alloc;
+        }
+      mbcset->equiv_classes[mbcset->nequiv_classes++] = idx1;
+    }
+  else
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+    {
+      if (BE (strlen ((const char *) name) != 1, 0))
+        return REG_ECOLLATE;
+      bitset_set (sbcset, *name);
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+  /* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp.
+     Build the character class which is represented by NAME.
+     The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     CHAR_CLASS_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->char_classes,
+     is a pointer argument sinse we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bitset_t sbcset,
+                 re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *char_class_alloc,
+                 const unsigned char *class_name, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bitset_t sbcset,
+                 const unsigned char *class_name, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *name = (const char *) class_name;
+
+  /* In case of REG_ICASE "upper" and "lower" match the both of
+     upper and lower cases.  */
+  if ((syntax & RE_ICASE)
+      && (strcmp (name, "upper") == 0 || strcmp (name, "lower") == 0))
+    name = "alpha";
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+  if (BE (*char_class_alloc == mbcset->nchar_classes, 0))
+    {
+      /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+      /* +1 in case of mbcset->nchar_classes is 0.  */
+      Idx new_char_class_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nchar_classes + 1;
+      /* Use realloc since array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+      wctype_t *new_char_classes = re_realloc (mbcset->char_classes, wctype_t,
+                                               new_char_class_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_char_classes == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      mbcset->char_classes = new_char_classes;
+      *char_class_alloc = new_char_class_alloc;
+    }
+  mbcset->char_classes[mbcset->nchar_classes++] = __wctype (name);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+#define BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP(ctype_func)        \
+  do {                                          \
+    if (BE (trans != NULL, 0))                  \
+      {                                         \
+        for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)           \
+          if (ctype_func (i))                   \
+            bitset_set (sbcset, trans[i]);      \
+      }                                         \
+    else                                        \
+      {                                         \
+        for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)           \
+          if (ctype_func (i))                   \
+            bitset_set (sbcset, i);             \
+      }                                         \
+  } while (0)
+
+  if (strcmp (name, "alnum") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isalnum);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "cntrl") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (iscntrl);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "lower") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (islower);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "space") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isspace);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "alpha") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isalpha);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "digit") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isdigit);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "print") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isprint);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "upper") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isupper);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "blank") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isblank);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "graph") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isgraph);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "punct") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (ispunct);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "xdigit") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isxdigit);
+  else
+    return REG_ECTYPE;
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+build_charclass_op (re_dfa_t *dfa, RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+                    const unsigned char *class_name,
+                    const unsigned char *extra, bool non_match,
+                    reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  re_charset_t *mbcset;
+  Idx alloc = 0;
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  re_token_t br_token;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+
+  sbcset = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  mbcset = (re_charset_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_charset_t), 1);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (BE (sbcset == NULL || mbcset == NULL, 0))
+#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  if (BE (sbcset == NULL, 0))
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (non_match)
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      /*
+      if (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE)
+        bitset_set(cset->sbcset, '\0');
+      */
+      mbcset->non_match = 1;
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    }
+
+  /* We don't care the syntax in this case.  */
+  ret = build_charclass (trans, sbcset,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+                         mbcset, &alloc,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+                         class_name, 0);
+
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      re_free (sbcset);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      *err = ret;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  /* \w match '_' also.  */
+  for (; *extra; extra++)
+    bitset_set (sbcset, *extra);
+
+  /* If it is non-matching list.  */
+  if (non_match)
+    bitset_not (sbcset);
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Ensure only single byte characters are set.  */
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    bitset_mask (sbcset, dfa->sb_char);
+#endif
+
+  /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+  br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET;
+  br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset;
+  tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+  if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+    goto build_word_op_espace;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      bin_tree_t *mbc_tree;
+      /* Build a tree for complex bracket.  */
+      br_token.type = COMPLEX_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.mbcset = mbcset;
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      mbc_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (BE (mbc_tree == NULL, 0))
+        goto build_word_op_espace;
+      /* Then join them by ALT node.  */
+      tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, mbc_tree, OP_ALT);
+      if (BE (mbc_tree != NULL, 1))
+        return tree;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+      return tree;
+    }
+#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  return tree;
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+ build_word_op_espace:
+  re_free (sbcset);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  free_charset (mbcset);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* This is intended for the expressions like "a{1,3}".
+   Fetch a number from `input', and return the number.
+   Return REG_MISSING if the number field is empty like "{,1}".
+   Return REG_ERROR if an error occurred.  */
+
+static Idx
+fetch_number (re_string_t *input, re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  Idx num = REG_MISSING;
+  unsigned char c;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      fetch_token (token, input, syntax);
+      c = token->opr.c;
+      if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+        return REG_ERROR;
+      if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM || c == ',')
+        break;
+      num = ((token->type != CHARACTER || c < '0' || '9' < c
+              || num == REG_ERROR)
+             ? REG_ERROR
+             : ((num == REG_MISSING) ? c - '0' : num * 10 + c - '0'));
+      num = (num > RE_DUP_MAX) ? REG_ERROR : num;
+    }
+  return num;
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static void
+free_charset (re_charset_t *cset)
+{
+  re_free (cset->mbchars);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  re_free (cset->coll_syms);
+  re_free (cset->equiv_classes);
+  re_free (cset->range_starts);
+  re_free (cset->range_ends);
+# endif
+  re_free (cset->char_classes);
+  re_free (cset);
+}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+/* Functions for binary tree operation.  */
+
+/* Create a tree node.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+create_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+             re_token_type_t type)
+{
+  re_token_t t;
+  t.type = type;
+  return create_token_tree (dfa, left, right, &t);
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+create_token_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+                   const re_token_t *token)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  if (BE (dfa->str_tree_storage_idx == BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE, 0))
+    {
+      bin_tree_storage_t *storage = re_malloc (bin_tree_storage_t, 1);
+
+      if (storage == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+      storage->next = dfa->str_tree_storage;
+      dfa->str_tree_storage = storage;
+      dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = 0;
+    }
+  tree = &dfa->str_tree_storage->data[dfa->str_tree_storage_idx++];
+
+  tree->parent = NULL;
+  tree->left = left;
+  tree->right = right;
+  tree->token = *token;
+  tree->token.duplicated = 0;
+  tree->token.opt_subexp = 0;
+  tree->first = NULL;
+  tree->next = NULL;
+  tree->node_idx = REG_MISSING;
+
+  if (left != NULL)
+    left->parent = tree;
+  if (right != NULL)
+    right->parent = tree;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* Mark the tree SRC as an optional subexpression.
+   To be called from preorder or postorder.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+mark_opt_subexp (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  Idx idx = (Idx) (long) extra;
+  if (node->token.type == SUBEXP && node->token.opr.idx == idx)
+    node->token.opt_subexp = 1;
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Free the allocated memory inside NODE. */
+
+static void
+free_token (re_token_t *node)
+{
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (node->type == COMPLEX_BRACKET && node->duplicated == 0)
+    free_charset (node->opr.mbcset);
+  else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    if (node->type == SIMPLE_BRACKET && node->duplicated == 0)
+      re_free (node->opr.sbcset);
+}
+
+/* Worker function for tree walking.  Free the allocated memory inside NODE
+   and its children. */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+free_tree (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  free_token (&node->token);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Duplicate the node SRC, and return new node.  This is a preorder
+   visit similar to the one implemented by the generic visitor, but
+   we need more infrastructure to maintain two parallel trees --- so,
+   it's easier to duplicate.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+duplicate_tree (const bin_tree_t *root, re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  const bin_tree_t *node;
+  bin_tree_t *dup_root;
+  bin_tree_t **p_new = &dup_root, *dup_node = root->parent;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      /* Create a new tree and link it back to the current parent.  */
+      *p_new = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &node->token);
+      if (*p_new == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+      (*p_new)->parent = dup_node;
+      (*p_new)->token.duplicated = 1;
+      dup_node = *p_new;
+
+      /* Go to the left node, or up and to the right.  */
+      if (node->left)
+        {
+          node = node->left;
+          p_new = &dup_node->left;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          const bin_tree_t *prev = NULL;
+          while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL)
+            {
+              prev = node;
+              node = node->parent;
+              dup_node = dup_node->parent;
+              if (!node)
+                return dup_root;
+            }
+          node = node->right;
+          p_new = &dup_node->right;
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/gl/regex.c b/gl/regex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4eb726
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/regex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Make sure noone compiles this code with a C++ compiler.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined _LIBC
+# error "This is C code, use a C compiler"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to keep the namespace clean.  */
+# define regfree(preg) __regfree (preg)
+# define regexec(pr, st, nm, pm, ef) __regexec (pr, st, nm, pm, ef)
+# define regcomp(preg, pattern, cflags) __regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
+# define regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) \
+        __regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
+# define re_set_registers(bu, re, nu, st, en) \
+        __re_set_registers (bu, re, nu, st, en)
+# define re_match_2(bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) \
+        __re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
+# define re_match(bufp, string, size, pos, regs) \
+        __re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs)
+# define re_search(bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) \
+        __re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs)
+# define re_compile_pattern(pattern, length, bufp) \
+        __re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
+# define re_set_syntax(syntax) __re_set_syntax (syntax)
+# define re_search_2(bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) \
+        __re_search_2 (bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop)
+# define re_compile_fastmap(bufp) __re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
+
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* On some systems, limits.h sets RE_DUP_MAX to a lower value than
+   GNU regex allows.  Include it before <regex.h>, which correctly
+   #undefs RE_DUP_MAX and sets it to the right value.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <regex.h>
+#include "regex_internal.h"
+
+#include "regex_internal.c"
+#include "regcomp.c"
+#include "regexec.c"
+
+/* Binary backward compatibility.  */
+#if _LIBC
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
+link_warning (re_max_failures, "the 're_max_failures' variable is obsolete and will go away.")
+int re_max_failures = 2000;
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/regex.h b/gl/regex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6885ebd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/regex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,671 @@
+/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
+   expression library.
+   Copyright (C) 1985,1989-93,1995-98,2000,2001,2002,2003,2005,2006
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_H
+#define _REGEX_H 1
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Define __USE_GNU_REGEX to declare GNU extensions that violate the
+   POSIX name space rules.  */
+#undef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+#if (defined _GNU_SOURCE                                        \
+     || (!defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE     \
+         && !defined _XOPEN_SOURCE))
+# define __USE_GNU_REGEX 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+
+/* Use types and values that are wide enough to represent signed and
+   unsigned byte offsets in memory.  This currently works only when
+   the regex code is used outside of the GNU C library; it is not yet
+   supported within glibc itself, and glibc users should not define
+   _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS.  */
+
+/* The type of the offset of a byte within a string.
+   For historical reasons POSIX 1003.1-2004 requires that regoff_t be
+   at least as wide as off_t.  However, many common POSIX platforms set
+   regoff_t to the more-sensible ssize_t and the Open Group has
+   signalled its intention to change the requirement to be that
+   regoff_t be at least as wide as ptrdiff_t and ssize_t; see XBD ERN
+   60 (2005-08-25).  We don't know of any hosts where ssize_t or
+   ptrdiff_t is wider than ssize_t, so ssize_t is safe.  */
+typedef ssize_t regoff_t;
+
+/* The type of nonnegative object indexes.  Traditionally, GNU regex
+   uses 'int' for these.  Code that uses __re_idx_t should work
+   regardless of whether the type is signed.  */
+typedef size_t __re_idx_t;
+
+/* The type of object sizes.  */
+typedef size_t __re_size_t;
+
+/* The type of object sizes, in places where the traditional code
+   uses unsigned long int.  */
+typedef size_t __re_long_size_t;
+
+#else
+
+/* Use types that are binary-compatible with the traditional GNU regex
+   implementation, which mishandles strings longer than INT_MAX.  */
+
+typedef int regoff_t;
+typedef int __re_idx_t;
+typedef unsigned int __re_size_t;
+typedef unsigned long int __re_long_size_t;
+
+#endif
+
+/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
+   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
+   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
+   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
+typedef long int s_reg_t;
+typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
+
+/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
+   recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
+   remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
+   the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
+   add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
+typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
+   If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
+# define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
+     literals.
+   If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals.  */
+# define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported.  They are:
+     [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:],  [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
+     [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
+   If not set, then character classes are not supported.  */
+# define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
+     expressions, of course).
+   If this bit is not set, then it depends:
+        ^  is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
+           expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
+        $  is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
+           before a close-group or an alternation operator.
+
+   This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
+   POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
+   We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
+   invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
+     regardless of where they are in the pattern.
+   If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
+     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically,
+     * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
+     open-group, or alternation operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
+     immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
+   If not set, then it doesn't.  */
+# define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
+   If not set, then it does.  */
+# define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
+   If not set, they do.  */
+# define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
+     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
+   If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals.  */
+# define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
+   If not set, they are.  */
+# define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
+   If not set, newline is literal.  */
+# define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
+     are literals.
+  If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
+   If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
+   If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
+   If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
+     than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
+   If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
+     starting range point, the range is ignored.  */
+# define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
+   If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid.  */
+# define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
+   without further backtracking.  */
+# define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
+   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
+# define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
+   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
+   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
+   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
+   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
+   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
+# define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
+   a string of ordinary characters.  For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
+   treated as 'a\{1'.  */
+# define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+# define RE_ICASE (RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD << 1)
+
+/* This bit is used internally like RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS but only
+   for ^, because it is difficult to scan the regex backwards to find
+   whether ^ should be special.  */
+# define RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE (RE_ICASE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \{ cannot be first in an bre or
+   immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP (RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then no_sub will be set to 1 during
+   re_compile_pattern.  */
+# define RE_NO_SUB (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP << 1)
+
+#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */
+
+/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
+   some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
+   stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
+   already-compiled regexps.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
+   (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
+   don't delete them!)  */
+/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_AWK                                                  \
+  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL                     \
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS                       \
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES                  \
+   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE               | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS            \
+   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK                                              \
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG) \
+   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS            \
+       | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS ))
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK                                            \
+  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS              \
+   | RE_INTERVALS           | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_GREP                                                 \
+  (RE_BK_PLUS_QM              | RE_CHAR_CLASSES                         \
+   | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS                            \
+   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP                                                \
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES        | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS                    \
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE                    \
+   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT       | RE_NO_BK_PARENS                             \
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP                                          \
+  (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES                     \
+   | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
+
+/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax.  */
+# define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON                                        \
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE      | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL              \
+   | RE_INTERVALS  | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC                                          \
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
+   RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized.  Actually, this
+   isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC                                  \
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED                                       \
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS                  \
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS   | RE_NO_BK_BRACES                           \
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                             \
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
+   removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED                               \
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS                  \
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES                           \
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_REFS                             \
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR          | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
+
+#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+
+/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow.  POSIX-conforming
+   systems might define this in <limits.h>, but we want our
+   value, so remove any previous define.  */
+# ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
+#  undef RE_DUP_MAX
+# endif
+
+/* RE_DUP_MAX is 2**15 - 1 because an earlier implementation stored
+   the counter as a 2-byte signed integer.  This is no longer true, so
+   RE_DUP_MAX could be increased to (INT_MAX / 10 - 1), or to
+   ((SIZE_MAX - 2) / 10 - 1) if _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS is defined.
+   However, there would be a huge performance problem if someone
+   actually used a pattern like a\{214748363\}, so RE_DUP_MAX retains
+   its historical value.  */
+# define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
+
+#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */
+
+
+/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp').  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
+   If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax.  */
+#define REG_EXTENDED 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+#define REG_ICASE (1 << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
+     characters in the string.
+   If not set, then anchors do match at newlines.  */
+#define REG_NEWLINE (1 << 2)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
+   If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors.  */
+#define REG_NOSUB (1 << 3)
+
+
+/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec).  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
+     the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
+     beginning of a line).
+   If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
+     beginning of the string.  */
+#define REG_NOTBOL 1
+
+/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line.  */
+#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
+
+/* Use PMATCH[0] to delimit the start and end of the search in the
+   buffer.  */
+#define REG_STARTEND (1 << 2)
+
+
+/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
+   `__re_error_msgid' table in regcomp.c.  */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  _REG_ENOSYS = -1,     /* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+  _REG_NOERROR = 0,     /* Success.  */
+  _REG_NOMATCH,         /* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
+
+  /* POSIX regcomp return error codes.  (In the order listed in the
+     standard.)  */
+  _REG_BADPAT,          /* Invalid pattern.  */
+  _REG_ECOLLATE,        /* Invalid collating element.  */
+  _REG_ECTYPE,          /* Invalid character class name.  */
+  _REG_EESCAPE,         /* Trailing backslash.  */
+  _REG_ESUBREG,         /* Invalid back reference.  */
+  _REG_EBRACK,          /* Unmatched left bracket.  */
+  _REG_EPAREN,          /* Parenthesis imbalance.  */
+  _REG_EBRACE,          /* Unmatched \{.  */
+  _REG_BADBR,           /* Invalid contents of \{\}.  */
+  _REG_ERANGE,          /* Invalid range end.  */
+  _REG_ESPACE,          /* Ran out of memory.  */
+  _REG_BADRPT,          /* No preceding re for repetition op.  */
+
+  /* Error codes we've added.  */
+  _REG_EEND,            /* Premature end.  */
+  _REG_ESIZE,           /* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes.  */
+  _REG_ERPAREN          /* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp.  */
+} reg_errcode_t;
+
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+# define REG_ENOSYS     _REG_ENOSYS
+#endif
+#define REG_NOERROR     _REG_NOERROR
+#define REG_NOMATCH     _REG_NOMATCH
+#define REG_BADPAT      _REG_BADPAT
+#define REG_ECOLLATE    _REG_ECOLLATE
+#define REG_ECTYPE      _REG_ECTYPE
+#define REG_EESCAPE     _REG_EESCAPE
+#define REG_ESUBREG     _REG_ESUBREG
+#define REG_EBRACK      _REG_EBRACK
+#define REG_EPAREN      _REG_EPAREN
+#define REG_EBRACE      _REG_EBRACE
+#define REG_BADBR       _REG_BADBR
+#define REG_ERANGE      _REG_ERANGE
+#define REG_ESPACE      _REG_ESPACE
+#define REG_BADRPT      _REG_BADRPT
+#define REG_EEND        _REG_EEND
+#define REG_ESIZE       _REG_ESIZE
+#define REG_ERPAREN     _REG_ERPAREN
+
+/* struct re_pattern_buffer normally uses member names like `buffer'
+   that POSIX does not allow.  In POSIX mode these members have names
+   with leading `re_' (e.g., `re_buffer').  */
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+# define _REG_RE_NAME(id) id
+# define _REG_RM_NAME(id) id
+#else
+# define _REG_RE_NAME(id) re_##id
+# define _REG_RM_NAME(id) rm_##id
+#endif
+
+/* The user can specify the type of the re_translate member by
+   defining the macro RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE, which defaults to unsigned
+   char *.  This pollutes the POSIX name space, so in POSIX mode just
+   use unsigned char *.  */
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+# ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+#  define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char *
+# endif
+# define REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+#else
+# define REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char *
+#endif
+
+/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern.  Before calling
+   the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap',
+   `translate', and `no_sub' can be set.  After the pattern has been
+   compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available.  All other fields are
+   private to the regex routines.  */
+
+struct re_pattern_buffer
+{
+  /* Space that holds the compiled pattern.  It is declared as
+     `unsigned char *' because its elements are sometimes used as
+     array indexes.  */
+  unsigned char *_REG_RE_NAME (buffer);
+
+  /* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points.  */
+  __re_long_size_t _REG_RE_NAME (allocated);
+
+  /* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'.  */
+  __re_long_size_t _REG_RE_NAME (used);
+
+  /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
+  reg_syntax_t _REG_RE_NAME (syntax);
+
+  /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero.  re_search uses the
+     fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible starting points
+     for matches.  */
+  char *_REG_RE_NAME (fastmap);
+
+  /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
+     comparing them, or zero for no translation.  The translation is
+     applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string when it
+     is matched.  */
+  REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE _REG_RE_NAME (translate);
+
+  /* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler.  */
+  size_t re_nsub;
+
+  /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
+     Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see whether or
+     not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set this absolutely
+     perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the `duplicate' case).  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (can_be_null) : 1;
+
+  /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure
+     for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
+     If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
+     If REGS_FIXED, use what's there.  */
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+# define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
+# define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
+# define REGS_FIXED 2
+#endif
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (regs_allocated) : 2;
+
+  /* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one
+     by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap.  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (fastmap_accurate) : 1;
+
+  /* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about
+     subexpressions.  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (no_sub) : 1;
+
+  /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the beginning
+     of the string.  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (not_bol) : 1;
+
+  /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor.  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (not_eol) : 1;
+
+  /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches.  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (newline_anchor) : 1;
+
+/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */
+};
+
+typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
+
+/* This is the structure we store register match data in.  See
+   regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match.  */
+struct re_registers
+{
+  __re_size_t _REG_RM_NAME (num_regs);
+  regoff_t *_REG_RM_NAME (start);
+  regoff_t *_REG_RM_NAME (end);
+};
+
+
+/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
+   `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
+   the first time a `regs' structure is passed.  */
+#if !defined RE_NREGS && defined __USE_GNU_REGEX
+# define RE_NREGS 30
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX specification for registers.  Aside from the different names than
+   `re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
+   structure of arrays.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  regoff_t rm_so;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start.  */
+  regoff_t rm_eo;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end.  */
+} regmatch_t;
+
+/* Declarations for routines.  */
+
+/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
+   You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t __syntax);
+
+/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
+   and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
+   BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
+extern const char *re_compile_pattern (const char *__pattern, size_t __length,
+                                       struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
+
+
+/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
+   accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
+   internal error.  */
+extern int re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
+
+
+/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
+   compiled into BUFFER.  Start searching at position START, for RANGE
+   characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
+   match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
+   information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
+extern regoff_t re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+                           const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length,
+                           __re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range,
+                           struct re_registers *__regs);
+
+
+/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
+   STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
+extern regoff_t re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+                             const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1,
+                             const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2,
+                             __re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range,
+                             struct re_registers *__regs,
+                             __re_idx_t __stop);
+
+
+/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
+   in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
+extern regoff_t re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+                          const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length,
+                          __re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs);
+
+
+/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'.  */
+extern regoff_t re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+                            const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1,
+                            const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2,
+                            __re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs,
+                            __re_idx_t __stop);
+
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
+   for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS must be
+   allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof
+   (regoff_t)' bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+extern void re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+                              struct re_registers *__regs,
+                              __re_size_t __num_regs,
+                              regoff_t *__starts, regoff_t *__ends);
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _CRAY
+/* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
+extern char *re_comp (const char *);
+extern int re_exec (const char *);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".  */
+#ifndef __restrict
+# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
+#  if defined restrict || 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#   define __restrict restrict
+#  else
+#   define __restrict
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+/* gcc 3.1 and up support the [restrict] syntax.  Don't trust
+   sys/cdefs.h's definition of __restrict_arr, though, as it
+   mishandles gcc -ansi -pedantic.  */
+#undef __restrict_arr
+#if ((199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__                                       \
+      || ((3 < __GNUC__ || (3 == __GNUC__ && 1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))      \
+          && !__STRICT_ANSI__))                                         \
+     && !defined __GNUG__)
+# define __restrict_arr __restrict
+#else
+# define __restrict_arr
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX compatibility.  */
+extern int regcomp (regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+                    const char *__restrict __pattern,
+                    int __cflags);
+
+extern int regexec (const regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+                    const char *__restrict __string, size_t __nmatch,
+                    regmatch_t __pmatch[__restrict_arr],
+                    int __eflags);
+
+extern size_t regerror (int __errcode, const regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+                        char *__restrict __errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size);
+
+extern void regfree (regex_t *__preg);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif  /* C++ */
+
+#endif /* regex.h */
diff --git a/gl/regex_internal.c b/gl/regex_internal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78e16f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/regex_internal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1742 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+static void re_string_construct_common (const char *str, Idx len,
+                                        re_string_t *pstr,
+                                        RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase,
+                                        const re_dfa_t *dfa) internal_function;
+static re_dfastate_t *create_ci_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                          const re_node_set *nodes,
+                                          re_hashval_t hash) internal_function;
+static re_dfastate_t *create_cd_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                          const re_node_set *nodes,
+                                          unsigned int context,
+                                          re_hashval_t hash) internal_function;
+
+/* Functions for string operation.  */
+
+/* This function allocate the buffers.  It is necessary to call
+   re_string_reconstruct before using the object.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_string_allocate (re_string_t *pstr, const char *str, Idx len, Idx init_len,
+                    RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  Idx init_buf_len;
+
+  /* Ensure at least one character fits into the buffers.  */
+  if (init_len < dfa->mb_cur_max)
+    init_len = dfa->mb_cur_max;
+  init_buf_len = (len + 1 < init_len) ? len + 1: init_len;
+  re_string_construct_common (str, len, pstr, trans, icase, dfa);
+
+  ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, init_buf_len);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+
+  pstr->word_char = dfa->word_char;
+  pstr->word_ops_used = dfa->word_ops_used;
+  pstr->mbs = pstr->mbs_allocated ? pstr->mbs : (unsigned char *) str;
+  pstr->valid_len = (pstr->mbs_allocated || dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) ? 0 : len;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* This function allocate the buffers, and initialize them.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_string_construct (re_string_t *pstr, const char *str, Idx len,
+                     RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  memset (pstr, '\0', sizeof (re_string_t));
+  re_string_construct_common (str, len, pstr, trans, icase, dfa);
+
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, len + 1);
+      if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return ret;
+    }
+  pstr->mbs = pstr->mbs_allocated ? pstr->mbs : (unsigned char *) str;
+
+  if (icase)
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+        {
+          while (1)
+            {
+              ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+              if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                return ret;
+              if (pstr->valid_raw_len >= len)
+                break;
+              if (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->valid_len + dfa->mb_cur_max)
+                break;
+              ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, pstr->bufs_len * 2);
+              if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                return ret;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+        build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+        build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+      else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+        {
+          if (trans != NULL)
+            re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+          else
+            {
+              pstr->valid_len = pstr->bufs_len;
+              pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->bufs_len;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for re_string_allocate, and re_string_construct.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr, Idx new_buf_len)
+{
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t *new_wcs;
+
+      /* Avoid overflow.  */
+      size_t max_object_size = MAX (sizeof (wint_t), sizeof (Idx));
+      if (BE (SIZE_MAX / max_object_size < new_buf_len, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+
+      new_wcs = re_realloc (pstr->wcs, wint_t, new_buf_len);
+      if (BE (new_wcs == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      pstr->wcs = new_wcs;
+      if (pstr->offsets != NULL)
+        {
+          Idx *new_offsets = re_realloc (pstr->offsets, Idx, new_buf_len);
+          if (BE (new_offsets == NULL, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+          pstr->offsets = new_offsets;
+        }
+    }
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+    {
+      unsigned char *new_mbs = re_realloc (pstr->mbs, unsigned char,
+                                           new_buf_len);
+      if (BE (new_mbs == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      pstr->mbs = new_mbs;
+    }
+  pstr->bufs_len = new_buf_len;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+static void
+internal_function
+re_string_construct_common (const char *str, Idx len, re_string_t *pstr,
+                            RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase,
+                            const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  pstr->raw_mbs = (const unsigned char *) str;
+  pstr->len = len;
+  pstr->raw_len = len;
+  pstr->trans = trans;
+  pstr->icase = icase;
+  pstr->mbs_allocated = (trans != NULL || icase);
+  pstr->mb_cur_max = dfa->mb_cur_max;
+  pstr->is_utf8 = dfa->is_utf8;
+  pstr->map_notascii = dfa->map_notascii;
+  pstr->stop = pstr->len;
+  pstr->raw_stop = pstr->stop;
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+
+/* Build wide character buffer PSTR->WCS.
+   If the byte sequence of the string are:
+     <mb1>(0), <mb1>(1), <mb2>(0), <mb2>(1), <sb3>
+   Then wide character buffer will be:
+     <wc1>   , WEOF    , <wc2>   , WEOF    , <wc3>
+   We use WEOF for padding, they indicate that the position isn't
+   a first byte of a multibyte character.
+
+   Note that this function assumes PSTR->VALID_LEN elements are already
+   built and starts from PSTR->VALID_LEN.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  unsigned char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  assert (MB_LEN_MAX >= pstr->mb_cur_max);
+#else
+  unsigned char buf[64];
+#endif
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx byte_idx, end_idx, remain_len;
+  size_t mbclen;
+
+  /* Build the buffers from pstr->valid_len to either pstr->len or
+     pstr->bufs_len.  */
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+  for (byte_idx = pstr->valid_len; byte_idx < end_idx;)
+    {
+      wchar_t wc;
+      const char *p;
+
+      remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+      prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+      /* Apply the translation if we need.  */
+      if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+        {
+          int i, ch;
+
+          for (i = 0; i < pstr->mb_cur_max && i < remain_len; ++i)
+            {
+              ch = pstr->raw_mbs [pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx + i];
+              buf[i] = pstr->mbs[byte_idx + i] = pstr->trans[ch];
+            }
+          p = (const char *) buf;
+        }
+      else
+        p = (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx;
+      mbclen = mbrtowc (&wc, p, remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+      if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -2, 0))
+        {
+          /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+          pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+          break;
+        }
+      else if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0, 0))
+        {
+          /* We treat these cases as a singlebyte character.  */
+          mbclen = 1;
+          wc = (wchar_t) pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx];
+          if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+            wc = pstr->trans[wc];
+          pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+        }
+
+      /* Write wide character and padding.  */
+      pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wc;
+      /* Write paddings.  */
+      for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+        pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+    }
+  pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = byte_idx;
+}
+
+/* Build wide character buffer PSTR->WCS like build_wcs_buffer,
+   but for REG_ICASE.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx src_idx, byte_idx, end_idx, remain_len;
+  size_t mbclen;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  assert (MB_LEN_MAX >= pstr->mb_cur_max);
+#else
+  char buf[64];
+#endif
+
+  byte_idx = pstr->valid_len;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  /* The following optimization assumes that ASCII characters can be
+     mapped to wide characters with a simple cast.  */
+  if (! pstr->map_notascii && pstr->trans == NULL && !pstr->offsets_needed)
+    {
+      while (byte_idx < end_idx)
+        {
+          wchar_t wc;
+
+          if (isascii (pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx])
+              && mbsinit (&pstr->cur_state))
+            {
+              /* In case of a singlebyte character.  */
+              pstr->mbs[byte_idx]
+                = toupper (pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx]);
+              /* The next step uses the assumption that wchar_t is encoded
+                 ASCII-safe: all ASCII values can be converted like this.  */
+              pstr->wcs[byte_idx] = (wchar_t) pstr->mbs[byte_idx];
+              ++byte_idx;
+              continue;
+            }
+
+          remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+          prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+          mbclen = mbrtowc (&wc,
+                            ((const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx
+                             + byte_idx), remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+          if (BE (mbclen < (size_t) -2, 1))
+            {
+              wchar_t wcu = wc;
+              if (iswlower (wc))
+                {
+                  size_t mbcdlen;
+
+                  wcu = towupper (wc);
+                  mbcdlen = wcrtomb (buf, wcu, &prev_st);
+                  if (BE (mbclen == mbcdlen, 1))
+                    memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbclen);
+                  else
+                    {
+                      src_idx = byte_idx;
+                      goto offsets_needed;
+                    }
+                }
+              else
+                memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx,
+                        pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx, mbclen);
+              pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wcu;
+              /* Write paddings.  */
+              for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+                pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+            }
+          else if (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0)
+            {
+              /* It is an invalid character or '\0'.  Just use the byte.  */
+              int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx];
+              pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = ch;
+              /* And also cast it to wide char.  */
+              pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = (wchar_t) ch;
+              if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -1, 0))
+                pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+              pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+      pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+      pstr->valid_raw_len = byte_idx;
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  else
+    for (src_idx = pstr->valid_raw_len; byte_idx < end_idx;)
+      {
+        wchar_t wc;
+        const char *p;
+      offsets_needed:
+        remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+        prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+        if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+          {
+            int i, ch;
+
+            for (i = 0; i < pstr->mb_cur_max && i < remain_len; ++i)
+              {
+                ch = pstr->raw_mbs [pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx + i];
+                buf[i] = pstr->trans[ch];
+              }
+            p = (const char *) buf;
+          }
+        else
+          p = (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx;
+        mbclen = mbrtowc (&wc, p, remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+        if (BE (mbclen < (size_t) -2, 1))
+          {
+            wchar_t wcu = wc;
+            if (iswlower (wc))
+              {
+                size_t mbcdlen;
+
+                wcu = towupper (wc);
+                mbcdlen = wcrtomb ((char *) buf, wcu, &prev_st);
+                if (BE (mbclen == mbcdlen, 1))
+                  memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbclen);
+                else if (mbcdlen != (size_t) -1)
+                  {
+                    size_t i;
+
+                    if (byte_idx + mbcdlen > pstr->bufs_len)
+                      {
+                        pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+                        break;
+                      }
+
+                    if (pstr->offsets == NULL)
+                      {
+                        pstr->offsets = re_malloc (Idx, pstr->bufs_len);
+
+                        if (pstr->offsets == NULL)
+                          return REG_ESPACE;
+                      }
+                    if (!pstr->offsets_needed)
+                      {
+                        for (i = 0; i < (size_t) byte_idx; ++i)
+                          pstr->offsets[i] = i;
+                        pstr->offsets_needed = 1;
+                      }
+
+                    memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbcdlen);
+                    pstr->wcs[byte_idx] = wcu;
+                    pstr->offsets[byte_idx] = src_idx;
+                    for (i = 1; i < mbcdlen; ++i)
+                      {
+                        pstr->offsets[byte_idx + i]
+                          = src_idx + (i < mbclen ? i : mbclen - 1);
+                        pstr->wcs[byte_idx + i] = WEOF;
+                      }
+                    pstr->len += mbcdlen - mbclen;
+                    if (pstr->raw_stop > src_idx)
+                      pstr->stop += mbcdlen - mbclen;
+                    end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len)
+                              ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+                    byte_idx += mbcdlen;
+                    src_idx += mbclen;
+                    continue;
+                  }
+                else
+                  memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, p, mbclen);
+              }
+            else
+              memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, p, mbclen);
+
+            if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed != 0, 0))
+              {
+                size_t i;
+                for (i = 0; i < mbclen; ++i)
+                  pstr->offsets[byte_idx + i] = src_idx + i;
+              }
+            src_idx += mbclen;
+
+            pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wcu;
+            /* Write paddings.  */
+            for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+              pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+          }
+        else if (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0)
+          {
+            /* It is an invalid character or '\0'.  Just use the byte.  */
+            int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx];
+
+            if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+              ch = pstr->trans [ch];
+            pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = ch;
+
+            if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed != 0, 0))
+              pstr->offsets[byte_idx] = src_idx;
+            ++src_idx;
+
+            /* And also cast it to wide char.  */
+            pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = (wchar_t) ch;
+            if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -1, 0))
+              pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+            pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+            break;
+          }
+      }
+  pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = src_idx;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Skip characters until the index becomes greater than NEW_RAW_IDX.
+   Return the index.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+re_string_skip_chars (re_string_t *pstr, Idx new_raw_idx, wint_t *last_wc)
+{
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx rawbuf_idx;
+  size_t mbclen;
+  wint_t wc = WEOF;
+
+  /* Skip the characters which are not necessary to check.  */
+  for (rawbuf_idx = pstr->raw_mbs_idx + pstr->valid_raw_len;
+       rawbuf_idx < new_raw_idx;)
+    {
+      wchar_t wc2;
+      Idx remain_len;
+      remain_len = pstr->len - rawbuf_idx;
+      prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+      mbclen = mbrtowc (&wc2, (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + rawbuf_idx,
+                        remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+      if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -2 || mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0, 0))
+        {
+          /* We treat these cases as a single byte character.  */
+          if (mbclen == 0 || remain_len == 0)
+            wc = L'\0';
+          else
+            wc = *(unsigned char *) (pstr->raw_mbs + rawbuf_idx);
+          mbclen = 1;
+          pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+        }
+      else
+        wc = wc2;
+      /* Then proceed the next character.  */
+      rawbuf_idx += mbclen;
+    }
+  *last_wc = wc;
+  return rawbuf_idx;
+}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+
+/* Build the buffer PSTR->MBS, and apply the translation if we need.
+   This function is used in case of REG_ICASE.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  Idx char_idx, end_idx;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  for (char_idx = pstr->valid_len; char_idx < end_idx; ++char_idx)
+    {
+      int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + char_idx];
+      if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+        ch = pstr->trans[ch];
+      if (islower (ch))
+        pstr->mbs[char_idx] = toupper (ch);
+      else
+        pstr->mbs[char_idx] = ch;
+    }
+  pstr->valid_len = char_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = char_idx;
+}
+
+/* Apply TRANS to the buffer in PSTR.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  Idx buf_idx, end_idx;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  for (buf_idx = pstr->valid_len; buf_idx < end_idx; ++buf_idx)
+    {
+      int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + buf_idx];
+      pstr->mbs[buf_idx] = pstr->trans[ch];
+    }
+
+  pstr->valid_len = buf_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = buf_idx;
+}
+
+/* This function re-construct the buffers.
+   Concretely, convert to wide character in case of pstr->mb_cur_max > 1,
+   convert to upper case in case of REG_ICASE, apply translation.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_string_reconstruct (re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx, int eflags)
+{
+  Idx offset;
+
+  if (BE (pstr->raw_mbs_idx <= idx, 0))
+    offset = idx - pstr->raw_mbs_idx;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Reset buffer.  */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+        memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      pstr->len = pstr->raw_len;
+      pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop;
+      pstr->valid_len = 0;
+      pstr->raw_mbs_idx = 0;
+      pstr->valid_raw_len = 0;
+      pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+      pstr->tip_context = ((eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? CONTEXT_BEGBUF
+                           : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_BEGBUF);
+      if (!pstr->mbs_allocated)
+        pstr->mbs = (unsigned char *) pstr->raw_mbs;
+      offset = idx;
+    }
+
+  if (BE (offset != 0, 1))
+    {
+      /* Should the already checked characters be kept?  */
+      if (BE (offset < pstr->valid_raw_len, 1))
+        {
+          /* Yes, move them to the front of the buffer.  */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+          if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed, 0))
+            {
+              Idx low = 0, high = pstr->valid_len, mid;
+              do
+                {
+                  mid = (high + low) / 2;
+                  if (pstr->offsets[mid] > offset)
+                    high = mid;
+                  else if (pstr->offsets[mid] < offset)
+                    low = mid + 1;
+                  else
+                    break;
+                }
+              while (low < high);
+              if (pstr->offsets[mid] < offset)
+                ++mid;
+              pstr->tip_context = re_string_context_at (pstr, mid - 1,
+                                                        eflags);
+              /* This can be quite complicated, so handle specially
+                 only the common and easy case where the character with
+                 different length representation of lower and upper
+                 case is present at or after offset.  */
+              if (pstr->valid_len > offset
+                  && mid == offset && pstr->offsets[mid] == offset)
+                {
+                  memmove (pstr->wcs, pstr->wcs + offset,
+                           (pstr->valid_len - offset) * sizeof (wint_t));
+                  memmove (pstr->mbs, pstr->mbs + offset, pstr->valid_len - offset);
+                  pstr->valid_len -= offset;
+                  pstr->valid_raw_len -= offset;
+                  for (low = 0; low < pstr->valid_len; low++)
+                    pstr->offsets[low] = pstr->offsets[low + offset] - offset;
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  /* Otherwise, just find out how long the partial multibyte
+                     character at offset is and fill it with WEOF/255.  */
+                  pstr->len = pstr->raw_len - idx + offset;
+                  pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop - idx + offset;
+                  pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+                  while (mid > 0 && pstr->offsets[mid - 1] == offset)
+                    --mid;
+                  while (mid < pstr->valid_len)
+                    if (pstr->wcs[mid] != WEOF)
+                      break;
+                    else
+                      ++mid;
+                  if (mid == pstr->valid_len)
+                    pstr->valid_len = 0;
+                  else
+                    {
+                      pstr->valid_len = pstr->offsets[mid] - offset;
+                      if (pstr->valid_len)
+                        {
+                          for (low = 0; low < pstr->valid_len; ++low)
+                            pstr->wcs[low] = WEOF;
+                          memset (pstr->mbs, 255, pstr->valid_len);
+                        }
+                    }
+                  pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+                }
+            }
+          else
+#endif
+            {
+              pstr->tip_context = re_string_context_at (pstr, offset - 1,
+                                                        eflags);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+              if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+                memmove (pstr->wcs, pstr->wcs + offset,
+                         (pstr->valid_len - offset) * sizeof (wint_t));
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+              if (BE (pstr->mbs_allocated, 0))
+                memmove (pstr->mbs, pstr->mbs + offset,
+                         pstr->valid_len - offset);
+              pstr->valid_len -= offset;
+              pstr->valid_raw_len -= offset;
+#if DEBUG
+              assert (pstr->valid_len > 0);
+#endif
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* No, skip all characters until IDX.  */
+          Idx prev_valid_len = pstr->valid_len;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+          if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed, 0))
+            {
+              pstr->len = pstr->raw_len - idx + offset;
+              pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop - idx + offset;
+              pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+            }
+#endif
+          pstr->valid_len = 0;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+          if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+            {
+              Idx wcs_idx;
+              wint_t wc = WEOF;
+
+              if (pstr->is_utf8)
+                {
+                  const unsigned char *raw, *p, *q, *end;
+
+                  /* Special case UTF-8.  Multi-byte chars start with any
+                     byte other than 0x80 - 0xbf.  */
+                  raw = pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx;
+                  end = raw + (offset - pstr->mb_cur_max);
+                  if (end < pstr->raw_mbs)
+                    end = pstr->raw_mbs;
+                  p = raw + offset - 1;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+                  /* We know the wchar_t encoding is UCS4, so for the simple
+                     case, ASCII characters, skip the conversion step.  */
+                  if (isascii (*p) && BE (pstr->trans == NULL, 1))
+                    {
+                      memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+                      /* pstr->valid_len = 0; */
+                      wc = (wchar_t) *p;
+                    }
+                  else
+#endif
+                    for (; p >= end; --p)
+                      if ((*p & 0xc0) != 0x80)
+                        {
+                          mbstate_t cur_state;
+                          wchar_t wc2;
+                          Idx mlen = raw + pstr->len - p;
+                          unsigned char buf[6];
+                          size_t mbclen;
+
+                          q = p;
+                          if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+                            {
+                              int i = mlen < 6 ? mlen : 6;
+                              while (--i >= 0)
+                                buf[i] = pstr->trans[p[i]];
+                              q = buf;
+                            }
+                          /* XXX Don't use mbrtowc, we know which conversion
+                             to use (UTF-8 -> UCS4).  */
+                          memset (&cur_state, 0, sizeof (cur_state));
+                          mbclen = mbrtowc (&wc2, (const char *) p, mlen,
+                                            &cur_state);
+                          if (raw + offset - p <= mbclen
+                              && mbclen < (size_t) -2)
+                            {
+                              memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0',
+                                      sizeof (mbstate_t));
+                              pstr->valid_len = mbclen - (raw + offset - p);
+                              wc = wc2;
+                            }
+                          break;
+                        }
+                }
+
+              if (wc == WEOF)
+                pstr->valid_len = re_string_skip_chars (pstr, idx, &wc) - idx;
+              if (wc == WEOF)
+                pstr->tip_context
+                  = re_string_context_at (pstr, prev_valid_len - 1, eflags);
+              else
+                pstr->tip_context = ((BE (pstr->word_ops_used != 0, 0)
+                                      && IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc))
+                                     ? CONTEXT_WORD
+                                     : ((IS_WIDE_NEWLINE (wc)
+                                         && pstr->newline_anchor)
+                                        ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0));
+              if (BE (pstr->valid_len, 0))
+                {
+                  for (wcs_idx = 0; wcs_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++wcs_idx)
+                    pstr->wcs[wcs_idx] = WEOF;
+                  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+                    memset (pstr->mbs, 255, pstr->valid_len);
+                }
+              pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+            }
+          else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+            {
+              int c = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + offset - 1];
+              pstr->valid_raw_len = 0;
+              if (pstr->trans)
+                c = pstr->trans[c];
+              pstr->tip_context = (bitset_contain (pstr->word_char, c)
+                                   ? CONTEXT_WORD
+                                   : ((IS_NEWLINE (c) && pstr->newline_anchor)
+                                      ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0));
+            }
+        }
+      if (!BE (pstr->mbs_allocated, 0))
+        pstr->mbs += offset;
+    }
+  pstr->raw_mbs_idx = idx;
+  pstr->len -= offset;
+  pstr->stop -= offset;
+
+  /* Then build the buffers.  */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      if (pstr->icase)
+        {
+          reg_errcode_t ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+          if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return ret;
+        }
+      else
+        build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    if (BE (pstr->mbs_allocated, 0))
+      {
+        if (pstr->icase)
+          build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+        else if (pstr->trans != NULL)
+          re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+      }
+    else
+      pstr->valid_len = pstr->len;
+
+  pstr->cur_idx = 0;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static unsigned char
+internal_function __attribute ((pure))
+re_string_peek_byte_case (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  int ch;
+  Idx off;
+
+  /* Handle the common (easiest) cases first.  */
+  if (BE (!pstr->mbs_allocated, 1))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1
+      && ! re_string_is_single_byte_char (pstr, pstr->cur_idx + idx))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+#endif
+
+  off = pstr->cur_idx + idx;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed)
+    off = pstr->offsets[off];
+#endif
+
+  ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + off];
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Ensure that e.g. for tr_TR.UTF-8 BACKSLASH DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I
+     this function returns CAPITAL LETTER I instead of first byte of
+     DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I.  The latter would confuse the parser,
+     since peek_byte_case doesn't advance cur_idx in any way.  */
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed && !isascii (ch))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+#endif
+
+  return ch;
+}
+
+static unsigned char
+internal_function __attribute ((pure))
+re_string_fetch_byte_case (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  if (BE (!pstr->mbs_allocated, 1))
+    return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed)
+    {
+      Idx off;
+      int ch;
+
+      /* For tr_TR.UTF-8 [[:islower:]] there is
+         [[: CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DOT lower:]] in mbs.  Skip
+         in that case the whole multi-byte character and return
+         the original letter.  On the other side, with
+         [[: DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I return [[:I, as doing
+         anything else would complicate things too much.  */
+
+      if (!re_string_first_byte (pstr, pstr->cur_idx))
+        return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+      off = pstr->offsets[pstr->cur_idx];
+      ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + off];
+
+      if (! isascii (ch))
+        return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+      re_string_skip_bytes (pstr,
+                            re_string_char_size_at (pstr, pstr->cur_idx));
+      return ch;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + pstr->cur_idx++];
+}
+
+static void
+internal_function
+re_string_destruct (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  re_free (pstr->wcs);
+  re_free (pstr->offsets);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+    re_free (pstr->mbs);
+}
+
+/* Return the context at IDX in INPUT.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+internal_function
+re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx, int eflags)
+{
+  int c;
+  if (BE (! REG_VALID_INDEX (idx), 0))
+    /* In this case, we use the value stored in input->tip_context,
+       since we can't know the character in input->mbs[-1] here.  */
+    return input->tip_context;
+  if (BE (idx == input->len, 0))
+    return ((eflags & REG_NOTEOL) ? CONTEXT_ENDBUF
+            : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_ENDBUF);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t wc;
+      Idx wc_idx = idx;
+      while(input->wcs[wc_idx] == WEOF)
+        {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+          /* It must not happen.  */
+          assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (wc_idx));
+#endif
+          --wc_idx;
+          if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (wc_idx))
+            return input->tip_context;
+        }
+      wc = input->wcs[wc_idx];
+      if (BE (input->word_ops_used != 0, 0) && IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc))
+        return CONTEXT_WORD;
+      return (IS_WIDE_NEWLINE (wc) && input->newline_anchor
+              ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    {
+      c = re_string_byte_at (input, idx);
+      if (bitset_contain (input->word_char, c))
+        return CONTEXT_WORD;
+      return IS_NEWLINE (c) && input->newline_anchor ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Functions for set operation.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_node_set_alloc (re_node_set *set, Idx size)
+{
+  set->alloc = size;
+  set->nelem = 0;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, size);
+  if (BE (set->elems == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_node_set_init_1 (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  set->alloc = 1;
+  set->nelem = 1;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, 1);
+  if (BE (set->elems == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      set->alloc = set->nelem = 0;
+      return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  set->elems[0] = elem;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_node_set_init_2 (re_node_set *set, Idx elem1, Idx elem2)
+{
+  set->alloc = 2;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, 2);
+  if (BE (set->elems == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  if (elem1 == elem2)
+    {
+      set->nelem = 1;
+      set->elems[0] = elem1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      set->nelem = 2;
+      if (elem1 < elem2)
+        {
+          set->elems[0] = elem1;
+          set->elems[1] = elem2;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          set->elems[0] = elem2;
+          set->elems[1] = elem1;
+        }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_node_set_init_copy (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src)
+{
+  dest->nelem = src->nelem;
+  if (src->nelem > 0)
+    {
+      dest->alloc = dest->nelem;
+      dest->elems = re_malloc (Idx, dest->alloc);
+      if (BE (dest->elems == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          dest->alloc = dest->nelem = 0;
+          return REG_ESPACE;
+        }
+      memcpy (dest->elems, src->elems, src->nelem * sizeof (Idx));
+    }
+  else
+    re_node_set_init_empty (dest);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the intersection of the sets SRC1 and SRC2. And merge it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.
+   Note: We assume dest->elems is NULL, when dest->alloc is 0.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_node_set_add_intersect (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src1,
+                           const re_node_set *src2)
+{
+  Idx i1, i2, is, id, delta, sbase;
+  if (src1->nelem == 0 || src2->nelem == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  /* We need dest->nelem + 2 * elems_in_intersection; this is a
+     conservative estimate.  */
+  if (src1->nelem + src2->nelem + dest->nelem > dest->alloc)
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = src1->nelem + src2->nelem + dest->alloc;
+      Idx *new_elems = re_realloc (dest->elems, Idx, new_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_elems == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      dest->elems = new_elems;
+      dest->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+
+  /* Find the items in the intersection of SRC1 and SRC2, and copy
+     into the top of DEST those that are not already in DEST itself.  */
+  sbase = dest->nelem + src1->nelem + src2->nelem;
+  i1 = src1->nelem - 1;
+  i2 = src2->nelem - 1;
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (src1->elems[i1] == src2->elems[i2])
+        {
+          /* Try to find the item in DEST.  Maybe we could binary search?  */
+          while (REG_VALID_INDEX (id) && dest->elems[id] > src1->elems[i1])
+            --id;
+
+          if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (id) || dest->elems[id] != src1->elems[i1])
+            dest->elems[--sbase] = src1->elems[i1];
+
+          if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i1) || ! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i2))
+            break;
+        }
+
+      /* Lower the highest of the two items.  */
+      else if (src1->elems[i1] < src2->elems[i2])
+        {
+          if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i2))
+            break;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i1))
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  is = dest->nelem + src1->nelem + src2->nelem - 1;
+  delta = is - sbase + 1;
+
+  /* Now copy.  When DELTA becomes zero, the remaining
+     DEST elements are already in place; this is more or
+     less the same loop that is in re_node_set_merge.  */
+  dest->nelem += delta;
+  if (delta > 0 && REG_VALID_INDEX (id))
+    for (;;)
+      {
+        if (dest->elems[is] > dest->elems[id])
+          {
+            /* Copy from the top.  */
+            dest->elems[id + delta--] = dest->elems[is--];
+            if (delta == 0)
+              break;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            /* Slide from the bottom.  */
+            dest->elems[id + delta] = dest->elems[id];
+            if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--id))
+              break;
+          }
+      }
+
+  /* Copy remaining SRC elements.  */
+  memcpy (dest->elems, dest->elems + sbase, delta * sizeof (Idx));
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the union set of the sets SRC1 and SRC2. And store it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_node_set_init_union (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src1,
+                        const re_node_set *src2)
+{
+  Idx i1, i2, id;
+  if (src1 != NULL && src1->nelem > 0 && src2 != NULL && src2->nelem > 0)
+    {
+      dest->alloc = src1->nelem + src2->nelem;
+      dest->elems = re_malloc (Idx, dest->alloc);
+      if (BE (dest->elems == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (src1 != NULL && src1->nelem > 0)
+        return re_node_set_init_copy (dest, src1);
+      else if (src2 != NULL && src2->nelem > 0)
+        return re_node_set_init_copy (dest, src2);
+      else
+        re_node_set_init_empty (dest);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  for (i1 = i2 = id = 0 ; i1 < src1->nelem && i2 < src2->nelem ;)
+    {
+      if (src1->elems[i1] > src2->elems[i2])
+        {
+          dest->elems[id++] = src2->elems[i2++];
+          continue;
+        }
+      if (src1->elems[i1] == src2->elems[i2])
+        ++i2;
+      dest->elems[id++] = src1->elems[i1++];
+    }
+  if (i1 < src1->nelem)
+    {
+      memcpy (dest->elems + id, src1->elems + i1,
+             (src1->nelem - i1) * sizeof (Idx));
+      id += src1->nelem - i1;
+    }
+  else if (i2 < src2->nelem)
+    {
+      memcpy (dest->elems + id, src2->elems + i2,
+             (src2->nelem - i2) * sizeof (Idx));
+      id += src2->nelem - i2;
+    }
+  dest->nelem = id;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the union set of the sets DEST and SRC. And store it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_node_set_merge (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src)
+{
+  Idx is, id, sbase, delta;
+  if (src == NULL || src->nelem == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+  if (dest->alloc < 2 * src->nelem + dest->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = 2 * (src->nelem + dest->alloc);
+      Idx *new_buffer = re_realloc (dest->elems, Idx, new_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_buffer == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      dest->elems = new_buffer;
+      dest->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+
+  if (BE (dest->nelem == 0, 0))
+    {
+      dest->nelem = src->nelem;
+      memcpy (dest->elems, src->elems, src->nelem * sizeof (Idx));
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy into the top of DEST the items of SRC that are not
+     found in DEST.  Maybe we could binary search in DEST?  */
+  for (sbase = dest->nelem + 2 * src->nelem,
+       is = src->nelem - 1, id = dest->nelem - 1;
+       REG_VALID_INDEX (is) && REG_VALID_INDEX (id); )
+    {
+      if (dest->elems[id] == src->elems[is])
+        is--, id--;
+      else if (dest->elems[id] < src->elems[is])
+        dest->elems[--sbase] = src->elems[is--];
+      else /* if (dest->elems[id] > src->elems[is]) */
+        --id;
+    }
+
+  if (REG_VALID_INDEX (is))
+    {
+      /* If DEST is exhausted, the remaining items of SRC must be unique.  */
+      sbase -= is + 1;
+      memcpy (dest->elems + sbase, src->elems, (is + 1) * sizeof (Idx));
+    }
+
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  is = dest->nelem + 2 * src->nelem - 1;
+  delta = is - sbase + 1;
+  if (delta == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  /* Now copy.  When DELTA becomes zero, the remaining
+     DEST elements are already in place.  */
+  dest->nelem += delta;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (dest->elems[is] > dest->elems[id])
+        {
+          /* Copy from the top.  */
+          dest->elems[id + delta--] = dest->elems[is--];
+          if (delta == 0)
+            break;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Slide from the bottom.  */
+          dest->elems[id + delta] = dest->elems[id];
+          if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--id))
+            {
+              /* Copy remaining SRC elements.  */
+              memcpy (dest->elems, dest->elems + sbase,
+                      delta * sizeof (Idx));
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Insert the new element ELEM to the re_node_set* SET.
+   SET should not already have ELEM.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function
+re_node_set_insert (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  /* In case the set is empty.  */
+  if (set->alloc == 0)
+    return BE (re_node_set_init_1 (set, elem) == REG_NOERROR, 1);
+
+  if (BE (set->nelem, 0) == 0)
+    {
+      /* We already guaranteed above that set->alloc != 0.  */
+      set->elems[0] = elem;
+      ++set->nelem;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Realloc if we need.  */
+  if (set->alloc == set->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx *new_elems;
+      set->alloc = set->alloc * 2;
+      new_elems = re_realloc (set->elems, Idx, set->alloc);
+      if (BE (new_elems == NULL, 0))
+        return false;
+      set->elems = new_elems;
+    }
+
+  /* Move the elements which follows the new element.  Test the
+     first element separately to skip a check in the inner loop.  */
+  if (elem < set->elems[0])
+    {
+      idx = 0;
+      for (idx = set->nelem; idx > 0; idx--)
+        set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx - 1];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (idx = set->nelem; set->elems[idx - 1] > elem; idx--)
+        set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx - 1];
+    }
+
+  /* Insert the new element.  */
+  set->elems[idx] = elem;
+  ++set->nelem;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Insert the new element ELEM to the re_node_set* SET.
+   SET should not already have any element greater than or equal to ELEM.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function
+re_node_set_insert_last (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  /* Realloc if we need.  */
+  if (set->alloc == set->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx *new_elems;
+      set->alloc = (set->alloc + 1) * 2;
+      new_elems = re_realloc (set->elems, Idx, set->alloc);
+      if (BE (new_elems == NULL, 0))
+        return false;
+      set->elems = new_elems;
+    }
+
+  /* Insert the new element.  */
+  set->elems[set->nelem++] = elem;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Compare two node sets SET1 and SET2.
+   Return true if SET1 and SET2 are equivalent.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function __attribute ((pure))
+re_node_set_compare (const re_node_set *set1, const re_node_set *set2)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  if (set1 == NULL || set2 == NULL || set1->nelem != set2->nelem)
+    return false;
+  for (i = set1->nelem ; REG_VALID_INDEX (--i) ; )
+    if (set1->elems[i] != set2->elems[i])
+      return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return (idx + 1) if SET contains the element ELEM, return 0 otherwise.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function __attribute ((pure))
+re_node_set_contains (const re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  __re_size_t idx, right, mid;
+  if (! REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX (set->nelem))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Binary search the element.  */
+  idx = 0;
+  right = set->nelem - 1;
+  while (idx < right)
+    {
+      mid = (idx + right) / 2;
+      if (set->elems[mid] < elem)
+        idx = mid + 1;
+      else
+        right = mid;
+    }
+  return set->elems[idx] == elem ? idx + 1 : 0;
+}
+
+static void
+internal_function
+re_node_set_remove_at (re_node_set *set, Idx idx)
+{
+  if (idx < 0 || idx >= set->nelem)
+    return;
+  --set->nelem;
+  for (; idx < set->nelem; idx++)
+    set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx + 1];
+}
+
+
+/* Add the token TOKEN to dfa->nodes, and return the index of the token.
+   Or return REG_MISSING if an error occurred.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+re_dfa_add_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t token)
+{
+  if (BE (dfa->nodes_len >= dfa->nodes_alloc, 0))
+    {
+      size_t new_nodes_alloc = dfa->nodes_alloc * 2;
+      Idx *new_nexts, *new_indices;
+      re_node_set *new_edests, *new_eclosures;
+      re_token_t *new_nodes;
+      size_t max_object_size =
+        MAX (sizeof (re_token_t),
+             MAX (sizeof (re_node_set),
+                  sizeof (Idx)));
+
+      /* Avoid overflows.  */
+      if (BE (SIZE_MAX / 2 / max_object_size < dfa->nodes_alloc, 0))
+        return REG_MISSING;
+
+      new_nodes = re_realloc (dfa->nodes, re_token_t, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_nodes == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_MISSING;
+      dfa->nodes = new_nodes;
+      new_nexts = re_realloc (dfa->nexts, Idx, new_nodes_alloc);
+      new_indices = re_realloc (dfa->org_indices, Idx, new_nodes_alloc);
+      new_edests = re_realloc (dfa->edests, re_node_set, new_nodes_alloc);
+      new_eclosures = re_realloc (dfa->eclosures, re_node_set, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_nexts == NULL || new_indices == NULL
+              || new_edests == NULL || new_eclosures == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_MISSING;
+      dfa->nexts = new_nexts;
+      dfa->org_indices = new_indices;
+      dfa->edests = new_edests;
+      dfa->eclosures = new_eclosures;
+      dfa->nodes_alloc = new_nodes_alloc;
+    }
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len] = token;
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len].constraint = 0;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  {
+  int type = token.type;
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len].accept_mb =
+    (type == OP_PERIOD && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) || type == COMPLEX_BRACKET;
+  }
+#endif
+  dfa->nexts[dfa->nodes_len] = REG_MISSING;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->edests + dfa->nodes_len);
+  re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->eclosures + dfa->nodes_len);
+  return dfa->nodes_len++;
+}
+
+static inline re_hashval_t
+internal_function
+calc_state_hash (const re_node_set *nodes, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash = nodes->nelem + context;
+  Idx i;
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    hash += nodes->elems[i];
+  return hash;
+}
+
+/* Search for the state whose node_set is equivalent to NODES.
+   Return the pointer to the state, if we found it in the DFA.
+   Otherwise create the new one and return it.  In case of an error
+   return NULL and set the error code in ERR.
+   Note: - We assume NULL as the invalid state, then it is possible that
+           return value is NULL and ERR is REG_NOERROR.
+         - We never return non-NULL value in case of any errors, it is for
+           optimization.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function
+re_acquire_state (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                  const re_node_set *nodes)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_dfastate_t *new_state;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  Idx i;
+#ifdef lint
+  /* Suppress bogus uninitialized-variable warnings.  */
+  *err = REG_NOERROR;
+#endif
+  if (BE (nodes->nelem == 0, 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_NOERROR;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  hash = calc_state_hash (nodes, 0);
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < spot->num ; i++)
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *state = spot->array[i];
+      if (hash != state->hash)
+        continue;
+      if (re_node_set_compare (&state->nodes, nodes))
+        return state;
+    }
+
+  /* There are no appropriate state in the dfa, create the new one.  */
+  new_state = create_ci_newstate (dfa, nodes, hash);
+  if (BE (new_state == NULL, 0))
+    *err = REG_ESPACE;
+
+  return new_state;
+}
+
+/* Search for the state whose node_set is equivalent to NODES and
+   whose context is equivalent to CONTEXT.
+   Return the pointer to the state, if we found it in the DFA.
+   Otherwise create the new one and return it.  In case of an error
+   return NULL and set the error code in ERR.
+   Note: - We assume NULL as the invalid state, then it is possible that
+           return value is NULL and ERR is REG_NOERROR.
+         - We never return non-NULL value in case of any errors, it is for
+           optimization.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function
+re_acquire_state_context (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                          const re_node_set *nodes, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_dfastate_t *new_state;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  Idx i;
+#ifdef lint
+  /* Suppress bogus uninitialized-variable warnings.  */
+  *err = REG_NOERROR;
+#endif
+  if (nodes->nelem == 0)
+    {
+      *err = REG_NOERROR;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  hash = calc_state_hash (nodes, context);
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < spot->num ; i++)
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *state = spot->array[i];
+      if (state->hash == hash
+          && state->context == context
+          && re_node_set_compare (state->entrance_nodes, nodes))
+        return state;
+    }
+  /* There are no appropriate state in `dfa', create the new one.  */
+  new_state = create_cd_newstate (dfa, nodes, context, hash);
+  if (BE (new_state == NULL, 0))
+    *err = REG_ESPACE;
+
+  return new_state;
+}
+
+/* Finish initialization of the new state NEWSTATE, and using its hash value
+   HASH put in the appropriate bucket of DFA's state table.  Return value
+   indicates the error code if failed.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+register_state (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *newstate,
+                re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+
+  newstate->hash = hash;
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&newstate->non_eps_nodes, newstate->nodes.nelem);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  for (i = 0; i < newstate->nodes.nelem; i++)
+    {
+      Idx elem = newstate->nodes.elems[i];
+      if (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[elem].type))
+        if (BE (! re_node_set_insert_last (&newstate->non_eps_nodes, elem), 0))
+          return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+  if (BE (spot->alloc <= spot->num, 0))
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = 2 * spot->num + 2;
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array = re_realloc (spot->array, re_dfastate_t *,
+                                              new_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      spot->array = new_array;
+      spot->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+  spot->array[spot->num++] = newstate;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static void
+free_state (re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  re_node_set_free (&state->non_eps_nodes);
+  re_node_set_free (&state->inveclosure);
+  if (state->entrance_nodes != &state->nodes)
+    {
+      re_node_set_free (state->entrance_nodes);
+      re_free (state->entrance_nodes);
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&state->nodes);
+  re_free (state->word_trtable);
+  re_free (state->trtable);
+  re_free (state);
+}
+
+/* Create the new state which is independ of contexts.
+   Return the new state if succeeded, otherwise return NULL.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function
+create_ci_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+                    re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_dfastate_t *newstate;
+
+  newstate = (re_dfastate_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t), 1);
+  if (BE (newstate == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&newstate->nodes, nodes);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      re_free (newstate);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  newstate->entrance_nodes = &newstate->nodes;
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + nodes->elems[i];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      if (type == CHARACTER && !node->constraint)
+        continue;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      newstate->accept_mb |= node->accept_mb;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+      /* If the state has the halt node, the state is a halt state.  */
+      if (type == END_OF_RE)
+        newstate->halt = 1;
+      else if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+        newstate->has_backref = 1;
+      else if (type == ANCHOR || node->constraint)
+        newstate->has_constraint = 1;
+    }
+  err = register_state (dfa, newstate, hash);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      free_state (newstate);
+      newstate = NULL;
+    }
+  return newstate;
+}
+
+/* Create the new state which is depend on the context CONTEXT.
+   Return the new state if succeeded, otherwise return NULL.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function
+create_cd_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+                    unsigned int context, re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  Idx i, nctx_nodes = 0;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_dfastate_t *newstate;
+
+  newstate = (re_dfastate_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t), 1);
+  if (BE (newstate == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&newstate->nodes, nodes);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      re_free (newstate);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  newstate->context = context;
+  newstate->entrance_nodes = &newstate->nodes;
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned int constraint = 0;
+      re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + nodes->elems[i];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      if (node->constraint)
+        constraint = node->constraint;
+
+      if (type == CHARACTER && !constraint)
+        continue;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      newstate->accept_mb |= node->accept_mb;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+      /* If the state has the halt node, the state is a halt state.  */
+      if (type == END_OF_RE)
+        newstate->halt = 1;
+      else if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+        newstate->has_backref = 1;
+      else if (type == ANCHOR)
+        constraint = node->opr.ctx_type;
+
+      if (constraint)
+        {
+          if (newstate->entrance_nodes == &newstate->nodes)
+            {
+              newstate->entrance_nodes = re_malloc (re_node_set, 1);
+              if (BE (newstate->entrance_nodes == NULL, 0))
+                {
+                  free_state (newstate);
+                  return NULL;
+                }
+              re_node_set_init_copy (newstate->entrance_nodes, nodes);
+              nctx_nodes = 0;
+              newstate->has_constraint = 1;
+            }
+
+          if (NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT (constraint,context))
+            {
+              re_node_set_remove_at (&newstate->nodes, i - nctx_nodes);
+              ++nctx_nodes;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  err = register_state (dfa, newstate, hash);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      free_state (newstate);
+      newstate = NULL;
+    }
+  return  newstate;
+}
diff --git a/gl/regex_internal.h b/gl/regex_internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0f7e65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/regex_internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,862 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_INTERNAL_H
+#define _REGEX_INTERNAL_H 1
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include "strcase.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_LANGINFO_H || defined HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET || defined _LIBC
+# include <langinfo.h>
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#if defined _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+# define __libc_lock_init(NAME) do { } while (0)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) do { } while (0)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) do { } while (0)
+#endif
+
+/* In case that the system doesn't have isblank().  */
+#if !defined _LIBC && !HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK && !defined isblank
+# define isblank(ch) ((ch) == ' ' || (ch) == '\t')
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifndef _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS
+#  define _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS 1
+#   include <locale/localeinfo.h>
+#   include <locale/elem-hash.h>
+#   include <locale/coll-lookup.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+#if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(msgid) \
+  INTUSE(__dcgettext) (_libc_intl_domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+# endif
+#else
+# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef gettext_noop
+/* This define is so xgettext can find the internationalizable
+   strings.  */
+# define gettext_noop(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* For loser systems without the definition.  */
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+#if (defined MB_CUR_MAX && HAVE_LOCALE_H && HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_ISWCTYPE && HAVE_WCRTOMB && HAVE_MBRTOWC && HAVE_WCSCOLL) || _LIBC
+# define RE_ENABLE_I18N
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+# define BE(expr, val) __builtin_expect (expr, val)
+#else
+# define BE(expr, val) (expr)
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define inline
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Number of ASCII characters.  */
+#define ASCII_CHARS 0x80
+
+/* Number of single byte characters.  */
+#define SBC_MAX (UCHAR_MAX + 1)
+
+#define COLL_ELEM_LEN_MAX 8
+
+/* The character which represents newline.  */
+#define NEWLINE_CHAR '\n'
+#define WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR L'\n'
+
+/* Rename to standard API for using out of glibc.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __wctype wctype
+# define __iswctype iswctype
+# define __btowc btowc
+# ifndef __mempcpy
+#  define __mempcpy mempcpy
+# endif
+# define __wcrtomb wcrtomb
+# define __regfree regfree
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 4 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)
+# define __attribute(arg) __attribute__ (arg)
+#else
+# define __attribute(arg)
+#endif
+
+typedef __re_idx_t Idx;
+
+/* Special return value for failure to match.  */
+#define REG_MISSING ((Idx) -1)
+
+/* Special return value for internal error.  */
+#define REG_ERROR ((Idx) -2)
+
+/* Test whether N is a valid index, and is not one of the above.  */
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+# define REG_VALID_INDEX(n) ((Idx) (n) < REG_ERROR)
+#else
+# define REG_VALID_INDEX(n) (0 <= (n))
+#endif
+
+/* Test whether N is a valid nonzero index.  */
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+# define REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX(n) ((Idx) ((n) - 1) < (Idx) (REG_ERROR - 1))
+#else
+# define REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX(n) (0 < (n))
+#endif
+
+/* A hash value, suitable for computing hash tables.  */
+typedef __re_size_t re_hashval_t;
+
+/* An integer used to represent a set of bits.  It must be unsigned,
+   and must be at least as wide as unsigned int.  */
+typedef unsigned long int bitset_word_t;
+/* All bits set in a bitset_word_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORD_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+/* Number of bits in a bitset_word_t.  For portability to hosts with
+   padding bits, do not use '(sizeof (bitset_word_t) * CHAR_BIT)';
+   instead, deduce it directly from BITSET_WORD_MAX.  Avoid
+   greater-than-32-bit integers and unconditional shifts by more than
+   31 bits, as they're not portable.  */
+#if BITSET_WORD_MAX == 0xffffffff
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 32
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 5 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 36
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 16 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 48
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 28 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 60
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 64
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 9 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 72
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 3 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 128
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 7 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 256
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 7 > 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 257 /* any value > SBC_MAX will do here */
+# if BITSET_WORD_BITS <= SBC_MAX
+#  error "Invalid SBC_MAX"
+# endif
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX == (0xffffffff + 2) * 0xffffffff
+/* Work around a bug in 64-bit PGC (before version 6.1-2), where the
+   preprocessor mishandles large unsigned values as if they were signed.  */
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 64
+#else
+# error "Add case for new bitset_word_t size"
+#endif
+
+/* Number of bitset_word_t values in a bitset_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORDS ((SBC_MAX + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+
+typedef bitset_word_t bitset_t[BITSET_WORDS];
+typedef bitset_word_t *re_bitset_ptr_t;
+typedef const bitset_word_t *re_const_bitset_ptr_t;
+
+#define PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0001
+#define PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0002
+#define NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0004
+#define NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0008
+#define PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0010
+#define NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0020
+#define PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0040
+#define NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0080
+#define WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0100
+#define NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0200
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  INSIDE_WORD = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_FIRST = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_LAST = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  INSIDE_NOTWORD = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  LINE_FIRST = PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
+  LINE_LAST = NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
+  BUF_FIRST = PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT,
+  BUF_LAST = NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_DELIM = WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT,
+  NOT_WORD_DELIM = NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT
+} re_context_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx alloc;
+  Idx nelem;
+  Idx *elems;
+} re_node_set;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  NON_TYPE = 0,
+
+  /* Node type, These are used by token, node, tree.  */
+  CHARACTER = 1,
+  END_OF_RE = 2,
+  SIMPLE_BRACKET = 3,
+  OP_BACK_REF = 4,
+  OP_PERIOD = 5,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  COMPLEX_BRACKET = 6,
+  OP_UTF8_PERIOD = 7,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+  /* We define EPSILON_BIT as a macro so that OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is used
+     when the debugger shows values of this enum type.  */
+#define EPSILON_BIT 8
+  OP_OPEN_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 0,
+  OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 1,
+  OP_ALT = EPSILON_BIT | 2,
+  OP_DUP_ASTERISK = EPSILON_BIT | 3,
+  ANCHOR = EPSILON_BIT | 4,
+
+  /* Tree type, these are used only by tree. */
+  CONCAT = 16,
+  SUBEXP = 17,
+
+  /* Token type, these are used only by token.  */
+  OP_DUP_PLUS = 18,
+  OP_DUP_QUESTION,
+  OP_OPEN_BRACKET,
+  OP_CLOSE_BRACKET,
+  OP_CHARSET_RANGE,
+  OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM,
+  OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM,
+  OP_NON_MATCH_LIST,
+  OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM,
+  OP_CLOSE_COLL_ELEM,
+  OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS,
+  OP_CLOSE_EQUIV_CLASS,
+  OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS,
+  OP_CLOSE_CHAR_CLASS,
+  OP_WORD,
+  OP_NOTWORD,
+  OP_SPACE,
+  OP_NOTSPACE,
+  BACK_SLASH
+
+} re_token_type_t;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* Multibyte characters.  */
+  wchar_t *mbchars;
+
+  /* Collating symbols.  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  int32_t *coll_syms;
+# endif
+
+  /* Equivalence classes. */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  int32_t *equiv_classes;
+# endif
+
+  /* Range expressions. */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  uint32_t *range_starts;
+  uint32_t *range_ends;
+# else /* not _LIBC */
+  wchar_t *range_starts;
+  wchar_t *range_ends;
+# endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+  /* Character classes. */
+  wctype_t *char_classes;
+
+  /* If this character set is the non-matching list.  */
+  unsigned int non_match : 1;
+
+  /* # of multibyte characters.  */
+  Idx nmbchars;
+
+  /* # of collating symbols.  */
+  Idx ncoll_syms;
+
+  /* # of equivalence classes. */
+  Idx nequiv_classes;
+
+  /* # of range expressions. */
+  Idx nranges;
+
+  /* # of character classes. */
+  Idx nchar_classes;
+} re_charset_t;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned char c;            /* for CHARACTER */
+    re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;     /* for SIMPLE_BRACKET */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+    re_charset_t *mbcset;       /* for COMPLEX_BRACKET */
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    Idx idx;                    /* for BACK_REF */
+    re_context_type ctx_type;   /* for ANCHOR */
+  } opr;
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !__STRICT_ANSI__
+  re_token_type_t type : 8;
+#else
+  re_token_type_t type;
+#endif
+  unsigned int constraint : 10; /* context constraint */
+  unsigned int duplicated : 1;
+  unsigned int opt_subexp : 1;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
+  /* These 2 bits can be moved into the union if needed (e.g. if running out
+     of bits; move opr.c to opr.c.c and move the flags to opr.c.flags).  */
+  unsigned int mb_partial : 1;
+#endif
+  unsigned int word_char : 1;
+} re_token_t;
+
+#define IS_EPSILON_NODE(type) ((type) & EPSILON_BIT)
+
+struct re_string_t
+{
+  /* Indicate the raw buffer which is the original string passed as an
+     argument of regexec(), re_search(), etc..  */
+  const unsigned char *raw_mbs;
+  /* Store the multibyte string.  In case of "case insensitive mode" like
+     REG_ICASE, upper cases of the string are stored, otherwise MBS points
+     the same address that RAW_MBS points.  */
+  unsigned char *mbs;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Store the wide character string which is corresponding to MBS.  */
+  wint_t *wcs;
+  Idx *offsets;
+  mbstate_t cur_state;
+#endif
+  /* Index in RAW_MBS.  Each character mbs[i] corresponds to
+     raw_mbs[raw_mbs_idx + i].  */
+  Idx raw_mbs_idx;
+  /* The length of the valid characters in the buffers.  */
+  Idx valid_len;
+  /* The corresponding number of bytes in raw_mbs array.  */
+  Idx valid_raw_len;
+  /* The length of the buffers MBS and WCS.  */
+  Idx bufs_len;
+  /* The index in MBS, which is updated by re_string_fetch_byte.  */
+  Idx cur_idx;
+  /* length of RAW_MBS array.  */
+  Idx raw_len;
+  /* This is RAW_LEN - RAW_MBS_IDX + VALID_LEN - VALID_RAW_LEN.  */
+  Idx len;
+  /* End of the buffer may be shorter than its length in the cases such
+     as re_match_2, re_search_2.  Then, we use STOP for end of the buffer
+     instead of LEN.  */
+  Idx raw_stop;
+  /* This is RAW_STOP - RAW_MBS_IDX adjusted through OFFSETS.  */
+  Idx stop;
+
+  /* The context of mbs[0].  We store the context independently, since
+     the context of mbs[0] may be different from raw_mbs[0], which is
+     the beginning of the input string.  */
+  unsigned int tip_context;
+  /* The translation passed as a part of an argument of re_compile_pattern.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans;
+  /* Copy of re_dfa_t's word_char.  */
+  re_const_bitset_ptr_t word_char;
+  /* true if REG_ICASE.  */
+  unsigned char icase;
+  unsigned char is_utf8;
+  unsigned char map_notascii;
+  unsigned char mbs_allocated;
+  unsigned char offsets_needed;
+  unsigned char newline_anchor;
+  unsigned char word_ops_used;
+  int mb_cur_max;
+};
+typedef struct re_string_t re_string_t;
+
+
+struct re_dfa_t;
+typedef struct re_dfa_t re_dfa_t;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# ifdef __i386__
+#  define internal_function   __attribute ((regparm (3), stdcall))
+# else
+#  define internal_function
+# endif
+#endif
+
+static reg_errcode_t re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr,
+                                                Idx new_buf_len)
+     internal_function;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static void build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+     internal_function;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static void build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
+static void re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
+static unsigned int re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx,
+                                          int eflags)
+     internal_function __attribute ((pure));
+#define re_string_peek_byte(pstr, offset) \
+  ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx + offset])
+#define re_string_fetch_byte(pstr) \
+  ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx++])
+#define re_string_first_byte(pstr, idx) \
+  ((idx) == (pstr)->valid_len || (pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF)
+#define re_string_is_single_byte_char(pstr, idx) \
+  ((pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF && ((pstr)->valid_len == (idx) + 1 \
+                                || (pstr)->wcs[(idx) + 1] != WEOF))
+#define re_string_eoi(pstr) ((pstr)->stop <= (pstr)->cur_idx)
+#define re_string_cur_idx(pstr) ((pstr)->cur_idx)
+#define re_string_get_buffer(pstr) ((pstr)->mbs)
+#define re_string_length(pstr) ((pstr)->len)
+#define re_string_byte_at(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->mbs[idx])
+#define re_string_skip_bytes(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx += (idx))
+#define re_string_set_index(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx = (idx))
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
+   and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
+   allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes.  Also care for the possibility
+   of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.  */
+#  define __libc_use_alloca(n) ((n) < 4032)
+# else
+/* alloca is implemented with malloc, so just use malloc.  */
+#  define __libc_use_alloca(n) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#define re_malloc(t,n) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define re_realloc(p,t,n) ((t *) realloc (p, (n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define re_free(p) free (p)
+
+struct bin_tree_t
+{
+  struct bin_tree_t *parent;
+  struct bin_tree_t *left;
+  struct bin_tree_t *right;
+  struct bin_tree_t *first;
+  struct bin_tree_t *next;
+
+  re_token_t token;
+
+  /* `node_idx' is the index in dfa->nodes, if `type' == 0.
+     Otherwise `type' indicate the type of this node.  */
+  Idx node_idx;
+};
+typedef struct bin_tree_t bin_tree_t;
+
+#define BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE \
+  ((1024 - sizeof (void *)) / sizeof (bin_tree_t))
+
+struct bin_tree_storage_t
+{
+  struct bin_tree_storage_t *next;
+  bin_tree_t data[BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE];
+};
+typedef struct bin_tree_storage_t bin_tree_storage_t;
+
+#define CONTEXT_WORD 1
+#define CONTEXT_NEWLINE (CONTEXT_WORD << 1)
+#define CONTEXT_BEGBUF (CONTEXT_NEWLINE << 1)
+#define CONTEXT_ENDBUF (CONTEXT_BEGBUF << 1)
+
+#define IS_WORD_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_WORD)
+#define IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_NEWLINE)
+#define IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_BEGBUF)
+#define IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_ENDBUF)
+#define IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT(c) ((c) == 0)
+
+#define IS_WORD_CHAR(ch) (isalnum (ch) || (ch) == '_')
+#define IS_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == NEWLINE_CHAR)
+#define IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR(ch) (iswalnum (ch) || (ch) == L'_')
+#define IS_WIDE_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR)
+
+#define NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
+ ((((constraint) & PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || ((constraint & PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || ((constraint & PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))\
+  || ((constraint & PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
+
+#define NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
+ ((((constraint) & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
+
+struct re_dfastate_t
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_node_set nodes;
+  re_node_set non_eps_nodes;
+  re_node_set inveclosure;
+  re_node_set *entrance_nodes;
+  struct re_dfastate_t **trtable, **word_trtable;
+  unsigned int context : 4;
+  unsigned int halt : 1;
+  /* If this state can accept `multi byte'.
+     Note that we refer to multibyte characters, and multi character
+     collating elements as `multi byte'.  */
+  unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
+  /* If this state has backreference node(s).  */
+  unsigned int has_backref : 1;
+  unsigned int has_constraint : 1;
+};
+typedef struct re_dfastate_t re_dfastate_t;
+
+struct re_state_table_entry
+{
+  Idx num;
+  Idx alloc;
+  re_dfastate_t **array;
+};
+
+/* Array type used in re_sub_match_last_t and re_sub_match_top_t.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx next_idx;
+  Idx alloc;
+  re_dfastate_t **array;
+} state_array_t;
+
+/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx node;
+  Idx str_idx; /* The position NODE match at.  */
+  state_array_t path;
+} re_sub_match_last_t;
+
+/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP.
+   And information about the node, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP,
+   corresponding to NODE is stored in LASTS.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx str_idx;
+  Idx node;
+  state_array_t *path;
+  Idx alasts; /* Allocation size of LASTS.  */
+  Idx nlasts; /* The number of LASTS.  */
+  re_sub_match_last_t **lasts;
+} re_sub_match_top_t;
+
+struct re_backref_cache_entry
+{
+  Idx node;
+  Idx str_idx;
+  Idx subexp_from;
+  Idx subexp_to;
+  char more;
+  char unused;
+  unsigned short int eps_reachable_subexps_map;
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* The string object corresponding to the input string.  */
+  re_string_t input;
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa;
+#else
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa;
+#endif
+  /* EFLAGS of the argument of regexec.  */
+  int eflags;
+  /* Where the matching ends.  */
+  Idx match_last;
+  Idx last_node;
+  /* The state log used by the matcher.  */
+  re_dfastate_t **state_log;
+  Idx state_log_top;
+  /* Back reference cache.  */
+  Idx nbkref_ents;
+  Idx abkref_ents;
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents;
+  int max_mb_elem_len;
+  Idx nsub_tops;
+  Idx asub_tops;
+  re_sub_match_top_t **sub_tops;
+} re_match_context_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  re_dfastate_t **sifted_states;
+  re_dfastate_t **limited_states;
+  Idx last_node;
+  Idx last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set limits;
+} re_sift_context_t;
+
+struct re_fail_stack_ent_t
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  Idx node;
+  regmatch_t *regs;
+  re_node_set eps_via_nodes;
+};
+
+struct re_fail_stack_t
+{
+  Idx num;
+  Idx alloc;
+  struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *stack;
+};
+
+struct re_dfa_t
+{
+  re_token_t *nodes;
+  size_t nodes_alloc;
+  size_t nodes_len;
+  Idx *nexts;
+  Idx *org_indices;
+  re_node_set *edests;
+  re_node_set *eclosures;
+  re_node_set *inveclosures;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *state_table;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_word;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_nl;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_begbuf;
+  bin_tree_t *str_tree;
+  bin_tree_storage_t *str_tree_storage;
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sb_char;
+  int str_tree_storage_idx;
+
+  /* number of subexpressions `re_nsub' is in regex_t.  */
+  re_hashval_t state_hash_mask;
+  Idx init_node;
+  Idx nbackref; /* The number of backreference in this dfa.  */
+
+  /* Bitmap expressing which backreference is used.  */
+  bitset_word_t used_bkref_map;
+  bitset_word_t completed_bkref_map;
+
+  unsigned int has_plural_match : 1;
+  /* If this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a backreference or
+     a node which can accept multibyte character or multi character
+     collating element.  */
+  unsigned int has_mb_node : 1;
+  unsigned int is_utf8 : 1;
+  unsigned int map_notascii : 1;
+  unsigned int word_ops_used : 1;
+  int mb_cur_max;
+  bitset_t word_char;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax;
+  Idx *subexp_map;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  char* re_str;
+#endif
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_define (, lock)
+#endif
+};
+
+#define re_node_set_init_empty(set) memset (set, '\0', sizeof (re_node_set))
+#define re_node_set_remove(set,id) \
+  (re_node_set_remove_at (set, re_node_set_contains (set, id) - 1))
+#define re_node_set_empty(p) ((p)->nelem = 0)
+#define re_node_set_free(set) re_free ((set)->elems)
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  SB_CHAR,
+  MB_CHAR,
+  EQUIV_CLASS,
+  COLL_SYM,
+  CHAR_CLASS
+} bracket_elem_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  bracket_elem_type type;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned char ch;
+    unsigned char *name;
+    wchar_t wch;
+  } opr;
+} bracket_elem_t;
+
+
+/* Inline functions for bitset_t operation.  */
+
+static inline void
+bitset_set (bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_clear (bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] &= ~ ((bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+}
+
+static inline bool
+bitset_contain (const bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  return (set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] >> i % BITSET_WORD_BITS) & 1;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_empty (bitset_t set)
+{
+  memset (set, '\0', sizeof (bitset_t));
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_set_all (bitset_t set)
+{
+  memset (set, -1, sizeof (bitset_word_t) * (SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
+    set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
+      ((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_copy (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  memcpy (dest, src, sizeof (bitset_t));
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_not (bitset_t set)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++bitset_i)
+    set[bitset_i] = ~set[bitset_i];
+  if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
+    set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
+      ((((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1)
+       & ~set[BITSET_WORDS - 1]);
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_merge (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
+    dest[bitset_i] |= src[bitset_i];
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_mask (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
+    dest[bitset_i] &= src[bitset_i];
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+/* Inline functions for re_string.  */
+static inline int
+internal_function __attribute ((pure))
+re_string_char_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  int byte_idx;
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
+    return 1;
+  for (byte_idx = 1; idx + byte_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++byte_idx)
+    if (pstr->wcs[idx + byte_idx] != WEOF)
+      break;
+  return byte_idx;
+}
+
+static inline wint_t
+internal_function __attribute ((pure))
+re_string_wchar_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
+    return (wint_t) pstr->mbs[idx];
+  return (wint_t) pstr->wcs[idx];
+}
+
+static int
+internal_function __attribute ((pure))
+re_string_elem_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  const unsigned char *p, *extra;
+  const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+  int32_t tmp;
+#  include <locale/weight.h>
+  uint_fast32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *)
+        _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+      indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                                _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+      p = pstr->mbs + idx;
+      tmp = findidx (&p);
+      return p - pstr->mbs - idx;
+    }
+  else
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+    return 1;
+}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+#endif /*  _REGEX_INTERNAL_H */
diff --git a/gl/regexec.c b/gl/regexec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c186aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/regexec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4398 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_init (re_match_context_t *cache, int eflags,
+                                     Idx n) internal_function;
+static void match_ctx_clean (re_match_context_t *mctx) internal_function;
+static void match_ctx_free (re_match_context_t *cache) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_add_entry (re_match_context_t *cache, Idx node,
+                                          Idx str_idx, Idx from, Idx to)
+     internal_function;
+static Idx search_cur_bkref_entry (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_add_subtop (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node,
+                                           Idx str_idx) internal_function;
+static re_sub_match_last_t * match_ctx_add_sublast (re_sub_match_top_t *subtop,
+                                                    Idx node, Idx str_idx)
+     internal_function;
+static void sift_ctx_init (re_sift_context_t *sctx, re_dfastate_t **sifted_sts,
+                           re_dfastate_t **limited_sts, Idx last_node,
+                           Idx last_str_idx)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t re_search_internal (const regex_t *preg,
+                                         const char *string, Idx length,
+                                         Idx start, Idx last_start, Idx stop,
+                                         size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[],
+                                         int eflags) internal_function;
+static regoff_t re_search_2_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+                                  const char *string1, Idx length1,
+                                  const char *string2, Idx length2,
+                                  Idx start, regoff_t range,
+                                  struct re_registers *regs,
+                                  Idx stop, bool ret_len) internal_function;
+static regoff_t re_search_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+                                const char *string, Idx length, Idx start,
+                                regoff_t range, Idx stop,
+                                struct re_registers *regs,
+                                bool ret_len) internal_function;
+static unsigned int re_copy_regs (struct re_registers *regs, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+                                  Idx nregs, int regs_allocated)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t prune_impossible_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+     internal_function;
+static Idx check_matching (re_match_context_t *mctx, bool fl_longest_match,
+                           Idx *p_match_first) internal_function;
+static Idx check_halt_state_context (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                     const re_dfastate_t *state, Idx idx)
+     internal_function;
+static void update_regs (const re_dfa_t *dfa, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+                         regmatch_t *prev_idx_match, Idx cur_node,
+                         Idx cur_idx, Idx nmatch) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t push_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs,
+                                      Idx str_idx, Idx dest_node, Idx nregs,
+                                      regmatch_t *regs,
+                                      re_node_set *eps_via_nodes)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t set_regs (const regex_t *preg,
+                               const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                               size_t nmatch, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+                               bool fl_backtrack) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t free_fail_stack_return (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs)
+     internal_function;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static int sift_states_iter_mb (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                                Idx node_idx, Idx str_idx, Idx max_str_idx)
+     internal_function;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static reg_errcode_t sift_states_backward (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                           re_sift_context_t *sctx)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t build_sifted_states (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                          re_sift_context_t *sctx, Idx str_idx,
+                                          re_node_set *cur_dest)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t update_cur_sifted_state (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                              re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                                              Idx str_idx,
+                                              re_node_set *dest_nodes)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t add_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                            re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+                                            const re_node_set *candidates)
+     internal_function;
+static bool check_dst_limits (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                              const re_node_set *limits,
+                              Idx dst_node, Idx dst_idx, Idx src_node,
+                              Idx src_idx) internal_function;
+static int check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                        int boundaries, Idx subexp_idx,
+                                        Idx from_node, Idx bkref_idx)
+     internal_function;
+static int check_dst_limits_calc_pos (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                      Idx limit, Idx subexp_idx,
+                                      Idx node, Idx str_idx,
+                                      Idx bkref_idx) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_subexp_limits (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                          re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+                                          const re_node_set *candidates,
+                                          re_node_set *limits,
+                                          struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents,
+                                          Idx str_idx) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t sift_states_bkref (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                        re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                                        Idx str_idx, const re_node_set *candidates)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t merge_state_array (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                        re_dfastate_t **dst,
+                                        re_dfastate_t **src, Idx num)
+     internal_function;
+static re_dfastate_t *find_recover_state (reg_errcode_t *err,
+                                         re_match_context_t *mctx) internal_function;
+static re_dfastate_t *transit_state (reg_errcode_t *err,
+                                     re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                     re_dfastate_t *state) internal_function;
+static re_dfastate_t *merge_state_with_log (reg_errcode_t *err,
+                                            re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                            re_dfastate_t *next_state)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_subexp_matching_top (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                                re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                                                Idx str_idx) internal_function;
+#if 0
+static re_dfastate_t *transit_state_sb (reg_errcode_t *err,
+                                        re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                        re_dfastate_t *pstate)
+     internal_function;
+#endif
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static reg_errcode_t transit_state_mb (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                       re_dfastate_t *pstate)
+     internal_function;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static reg_errcode_t transit_state_bkref (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                          const re_node_set *nodes)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t get_subexp (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                 Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str_idx)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t get_subexp_sub (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                     const re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top,
+                                     re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last,
+                                     Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str)
+     internal_function;
+static Idx find_subexp_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+                             Idx subexp_idx, int type) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                    state_array_t *path, Idx top_node,
+                                    Idx top_str, Idx last_node, Idx last_str,
+                                    int type) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_add_next_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                                   Idx str_idx,
+                                                   re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                                                   re_node_set *next_nodes)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_expand_ecl (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                               re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                                               Idx ex_subexp, int type)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                                   re_node_set *dst_nodes,
+                                                   Idx target, Idx ex_subexp,
+                                                   int type) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t expand_bkref_cache (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                                         re_node_set *cur_nodes, Idx cur_str,
+                                         Idx subexp_num, int type)
+     internal_function;
+static bool build_trtable (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                           re_dfastate_t *state) internal_function;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static int check_node_accept_bytes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node_idx,
+                                    const re_string_t *input, Idx idx)
+     internal_function;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+static unsigned int find_collation_sequence_value (const unsigned char *mbs,
+                                                   size_t name_len)
+     internal_function;
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static Idx group_nodes_into_DFAstates (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+                                       const re_dfastate_t *state,
+                                       re_node_set *states_node,
+                                       bitset_t *states_ch) internal_function;
+static bool check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                               const re_token_t *node, Idx idx)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t extend_buffers (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+     internal_function;
+
+/* Entry point for POSIX code.  */
+
+/* regexec searches for a given pattern, specified by PREG, in the
+   string STRING.
+
+   If NMATCH is zero or REG_NOSUB was set in the cflags argument to
+   `regcomp', we ignore PMATCH.  Otherwise, we assume PMATCH has at
+   least NMATCH elements, and we set them to the offsets of the
+   corresponding matched substrings.
+
+   EFLAGS specifies `execution flags' which affect matching: if
+   REG_NOTBOL is set, then ^ does not match at the beginning of the
+   string; if REG_NOTEOL is set, then $ does not match at the end.
+
+   We return 0 if we find a match and REG_NOMATCH if not.  */
+
+int
+regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, eflags)
+    const regex_t *__restrict preg;
+    const char *__restrict string;
+    size_t nmatch;
+    regmatch_t pmatch[];
+    int eflags;
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx start, length;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+#endif
+
+  if (eflags & ~(REG_NOTBOL | REG_NOTEOL | REG_STARTEND))
+    return REG_BADPAT;
+
+  if (eflags & REG_STARTEND)
+    {
+      start = pmatch[0].rm_so;
+      length = pmatch[0].rm_eo;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      start = 0;
+      length = strlen (string);
+    }
+
+  __libc_lock_lock (dfa->lock);
+  if (preg->no_sub)
+    err = re_search_internal (preg, string, length, start, length,
+                              length, 0, NULL, eflags);
+  else
+    err = re_search_internal (preg, string, length, start, length,
+                              length, nmatch, pmatch, eflags);
+  __libc_lock_unlock (dfa->lock);
+  return err != REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+versioned_symbol (libc, __regexec, regexec, GLIBC_2_3_4);
+
+# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3_4)
+__typeof__ (__regexec) __compat_regexec;
+
+int
+attribute_compat_text_section
+__compat_regexec (const regex_t *__restrict preg,
+                  const char *__restrict string, size_t nmatch,
+                  regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags)
+{
+  return regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch,
+                  eflags & (REG_NOTBOL | REG_NOTEOL));
+}
+compat_symbol (libc, __compat_regexec, regexec, GLIBC_2_0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points for GNU code.  */
+
+/* re_match, re_search, re_match_2, re_search_2
+
+   The former two functions operate on STRING with length LENGTH,
+   while the later two operate on concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2
+   with lengths LENGTH1 and LENGTH2, respectively.
+
+   re_match() matches the compiled pattern in BUFP against the string,
+   starting at index START.
+
+   re_search() first tries matching at index START, then it tries to match
+   starting from index START + 1, and so on.  The last start position tried
+   is START + RANGE.  (Thus RANGE = 0 forces re_search to operate the same
+   way as re_match().)
+
+   The parameter STOP of re_{match,search}_2 specifies that no match exceeding
+   the first STOP characters of the concatenation of the strings should be
+   concerned.
+
+   If REGS is not NULL, and BUFP->no_sub is not set, the offsets of the match
+   and all groups is stored in REGS.  (For the "_2" variants, the offsets are
+   computed relative to the concatenation, not relative to the individual
+   strings.)
+
+   On success, re_match* functions return the length of the match, re_search*
+   return the position of the start of the match.  Return value -1 means no
+   match was found and -2 indicates an internal error.  */
+
+regoff_t
+re_match (bufp, string, length, start, regs)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    const char *string;
+    Idx length, start;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+{
+  return re_search_stub (bufp, string, length, start, 0, length, regs, true);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match, re_match)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_search (bufp, string, length, start, range, regs)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    const char *string;
+    Idx length, start;
+    regoff_t range;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+{
+  return re_search_stub (bufp, string, length, start, range, length, regs,
+                         false);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search, re_search)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_match_2 (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2, start, regs, stop)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    const char *string1, *string2;
+    Idx length1, length2, start, stop;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+{
+  return re_search_2_stub (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2,
+                           start, 0, regs, stop, true);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match_2, re_match_2)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_search_2 (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2, start, range, regs, stop)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    const char *string1, *string2;
+    Idx length1, length2, start, stop;
+    regoff_t range;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+{
+  return re_search_2_stub (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2,
+                           start, range, regs, stop, false);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search_2, re_search_2)
+#endif
+
+static regoff_t
+internal_function
+re_search_2_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+                  const char *string1, Idx length1,
+                  const char *string2, Idx length2,
+                  Idx start, regoff_t range, struct re_registers *regs,
+                  Idx stop, bool ret_len)
+{
+  const char *str;
+  regoff_t rval;
+  Idx len = length1 + length2;
+  char *s = NULL;
+
+  if (BE (length1 < 0 || length2 < 0 || stop < 0 || len < length1, 0))
+    return -2;
+
+  /* Concatenate the strings.  */
+  if (length2 > 0)
+    if (length1 > 0)
+      {
+        s = re_malloc (char, len);
+
+        if (BE (s == NULL, 0))
+          return -2;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+        memcpy (__mempcpy (s, string1, length1), string2, length2);
+#else
+        memcpy (s, string1, length1);
+        memcpy (s + length1, string2, length2);
+#endif
+        str = s;
+      }
+    else
+      str = string2;
+  else
+    str = string1;
+
+  rval = re_search_stub (bufp, str, len, start, range, stop, regs,
+                         ret_len);
+  re_free (s);
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* The parameters have the same meaning as those of re_search.
+   Additional parameters:
+   If RET_LEN is true the length of the match is returned (re_match style);
+   otherwise the position of the match is returned.  */
+
+static regoff_t
+internal_function
+re_search_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+                const char *string, Idx length,
+                Idx start, regoff_t range, Idx stop, struct re_registers *regs,
+                bool ret_len)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t result;
+  regmatch_t *pmatch;
+  Idx nregs;
+  regoff_t rval;
+  int eflags = 0;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) bufp->buffer;
+#endif
+  Idx last_start = start + range;
+
+  /* Check for out-of-range.  */
+  if (BE (start < 0 || start > length, 0))
+    return -1;
+  if (BE (length < last_start || (0 <= range && last_start < start), 0))
+    last_start = length;
+  else if (BE (last_start < 0 || (range < 0 && start <= last_start), 0))
+    last_start = 0;
+
+  __libc_lock_lock (dfa->lock);
+
+  eflags |= (bufp->not_bol) ? REG_NOTBOL : 0;
+  eflags |= (bufp->not_eol) ? REG_NOTEOL : 0;
+
+  /* Compile fastmap if we haven't yet.  */
+  if (start < last_start && bufp->fastmap != NULL && !bufp->fastmap_accurate)
+    re_compile_fastmap (bufp);
+
+  if (BE (bufp->no_sub, 0))
+    regs = NULL;
+
+  /* We need at least 1 register.  */
+  if (regs == NULL)
+    nregs = 1;
+  else if (BE (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED
+               && regs->num_regs <= bufp->re_nsub, 0))
+    {
+      nregs = regs->num_regs;
+      if (BE (nregs < 1, 0))
+        {
+          /* Nothing can be copied to regs.  */
+          regs = NULL;
+          nregs = 1;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    nregs = bufp->re_nsub + 1;
+  pmatch = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nregs);
+  if (BE (pmatch == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      rval = -2;
+      goto out;
+    }
+
+  result = re_search_internal (bufp, string, length, start, last_start, stop,
+                               nregs, pmatch, eflags);
+
+  rval = 0;
+
+  /* I hope we needn't fill ther regs with -1's when no match was found.  */
+  if (result != REG_NOERROR)
+    rval = -1;
+  else if (regs != NULL)
+    {
+      /* If caller wants register contents data back, copy them.  */
+      bufp->regs_allocated = re_copy_regs (regs, pmatch, nregs,
+                                           bufp->regs_allocated);
+      if (BE (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED, 0))
+        rval = -2;
+    }
+
+  if (BE (rval == 0, 1))
+    {
+      if (ret_len)
+        {
+          assert (pmatch[0].rm_so == start);
+          rval = pmatch[0].rm_eo - start;
+        }
+      else
+        rval = pmatch[0].rm_so;
+    }
+  re_free (pmatch);
+ out:
+  __libc_lock_unlock (dfa->lock);
+  return rval;
+}
+
+static unsigned int
+internal_function
+re_copy_regs (struct re_registers *regs, regmatch_t *pmatch, Idx nregs,
+              int regs_allocated)
+{
+  int rval = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+  Idx i;
+  Idx need_regs = nregs + 1;
+  /* We need one extra element beyond `num_regs' for the `-1' marker GNU code
+     uses.  */
+
+  /* Have the register data arrays been allocated?  */
+  if (regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED)
+    { /* No.  So allocate them with malloc.  */
+      regs->start = re_malloc (regoff_t, need_regs);
+      if (BE (regs->start == NULL, 0))
+        return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+      regs->end = re_malloc (regoff_t, need_regs);
+      if (BE (regs->end == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          re_free (regs->start);
+          return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+        }
+      regs->num_regs = need_regs;
+    }
+  else if (regs_allocated == REGS_REALLOCATE)
+    { /* Yes.  If we need more elements than were already
+         allocated, reallocate them.  If we need fewer, just
+         leave it alone.  */
+      if (BE (need_regs > regs->num_regs, 0))
+        {
+          regoff_t *new_start = re_realloc (regs->start, regoff_t, need_regs);
+          regoff_t *new_end;
+          if (BE (new_start == NULL, 0))
+            return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+          new_end = re_realloc (regs->end, regoff_t, need_regs);
+          if (BE (new_end == NULL, 0))
+            {
+              re_free (new_start);
+              return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+            }
+          regs->start = new_start;
+          regs->end = new_end;
+          regs->num_regs = need_regs;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      assert (regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED);
+      /* This function may not be called with REGS_FIXED and nregs too big.  */
+      assert (regs->num_regs >= nregs);
+      rval = REGS_FIXED;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy the regs.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < nregs; ++i)
+    {
+      regs->start[i] = pmatch[i].rm_so;
+      regs->end[i] = pmatch[i].rm_eo;
+    }
+  for ( ; i < regs->num_regs; ++i)
+    regs->start[i] = regs->end[i] = -1;
+
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using PATTERN_BUFFER and REGS will use
+   this memory for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS
+   must be allocated using the malloc library routine, and must each
+   be at least NUM_REGS * sizeof (regoff_t) bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+
+void
+re_set_registers (bufp, regs, num_regs, starts, ends)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+    __re_size_t num_regs;
+    regoff_t *starts, *ends;
+{
+  if (num_regs)
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+      regs->num_regs = num_regs;
+      regs->start = starts;
+      regs->end = ends;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+      regs->num_regs = 0;
+      regs->start = regs->end = NULL;
+    }
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_set_registers, re_set_registers)
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library.  We don't define
+   them unless specifically requested.  */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+int
+# ifdef _LIBC
+weak_function
+# endif
+re_exec (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  return 0 == regexec (&re_comp_buf, s, 0, NULL, 0);
+}
+#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */
+
+/* Internal entry point.  */
+
+/* Searches for a compiled pattern PREG in the string STRING, whose
+   length is LENGTH.  NMATCH, PMATCH, and EFLAGS have the same
+   meaning as with regexec.  LAST_START is START + RANGE, where
+   START and RANGE have the same meaning as with re_search.
+   Return REG_NOERROR if we find a match, and REG_NOMATCH if not,
+   otherwise return the error code.
+   Note: We assume front end functions already check ranges.
+   (0 <= LAST_START && LAST_START <= LENGTH)  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+re_search_internal (const regex_t *preg,
+                    const char *string, Idx length,
+                    Idx start, Idx last_start, Idx stop,
+                    size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[],
+                    int eflags)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa = (const re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  Idx left_lim, right_lim;
+  int incr;
+  bool fl_longest_match;
+  int match_kind;
+  Idx match_first;
+  Idx match_last = REG_MISSING;
+  Idx extra_nmatch;
+  bool sb;
+  int ch;
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+  re_match_context_t mctx = { .dfa = dfa };
+#else
+  re_match_context_t mctx;
+#endif
+  char *fastmap = ((preg->fastmap != NULL && preg->fastmap_accurate
+                    && start != last_start && !preg->can_be_null)
+                   ? preg->fastmap : NULL);
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE t = preg->translate;
+
+#if !(defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
+  memset (&mctx, '\0', sizeof (re_match_context_t));
+  mctx.dfa = dfa;
+#endif
+
+  extra_nmatch = (nmatch > preg->re_nsub) ? nmatch - (preg->re_nsub + 1) : 0;
+  nmatch -= extra_nmatch;
+
+  /* Check if the DFA haven't been compiled.  */
+  if (BE (preg->used == 0 || dfa->init_state == NULL
+          || dfa->init_state_word == NULL || dfa->init_state_nl == NULL
+          || dfa->init_state_begbuf == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_NOMATCH;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  /* We assume front-end functions already check them.  */
+  assert (0 <= last_start && last_start <= length);
+#endif
+
+  /* If initial states with non-begbuf contexts have no elements,
+     the regex must be anchored.  If preg->newline_anchor is set,
+     we'll never use init_state_nl, so do not check it.  */
+  if (dfa->init_state->nodes.nelem == 0
+      && dfa->init_state_word->nodes.nelem == 0
+      && (dfa->init_state_nl->nodes.nelem == 0
+          || !preg->newline_anchor))
+    {
+      if (start != 0 && last_start != 0)
+        return REG_NOMATCH;
+      start = last_start = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We must check the longest matching, if nmatch > 0.  */
+  fl_longest_match = (nmatch != 0 || dfa->nbackref);
+
+  err = re_string_allocate (&mctx.input, string, length, dfa->nodes_len + 1,
+                            preg->translate, preg->syntax & RE_ICASE, dfa);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    goto free_return;
+  mctx.input.stop = stop;
+  mctx.input.raw_stop = stop;
+  mctx.input.newline_anchor = preg->newline_anchor;
+
+  err = match_ctx_init (&mctx, eflags, dfa->nbackref * 2);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    goto free_return;
+
+  /* We will log all the DFA states through which the dfa pass,
+     if nmatch > 1, or this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a
+     back-reference or a node which can accept multibyte character or
+     multi character collating element.  */
+  if (nmatch > 1 || dfa->has_mb_node)
+    {
+      /* Avoid overflow.  */
+      if (BE (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) <= mctx.input.bufs_len, 0))
+        {
+          err = REG_ESPACE;
+          goto free_return;
+        }
+
+      mctx.state_log = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, mctx.input.bufs_len + 1);
+      if (BE (mctx.state_log == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          err = REG_ESPACE;
+          goto free_return;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    mctx.state_log = NULL;
+
+  match_first = start;
+  mctx.input.tip_context = (eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? CONTEXT_BEGBUF
+                           : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_BEGBUF;
+
+  /* Check incrementally whether of not the input string match.  */
+  incr = (last_start < start) ? -1 : 1;
+  left_lim = (last_start < start) ? last_start : start;
+  right_lim = (last_start < start) ? start : last_start;
+  sb = dfa->mb_cur_max == 1;
+  match_kind =
+    (fastmap
+     ? ((sb || !(preg->syntax & RE_ICASE || t) ? 4 : 0)
+        | (start <= last_start ? 2 : 0)
+        | (t != NULL ? 1 : 0))
+     : 8);
+
+  for (;; match_first += incr)
+    {
+      err = REG_NOMATCH;
+      if (match_first < left_lim || right_lim < match_first)
+        goto free_return;
+
+      /* Advance as rapidly as possible through the string, until we
+         find a plausible place to start matching.  This may be done
+         with varying efficiency, so there are various possibilities:
+         only the most common of them are specialized, in order to
+         save on code size.  We use a switch statement for speed.  */
+      switch (match_kind)
+        {
+        case 8:
+          /* No fastmap.  */
+          break;
+
+        case 7:
+          /* Fastmap with single-byte translation, match forward.  */
+          while (BE (match_first < right_lim, 1)
+                 && !fastmap[t[(unsigned char) string[match_first]]])
+            ++match_first;
+          goto forward_match_found_start_or_reached_end;
+
+        case 6:
+          /* Fastmap without translation, match forward.  */
+          while (BE (match_first < right_lim, 1)
+                 && !fastmap[(unsigned char) string[match_first]])
+            ++match_first;
+
+        forward_match_found_start_or_reached_end:
+          if (BE (match_first == right_lim, 0))
+            {
+              ch = match_first >= length
+                       ? 0 : (unsigned char) string[match_first];
+              if (!fastmap[t ? t[ch] : ch])
+                goto free_return;
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case 4:
+        case 5:
+          /* Fastmap without multi-byte translation, match backwards.  */
+          while (match_first >= left_lim)
+            {
+              ch = match_first >= length
+                       ? 0 : (unsigned char) string[match_first];
+              if (fastmap[t ? t[ch] : ch])
+                break;
+              --match_first;
+            }
+          if (match_first < left_lim)
+            goto free_return;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          /* In this case, we can't determine easily the current byte,
+             since it might be a component byte of a multibyte
+             character.  Then we use the constructed buffer instead.  */
+          for (;;)
+            {
+              /* If MATCH_FIRST is out of the valid range, reconstruct the
+                 buffers.  */
+              __re_size_t offset = match_first - mctx.input.raw_mbs_idx;
+              if (BE (offset >= (__re_size_t) mctx.input.valid_raw_len, 0))
+                {
+                  err = re_string_reconstruct (&mctx.input, match_first,
+                                               eflags);
+                  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                    goto free_return;
+
+                  offset = match_first - mctx.input.raw_mbs_idx;
+                }
+              /* If MATCH_FIRST is out of the buffer, leave it as '\0'.
+                 Note that MATCH_FIRST must not be smaller than 0.  */
+              ch = (match_first >= length
+                    ? 0 : re_string_byte_at (&mctx.input, offset));
+              if (fastmap[ch])
+                break;
+              match_first += incr;
+              if (match_first < left_lim || match_first > right_lim)
+                {
+                  err = REG_NOMATCH;
+                  goto free_return;
+                }
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+
+      /* Reconstruct the buffers so that the matcher can assume that
+         the matching starts from the beginning of the buffer.  */
+      err = re_string_reconstruct (&mctx.input, match_first, eflags);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        goto free_return;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+     /* Don't consider this char as a possible match start if it part,
+        yet isn't the head, of a multibyte character.  */
+      if (!sb && !re_string_first_byte (&mctx.input, 0))
+        continue;
+#endif
+
+      /* It seems to be appropriate one, then use the matcher.  */
+      /* We assume that the matching starts from 0.  */
+      mctx.state_log_top = mctx.nbkref_ents = mctx.max_mb_elem_len = 0;
+      match_last = check_matching (&mctx, fl_longest_match,
+                                   start <= last_start ? &match_first : NULL);
+      if (match_last != REG_MISSING)
+        {
+          if (BE (match_last == REG_ERROR, 0))
+            {
+              err = REG_ESPACE;
+              goto free_return;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              mctx.match_last = match_last;
+              if ((!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1) || dfa->nbackref)
+                {
+                  re_dfastate_t *pstate = mctx.state_log[match_last];
+                  mctx.last_node = check_halt_state_context (&mctx, pstate,
+                                                             match_last);
+                }
+              if ((!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1 && dfa->has_plural_match)
+                  || dfa->nbackref)
+                {
+                  err = prune_impossible_nodes (&mctx);
+                  if (err == REG_NOERROR)
+                    break;
+                  if (BE (err != REG_NOMATCH, 0))
+                    goto free_return;
+                  match_last = REG_MISSING;
+                }
+              else
+                break; /* We found a match.  */
+            }
+        }
+
+      match_ctx_clean (&mctx);
+    }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (match_last != REG_MISSING);
+  assert (err == REG_NOERROR);
+#endif
+
+  /* Set pmatch[] if we need.  */
+  if (nmatch > 0)
+    {
+      Idx reg_idx;
+
+      /* Initialize registers.  */
+      for (reg_idx = 1; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+        pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so = pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo = -1;
+
+      /* Set the points where matching start/end.  */
+      pmatch[0].rm_so = 0;
+      pmatch[0].rm_eo = mctx.match_last;
+      /* FIXME: This function should fail if mctx.match_last exceeds
+         the maximum possible regoff_t value.  We need a new error
+         code REG_OVERFLOW.  */
+
+      if (!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1)
+        {
+          err = set_regs (preg, &mctx, nmatch, pmatch,
+                          dfa->has_plural_match && dfa->nbackref > 0);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            goto free_return;
+        }
+
+      /* At last, add the offset to the each registers, since we slided
+         the buffers so that we could assume that the matching starts
+         from 0.  */
+      for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+        if (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so != -1)
+          {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+            if (BE (mctx.input.offsets_needed != 0, 0))
+              {
+                pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so =
+                  (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so == mctx.input.valid_len
+                   ? mctx.input.valid_raw_len
+                   : mctx.input.offsets[pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so]);
+                pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo =
+                  (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo == mctx.input.valid_len
+                   ? mctx.input.valid_raw_len
+                   : mctx.input.offsets[pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo]);
+              }
+#else
+            assert (mctx.input.offsets_needed == 0);
+#endif
+            pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so += match_first;
+            pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo += match_first;
+          }
+      for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < extra_nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+        {
+          pmatch[nmatch + reg_idx].rm_so = -1;
+          pmatch[nmatch + reg_idx].rm_eo = -1;
+        }
+
+      if (dfa->subexp_map)
+        for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx + 1 < nmatch; reg_idx++)
+          if (dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] != reg_idx)
+            {
+              pmatch[reg_idx + 1].rm_so
+                = pmatch[dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] + 1].rm_so;
+              pmatch[reg_idx + 1].rm_eo
+                = pmatch[dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] + 1].rm_eo;
+            }
+    }
+
+ free_return:
+  re_free (mctx.state_log);
+  if (dfa->nbackref)
+    match_ctx_free (&mctx);
+  re_string_destruct (&mctx.input);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+prune_impossible_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx halt_node, match_last;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  re_dfastate_t **sifted_states;
+  re_dfastate_t **lim_states = NULL;
+  re_sift_context_t sctx;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (mctx->state_log != NULL);
+#endif
+  match_last = mctx->match_last;
+  halt_node = mctx->last_node;
+
+  /* Avoid overflow.  */
+  if (BE (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) <= match_last, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  sifted_states = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, match_last + 1);
+  if (BE (sifted_states == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      ret = REG_ESPACE;
+      goto free_return;
+    }
+  if (dfa->nbackref)
+    {
+      lim_states = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, match_last + 1);
+      if (BE (lim_states == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          ret = REG_ESPACE;
+          goto free_return;
+        }
+      while (1)
+        {
+          memset (lim_states, '\0',
+                  sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (match_last + 1));
+          sift_ctx_init (&sctx, sifted_states, lim_states, halt_node,
+                         match_last);
+          ret = sift_states_backward (mctx, &sctx);
+          re_node_set_free (&sctx.limits);
+          if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+              goto free_return;
+          if (sifted_states[0] != NULL || lim_states[0] != NULL)
+            break;
+          do
+            {
+              --match_last;
+              if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (match_last))
+                {
+                  ret = REG_NOMATCH;
+                  goto free_return;
+                }
+            } while (mctx->state_log[match_last] == NULL
+                     || !mctx->state_log[match_last]->halt);
+          halt_node = check_halt_state_context (mctx,
+                                                mctx->state_log[match_last],
+                                                match_last);
+        }
+      ret = merge_state_array (dfa, sifted_states, lim_states,
+                               match_last + 1);
+      re_free (lim_states);
+      lim_states = NULL;
+      if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        goto free_return;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      sift_ctx_init (&sctx, sifted_states, lim_states, halt_node, match_last);
+      ret = sift_states_backward (mctx, &sctx);
+      re_node_set_free (&sctx.limits);
+      if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        goto free_return;
+    }
+  re_free (mctx->state_log);
+  mctx->state_log = sifted_states;
+  sifted_states = NULL;
+  mctx->last_node = halt_node;
+  mctx->match_last = match_last;
+  ret = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  re_free (sifted_states);
+  re_free (lim_states);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Acquire an initial state and return it.
+   We must select appropriate initial state depending on the context,
+   since initial states may have constraints like "\<", "^", etc..  */
+
+static inline re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute ((always_inline)) internal_function
+acquire_init_state_context (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                            Idx idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  if (dfa->init_state->has_constraint)
+    {
+      unsigned int context;
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+      if (IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context))
+        return dfa->init_state_word;
+      else if (IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT (context))
+        return dfa->init_state;
+      else if (IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context) && IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))
+        return dfa->init_state_begbuf;
+      else if (IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))
+        return dfa->init_state_nl;
+      else if (IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context))
+        {
+          /* It is relatively rare case, then calculate on demand.  */
+          return re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa,
+                                           dfa->init_state->entrance_nodes,
+                                           context);
+        }
+      else
+        /* Must not happen?  */
+        return dfa->init_state;
+    }
+  else
+    return dfa->init_state;
+}
+
+/* Check whether the regular expression match input string INPUT or not,
+   and return the index where the matching end.  Return REG_MISSING if
+   there is no match, and return REG_ERROR in case of an error.
+   FL_LONGEST_MATCH means we want the POSIX longest matching.
+   If P_MATCH_FIRST is not NULL, and the match fails, it is set to the
+   next place where we may want to try matching.
+   Note that the matcher assume that the maching starts from the current
+   index of the buffer.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+check_matching (re_match_context_t *mctx, bool fl_longest_match,
+                Idx *p_match_first)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx match = 0;
+  Idx match_last = REG_MISSING;
+  Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+  bool at_init_state = p_match_first != NULL;
+  Idx next_start_idx = cur_str_idx;
+
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+  cur_state = acquire_init_state_context (&err, mctx, cur_str_idx);
+  /* An initial state must not be NULL (invalid).  */
+  if (BE (cur_state == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      assert (err == REG_ESPACE);
+      return REG_ERROR;
+    }
+
+  if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] = cur_state;
+
+      /* Check OP_OPEN_SUBEXP in the initial state in case that we use them
+         later.  E.g. Processing back references.  */
+      if (BE (dfa->nbackref, 0))
+        {
+          at_init_state = false;
+          err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, &cur_state->nodes, 0);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+
+          if (cur_state->has_backref)
+            {
+              err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, &cur_state->nodes);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                return err;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* If the RE accepts NULL string.  */
+  if (BE (cur_state->halt, 0))
+    {
+      if (!cur_state->has_constraint
+          || check_halt_state_context (mctx, cur_state, cur_str_idx))
+        {
+          if (!fl_longest_match)
+            return cur_str_idx;
+          else
+            {
+              match_last = cur_str_idx;
+              match = 1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  while (!re_string_eoi (&mctx->input))
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *old_state = cur_state;
+      Idx next_char_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) + 1;
+
+      if (BE (next_char_idx >= mctx->input.bufs_len, 0)
+          || (BE (next_char_idx >= mctx->input.valid_len, 0)
+              && mctx->input.valid_len < mctx->input.len))
+        {
+          err = extend_buffers (mctx);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              assert (err == REG_ESPACE);
+              return REG_ERROR;
+            }
+        }
+
+      cur_state = transit_state (&err, mctx, cur_state);
+      if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+        cur_state = merge_state_with_log (&err, mctx, cur_state);
+
+      if (cur_state == NULL)
+        {
+          /* Reached the invalid state or an error.  Try to recover a valid
+             state using the state log, if available and if we have not
+             already found a valid (even if not the longest) match.  */
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return REG_ERROR;
+
+          if (mctx->state_log == NULL
+              || (match && !fl_longest_match)
+              || (cur_state = find_recover_state (&err, mctx)) == NULL)
+            break;
+        }
+
+      if (BE (at_init_state, 0))
+        {
+          if (old_state == cur_state)
+            next_start_idx = next_char_idx;
+          else
+            at_init_state = false;
+        }
+
+      if (cur_state->halt)
+        {
+          /* Reached a halt state.
+             Check the halt state can satisfy the current context.  */
+          if (!cur_state->has_constraint
+              || check_halt_state_context (mctx, cur_state,
+                                           re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input)))
+            {
+              /* We found an appropriate halt state.  */
+              match_last = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+              match = 1;
+
+              /* We found a match, do not modify match_first below.  */
+              p_match_first = NULL;
+              if (!fl_longest_match)
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (p_match_first)
+    *p_match_first += next_start_idx;
+
+  return match_last;
+}
+
+/* Check NODE match the current context.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function
+check_halt_node_context (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+  unsigned int constraint = dfa->nodes[node].constraint;
+  if (type != END_OF_RE)
+    return false;
+  if (!constraint)
+    return true;
+  if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (constraint, context))
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Check the halt state STATE match the current context.
+   Return 0 if not match, if the node, STATE has, is a halt node and
+   match the context, return the node.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+check_halt_state_context (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                          const re_dfastate_t *state, Idx idx)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  unsigned int context;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (state->halt);
+#endif
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx, mctx->eflags);
+  for (i = 0; i < state->nodes.nelem; ++i)
+    if (check_halt_node_context (mctx->dfa, state->nodes.elems[i], context))
+      return state->nodes.elems[i];
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compute the next node to which "NFA" transit from NODE("NFA" is a NFA
+   corresponding to the DFA).
+   Return the destination node, and update EPS_VIA_NODES;
+   return REG_MISSING in case of errors.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+proceed_next_node (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx nregs, regmatch_t *regs,
+                   Idx *pidx, Idx node, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes,
+                   struct re_fail_stack_t *fs)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx i;
+  bool ok;
+  if (IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[node].type))
+    {
+      re_node_set *cur_nodes = &mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes;
+      re_node_set *edests = &dfa->edests[node];
+      Idx dest_node;
+      ok = re_node_set_insert (eps_via_nodes, node);
+      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+        return REG_ERROR;
+      /* Pick up a valid destination, or return REG_MISSING if none
+         is found.  */
+      for (dest_node = REG_MISSING, i = 0; i < edests->nelem; ++i)
+        {
+          Idx candidate = edests->elems[i];
+          if (!re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, candidate))
+            continue;
+          if (dest_node == REG_MISSING)
+            dest_node = candidate;
+
+          else
+            {
+              /* In order to avoid infinite loop like "(a*)*", return the second
+                 epsilon-transition if the first was already considered.  */
+              if (re_node_set_contains (eps_via_nodes, dest_node))
+                return candidate;
+
+              /* Otherwise, push the second epsilon-transition on the fail stack.  */
+              else if (fs != NULL
+                       && push_fail_stack (fs, *pidx, candidate, nregs, regs,
+                                           eps_via_nodes))
+                return REG_ERROR;
+
+              /* We know we are going to exit.  */
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+      return dest_node;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      Idx naccepted = 0;
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (dfa->nodes[node].accept_mb)
+        naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, node, &mctx->input, *pidx);
+      else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+        {
+          Idx subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx + 1;
+          naccepted = regs[subexp_idx].rm_eo - regs[subexp_idx].rm_so;
+          if (fs != NULL)
+            {
+              if (regs[subexp_idx].rm_so == -1 || regs[subexp_idx].rm_eo == -1)
+                return REG_MISSING;
+              else if (naccepted)
+                {
+                  char *buf = (char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+                  if (memcmp (buf + regs[subexp_idx].rm_so, buf + *pidx,
+                              naccepted) != 0)
+                    return REG_MISSING;
+                }
+            }
+
+          if (naccepted == 0)
+            {
+              Idx dest_node;
+              ok = re_node_set_insert (eps_via_nodes, node);
+              if (BE (! ok, 0))
+                return REG_ERROR;
+              dest_node = dfa->edests[node].elems[0];
+              if (re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes,
+                                        dest_node))
+                return dest_node;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (naccepted != 0
+          || check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + node, *pidx))
+        {
+          Idx dest_node = dfa->nexts[node];
+          *pidx = (naccepted == 0) ? *pidx + 1 : *pidx + naccepted;
+          if (fs && (*pidx > mctx->match_last || mctx->state_log[*pidx] == NULL
+                     || !re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes,
+                                               dest_node)))
+            return REG_MISSING;
+          re_node_set_empty (eps_via_nodes);
+          return dest_node;
+        }
+    }
+  return REG_MISSING;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+push_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, Idx str_idx, Idx dest_node,
+                 Idx nregs, regmatch_t *regs, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx num = fs->num++;
+  if (fs->num == fs->alloc)
+    {
+      struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *new_array;
+      new_array = realloc (fs->stack, (sizeof (struct re_fail_stack_ent_t)
+                                       * fs->alloc * 2));
+      if (new_array == NULL)
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      fs->alloc *= 2;
+      fs->stack = new_array;
+    }
+  fs->stack[num].idx = str_idx;
+  fs->stack[num].node = dest_node;
+  fs->stack[num].regs = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nregs);
+  if (fs->stack[num].regs == NULL)
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  memcpy (fs->stack[num].regs, regs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&fs->stack[num].eps_via_nodes, eps_via_nodes);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+pop_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, Idx *pidx, Idx nregs,
+                regmatch_t *regs, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes)
+{
+  Idx num = --fs->num;
+  assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (num));
+  *pidx = fs->stack[num].idx;
+  memcpy (regs, fs->stack[num].regs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  re_node_set_free (eps_via_nodes);
+  re_free (fs->stack[num].regs);
+  *eps_via_nodes = fs->stack[num].eps_via_nodes;
+  return fs->stack[num].node;
+}
+
+/* Set the positions where the subexpressions are starts/ends to registers
+   PMATCH.
+   Note: We assume that pmatch[0] is already set, and
+   pmatch[i].rm_so == pmatch[i].rm_eo == -1 for 0 < i < nmatch.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+set_regs (const regex_t *preg, const re_match_context_t *mctx, size_t nmatch,
+          regmatch_t *pmatch, bool fl_backtrack)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa = (const re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer;
+  Idx idx, cur_node;
+  re_node_set eps_via_nodes;
+  struct re_fail_stack_t *fs;
+  struct re_fail_stack_t fs_body = { 0, 2, NULL };
+  regmatch_t *prev_idx_match;
+  bool prev_idx_match_malloced = false;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (nmatch > 1);
+  assert (mctx->state_log != NULL);
+#endif
+  if (fl_backtrack)
+    {
+      fs = &fs_body;
+      fs->stack = re_malloc (struct re_fail_stack_ent_t, fs->alloc);
+      if (fs->stack == NULL)
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  else
+    fs = NULL;
+
+  cur_node = dfa->init_node;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&eps_via_nodes);
+
+  if (__libc_use_alloca (nmatch * sizeof (regmatch_t)))
+    prev_idx_match = (regmatch_t *) alloca (nmatch * sizeof (regmatch_t));
+  else
+    {
+      prev_idx_match = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nmatch);
+      if (prev_idx_match == NULL)
+        {
+          free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+          return REG_ESPACE;
+        }
+      prev_idx_match_malloced = true;
+    }
+  memcpy (prev_idx_match, pmatch, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+
+  for (idx = pmatch[0].rm_so; idx <= pmatch[0].rm_eo ;)
+    {
+      update_regs (dfa, pmatch, prev_idx_match, cur_node, idx, nmatch);
+
+      if (idx == pmatch[0].rm_eo && cur_node == mctx->last_node)
+        {
+          Idx reg_idx;
+          if (fs)
+            {
+              for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+                if (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so > -1 && pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo == -1)
+                  break;
+              if (reg_idx == nmatch)
+                {
+                  re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+                  if (prev_idx_match_malloced)
+                    re_free (prev_idx_match);
+                  return free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+                }
+              cur_node = pop_fail_stack (fs, &idx, nmatch, pmatch,
+                                         &eps_via_nodes);
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+              if (prev_idx_match_malloced)
+                re_free (prev_idx_match);
+              return REG_NOERROR;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Proceed to next node.  */
+      cur_node = proceed_next_node (mctx, nmatch, pmatch, &idx, cur_node,
+                                    &eps_via_nodes, fs);
+
+      if (BE (! REG_VALID_INDEX (cur_node), 0))
+        {
+          if (BE (cur_node == REG_ERROR, 0))
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+              if (prev_idx_match_malloced)
+                re_free (prev_idx_match);
+              free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+              return REG_ESPACE;
+            }
+          if (fs)
+            cur_node = pop_fail_stack (fs, &idx, nmatch, pmatch,
+                                       &eps_via_nodes);
+          else
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+              if (prev_idx_match_malloced)
+                re_free (prev_idx_match);
+              return REG_NOMATCH;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+  if (prev_idx_match_malloced)
+    re_free (prev_idx_match);
+  return free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+free_fail_stack_return (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs)
+{
+  if (fs)
+    {
+      Idx fs_idx;
+      for (fs_idx = 0; fs_idx < fs->num; ++fs_idx)
+        {
+          re_node_set_free (&fs->stack[fs_idx].eps_via_nodes);
+          re_free (fs->stack[fs_idx].regs);
+        }
+      re_free (fs->stack);
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static void
+internal_function
+update_regs (const re_dfa_t *dfa, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+             regmatch_t *prev_idx_match, Idx cur_node, Idx cur_idx, Idx nmatch)
+{
+  int type = dfa->nodes[cur_node].type;
+  if (type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP)
+    {
+      Idx reg_num = dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx + 1;
+
+      /* We are at the first node of this sub expression.  */
+      if (reg_num < nmatch)
+        {
+          pmatch[reg_num].rm_so = cur_idx;
+          pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = -1;
+        }
+    }
+  else if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+    {
+      Idx reg_num = dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx + 1;
+      if (reg_num < nmatch)
+        {
+          /* We are at the last node of this sub expression.  */
+          if (pmatch[reg_num].rm_so < cur_idx)
+            {
+              pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = cur_idx;
+              /* This is a non-empty match or we are not inside an optional
+                 subexpression.  Accept this right away.  */
+              memcpy (prev_idx_match, pmatch, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].opt_subexp
+                  && prev_idx_match[reg_num].rm_so != -1)
+                /* We transited through an empty match for an optional
+                   subexpression, like (a?)*, and this is not the subexp's
+                   first match.  Copy back the old content of the registers
+                   so that matches of an inner subexpression are undone as
+                   well, like in ((a?))*.  */
+                memcpy (pmatch, prev_idx_match, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+              else
+                /* We completed a subexpression, but it may be part of
+                   an optional one, so do not update PREV_IDX_MATCH.  */
+                pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = cur_idx;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* This function checks the STATE_LOG from the SCTX->last_str_idx to 0
+   and sift the nodes in each states according to the following rules.
+   Updated state_log will be wrote to STATE_LOG.
+
+   Rules: We throw away the Node `a' in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX] if...
+     1. When STR_IDX == MATCH_LAST(the last index in the state_log):
+        If `a' isn't the LAST_NODE and `a' can't epsilon transit to
+        the LAST_NODE, we throw away the node `a'.
+     2. When 0 <= STR_IDX < MATCH_LAST and `a' accepts
+        string `s' and transit to `b':
+        i. If 'b' isn't in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX+strlen('s')], we throw
+           away the node `a'.
+        ii. If 'b' is in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX+strlen('s')] but 'b' is
+            thrown away, we throw away the node `a'.
+     3. When 0 <= STR_IDX < MATCH_LAST and 'a' epsilon transit to 'b':
+        i. If 'b' isn't in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX], we throw away the
+           node `a'.
+        ii. If 'b' is in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX] but 'b' is thrown away,
+            we throw away the node `a'.  */
+
+#define STATE_NODE_CONTAINS(state,node) \
+  ((state) != NULL && re_node_set_contains (&(state)->nodes, node))
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+sift_states_backward (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  int null_cnt = 0;
+  Idx str_idx = sctx->last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set cur_dest;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (mctx->state_log != NULL && mctx->state_log[str_idx] != NULL);
+#endif
+
+  /* Build sifted state_log[str_idx].  It has the nodes which can epsilon
+     transit to the last_node and the last_node itself.  */
+  err = re_node_set_init_1 (&cur_dest, sctx->last_node);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+  err = update_cur_sifted_state (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    goto free_return;
+
+  /* Then check each states in the state_log.  */
+  while (str_idx > 0)
+    {
+      /* Update counters.  */
+      null_cnt = (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] == NULL) ? null_cnt + 1 : 0;
+      if (null_cnt > mctx->max_mb_elem_len)
+        {
+          memset (sctx->sifted_states, '\0',
+                  sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * str_idx);
+          re_node_set_free (&cur_dest);
+          return REG_NOERROR;
+        }
+      re_node_set_empty (&cur_dest);
+      --str_idx;
+
+      if (mctx->state_log[str_idx])
+        {
+          err = build_sifted_states (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            goto free_return;
+        }
+
+      /* Add all the nodes which satisfy the following conditions:
+         - It can epsilon transit to a node in CUR_DEST.
+         - It is in CUR_SRC.
+         And update state_log.  */
+      err = update_cur_sifted_state (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        goto free_return;
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  re_node_set_free (&cur_dest);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+build_sifted_states (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                     Idx str_idx, re_node_set *cur_dest)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  const re_node_set *cur_src = &mctx->state_log[str_idx]->non_eps_nodes;
+  Idx i;
+
+  /* Then build the next sifted state.
+     We build the next sifted state on `cur_dest', and update
+     `sifted_states[str_idx]' with `cur_dest'.
+     Note:
+     `cur_dest' is the sifted state from `state_log[str_idx + 1]'.
+     `cur_src' points the node_set of the old `state_log[str_idx]'
+     (with the epsilon nodes pre-filtered out).  */
+  for (i = 0; i < cur_src->nelem; i++)
+    {
+      Idx prev_node = cur_src->elems[i];
+      int naccepted = 0;
+      bool ok;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[prev_node].type;
+      assert (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (type));
+#endif
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      /* If the node may accept `multi byte'.  */
+      if (dfa->nodes[prev_node].accept_mb)
+        naccepted = sift_states_iter_mb (mctx, sctx, prev_node,
+                                         str_idx, sctx->last_str_idx);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+      /* We don't check backreferences here.
+         See update_cur_sifted_state().  */
+      if (!naccepted
+          && check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + prev_node, str_idx)
+          && STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx + 1],
+                                  dfa->nexts[prev_node]))
+        naccepted = 1;
+
+      if (naccepted == 0)
+        continue;
+
+      if (sctx->limits.nelem)
+        {
+          Idx to_idx = str_idx + naccepted;
+          if (check_dst_limits (mctx, &sctx->limits,
+                                dfa->nexts[prev_node], to_idx,
+                                prev_node, str_idx))
+            continue;
+        }
+      ok = re_node_set_insert (cur_dest, prev_node);
+      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+clean_state_log_if_needed (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx next_state_log_idx)
+{
+  Idx top = mctx->state_log_top;
+
+  if (next_state_log_idx >= mctx->input.bufs_len
+      || (next_state_log_idx >= mctx->input.valid_len
+          && mctx->input.valid_len < mctx->input.len))
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      err = extend_buffers (mctx);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return err;
+    }
+
+  if (top < next_state_log_idx)
+    {
+      memset (mctx->state_log + top + 1, '\0',
+              sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (next_state_log_idx - top));
+      mctx->state_log_top = next_state_log_idx;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+merge_state_array (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t **dst,
+                   re_dfastate_t **src, Idx num)
+{
+  Idx st_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  for (st_idx = 0; st_idx < num; ++st_idx)
+    {
+      if (dst[st_idx] == NULL)
+        dst[st_idx] = src[st_idx];
+      else if (src[st_idx] != NULL)
+        {
+          re_node_set merged_set;
+          err = re_node_set_init_union (&merged_set, &dst[st_idx]->nodes,
+                                        &src[st_idx]->nodes);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+          dst[st_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, &merged_set);
+          re_node_set_free (&merged_set);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+        }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+update_cur_sifted_state (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                         re_sift_context_t *sctx, Idx str_idx,
+                         re_node_set *dest_nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  const re_node_set *candidates;
+  candidates = ((mctx->state_log[str_idx] == NULL) ? NULL
+                : &mctx->state_log[str_idx]->nodes);
+
+  if (dest_nodes->nelem == 0)
+    sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      if (candidates)
+        {
+          /* At first, add the nodes which can epsilon transit to a node in
+             DEST_NODE.  */
+          err = add_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, dest_nodes, candidates);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+
+          /* Then, check the limitations in the current sift_context.  */
+          if (sctx->limits.nelem)
+            {
+              err = check_subexp_limits (dfa, dest_nodes, candidates, &sctx->limits,
+                                         mctx->bkref_ents, str_idx);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                return err;
+            }
+        }
+
+      sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, dest_nodes);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return err;
+    }
+
+  if (candidates && mctx->state_log[str_idx]->has_backref)
+    {
+      err = sift_states_bkref (mctx, sctx, str_idx, candidates);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return err;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+add_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+                       const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  Idx i;
+
+  re_dfastate_t *state = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, dest_nodes);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+
+  if (!state->inveclosure.alloc)
+    {
+      err = re_node_set_alloc (&state->inveclosure, dest_nodes->nelem);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      for (i = 0; i < dest_nodes->nelem; i++)
+        re_node_set_merge (&state->inveclosure,
+                           dfa->inveclosures + dest_nodes->elems[i]);
+    }
+  return re_node_set_add_intersect (dest_nodes, candidates,
+                                    &state->inveclosure);
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+sub_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+                       const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+    Idx ecl_idx;
+    reg_errcode_t err;
+    re_node_set *inv_eclosure = dfa->inveclosures + node;
+    re_node_set except_nodes;
+    re_node_set_init_empty (&except_nodes);
+    for (ecl_idx = 0; ecl_idx < inv_eclosure->nelem; ++ecl_idx)
+      {
+        Idx cur_node = inv_eclosure->elems[ecl_idx];
+        if (cur_node == node)
+          continue;
+        if (IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type))
+          {
+            Idx edst1 = dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[0];
+            Idx edst2 = ((dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem > 1)
+                         ? dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[1] : REG_MISSING);
+            if ((!re_node_set_contains (inv_eclosure, edst1)
+                 && re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, edst1))
+                || (REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX (edst2)
+                    && !re_node_set_contains (inv_eclosure, edst2)
+                    && re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, edst2)))
+              {
+                err = re_node_set_add_intersect (&except_nodes, candidates,
+                                                 dfa->inveclosures + cur_node);
+                if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                  {
+                    re_node_set_free (&except_nodes);
+                    return err;
+                  }
+              }
+          }
+      }
+    for (ecl_idx = 0; ecl_idx < inv_eclosure->nelem; ++ecl_idx)
+      {
+        Idx cur_node = inv_eclosure->elems[ecl_idx];
+        if (!re_node_set_contains (&except_nodes, cur_node))
+          {
+            Idx idx = re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, cur_node) - 1;
+            re_node_set_remove_at (dest_nodes, idx);
+          }
+      }
+    re_node_set_free (&except_nodes);
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static bool
+internal_function
+check_dst_limits (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_node_set *limits,
+                  Idx dst_node, Idx dst_idx, Idx src_node, Idx src_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx lim_idx, src_pos, dst_pos;
+
+  Idx dst_bkref_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, dst_idx);
+  Idx src_bkref_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, src_idx);
+  for (lim_idx = 0; lim_idx < limits->nelem; ++lim_idx)
+    {
+      Idx subexp_idx;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+      ent = mctx->bkref_ents + limits->elems[lim_idx];
+      subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[ent->node].opr.idx;
+
+      dst_pos = check_dst_limits_calc_pos (mctx, limits->elems[lim_idx],
+                                           subexp_idx, dst_node, dst_idx,
+                                           dst_bkref_idx);
+      src_pos = check_dst_limits_calc_pos (mctx, limits->elems[lim_idx],
+                                           subexp_idx, src_node, src_idx,
+                                           src_bkref_idx);
+
+      /* In case of:
+         <src> <dst> ( <subexp> )
+         ( <subexp> ) <src> <dst>
+         ( <subexp1> <src> <subexp2> <dst> <subexp3> )  */
+      if (src_pos == dst_pos)
+        continue; /* This is unrelated limitation.  */
+      else
+        return true;
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+static int
+internal_function
+check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (const re_match_context_t *mctx, int boundaries,
+                             Idx subexp_idx, Idx from_node, Idx bkref_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  const re_node_set *eclosures = dfa->eclosures + from_node;
+  Idx node_idx;
+
+  /* Else, we are on the boundary: examine the nodes on the epsilon
+     closure.  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < eclosures->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx node = eclosures->elems[node_idx];
+      switch (dfa->nodes[node].type)
+        {
+        case OP_BACK_REF:
+          if (bkref_idx != REG_MISSING)
+            {
+              struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent = mctx->bkref_ents + bkref_idx;
+              do
+                {
+                  Idx dst;
+                  int cpos;
+
+                  if (ent->node != node)
+                    continue;
+
+                  if (subexp_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS
+                      && !(ent->eps_reachable_subexps_map
+                           & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << subexp_idx)))
+                    continue;
+
+                  /* Recurse trying to reach the OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and
+                     OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP cases below.  But, if the
+                     destination node is the same node as the source
+                     node, don't recurse because it would cause an
+                     infinite loop: a regex that exhibits this behavior
+                     is ()\1*\1*  */
+                  dst = dfa->edests[node].elems[0];
+                  if (dst == from_node)
+                    {
+                      if (boundaries & 1)
+                        return -1;
+                      else /* if (boundaries & 2) */
+                        return 0;
+                    }
+
+                  cpos =
+                    check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (mctx, boundaries, subexp_idx,
+                                                 dst, bkref_idx);
+                  if (cpos == -1 /* && (boundaries & 1) */)
+                    return -1;
+                  if (cpos == 0 && (boundaries & 2))
+                    return 0;
+
+                  if (subexp_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+                    ent->eps_reachable_subexps_map
+                      &= ~((bitset_word_t) 1 << subexp_idx);
+                }
+              while (ent++->more);
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+          if ((boundaries & 1) && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+            return -1;
+          break;
+
+        case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+          if ((boundaries & 2) && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+            return 0;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return (boundaries & 2) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+static int
+internal_function
+check_dst_limits_calc_pos (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx limit,
+                           Idx subexp_idx, Idx from_node, Idx str_idx,
+                           Idx bkref_idx)
+{
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *lim = mctx->bkref_ents + limit;
+  int boundaries;
+
+  /* If we are outside the range of the subexpression, return -1 or 1.  */
+  if (str_idx < lim->subexp_from)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (lim->subexp_to < str_idx)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* If we are within the subexpression, return 0.  */
+  boundaries = (str_idx == lim->subexp_from);
+  boundaries |= (str_idx == lim->subexp_to) << 1;
+  if (boundaries == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Else, examine epsilon closure.  */
+  return check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (mctx, boundaries, subexp_idx,
+                                      from_node, bkref_idx);
+}
+
+/* Check the limitations of sub expressions LIMITS, and remove the nodes
+   which are against limitations from DEST_NODES. */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+check_subexp_limits (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+                     const re_node_set *candidates, re_node_set *limits,
+                     struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx node_idx, lim_idx;
+
+  for (lim_idx = 0; lim_idx < limits->nelem; ++lim_idx)
+    {
+      Idx subexp_idx;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+      ent = bkref_ents + limits->elems[lim_idx];
+
+      if (str_idx <= ent->subexp_from || ent->str_idx < str_idx)
+        continue; /* This is unrelated limitation.  */
+
+      subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[ent->node].opr.idx;
+      if (ent->subexp_to == str_idx)
+        {
+          Idx ops_node = REG_MISSING;
+          Idx cls_node = REG_MISSING;
+          for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+            {
+              Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+              re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+              if (type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP
+                  && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+                ops_node = node;
+              else if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP
+                       && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+                cls_node = node;
+            }
+
+          /* Check the limitation of the open subexpression.  */
+          /* Note that (ent->subexp_to = str_idx != ent->subexp_from).  */
+          if (REG_VALID_INDEX (ops_node))
+            {
+              err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, ops_node, dest_nodes,
+                                           candidates);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                return err;
+            }
+
+          /* Check the limitation of the close subexpression.  */
+          if (REG_VALID_INDEX (cls_node))
+            for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+              {
+                Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+                if (!re_node_set_contains (dfa->inveclosures + node,
+                                           cls_node)
+                    && !re_node_set_contains (dfa->eclosures + node,
+                                              cls_node))
+                  {
+                    /* It is against this limitation.
+                       Remove it form the current sifted state.  */
+                    err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, node, dest_nodes,
+                                                 candidates);
+                    if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                      return err;
+                    --node_idx;
+                  }
+              }
+        }
+      else /* (ent->subexp_to != str_idx)  */
+        {
+          for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+            {
+              Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+              re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+              if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP || type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP)
+                {
+                  if (subexp_idx != dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+                    continue;
+                  /* It is against this limitation.
+                     Remove it form the current sifted state.  */
+                  err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, node, dest_nodes,
+                                               candidates);
+                  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                    return err;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+sift_states_bkref (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                   Idx str_idx, const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx node_idx, node;
+  re_sift_context_t local_sctx;
+  Idx first_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, str_idx);
+
+  if (first_idx == REG_MISSING)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  local_sctx.sifted_states = NULL; /* Mark that it hasn't been initialized.  */
+
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < candidates->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx enabled_idx;
+      re_token_type_t type;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *entry;
+      node = candidates->elems[node_idx];
+      type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+      /* Avoid infinite loop for the REs like "()\1+".  */
+      if (node == sctx->last_node && str_idx == sctx->last_str_idx)
+        continue;
+      if (type != OP_BACK_REF)
+        continue;
+
+      entry = mctx->bkref_ents + first_idx;
+      enabled_idx = first_idx;
+      do
+        {
+          Idx subexp_len;
+          Idx to_idx;
+          Idx dst_node;
+          bool ok;
+          re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+
+          if (entry->node != node)
+            continue;
+          subexp_len = entry->subexp_to - entry->subexp_from;
+          to_idx = str_idx + subexp_len;
+          dst_node = (subexp_len ? dfa->nexts[node]
+                      : dfa->edests[node].elems[0]);
+
+          if (to_idx > sctx->last_str_idx
+              || sctx->sifted_states[to_idx] == NULL
+              || !STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[to_idx], dst_node)
+              || check_dst_limits (mctx, &sctx->limits, node,
+                                   str_idx, dst_node, to_idx))
+            continue;
+
+          if (local_sctx.sifted_states == NULL)
+            {
+              local_sctx = *sctx;
+              err = re_node_set_init_copy (&local_sctx.limits, &sctx->limits);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                goto free_return;
+            }
+          local_sctx.last_node = node;
+          local_sctx.last_str_idx = str_idx;
+          ok = re_node_set_insert (&local_sctx.limits, enabled_idx);
+          if (BE (! ok, 0))
+            {
+              err = REG_ESPACE;
+              goto free_return;
+            }
+          cur_state = local_sctx.sifted_states[str_idx];
+          err = sift_states_backward (mctx, &local_sctx);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            goto free_return;
+          if (sctx->limited_states != NULL)
+            {
+              err = merge_state_array (dfa, sctx->limited_states,
+                                       local_sctx.sifted_states,
+                                       str_idx + 1);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                goto free_return;
+            }
+          local_sctx.sifted_states[str_idx] = cur_state;
+          re_node_set_remove (&local_sctx.limits, enabled_idx);
+
+          /* mctx->bkref_ents may have changed, reload the pointer.  */
+          entry = mctx->bkref_ents + enabled_idx;
+        }
+      while (enabled_idx++, entry++->more);
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  if (local_sctx.sifted_states != NULL)
+    {
+      re_node_set_free (&local_sctx.limits);
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static int
+internal_function
+sift_states_iter_mb (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+                     Idx node_idx, Idx str_idx, Idx max_str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  int naccepted;
+  /* Check the node can accept `multi byte'.  */
+  naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, node_idx, &mctx->input, str_idx);
+  if (naccepted > 0 && str_idx + naccepted <= max_str_idx &&
+      !STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx + naccepted],
+                            dfa->nexts[node_idx]))
+    /* The node can't accept the `multi byte', or the
+       destination was already thrown away, then the node
+       could't accept the current input `multi byte'.   */
+    naccepted = 0;
+  /* Otherwise, it is sure that the node could accept
+     `naccepted' bytes input.  */
+  return naccepted;
+}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+
+/* Functions for state transition.  */
+
+/* Return the next state to which the current state STATE will transit by
+   accepting the current input byte, and update STATE_LOG if necessary.
+   If STATE can accept a multibyte char/collating element/back reference
+   update the destination of STATE_LOG.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function
+transit_state (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+               re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  re_dfastate_t **trtable;
+  unsigned char ch;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* If the current state can accept multibyte.  */
+  if (BE (state->accept_mb, 0))
+    {
+      *err = transit_state_mb (mctx, state);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return NULL;
+    }
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+  /* Then decide the next state with the single byte.  */
+#if 0
+  if (0)
+    /* don't use transition table  */
+    return transit_state_sb (err, mctx, state);
+#endif
+
+  /* Use transition table  */
+  ch = re_string_fetch_byte (&mctx->input);
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      trtable = state->trtable;
+      if (BE (trtable != NULL, 1))
+        return trtable[ch];
+
+      trtable = state->word_trtable;
+      if (BE (trtable != NULL, 1))
+        {
+          unsigned int context;
+          context
+            = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+                                    re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) - 1,
+                                    mctx->eflags);
+          if (IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context))
+            return trtable[ch + SBC_MAX];
+          else
+            return trtable[ch];
+        }
+
+      if (!build_trtable (mctx->dfa, state))
+        {
+          *err = REG_ESPACE;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+
+      /* Retry, we now have a transition table.  */
+    }
+}
+
+/* Update the state_log if we need */
+re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function
+merge_state_with_log (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                      re_dfastate_t *next_state)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx cur_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+  if (cur_idx > mctx->state_log_top)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_idx] = next_state;
+      mctx->state_log_top = cur_idx;
+    }
+  else if (mctx->state_log[cur_idx] == 0)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_idx] = next_state;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *pstate;
+      unsigned int context;
+      re_node_set next_nodes, *log_nodes, *table_nodes = NULL;
+      /* If (state_log[cur_idx] != 0), it implies that cur_idx is
+         the destination of a multibyte char/collating element/
+         back reference.  Then the next state is the union set of
+         these destinations and the results of the transition table.  */
+      pstate = mctx->state_log[cur_idx];
+      log_nodes = pstate->entrance_nodes;
+      if (next_state != NULL)
+        {
+          table_nodes = next_state->entrance_nodes;
+          *err = re_node_set_init_union (&next_nodes, table_nodes,
+                                             log_nodes);
+          if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return NULL;
+        }
+      else
+        next_nodes = *log_nodes;
+      /* Note: We already add the nodes of the initial state,
+         then we don't need to add them here.  */
+
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+                                      re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) - 1,
+                                      mctx->eflags);
+      next_state = mctx->state_log[cur_idx]
+        = re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      /* We don't need to check errors here, since the return value of
+         this function is next_state and ERR is already set.  */
+
+      if (table_nodes != NULL)
+        re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+    }
+
+  if (BE (dfa->nbackref, 0) && next_state != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Check OP_OPEN_SUBEXP in the current state in case that we use them
+         later.  We must check them here, since the back references in the
+         next state might use them.  */
+      *err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, &next_state->nodes,
+                                        cur_idx);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return NULL;
+
+      /* If the next state has back references.  */
+      if (next_state->has_backref)
+        {
+          *err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, &next_state->nodes);
+          if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return NULL;
+          next_state = mctx->state_log[cur_idx];
+        }
+    }
+
+  return next_state;
+}
+
+/* Skip bytes in the input that correspond to part of a
+   multi-byte match, then look in the log for a state
+   from which to restart matching.  */
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function
+find_recover_state (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+  do
+    {
+      Idx max = mctx->state_log_top;
+      Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+      do
+        {
+          if (++cur_str_idx > max)
+            return NULL;
+          re_string_skip_bytes (&mctx->input, 1);
+        }
+      while (mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] == NULL);
+
+      cur_state = merge_state_with_log (err, mctx, NULL);
+    }
+  while (*err == REG_NOERROR && cur_state == NULL);
+  return cur_state;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for transit_state.  */
+
+/* From the node set CUR_NODES, pick up the nodes whose types are
+   OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and which have corresponding back references in the regular
+   expression. And register them to use them later for evaluating the
+   correspoding back references.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+check_subexp_matching_top (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                           Idx str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx node_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+
+  /* TODO: This isn't efficient.
+           Because there might be more than one nodes whose types are
+           OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX, we must check all
+           nodes.
+           E.g. RE: (a){2}  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx node = cur_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+      if (dfa->nodes[node].type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP
+          && dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS
+          && (dfa->used_bkref_map
+              & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)))
+        {
+          err = match_ctx_add_subtop (mctx, node, str_idx);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+        }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Return the next state to which the current state STATE will transit by
+   accepting the current input byte.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+transit_state_sb (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+                  re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  re_node_set next_nodes;
+  re_dfastate_t *next_state;
+  Idx node_cnt, cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+  unsigned int context;
+
+  *err = re_node_set_alloc (&next_nodes, state->nodes.nelem + 1);
+  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return NULL;
+  for (node_cnt = 0; node_cnt < state->nodes.nelem; ++node_cnt)
+    {
+      Idx cur_node = state->nodes.elems[node_cnt];
+      if (check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + cur_node, cur_str_idx))
+        {
+          *err = re_node_set_merge (&next_nodes,
+                                    dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[cur_node]);
+          if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, cur_str_idx, mctx->eflags);
+  next_state = re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+  /* We don't need to check errors here, since the return value of
+     this function is next_state and ERR is already set.  */
+
+  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+  re_string_skip_bytes (&mctx->input, 1);
+  return next_state;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+transit_state_mb (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_dfastate_t *pstate)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < pstate->nodes.nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      re_node_set dest_nodes, *new_nodes;
+      Idx cur_node_idx = pstate->nodes.elems[i];
+      int naccepted;
+      Idx dest_idx;
+      unsigned int context;
+      re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+
+      if (!dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].accept_mb)
+        continue;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].constraint)
+        {
+          context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+                                          re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input),
+                                          mctx->eflags);
+          if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].constraint,
+                                           context))
+            continue;
+        }
+
+      /* How many bytes the node can accept?  */
+      naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, cur_node_idx, &mctx->input,
+                                           re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input));
+      if (naccepted == 0)
+        continue;
+
+      /* The node can accepts `naccepted' bytes.  */
+      dest_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) + naccepted;
+      mctx->max_mb_elem_len = ((mctx->max_mb_elem_len < naccepted) ? naccepted
+                               : mctx->max_mb_elem_len);
+      err = clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, dest_idx);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return err;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      assert (dfa->nexts[cur_node_idx] != REG_MISSING);
+#endif
+      new_nodes = dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[cur_node_idx];
+
+      dest_state = mctx->state_log[dest_idx];
+      if (dest_state == NULL)
+        dest_nodes = *new_nodes;
+      else
+        {
+          err = re_node_set_init_union (&dest_nodes,
+                                        dest_state->entrance_nodes, new_nodes);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+        }
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, dest_idx - 1,
+                                      mctx->eflags);
+      mctx->state_log[dest_idx]
+        = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &dest_nodes, context);
+      if (dest_state != NULL)
+        re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+      if (BE (mctx->state_log[dest_idx] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return err;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+transit_state_bkref (re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_node_set *nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+  Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < nodes->nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      Idx dest_str_idx, prev_nelem, bkc_idx;
+      Idx node_idx = nodes->elems[i];
+      unsigned int context;
+      const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + node_idx;
+      re_node_set *new_dest_nodes;
+
+      /* Check whether `node' is a backreference or not.  */
+      if (node->type != OP_BACK_REF)
+        continue;
+
+      if (node->constraint)
+        {
+          context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, cur_str_idx,
+                                          mctx->eflags);
+          if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (node->constraint, context))
+            continue;
+        }
+
+      /* `node' is a backreference.
+         Check the substring which the substring matched.  */
+      bkc_idx = mctx->nbkref_ents;
+      err = get_subexp (mctx, node_idx, cur_str_idx);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        goto free_return;
+
+      /* And add the epsilon closures (which is `new_dest_nodes') of
+         the backreference to appropriate state_log.  */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      assert (dfa->nexts[node_idx] != REG_MISSING);
+#endif
+      for (; bkc_idx < mctx->nbkref_ents; ++bkc_idx)
+        {
+          Idx subexp_len;
+          re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+          struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ent;
+          bkref_ent = mctx->bkref_ents + bkc_idx;
+          if (bkref_ent->node != node_idx || bkref_ent->str_idx != cur_str_idx)
+            continue;
+          subexp_len = bkref_ent->subexp_to - bkref_ent->subexp_from;
+          new_dest_nodes = (subexp_len == 0
+                            ? dfa->eclosures + dfa->edests[node_idx].elems[0]
+                            : dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[node_idx]);
+          dest_str_idx = (cur_str_idx + bkref_ent->subexp_to
+                          - bkref_ent->subexp_from);
+          context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, dest_str_idx - 1,
+                                          mctx->eflags);
+          dest_state = mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx];
+          prev_nelem = ((mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] == NULL) ? 0
+                        : mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx]->nodes.nelem);
+          /* Add `new_dest_node' to state_log.  */
+          if (dest_state == NULL)
+            {
+              mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx]
+                = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, new_dest_nodes,
+                                            context);
+              if (BE (mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] == NULL
+                      && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                goto free_return;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              re_node_set dest_nodes;
+              err = re_node_set_init_union (&dest_nodes,
+                                            dest_state->entrance_nodes,
+                                            new_dest_nodes);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                {
+                  re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+                  goto free_return;
+                }
+              mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx]
+                = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &dest_nodes, context);
+              re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+              if (BE (mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] == NULL
+                      && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                goto free_return;
+            }
+          /* We need to check recursively if the backreference can epsilon
+             transit.  */
+          if (subexp_len == 0
+              && mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx]->nodes.nelem > prev_nelem)
+            {
+              err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, new_dest_nodes,
+                                               cur_str_idx);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                goto free_return;
+              err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, new_dest_nodes);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                goto free_return;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Enumerate all the candidates which the backreference BKREF_NODE can match
+   at BKREF_STR_IDX, and register them by match_ctx_add_entry().
+   Note that we might collect inappropriate candidates here.
+   However, the cost of checking them strictly here is too high, then we
+   delay these checking for prune_impossible_nodes().  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+get_subexp (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx subexp_num, sub_top_idx;
+  const char *buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+  /* Return if we have already checked BKREF_NODE at BKREF_STR_IDX.  */
+  Idx cache_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, bkref_str_idx);
+  if (cache_idx != REG_MISSING)
+    {
+      const struct re_backref_cache_entry *entry
+        = mctx->bkref_ents + cache_idx;
+      do
+        if (entry->node == bkref_node)
+          return REG_NOERROR; /* We already checked it.  */
+      while (entry++->more);
+    }
+
+  subexp_num = dfa->nodes[bkref_node].opr.idx;
+
+  /* For each sub expression  */
+  for (sub_top_idx = 0; sub_top_idx < mctx->nsub_tops; ++sub_top_idx)
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top = mctx->sub_tops[sub_top_idx];
+      re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last;
+      Idx sub_last_idx, sl_str, bkref_str_off;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[sub_top->node].opr.idx != subexp_num)
+        continue; /* It isn't related.  */
+
+      sl_str = sub_top->str_idx;
+      bkref_str_off = bkref_str_idx;
+      /* At first, check the last node of sub expressions we already
+         evaluated.  */
+      for (sub_last_idx = 0; sub_last_idx < sub_top->nlasts; ++sub_last_idx)
+        {
+          regoff_t sl_str_diff;
+          sub_last = sub_top->lasts[sub_last_idx];
+          sl_str_diff = sub_last->str_idx - sl_str;
+          /* The matched string by the sub expression match with the substring
+             at the back reference?  */
+          if (sl_str_diff > 0)
+            {
+              if (BE (bkref_str_off + sl_str_diff > mctx->input.valid_len, 0))
+                {
+                  /* Not enough chars for a successful match.  */
+                  if (bkref_str_off + sl_str_diff > mctx->input.len)
+                    break;
+
+                  err = clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx,
+                                                   bkref_str_off
+                                                   + sl_str_diff);
+                  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                    return err;
+                  buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+                }
+              if (memcmp (buf + bkref_str_off, buf + sl_str, sl_str_diff) != 0)
+                /* We don't need to search this sub expression any more.  */
+                break;
+            }
+          bkref_str_off += sl_str_diff;
+          sl_str += sl_str_diff;
+          err = get_subexp_sub (mctx, sub_top, sub_last, bkref_node,
+                                bkref_str_idx);
+
+          /* Reload buf, since the preceding call might have reallocated
+             the buffer.  */
+          buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+
+          if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+            continue;
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+        }
+
+      if (sub_last_idx < sub_top->nlasts)
+        continue;
+      if (sub_last_idx > 0)
+        ++sl_str;
+      /* Then, search for the other last nodes of the sub expression.  */
+      for (; sl_str <= bkref_str_idx; ++sl_str)
+        {
+          Idx cls_node;
+          regoff_t sl_str_off;
+          const re_node_set *nodes;
+          sl_str_off = sl_str - sub_top->str_idx;
+          /* The matched string by the sub expression match with the substring
+             at the back reference?  */
+          if (sl_str_off > 0)
+            {
+              if (BE (bkref_str_off >= mctx->input.valid_len, 0))
+                {
+                  /* If we are at the end of the input, we cannot match.  */
+                  if (bkref_str_off >= mctx->input.len)
+                    break;
+
+                  err = extend_buffers (mctx);
+                  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                    return err;
+
+                  buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+                }
+              if (buf [bkref_str_off++] != buf[sl_str - 1])
+                break; /* We don't need to search this sub expression
+                          any more.  */
+            }
+          if (mctx->state_log[sl_str] == NULL)
+            continue;
+          /* Does this state have a ')' of the sub expression?  */
+          nodes = &mctx->state_log[sl_str]->nodes;
+          cls_node = find_subexp_node (dfa, nodes, subexp_num,
+                                       OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+          if (cls_node == REG_MISSING)
+            continue; /* No.  */
+          if (sub_top->path == NULL)
+            {
+              sub_top->path = calloc (sizeof (state_array_t),
+                                      sl_str - sub_top->str_idx + 1);
+              if (sub_top->path == NULL)
+                return REG_ESPACE;
+            }
+          /* Can the OP_OPEN_SUBEXP node arrive the OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP node
+             in the current context?  */
+          err = check_arrival (mctx, sub_top->path, sub_top->node,
+                               sub_top->str_idx, cls_node, sl_str,
+                               OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+          if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+              continue;
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+              return err;
+          sub_last = match_ctx_add_sublast (sub_top, cls_node, sl_str);
+          if (BE (sub_last == NULL, 0))
+            return REG_ESPACE;
+          err = get_subexp_sub (mctx, sub_top, sub_last, bkref_node,
+                                bkref_str_idx);
+          if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+            continue;
+        }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for get_subexp().  */
+
+/* Check SUB_LAST can arrive to the back reference BKREF_NODE at BKREF_STR.
+   If it can arrive, register the sub expression expressed with SUB_TOP
+   and SUB_LAST.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+get_subexp_sub (re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top,
+                re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last, Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx to_idx;
+  /* Can the subexpression arrive the back reference?  */
+  err = check_arrival (mctx, &sub_last->path, sub_last->node,
+                       sub_last->str_idx, bkref_node, bkref_str,
+                       OP_OPEN_SUBEXP);
+  if (err != REG_NOERROR)
+    return err;
+  err = match_ctx_add_entry (mctx, bkref_node, bkref_str, sub_top->str_idx,
+                             sub_last->str_idx);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+  to_idx = bkref_str + sub_last->str_idx - sub_top->str_idx;
+  return clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, to_idx);
+}
+
+/* Find the first node which is '(' or ')' and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX.
+   Search '(' if FL_OPEN, or search ')' otherwise.
+   TODO: This function isn't efficient...
+         Because there might be more than one nodes whose types are
+         OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX, we must check all
+         nodes.
+         E.g. RE: (a){2}  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+find_subexp_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+                  Idx subexp_idx, int type)
+{
+  Idx cls_idx;
+  for (cls_idx = 0; cls_idx < nodes->nelem; ++cls_idx)
+    {
+      Idx cls_node = nodes->elems[cls_idx];
+      const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + cls_node;
+      if (node->type == type
+          && node->opr.idx == subexp_idx)
+        return cls_node;
+    }
+  return REG_MISSING;
+}
+
+/* Check whether the node TOP_NODE at TOP_STR can arrive to the node
+   LAST_NODE at LAST_STR.  We record the path onto PATH since it will be
+   heavily reused.
+   Return REG_NOERROR if it can arrive, or REG_NOMATCH otherwise.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+check_arrival (re_match_context_t *mctx, state_array_t *path, Idx top_node,
+               Idx top_str, Idx last_node, Idx last_str, int type)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  Idx subexp_num, backup_cur_idx, str_idx, null_cnt;
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state = NULL;
+  re_node_set *cur_nodes, next_nodes;
+  re_dfastate_t **backup_state_log;
+  unsigned int context;
+
+  subexp_num = dfa->nodes[top_node].opr.idx;
+  /* Extend the buffer if we need.  */
+  if (BE (path->alloc < last_str + mctx->max_mb_elem_len + 1, 0))
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array;
+      Idx old_alloc = path->alloc;
+      Idx new_alloc = old_alloc + last_str + mctx->max_mb_elem_len + 1;
+      if (BE (new_alloc < old_alloc, 0)
+          || BE (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) < new_alloc, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      new_array = re_realloc (path->array, re_dfastate_t *, new_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      path->array = new_array;
+      path->alloc = new_alloc;
+      memset (new_array + old_alloc, '\0',
+              sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (path->alloc - old_alloc));
+    }
+
+  str_idx = path->next_idx ? path->next_idx : top_str;
+
+  /* Temporary modify MCTX.  */
+  backup_state_log = mctx->state_log;
+  backup_cur_idx = mctx->input.cur_idx;
+  mctx->state_log = path->array;
+  mctx->input.cur_idx = str_idx;
+
+  /* Setup initial node set.  */
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, str_idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+  if (str_idx == top_str)
+    {
+      err = re_node_set_init_1 (&next_nodes, top_node);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        return err;
+      err = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &next_nodes, subexp_num, type);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        {
+          re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+          return err;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      cur_state = mctx->state_log[str_idx];
+      if (cur_state && cur_state->has_backref)
+        {
+          err = re_node_set_init_copy (&next_nodes, &cur_state->nodes);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+        }
+      else
+        re_node_set_init_empty (&next_nodes);
+    }
+  if (str_idx == top_str || (cur_state && cur_state->has_backref))
+    {
+      if (next_nodes.nelem)
+        {
+          err = expand_bkref_cache (mctx, &next_nodes, str_idx,
+                                    subexp_num, type);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      cur_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      if (BE (cur_state == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        {
+          re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+          return err;
+        }
+      mctx->state_log[str_idx] = cur_state;
+    }
+
+  for (null_cnt = 0; str_idx < last_str && null_cnt <= mctx->max_mb_elem_len;)
+    {
+      re_node_set_empty (&next_nodes);
+      if (mctx->state_log[str_idx + 1])
+        {
+          err = re_node_set_merge (&next_nodes,
+                                   &mctx->state_log[str_idx + 1]->nodes);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      if (cur_state)
+        {
+          err = check_arrival_add_next_nodes (mctx, str_idx,
+                                              &cur_state->non_eps_nodes,
+                                              &next_nodes);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      ++str_idx;
+      if (next_nodes.nelem)
+        {
+          err = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &next_nodes, subexp_num, type);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+              return err;
+            }
+          err = expand_bkref_cache (mctx, &next_nodes, str_idx,
+                                    subexp_num, type);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, str_idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+      cur_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      if (BE (cur_state == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        {
+          re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+          return err;
+        }
+      mctx->state_log[str_idx] = cur_state;
+      null_cnt = cur_state == NULL ? null_cnt + 1 : 0;
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+  cur_nodes = (mctx->state_log[last_str] == NULL ? NULL
+               : &mctx->state_log[last_str]->nodes);
+  path->next_idx = str_idx;
+
+  /* Fix MCTX.  */
+  mctx->state_log = backup_state_log;
+  mctx->input.cur_idx = backup_cur_idx;
+
+  /* Then check the current node set has the node LAST_NODE.  */
+  if (cur_nodes != NULL && re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, last_node))
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  return REG_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for check_arrival.  */
+
+/* Calculate the destination nodes of CUR_NODES at STR_IDX, and append them
+   to NEXT_NODES.
+   TODO: This function is similar to the functions transit_state*(),
+         however this function has many additional works.
+         Can't we unify them?  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+check_arrival_add_next_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx,
+                              re_node_set *cur_nodes, re_node_set *next_nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  bool ok;
+  Idx cur_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  re_node_set union_set;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&union_set);
+  for (cur_idx = 0; cur_idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++cur_idx)
+    {
+      int naccepted = 0;
+      Idx cur_node = cur_nodes->elems[cur_idx];
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[cur_node].type;
+      assert (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (type));
+#endif
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      /* If the node may accept `multi byte'.  */
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].accept_mb)
+        {
+          naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, cur_node, &mctx->input,
+                                               str_idx);
+          if (naccepted > 1)
+            {
+              re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+              Idx next_node = dfa->nexts[cur_node];
+              Idx next_idx = str_idx + naccepted;
+              dest_state = mctx->state_log[next_idx];
+              re_node_set_empty (&union_set);
+              if (dest_state)
+                {
+                  err = re_node_set_merge (&union_set, &dest_state->nodes);
+                  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                    {
+                      re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+                      return err;
+                    }
+                }
+              ok = re_node_set_insert (&union_set, next_node);
+              if (BE (! ok, 0))
+                {
+                  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+                  return REG_ESPACE;
+                }
+              mctx->state_log[next_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa,
+                                                            &union_set);
+              if (BE (mctx->state_log[next_idx] == NULL
+                      && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                {
+                  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+                  return err;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      if (naccepted
+          || check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + cur_node, str_idx))
+        {
+          ok = re_node_set_insert (next_nodes, dfa->nexts[cur_node]);
+          if (BE (! ok, 0))
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+              return REG_ESPACE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* For all the nodes in CUR_NODES, add the epsilon closures of them to
+   CUR_NODES, however exclude the nodes which are:
+    - inside the sub expression whose number is EX_SUBEXP, if FL_OPEN.
+    - out of the sub expression whose number is EX_SUBEXP, if !FL_OPEN.
+*/
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+check_arrival_expand_ecl (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                          Idx ex_subexp, int type)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx idx, outside_node;
+  re_node_set new_nodes;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (cur_nodes->nelem);
+#endif
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&new_nodes, cur_nodes->nelem);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+  /* Create a new node set NEW_NODES with the nodes which are epsilon
+     closures of the node in CUR_NODES.  */
+
+  for (idx = 0; idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++idx)
+    {
+      Idx cur_node = cur_nodes->elems[idx];
+      const re_node_set *eclosure = dfa->eclosures + cur_node;
+      outside_node = find_subexp_node (dfa, eclosure, ex_subexp, type);
+      if (outside_node == REG_MISSING)
+        {
+          /* There are no problematic nodes, just merge them.  */
+          err = re_node_set_merge (&new_nodes, eclosure);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&new_nodes);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* There are problematic nodes, re-calculate incrementally.  */
+          err = check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (dfa, &new_nodes, cur_node,
+                                              ex_subexp, type);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              re_node_set_free (&new_nodes);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (cur_nodes);
+  *cur_nodes = new_nodes;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper function for check_arrival_expand_ecl.
+   Check incrementally the epsilon closure of TARGET, and if it isn't
+   problematic append it to DST_NODES.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dst_nodes,
+                              Idx target, Idx ex_subexp, int type)
+{
+  Idx cur_node;
+  for (cur_node = target; !re_node_set_contains (dst_nodes, cur_node);)
+    {
+      bool ok;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type == type
+          && dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx == ex_subexp)
+        {
+          if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+            {
+              ok = re_node_set_insert (dst_nodes, cur_node);
+              if (BE (! ok, 0))
+                return REG_ESPACE;
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+      ok = re_node_set_insert (dst_nodes, cur_node);
+      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      if (dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem == 0)
+        break;
+      if (dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem == 2)
+        {
+          reg_errcode_t err;
+          err = check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (dfa, dst_nodes,
+                                              dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[1],
+                                              ex_subexp, type);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+        }
+      cur_node = dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[0];
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* For all the back references in the current state, calculate the
+   destination of the back references by the appropriate entry
+   in MCTX->BKREF_ENTS.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+expand_bkref_cache (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+                    Idx cur_str, Idx subexp_num, int type)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx cache_idx_start = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, cur_str);
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+
+  if (cache_idx_start == REG_MISSING)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+ restart:
+  ent = mctx->bkref_ents + cache_idx_start;
+  do
+    {
+      Idx to_idx, next_node;
+
+      /* Is this entry ENT is appropriate?  */
+      if (!re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, ent->node))
+        continue; /* No.  */
+
+      to_idx = cur_str + ent->subexp_to - ent->subexp_from;
+      /* Calculate the destination of the back reference, and append it
+         to MCTX->STATE_LOG.  */
+      if (to_idx == cur_str)
+        {
+          /* The backreference did epsilon transit, we must re-check all the
+             node in the current state.  */
+          re_node_set new_dests;
+          reg_errcode_t err2, err3;
+          next_node = dfa->edests[ent->node].elems[0];
+          if (re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, next_node))
+            continue;
+          err = re_node_set_init_1 (&new_dests, next_node);
+          err2 = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &new_dests, subexp_num, type);
+          err3 = re_node_set_merge (cur_nodes, &new_dests);
+          re_node_set_free (&new_dests);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR || err2 != REG_NOERROR
+                  || err3 != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            {
+              err = (err != REG_NOERROR ? err
+                     : (err2 != REG_NOERROR ? err2 : err3));
+              return err;
+            }
+          /* TODO: It is still inefficient...  */
+          goto restart;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          re_node_set union_set;
+          next_node = dfa->nexts[ent->node];
+          if (mctx->state_log[to_idx])
+            {
+              bool ok;
+              if (re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[to_idx]->nodes,
+                                        next_node))
+                continue;
+              err = re_node_set_init_copy (&union_set,
+                                           &mctx->state_log[to_idx]->nodes);
+              ok = re_node_set_insert (&union_set, next_node);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR || ! ok, 0))
+                {
+                  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+                  err = err != REG_NOERROR ? err : REG_ESPACE;
+                  return err;
+                }
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              err = re_node_set_init_1 (&union_set, next_node);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                return err;
+            }
+          mctx->state_log[to_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, &union_set);
+          re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+          if (BE (mctx->state_log[to_idx] == NULL
+                  && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return err;
+        }
+    }
+  while (ent++->more);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Build transition table for the state.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function
+build_trtable (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i, j;
+  int ch;
+  bool need_word_trtable = false;
+  bitset_word_t elem, mask;
+  bool dests_node_malloced = false;
+  bool dest_states_malloced = false;
+  Idx ndests; /* Number of the destination states from `state'.  */
+  re_dfastate_t **trtable;
+  re_dfastate_t **dest_states = NULL, **dest_states_word, **dest_states_nl;
+  re_node_set follows, *dests_node;
+  bitset_t *dests_ch;
+  bitset_t acceptable;
+
+  struct dests_alloc
+  {
+    re_node_set dests_node[SBC_MAX];
+    bitset_t dests_ch[SBC_MAX];
+  } *dests_alloc;
+
+  /* We build DFA states which corresponds to the destination nodes
+     from `state'.  `dests_node[i]' represents the nodes which i-th
+     destination state contains, and `dests_ch[i]' represents the
+     characters which i-th destination state accepts.  */
+  if (__libc_use_alloca (sizeof (struct dests_alloc)))
+    dests_alloc = (struct dests_alloc *) alloca (sizeof (struct dests_alloc));
+  else
+    {
+      dests_alloc = re_malloc (struct dests_alloc, 1);
+      if (BE (dests_alloc == NULL, 0))
+        return false;
+      dests_node_malloced = true;
+    }
+  dests_node = dests_alloc->dests_node;
+  dests_ch = dests_alloc->dests_ch;
+
+  /* Initialize transiton table.  */
+  state->word_trtable = state->trtable = NULL;
+
+  /* At first, group all nodes belonging to `state' into several
+     destinations.  */
+  ndests = group_nodes_into_DFAstates (dfa, state, dests_node, dests_ch);
+  if (BE (! REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX (ndests), 0))
+    {
+      if (dests_node_malloced)
+        free (dests_alloc);
+      if (ndests == 0)
+        {
+          state->trtable = (re_dfastate_t **)
+            calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), SBC_MAX);
+          return true;
+        }
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&follows, ndests + 1);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    goto out_free;
+
+  /* Avoid arithmetic overflow in size calculation.  */
+  if (BE ((((SIZE_MAX - (sizeof (re_node_set) + sizeof (bitset_t)) * SBC_MAX)
+            / (3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *)))
+           < ndests),
+          0))
+    goto out_free;
+
+  if (__libc_use_alloca ((sizeof (re_node_set) + sizeof (bitset_t)) * SBC_MAX
+                         + ndests * 3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *)))
+    dest_states = (re_dfastate_t **)
+      alloca (ndests * 3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *));
+  else
+    {
+      dest_states = (re_dfastate_t **)
+        malloc (ndests * 3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *));
+      if (BE (dest_states == NULL, 0))
+        {
+out_free:
+          if (dest_states_malloced)
+            free (dest_states);
+          re_node_set_free (&follows);
+          for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+            re_node_set_free (dests_node + i);
+          if (dests_node_malloced)
+            free (dests_alloc);
+          return false;
+        }
+      dest_states_malloced = true;
+    }
+  dest_states_word = dest_states + ndests;
+  dest_states_nl = dest_states_word + ndests;
+  bitset_empty (acceptable);
+
+  /* Then build the states for all destinations.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+    {
+      Idx next_node;
+      re_node_set_empty (&follows);
+      /* Merge the follows of this destination states.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < dests_node[i].nelem; ++j)
+        {
+          next_node = dfa->nexts[dests_node[i].elems[j]];
+          if (next_node != REG_MISSING)
+            {
+              err = re_node_set_merge (&follows, dfa->eclosures + next_node);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                goto out_free;
+            }
+        }
+      dest_states[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows, 0);
+      if (BE (dest_states[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+        goto out_free;
+      /* If the new state has context constraint,
+         build appropriate states for these contexts.  */
+      if (dest_states[i]->has_constraint)
+        {
+          dest_states_word[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows,
+                                                          CONTEXT_WORD);
+          if (BE (dest_states_word[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            goto out_free;
+
+          if (dest_states[i] != dest_states_word[i] && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+            need_word_trtable = true;
+
+          dest_states_nl[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows,
+                                                        CONTEXT_NEWLINE);
+          if (BE (dest_states_nl[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            goto out_free;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          dest_states_word[i] = dest_states[i];
+          dest_states_nl[i] = dest_states[i];
+        }
+      bitset_merge (acceptable, dests_ch[i]);
+    }
+
+  if (!BE (need_word_trtable, 0))
+    {
+      /* We don't care about whether the following character is a word
+         character, or we are in a single-byte character set so we can
+         discern by looking at the character code: allocate a
+         256-entry transition table.  */
+      trtable = state->trtable =
+        (re_dfastate_t **) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), SBC_MAX);
+      if (BE (trtable == NULL, 0))
+        goto out_free;
+
+      /* For all characters ch...:  */
+      for (i = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+        for (ch = i * BITSET_WORD_BITS, elem = acceptable[i], mask = 1;
+             elem;
+             mask <<= 1, elem >>= 1, ++ch)
+          if (BE (elem & 1, 0))
+            {
+              /* There must be exactly one destination which accepts
+                 character ch.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+              for (j = 0; (dests_ch[j][i] & mask) == 0; ++j)
+                ;
+
+              /* j-th destination accepts the word character ch.  */
+              if (dfa->word_char[i] & mask)
+                trtable[ch] = dest_states_word[j];
+              else
+                trtable[ch] = dest_states[j];
+            }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We care about whether the following character is a word
+         character, and we are in a multi-byte character set: discern
+         by looking at the character code: build two 256-entry
+         transition tables, one starting at trtable[0] and one
+         starting at trtable[SBC_MAX].  */
+      trtable = state->word_trtable =
+        (re_dfastate_t **) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), 2 * SBC_MAX);
+      if (BE (trtable == NULL, 0))
+        goto out_free;
+
+      /* For all characters ch...:  */
+      for (i = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+        for (ch = i * BITSET_WORD_BITS, elem = acceptable[i], mask = 1;
+             elem;
+             mask <<= 1, elem >>= 1, ++ch)
+          if (BE (elem & 1, 0))
+            {
+              /* There must be exactly one destination which accepts
+                 character ch.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+              for (j = 0; (dests_ch[j][i] & mask) == 0; ++j)
+                ;
+
+              /* j-th destination accepts the word character ch.  */
+              trtable[ch] = dest_states[j];
+              trtable[ch + SBC_MAX] = dest_states_word[j];
+            }
+    }
+
+  /* new line */
+  if (bitset_contain (acceptable, NEWLINE_CHAR))
+    {
+      /* The current state accepts newline character.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+        if (bitset_contain (dests_ch[j], NEWLINE_CHAR))
+          {
+            /* k-th destination accepts newline character.  */
+            trtable[NEWLINE_CHAR] = dest_states_nl[j];
+            if (need_word_trtable)
+              trtable[NEWLINE_CHAR + SBC_MAX] = dest_states_nl[j];
+            /* There must be only one destination which accepts
+               newline.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+            break;
+          }
+    }
+
+  if (dest_states_malloced)
+    free (dest_states);
+
+  re_node_set_free (&follows);
+  for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+    re_node_set_free (dests_node + i);
+
+  if (dests_node_malloced)
+    free (dests_alloc);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Group all nodes belonging to STATE into several destinations.
+   Then for all destinations, set the nodes belonging to the destination
+   to DESTS_NODE[i] and set the characters accepted by the destination
+   to DEST_CH[i].  This function return the number of destinations.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+group_nodes_into_DFAstates (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_dfastate_t *state,
+                            re_node_set *dests_node, bitset_t *dests_ch)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  bool ok;
+  Idx i, j, k;
+  Idx ndests; /* Number of the destinations from `state'.  */
+  bitset_t accepts; /* Characters a node can accept.  */
+  const re_node_set *cur_nodes = &state->nodes;
+  bitset_empty (accepts);
+  ndests = 0;
+
+  /* For all the nodes belonging to `state',  */
+  for (i = 0; i < cur_nodes->nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = &dfa->nodes[cur_nodes->elems[i]];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      unsigned int constraint = node->constraint;
+
+      /* Enumerate all single byte character this node can accept.  */
+      if (type == CHARACTER)
+        bitset_set (accepts, node->opr.c);
+      else if (type == SIMPLE_BRACKET)
+        {
+          bitset_merge (accepts, node->opr.sbcset);
+        }
+      else if (type == OP_PERIOD)
+        {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+          if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+            bitset_merge (accepts, dfa->sb_char);
+          else
+#endif
+            bitset_set_all (accepts);
+          if (!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+            bitset_clear (accepts, '\n');
+          if (dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)
+            bitset_clear (accepts, '\0');
+        }
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      else if (type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD)
+        {
+          if (ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0)
+            memset (accepts, -1, ASCII_CHARS / CHAR_BIT);
+          else
+            bitset_merge (accepts, utf8_sb_map);
+          if (!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+            bitset_clear (accepts, '\n');
+          if (dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)
+            bitset_clear (accepts, '\0');
+        }
+#endif
+      else
+        continue;
+
+      /* Check the `accepts' and sift the characters which are not
+         match it the context.  */
+      if (constraint)
+        {
+          if (constraint & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT)
+            {
+              bool accepts_newline = bitset_contain (accepts, NEWLINE_CHAR);
+              bitset_empty (accepts);
+              if (accepts_newline)
+                bitset_set (accepts, NEWLINE_CHAR);
+              else
+                continue;
+            }
+          if (constraint & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT)
+            {
+              bitset_empty (accepts);
+              continue;
+            }
+
+          if (constraint & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT)
+            {
+              bitset_word_t any_set = 0;
+              if (type == CHARACTER && !node->word_char)
+                {
+                  bitset_empty (accepts);
+                  continue;
+                }
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+              if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+                for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+                  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= (dfa->word_char[j] | ~dfa->sb_char[j]));
+              else
+#endif
+                for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+                  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= dfa->word_char[j]);
+              if (!any_set)
+                continue;
+            }
+          if (constraint & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT)
+            {
+              bitset_word_t any_set = 0;
+              if (type == CHARACTER && node->word_char)
+                {
+                  bitset_empty (accepts);
+                  continue;
+                }
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+              if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+                for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+                  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= ~(dfa->word_char[j] & dfa->sb_char[j]));
+              else
+#endif
+                for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+                  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= ~dfa->word_char[j]);
+              if (!any_set)
+                continue;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Then divide `accepts' into DFA states, or create a new
+         state.  Above, we make sure that accepts is not empty.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+        {
+          bitset_t intersec; /* Intersection sets, see below.  */
+          bitset_t remains;
+          /* Flags, see below.  */
+          bitset_word_t has_intersec, not_subset, not_consumed;
+
+          /* Optimization, skip if this state doesn't accept the character.  */
+          if (type == CHARACTER && !bitset_contain (dests_ch[j], node->opr.c))
+            continue;
+
+          /* Enumerate the intersection set of this state and `accepts'.  */
+          has_intersec = 0;
+          for (k = 0; k < BITSET_WORDS; ++k)
+            has_intersec |= intersec[k] = accepts[k] & dests_ch[j][k];
+          /* And skip if the intersection set is empty.  */
+          if (!has_intersec)
+            continue;
+
+          /* Then check if this state is a subset of `accepts'.  */
+          not_subset = not_consumed = 0;
+          for (k = 0; k < BITSET_WORDS; ++k)
+            {
+              not_subset |= remains[k] = ~accepts[k] & dests_ch[j][k];
+              not_consumed |= accepts[k] = accepts[k] & ~dests_ch[j][k];
+            }
+
+          /* If this state isn't a subset of `accepts', create a
+             new group state, which has the `remains'. */
+          if (not_subset)
+            {
+              bitset_copy (dests_ch[ndests], remains);
+              bitset_copy (dests_ch[j], intersec);
+              err = re_node_set_init_copy (dests_node + ndests, &dests_node[j]);
+              if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+                goto error_return;
+              ++ndests;
+            }
+
+          /* Put the position in the current group. */
+          ok = re_node_set_insert (&dests_node[j], cur_nodes->elems[i]);
+          if (BE (! ok, 0))
+            goto error_return;
+
+          /* If all characters are consumed, go to next node. */
+          if (!not_consumed)
+            break;
+        }
+      /* Some characters remain, create a new group. */
+      if (j == ndests)
+        {
+          bitset_copy (dests_ch[ndests], accepts);
+          err = re_node_set_init_1 (dests_node + ndests, cur_nodes->elems[i]);
+          if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            goto error_return;
+          ++ndests;
+          bitset_empty (accepts);
+        }
+    }
+  return ndests;
+ error_return:
+  for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+    re_node_set_free (dests_node + j);
+  return REG_MISSING;
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+/* Check how many bytes the node `dfa->nodes[node_idx]' accepts.
+   Return the number of the bytes the node accepts.
+   STR_IDX is the current index of the input string.
+
+   This function handles the nodes which can accept one character, or
+   one collating element like '.', '[a-z]', opposite to the other nodes
+   can only accept one byte.  */
+
+static int
+internal_function
+check_node_accept_bytes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node_idx,
+                         const re_string_t *input, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + node_idx;
+  int char_len, elem_len;
+  Idx i;
+
+  if (BE (node->type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD, 0))
+    {
+      unsigned char c = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx), d;
+      if (BE (c < 0xc2, 1))
+        return 0;
+
+      if (str_idx + 2 > input->len)
+        return 0;
+
+      d = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx + 1);
+      if (c < 0xe0)
+        return (d < 0x80 || d > 0xbf) ? 0 : 2;
+      else if (c < 0xf0)
+        {
+          char_len = 3;
+          if (c == 0xe0 && d < 0xa0)
+            return 0;
+        }
+      else if (c < 0xf8)
+        {
+          char_len = 4;
+          if (c == 0xf0 && d < 0x90)
+            return 0;
+        }
+      else if (c < 0xfc)
+        {
+          char_len = 5;
+          if (c == 0xf8 && d < 0x88)
+            return 0;
+        }
+      else if (c < 0xfe)
+        {
+          char_len = 6;
+          if (c == 0xfc && d < 0x84)
+            return 0;
+        }
+      else
+        return 0;
+
+      if (str_idx + char_len > input->len)
+        return 0;
+
+      for (i = 1; i < char_len; ++i)
+        {
+          d = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx + i);
+          if (d < 0x80 || d > 0xbf)
+            return 0;
+        }
+      return char_len;
+    }
+
+  char_len = re_string_char_size_at (input, str_idx);
+  if (node->type == OP_PERIOD)
+    {
+      if (char_len <= 1)
+        return 0;
+      /* FIXME: I don't think this if is needed, as both '\n'
+         and '\0' are char_len == 1.  */
+      /* '.' accepts any one character except the following two cases.  */
+      if ((!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE) &&
+           re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx) == '\n') ||
+          ((dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL) &&
+           re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx) == '\0'))
+        return 0;
+      return char_len;
+    }
+
+  elem_len = re_string_elem_size_at (input, str_idx);
+  if ((elem_len <= 1 && char_len <= 1) || char_len == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (node->type == COMPLEX_BRACKET)
+    {
+      const re_charset_t *cset = node->opr.mbcset;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+      const unsigned char *pin
+        = ((const unsigned char *) re_string_get_buffer (input) + str_idx);
+      Idx j;
+      uint32_t nrules;
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+      int match_len = 0;
+      wchar_t wc = ((cset->nranges || cset->nchar_classes || cset->nmbchars)
+                    ? re_string_wchar_at (input, str_idx) : 0);
+
+      /* match with multibyte character?  */
+      for (i = 0; i < cset->nmbchars; ++i)
+        if (wc == cset->mbchars[i])
+          {
+            match_len = char_len;
+            goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+          }
+      /* match with character_class?  */
+      for (i = 0; i < cset->nchar_classes; ++i)
+        {
+          wctype_t wt = cset->char_classes[i];
+          if (__iswctype (wc, wt))
+            {
+              match_len = char_len;
+              goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+            }
+        }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+      nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+      if (nrules != 0)
+        {
+          unsigned int in_collseq = 0;
+          const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+          const unsigned char *weights, *extra;
+          const char *collseqwc;
+          int32_t idx;
+          /* This #include defines a local function!  */
+#  include <locale/weight.h>
+
+          /* match with collating_symbol?  */
+          if (cset->ncoll_syms)
+            extra = (const unsigned char *)
+              _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+          for (i = 0; i < cset->ncoll_syms; ++i)
+            {
+              const unsigned char *coll_sym = extra + cset->coll_syms[i];
+              /* Compare the length of input collating element and
+                 the length of current collating element.  */
+              if (*coll_sym != elem_len)
+                continue;
+              /* Compare each bytes.  */
+              for (j = 0; j < *coll_sym; j++)
+                if (pin[j] != coll_sym[1 + j])
+                  break;
+              if (j == *coll_sym)
+                {
+                  /* Match if every bytes is equal.  */
+                  match_len = j;
+                  goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+                }
+            }
+
+          if (cset->nranges)
+            {
+              if (elem_len <= char_len)
+                {
+                  collseqwc = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+                  in_collseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, wc);
+                }
+              else
+                in_collseq = find_collation_sequence_value (pin, elem_len);
+            }
+          /* match with range expression?  */
+          for (i = 0; i < cset->nranges; ++i)
+            if (cset->range_starts[i] <= in_collseq
+                && in_collseq <= cset->range_ends[i])
+              {
+                match_len = elem_len;
+                goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+              }
+
+          /* match with equivalence_class?  */
+          if (cset->nequiv_classes)
+            {
+              const unsigned char *cp = pin;
+              table = (const int32_t *)
+                _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+              weights = (const unsigned char *)
+                _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+              extra = (const unsigned char *)
+                _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+              indirect = (const int32_t *)
+                _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+              idx = findidx (&cp);
+              if (idx > 0)
+                for (i = 0; i < cset->nequiv_classes; ++i)
+                  {
+                    int32_t equiv_class_idx = cset->equiv_classes[i];
+                    size_t weight_len = weights[idx];
+                    if (weight_len == weights[equiv_class_idx])
+                      {
+                        Idx cnt = 0;
+                        while (cnt <= weight_len
+                               && (weights[equiv_class_idx + 1 + cnt]
+                                   == weights[idx + 1 + cnt]))
+                          ++cnt;
+                        if (cnt > weight_len)
+                          {
+                            match_len = elem_len;
+                            goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+            }
+        }
+      else
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+        {
+          /* match with range expression?  */
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2 && ! (__STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L && __STRICT_ANSI__)
+          wchar_t cmp_buf[] = {L'\0', L'\0', wc, L'\0', L'\0', L'\0'};
+#else
+          wchar_t cmp_buf[] = {L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0'};
+          cmp_buf[2] = wc;
+#endif
+          for (i = 0; i < cset->nranges; ++i)
+            {
+              cmp_buf[0] = cset->range_starts[i];
+              cmp_buf[4] = cset->range_ends[i];
+              if (wcscoll (cmp_buf, cmp_buf + 2) <= 0
+                  && wcscoll (cmp_buf + 2, cmp_buf + 4) <= 0)
+                {
+                  match_len = char_len;
+                  goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    check_node_accept_bytes_match:
+      if (!cset->non_match)
+        return match_len;
+      else
+        {
+          if (match_len > 0)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return (elem_len > char_len) ? elem_len : char_len;
+        }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+static unsigned int
+internal_function
+find_collation_sequence_value (const unsigned char *mbs, size_t mbs_len)
+{
+  uint32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules == 0)
+    {
+      if (mbs_len == 1)
+        {
+          /* No valid character.  Match it as a single byte character.  */
+          const unsigned char *collseq = (const unsigned char *)
+            _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+          return collseq[mbs[0]];
+        }
+      return UINT_MAX;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int32_t idx;
+      const unsigned char *extra = (const unsigned char *)
+        _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+      int32_t extrasize = (const unsigned char *)
+        _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB + 1) - extra;
+
+      for (idx = 0; idx < extrasize;)
+        {
+          int mbs_cnt;
+          bool found = false;
+          int32_t elem_mbs_len;
+          /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+          idx = idx + extra[idx] + 1;
+          elem_mbs_len = extra[idx++];
+          if (mbs_len == elem_mbs_len)
+            {
+              for (mbs_cnt = 0; mbs_cnt < elem_mbs_len; ++mbs_cnt)
+                if (extra[idx + mbs_cnt] != mbs[mbs_cnt])
+                  break;
+              if (mbs_cnt == elem_mbs_len)
+                /* Found the entry.  */
+                found = true;
+            }
+          /* Skip the byte sequence of the collating element.  */
+          idx += elem_mbs_len;
+          /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+          idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+          /* Skip the collation sequence value.  */
+          idx += sizeof (uint32_t);
+          /* Skip the wide char sequence of the collating element.  */
+          idx = idx + sizeof (uint32_t) * (extra[idx] + 1);
+          /* If we found the entry, return the sequence value.  */
+          if (found)
+            return *(uint32_t *) (extra + idx);
+          /* Skip the collation sequence value.  */
+          idx += sizeof (uint32_t);
+        }
+      return UINT_MAX;
+    }
+}
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+/* Check whether the node accepts the byte which is IDX-th
+   byte of the INPUT.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function
+check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_token_t *node,
+                   Idx idx)
+{
+  unsigned char ch;
+  ch = re_string_byte_at (&mctx->input, idx);
+  switch (node->type)
+    {
+    case CHARACTER:
+      if (node->opr.c != ch)
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case SIMPLE_BRACKET:
+      if (!bitset_contain (node->opr.sbcset, ch))
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+    case OP_UTF8_PERIOD:
+      if (ch >= ASCII_CHARS)
+        return false;
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+#endif
+    case OP_PERIOD:
+      if ((ch == '\n' && !(mctx->dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+          || (ch == '\0' && (mctx->dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)))
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (node->constraint)
+    {
+      /* The node has constraints.  Check whether the current context
+         satisfies the constraints.  */
+      unsigned int context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx,
+                                                   mctx->eflags);
+      if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (node->constraint, context))
+        return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Extend the buffers, if the buffers have run out.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+extend_buffers (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  re_string_t *pstr = &mctx->input;
+
+  /* Avoid overflow.  */
+  if (BE (SIZE_MAX / 2 / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) <= pstr->bufs_len, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  /* Double the lengthes of the buffers.  */
+  ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, pstr->bufs_len * 2);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+
+  if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+    {
+      /* And double the length of state_log.  */
+      /* XXX We have no indication of the size of this buffer.  If this
+         allocation fail we have no indication that the state_log array
+         does not have the right size.  */
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array = re_realloc (mctx->state_log, re_dfastate_t *,
+                                              pstr->bufs_len + 1);
+      if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      mctx->state_log = new_array;
+    }
+
+  /* Then reconstruct the buffers.  */
+  if (pstr->icase)
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+        {
+          ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+          if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+            return ret;
+        }
+      else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+        build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+        build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+      else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+        {
+          if (pstr->trans != NULL)
+            re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+        }
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Functions for matching context.  */
+
+/* Initialize MCTX.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+match_ctx_init (re_match_context_t *mctx, int eflags, Idx n)
+{
+  mctx->eflags = eflags;
+  mctx->match_last = REG_MISSING;
+  if (n > 0)
+    {
+      /* Avoid overflow.  */
+      size_t max_object_size =
+        MAX (sizeof (struct re_backref_cache_entry),
+             sizeof (re_sub_match_top_t *));
+      if (BE (SIZE_MAX / max_object_size < n, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+
+      mctx->bkref_ents = re_malloc (struct re_backref_cache_entry, n);
+      mctx->sub_tops = re_malloc (re_sub_match_top_t *, n);
+      if (BE (mctx->bkref_ents == NULL || mctx->sub_tops == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  /* Already zero-ed by the caller.
+     else
+       mctx->bkref_ents = NULL;
+     mctx->nbkref_ents = 0;
+     mctx->nsub_tops = 0;  */
+  mctx->abkref_ents = n;
+  mctx->max_mb_elem_len = 1;
+  mctx->asub_tops = n;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Clean the entries which depend on the current input in MCTX.
+   This function must be invoked when the matcher changes the start index
+   of the input, or changes the input string.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+match_ctx_clean (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  Idx st_idx;
+  for (st_idx = 0; st_idx < mctx->nsub_tops; ++st_idx)
+    {
+      Idx sl_idx;
+      re_sub_match_top_t *top = mctx->sub_tops[st_idx];
+      for (sl_idx = 0; sl_idx < top->nlasts; ++sl_idx)
+        {
+          re_sub_match_last_t *last = top->lasts[sl_idx];
+          re_free (last->path.array);
+          re_free (last);
+        }
+      re_free (top->lasts);
+      if (top->path)
+        {
+          re_free (top->path->array);
+          re_free (top->path);
+        }
+      free (top);
+    }
+
+  mctx->nsub_tops = 0;
+  mctx->nbkref_ents = 0;
+}
+
+/* Free all the memory associated with MCTX.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+match_ctx_free (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  /* First, free all the memory associated with MCTX->SUB_TOPS.  */
+  match_ctx_clean (mctx);
+  re_free (mctx->sub_tops);
+  re_free (mctx->bkref_ents);
+}
+
+/* Add a new backreference entry to MCTX.
+   Note that we assume that caller never call this function with duplicate
+   entry, and call with STR_IDX which isn't smaller than any existing entry.
+*/
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+match_ctx_add_entry (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, Idx str_idx, Idx from,
+                     Idx to)
+{
+  if (mctx->nbkref_ents >= mctx->abkref_ents)
+    {
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry* new_entry;
+      new_entry = re_realloc (mctx->bkref_ents, struct re_backref_cache_entry,
+                              mctx->abkref_ents * 2);
+      if (BE (new_entry == NULL, 0))
+        {
+          re_free (mctx->bkref_ents);
+          return REG_ESPACE;
+        }
+      mctx->bkref_ents = new_entry;
+      memset (mctx->bkref_ents + mctx->nbkref_ents, '\0',
+              sizeof (struct re_backref_cache_entry) * mctx->abkref_ents);
+      mctx->abkref_ents *= 2;
+    }
+  if (mctx->nbkref_ents > 0
+      && mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents - 1].str_idx == str_idx)
+    mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents - 1].more = 1;
+
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].node = node;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].str_idx = str_idx;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].subexp_from = from;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].subexp_to = to;
+
+  /* This is a cache that saves negative results of check_dst_limits_calc_pos.
+     If bit N is clear, means that this entry won't epsilon-transition to
+     an OP_OPEN_SUBEXP or OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP for the N+1-th subexpression.  If
+     it is set, check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 will recurse and try to find one
+     such node.
+
+     A backreference does not epsilon-transition unless it is empty, so set
+     to all zeros if FROM != TO.  */
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].eps_reachable_subexps_map
+    = (from == to ? -1 : 0);
+
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents++].more = 0;
+  if (mctx->max_mb_elem_len < to - from)
+    mctx->max_mb_elem_len = to - from;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Return the first entry with the same str_idx, or REG_MISSING if none is
+   found.  Note that MCTX->BKREF_ENTS is already sorted by MCTX->STR_IDX.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+search_cur_bkref_entry (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  Idx left, right, mid, last;
+  last = right = mctx->nbkref_ents;
+  for (left = 0; left < right;)
+    {
+      mid = (left + right) / 2;
+      if (mctx->bkref_ents[mid].str_idx < str_idx)
+        left = mid + 1;
+      else
+        right = mid;
+    }
+  if (left < last && mctx->bkref_ents[left].str_idx == str_idx)
+    return left;
+  else
+    return REG_MISSING;
+}
+
+/* Register the node NODE, whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, and which matches
+   at STR_IDX.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+match_ctx_add_subtop (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, Idx str_idx)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (mctx->sub_tops != NULL);
+  assert (mctx->asub_tops > 0);
+#endif
+  if (BE (mctx->nsub_tops == mctx->asub_tops, 0))
+    {
+      Idx new_asub_tops = mctx->asub_tops * 2;
+      re_sub_match_top_t **new_array = re_realloc (mctx->sub_tops,
+                                                   re_sub_match_top_t *,
+                                                   new_asub_tops);
+      if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0))
+        return REG_ESPACE;
+      mctx->sub_tops = new_array;
+      mctx->asub_tops = new_asub_tops;
+    }
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops] = calloc (1, sizeof (re_sub_match_top_t));
+  if (BE (mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops] == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops]->node = node;
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops++]->str_idx = str_idx;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Register the node NODE, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP, and which matches
+   at STR_IDX, whose corresponding OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is SUB_TOP.  */
+
+static re_sub_match_last_t *
+internal_function
+match_ctx_add_sublast (re_sub_match_top_t *subtop, Idx node, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  re_sub_match_last_t *new_entry;
+  if (BE (subtop->nlasts == subtop->alasts, 0))
+    {
+      Idx new_alasts = 2 * subtop->alasts + 1;
+      re_sub_match_last_t **new_array = re_realloc (subtop->lasts,
+                                                    re_sub_match_last_t *,
+                                                    new_alasts);
+      if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0))
+        return NULL;
+      subtop->lasts = new_array;
+      subtop->alasts = new_alasts;
+    }
+  new_entry = calloc (1, sizeof (re_sub_match_last_t));
+  if (BE (new_entry != NULL, 1))
+    {
+      subtop->lasts[subtop->nlasts] = new_entry;
+      new_entry->node = node;
+      new_entry->str_idx = str_idx;
+      ++subtop->nlasts;
+    }
+  return new_entry;
+}
+
+static void
+internal_function
+sift_ctx_init (re_sift_context_t *sctx, re_dfastate_t **sifted_sts,
+               re_dfastate_t **limited_sts, Idx last_node, Idx last_str_idx)
+{
+  sctx->sifted_states = sifted_sts;
+  sctx->limited_states = limited_sts;
+  sctx->last_node = last_node;
+  sctx->last_str_idx = last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&sctx->limits);
+}
diff --git a/gl/safe-read.c b/gl/safe-read.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7bf1d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/safe-read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* An interface to read and write that retries after interrupts.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef SAFE_WRITE
+# include "safe-write.h"
+#else
+# include "safe-read.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Get ssize_t.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef EINTR
+# define IS_EINTR(x) ((x) == EINTR)
+#else
+# define IS_EINTR(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#ifdef SAFE_WRITE
+# define safe_rw safe_write
+# define rw write
+#else
+# define safe_rw safe_read
+# define rw read
+# undef const
+# define const /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* Read(write) up to COUNT bytes at BUF from(to) descriptor FD, retrying if
+   interrupted.  Return the actual number of bytes read(written), zero for EOF,
+   or SAFE_READ_ERROR(SAFE_WRITE_ERROR) upon error.  */
+size_t
+safe_rw (int fd, void const *buf, size_t count)
+{
+  /* Work around a bug in Tru64 5.1.  Attempting to read more than
+     INT_MAX bytes fails with errno == EINVAL.  See
+     <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2002-04/msg00010.html>.
+     When decreasing COUNT, keep it block-aligned.  */
+  enum { BUGGY_READ_MAXIMUM = INT_MAX & ~8191 };
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      ssize_t result = rw (fd, buf, count);
+
+      if (0 <= result)
+        return result;
+      else if (IS_EINTR (errno))
+        continue;
+      else if (errno == EINVAL && BUGGY_READ_MAXIMUM < count)
+        count = BUGGY_READ_MAXIMUM;
+      else
+        return result;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/gl/safe-read.h b/gl/safe-read.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3451955
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/safe-read.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* An interface to read() that retries after interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#define SAFE_READ_ERROR ((size_t) -1)
+
+/* Read up to COUNT bytes at BUF from descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted.
+   Return the actual number of bytes read, zero for EOF, or SAFE_READ_ERROR
+   upon error.  */
+extern size_t safe_read (int fd, void *buf, size_t count);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/safe-write.c b/gl/safe-write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c375a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/safe-write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* An interface to write that retries after interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#define SAFE_WRITE
+#include "safe-read.c"
diff --git a/gl/safe-write.h b/gl/safe-write.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c194636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/safe-write.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* An interface to write() that retries after interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define SAFE_WRITE_ERROR ((size_t) -1)
+
+/* Write up to COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted.
+   Return the actual number of bytes written, zero for EOF, or SAFE_WRITE_ERROR
+   upon error.  */
+extern size_t safe_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);
diff --git a/gl/size_max.h b/gl/size_max.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0bc13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/size_max.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* size_max.h -- declare SIZE_MAX through system headers
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H
+#define GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H
+
+/* Get SIZE_MAX declaration on systems like Solaris 7/8/9.  */
+# include <limits.h>
+/* Get SIZE_MAX declaration on systems like glibc 2.  */
+# if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#  include <stdint.h>
+# endif
+/* On systems where these include files don't define it, SIZE_MAX is defined
+   in config.h.  */
+
+#endif /* GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H */
diff --git a/gl/snprintf.c b/gl/snprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db1ca9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/snprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson and Paul Eggert.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "snprintf.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW.  */
+#ifndef EOVERFLOW
+# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
+#endif
+
+/* Print formatted output to string STR.  Similar to sprintf, but
+   additional length SIZE limit how much is written into STR.  Returns
+   string length of formatted string (which may be larger than SIZE).
+   STR may be NULL, in which case nothing will be written.  On error,
+   return a negative value. */
+int
+snprintf (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  char *output;
+  size_t len;
+  size_t lenbuf = size;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  output = vasnprintf (str, &lenbuf, format, args);
+  len = lenbuf;
+  va_end (args);
+
+  if (!output)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (output != str)
+    {
+      if (size)
+        {
+          size_t pruned_len = (len < size ? len : size - 1);
+          memcpy (str, output, pruned_len);
+          str[pruned_len] = '\0';
+        }
+
+      free (output);
+    }
+
+  if (INT_MAX < len)
+    {
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/gl/snprintf.h b/gl/snprintf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5032b9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/snprintf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef SNPRINTF_H
+#define SNPRINTF_H
+
+/* Get snprintf declaration, if available.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF && !HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF
+int snprintf (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SNPRINTF_H */
diff --git a/gl/socket_.h b/gl/socket_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b28b5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/socket_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Provide a sys/socket header file for systems lacking it (read: MinGW).
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _SYS_SOCKET_H
+#define _SYS_SOCKET_H
+
+/* This file is supposed to be used on platforms that lack
+   sys/socket.h.  It is intended to provide definitions and prototypes
+   needed by an application.
+
+   Currently only MinGW is supported.  See the gnulib manual regarding
+   Windows sockets.  MinGW has the header files winsock2.h and
+   ws2tcpip.h that declare the sys/socket.h definitions we need.  Note
+   that you can influence which definitions you get by setting the
+   WINVER symbol before including these two files.  For example,
+   getaddrinfo is only available if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501 (that
+   symbol is set indiriectly through WINVER).  You can set this by
+   adding AC_DEFINE(WINVER, 0x0501) to configure.ac.  Note that your
+   code may not run on older Windows releases then.  My Windows 2000
+   box was not able to run the code, for example.  The situation is
+   slightly confusing because:
+   http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/winsock/winsock/getaddrinfo_2.asp
+   suggests that getaddrinfo should be available on all Windows
+   releases. */
+
+
+#if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+# include <winsock2.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H
+# include <ws2tcpip.h>
+#endif
+
+/* For shutdown(). */
+#if !defined SHUT_RD && defined SD_RECEIVE
+# define SHUT_RD SD_RECEIVE
+#endif
+#if !defined SHUT_WR && defined SD_SEND
+# define SHUT_WR SD_SEND
+#endif
+#if !defined SHUT_RDWR && defined SD_BOTH
+# define SHUT_RDWR SD_BOTH
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# define ENOTSOCK                WSAENOTSOCK
+# define EADDRINUSE              WSAEADDRINUSE
+# define ENETRESET               WSAENETRESET
+# define ECONNABORTED            WSAECONNABORTED
+# define ECONNRESET              WSAECONNRESET
+# define ENOTCONN                WSAENOTCONN
+# define ESHUTDOWN               WSAESHUTDOWN
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _SYS_SOCKET_H */
diff --git a/gl/stdbool_.h b/gl/stdbool_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efa80ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/stdbool_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _STDBOOL_H
+#define _STDBOOL_H
+
+/* ISO C 99 <stdbool.h> for platforms that lack it.  */
+
+/* Usage suggestions:
+
+   Programs that use <stdbool.h> should be aware of some limitations
+   and standards compliance issues.
+
+   Standards compliance:
+
+       - <stdbool.h> must be #included before 'bool', 'false', 'true'
+         can be used.
+
+       - You cannot assume that sizeof (bool) == 1.
+
+       - Programs should not undefine the macros bool, true, and false,
+         as C99 lists that as an "obsolescent feature".
+
+   Limitations of this substitute, when used in a C89 environment:
+
+       - <stdbool.h> must be #included before the '_Bool' type can be used.
+
+       - You cannot assume that _Bool is a typedef; it might be a macro.
+
+       - In C99, casts and automatic conversions to '_Bool' or 'bool' are
+         performed in such a way that every nonzero value gets converted
+         to 'true', and zero gets converted to 'false'.  This doesn't work
+         with this substitute.  With this substitute, only the values 0 and 1
+         give the expected result when converted to _Bool' or 'bool'.
+
+   Also, it is suggested that programs use 'bool' rather than '_Bool';
+   this isn't required, but 'bool' is more common.  */
+
+
+/* 7.16. Boolean type and values */
+
+/* BeOS <sys/socket.h> already #defines false 0, true 1.  We use the same
+   definitions below, but temporarily we have to #undef them.  */
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+# include <OS.h> /* defines bool but not _Bool */
+# undef false
+# undef true
+#endif
+
+/* For the sake of symbolic names in gdb, we define true and false as
+   enum constants, not only as macros.
+   It is tempting to write
+      typedef enum { false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+   so that gdb prints values of type 'bool' symbolically. But if we do
+   this, values of type '_Bool' may promote to 'int' or 'unsigned int'
+   (see ISO C 99 6.7.2.2.(4)); however, '_Bool' must promote to 'int'
+   (see ISO C 99 6.3.1.1.(2)).  So we add a negative value to the
+   enum; this ensures that '_Bool' promotes to 'int'.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus || defined __BEOS__
+  /* A compiler known to have 'bool'.  */
+  /* If the compiler already has both 'bool' and '_Bool', we can assume they
+     are the same types.  */
+# if !@HAVE__BOOL@
+typedef bool _Bool;
+# endif
+#else
+# if !defined __GNUC__
+   /* If @HAVE__BOOL@:
+        Some HP-UX cc and AIX IBM C compiler versions have compiler bugs when
+        the built-in _Bool type is used.  See
+          http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html
+          http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html
+          http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html
+        Similar bugs are likely with other compilers as well; this file
+        wouldn't be used if <stdbool.h> was working.
+        So we override the _Bool type.
+      If !@HAVE__BOOL@:
+        Need to define _Bool ourselves. As 'signed char' or as an enum type?
+        Use of a typedef, with SunPRO C, leads to a stupid
+          "warning: _Bool is a keyword in ISO C99".
+        Use of an enum type, with IRIX cc, leads to a stupid
+          "warning(1185): enumerated type mixed with another type".
+        The only benefit of the enum type, debuggability, is not important
+        with these compilers.  So use 'signed char' and no typedef.  */
+#  define _Bool signed char
+enum { false = 0, true = 1 };
+# else
+   /* With this compiler, trust the _Bool type if the compiler has it.  */
+#  if !@HAVE__BOOL@
+typedef enum { _Bool_must_promote_to_int = -1, false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+#define bool _Bool
+
+/* The other macros must be usable in preprocessor directives.  */
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+#define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
+
+#endif /* _STDBOOL_H */
diff --git a/gl/stdint_.h b/gl/stdint_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64ec8c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/stdint_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, Sam Steingold, Peter Burwood.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STDINT_H
+#define _GL_STDINT_H
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <stdint.h> for platforms that lack it.
+ * <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/stdint.h.html>
+ */
+
+/* Get those types that are already defined in other system include
+   files, so that we can "#define int8_t signed char" below without
+   worrying about a later system include file containing a "typedef
+   signed char int8_t;" that will get messed up by our macro.  Our
+   macros should all be consistent with the system versions, except
+   for the "fast" types and macros, which we recommend against using
+   in public interfaces due to compiler differences.  */
+
+#if @HAVE_STDINT_H@
+# if defined __sgi && ! defined __c99
+   /* Bypass IRIX's <stdint.h> if in C89 mode, since it merely annoys users
+      with "This header file is to be used only for c99 mode compilations"
+      diagnostics.  */
+#  define __STDINT_H__
+# endif
+  /* Other systems may have an incomplete or buggy <stdint.h>.
+     Include it before <inttypes.h>, since any "#include <stdint.h>"
+     in <inttypes.h> would reinclude us, skipping our contents because
+     _GL_STDINT_H is defined.  */
+# include @ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H@
+#endif
+
+/* <sys/types.h> defines some of the stdint.h types as well, on glibc,
+   IRIX 6.5, and OpenBSD 3.8 (via <machine/types.h>).
+   AIX 5.2 <sys/types.h> isn't needed and causes troubles.
+   MacOS X 10.4.6 <sys/types.h> includes <stdint.h> (which is us), but
+   relies on the system <stdint.h> definitions, so include
+   <sys/types.h> after @ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H@.  */
+#if @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@ && ! defined _AIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX, ULONG_MAX.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#if @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
+  /* In OpenBSD 3.8, <inttypes.h> includes <machine/types.h>, which defines
+     int{8,16,32,64}_t, uint{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__.
+     <inttypes.h> also defines intptr_t and uintptr_t.  */
+# define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_ABSOLUTE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+# undef _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_ABSOLUTE_INTTYPES_H
+#elif @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@
+  /* Solaris 7 <sys/inttypes.h> has the types except the *_fast*_t types, and
+     the macros except for *_FAST*_*, INTPTR_MIN, PTRDIFF_MIN, PTRDIFF_MAX.  */
+# include <sys/inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@ && ! defined __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__
+  /* Linux libc4 >= 4.6.7 and libc5 have a <sys/bitypes.h> that defines
+     int{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__.  In libc5 >= 5.2.2 it is
+     included by <sys/types.h>.  */
+# include <sys/bitypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+
+/* Get WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX.  */
+# if ! (defined WCHAR_MIN && defined WCHAR_MAX)
+#  include <wchar.h>
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* Minimum and maximum values for a integer type under the usual assumption.
+   Return an unspecified value if BITS == 0, adding a check to pacify
+   picky compilers.  */
+
+#define _STDINT_MIN(signed, bits, zero) \
+  ((signed) ? (- ((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 : 0)) : (zero))
+
+#define _STDINT_MAX(signed, bits, zero) \
+  ((signed) \
+   ? ~ _STDINT_MIN (signed, bits, zero) \
+   : ((((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 : 0)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
+
+/* 7.18.1.1. Exact-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits.  */
+
+#undef int8_t
+#undef uint8_t
+#define int8_t signed char
+#define uint8_t unsigned char
+
+#undef int16_t
+#undef uint16_t
+#define int16_t short int
+#define uint16_t unsigned short int
+
+#undef int32_t
+#undef uint32_t
+#define int32_t int
+#define uint32_t unsigned int
+
+#undef int64_t
+#if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1
+# define int64_t long int
+#elif defined _MSC_VER
+# define int64_t __int64
+#elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@
+# define int64_t long long int
+#endif
+
+#undef uint64_t
+#if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
+# define uint64_t unsigned long int
+#elif defined _MSC_VER
+# define uint64_t unsigned __int64
+#elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@
+# define uint64_t unsigned long long int
+#endif
+
+/* Avoid collision with Solaris 2.5.1 <pthread.h> etc.  */
+#define _UINT8_T
+#define _UINT32_T
+#define _UINT64_T
+
+
+/* 7.18.1.2. Minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types
+   are the same as the corresponding N_t types.  */
+
+#undef int_least8_t
+#undef uint_least8_t
+#undef int_least16_t
+#undef uint_least16_t
+#undef int_least32_t
+#undef uint_least32_t
+#undef int_least64_t
+#undef uint_least64_t
+#define int_least8_t int8_t
+#define uint_least8_t uint8_t
+#define int_least16_t int16_t
+#define uint_least16_t uint16_t
+#define int_least32_t int32_t
+#define uint_least32_t uint32_t
+#ifdef int64_t
+# define int_least64_t int64_t
+#endif
+#ifdef uint64_t
+# define uint_least64_t uint64_t
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.1.3. Fastest minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Note: Other <stdint.h> substitutes may define these types differently.
+   It is not recommended to use these types in public header files. */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types
+   are taken from the same list of types.  Assume that 'long int'
+   is fast enough for all narrower integers.  */
+
+#undef int_fast8_t
+#undef uint_fast8_t
+#undef int_fast16_t
+#undef uint_fast16_t
+#undef int_fast32_t
+#undef uint_fast32_t
+#undef int_fast64_t
+#undef uint_fast64_t
+#define int_fast8_t long int
+#define uint_fast8_t unsigned int_fast8_t
+#define int_fast16_t long int
+#define uint_fast16_t unsigned int_fast16_t
+#define int_fast32_t long int
+#define uint_fast32_t unsigned int_fast32_t
+#ifdef int64_t
+# define int_fast64_t int64_t
+#endif
+#ifdef uint64_t
+# define uint_fast64_t uint64_t
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.1.4. Integer types capable of holding object pointers */
+
+#undef intptr_t
+#undef uintptr_t
+#define intptr_t long int
+#define uintptr_t unsigned long int
+
+/* 7.18.1.5. Greatest-width integer types */
+
+/* Note: These types are compiler dependent. It may be unwise to use them in
+   public header files. */
+
+#undef intmax_t
+#if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+# define intmax_t long long int
+#elif defined int64_t
+# define intmax_t int64_t
+#else
+# define intmax_t long int
+#endif
+
+#undef uintmax_t
+#if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+# define uintmax_t unsigned long long int
+#elif defined uint64_t
+# define uintmax_t uint64_t
+#else
+# define uintmax_t unsigned long int
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2. Limits of specified-width integer types */
+
+#if ! defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
+
+/* 7.18.2.1. Limits of exact-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits.  */
+
+#undef INT8_MIN
+#undef INT8_MAX
+#undef UINT8_MAX
+#define INT8_MIN  (~ INT8_MAX)
+#define INT8_MAX  127
+#define UINT8_MAX  255
+
+#undef INT16_MIN
+#undef INT16_MAX
+#undef UINT16_MAX
+#define INT16_MIN  (~ INT16_MAX)
+#define INT16_MAX  32767
+#define UINT16_MAX  65535
+
+#undef INT32_MIN
+#undef INT32_MAX
+#undef UINT32_MAX
+#define INT32_MIN  (~ INT32_MAX)
+#define INT32_MAX  2147483647
+#define UINT32_MAX  4294967295U
+
+#undef INT64_MIN
+#undef INT64_MAX
+#ifdef int64_t
+# define INT64_MIN  (~ INT64_MAX)
+# define INT64_MAX  INTMAX_C (9223372036854775807)
+#endif
+
+#undef UINT64_MAX
+#ifdef uint64_t
+# define UINT64_MAX  UINTMAX_C (18446744073709551615)
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.2. Limits of minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types
+   are the same as the corresponding N_t types.  */
+
+#undef INT_LEAST8_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST8_MAX
+#undef UINT_LEAST8_MAX
+#define INT_LEAST8_MIN  INT8_MIN
+#define INT_LEAST8_MAX  INT8_MAX
+#define UINT_LEAST8_MAX  UINT8_MAX
+
+#undef INT_LEAST16_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST16_MAX
+#undef UINT_LEAST16_MAX
+#define INT_LEAST16_MIN  INT16_MIN
+#define INT_LEAST16_MAX  INT16_MAX
+#define UINT_LEAST16_MAX  UINT16_MAX
+
+#undef INT_LEAST32_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST32_MAX
+#undef UINT_LEAST32_MAX
+#define INT_LEAST32_MIN  INT32_MIN
+#define INT_LEAST32_MAX  INT32_MAX
+#define UINT_LEAST32_MAX  UINT32_MAX
+
+#undef INT_LEAST64_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST64_MAX
+#ifdef int64_t
+# define INT_LEAST64_MIN  INT64_MIN
+# define INT_LEAST64_MAX  INT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+#undef UINT_LEAST64_MAX
+#ifdef uint64_t
+# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX  UINT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.3. Limits of fastest minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types
+   are taken from the same list of types.  */
+
+#undef INT_FAST8_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST8_MAX
+#undef UINT_FAST8_MAX
+#define INT_FAST8_MIN  LONG_MIN
+#define INT_FAST8_MAX  LONG_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST8_MAX  ULONG_MAX
+
+#undef INT_FAST16_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST16_MAX
+#undef UINT_FAST16_MAX
+#define INT_FAST16_MIN  LONG_MIN
+#define INT_FAST16_MAX  LONG_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST16_MAX  ULONG_MAX
+
+#undef INT_FAST32_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST32_MAX
+#undef UINT_FAST32_MAX
+#define INT_FAST32_MIN  LONG_MIN
+#define INT_FAST32_MAX  LONG_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST32_MAX  ULONG_MAX
+
+#undef INT_FAST64_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST64_MAX
+#ifdef int64_t
+# define INT_FAST64_MIN  INT64_MIN
+# define INT_FAST64_MAX  INT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+#undef UINT_FAST64_MAX
+#ifdef uint64_t
+# define UINT_FAST64_MAX  UINT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.4. Limits of integer types capable of holding object pointers */
+
+#undef INTPTR_MIN
+#undef INTPTR_MAX
+#undef UINTPTR_MAX
+#define INTPTR_MIN  LONG_MIN
+#define INTPTR_MAX  LONG_MAX
+#define UINTPTR_MAX  ULONG_MAX
+
+/* 7.18.2.5. Limits of greatest-width integer types */
+
+#undef INTMAX_MIN
+#undef INTMAX_MAX
+#define INTMAX_MIN  (~ INTMAX_MAX)
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# define INTMAX_MAX  INT64_MAX
+#else
+# define INTMAX_MAX  INT32_MAX
+#endif
+
+#undef UINTMAX_MAX
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT64_MAX
+#else
+# define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT32_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.3. Limits of other integer types */
+
+/* ptrdiff_t limits */
+#undef PTRDIFF_MIN
+#undef PTRDIFF_MAX
+#define PTRDIFF_MIN  \
+   _STDINT_MIN (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@)
+#define PTRDIFF_MAX  \
+   _STDINT_MAX (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+/* sig_atomic_t limits */
+#undef SIG_ATOMIC_MIN
+#undef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
+#define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN  \
+   _STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \
+                0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
+#define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX  \
+   _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \
+                0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+
+/* size_t limit */
+#undef SIZE_MAX
+#define SIZE_MAX  _STDINT_MAX (0, @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@, 0@SIZE_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+/* wchar_t limits */
+#undef WCHAR_MIN
+#undef WCHAR_MAX
+#define WCHAR_MIN  \
+   _STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@)
+#define WCHAR_MAX  \
+   _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+/* wint_t limits */
+#undef WINT_MIN
+#undef WINT_MAX
+#define WINT_MIN  \
+   _STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@)
+#define WINT_MAX  \
+   _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+#endif /* !defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS */
+
+/* 7.18.4. Macros for integer constants */
+
+#if ! defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+
+/* 7.18.4.1. Macros for minimum-width integer constants */
+/* According to ISO C 99 Technical Corrigendum 1 */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits, and int is 32 bits.  */
+
+#undef INT8_C
+#undef UINT8_C
+#define INT8_C(x) x
+#define UINT8_C(x) x
+
+#undef INT16_C
+#undef UINT16_C
+#define INT16_C(x) x
+#define UINT16_C(x) x
+
+#undef INT32_C
+#undef UINT32_C
+#define INT32_C(x) x
+#define UINT32_C(x) x ## U
+
+#undef INT64_C
+#undef UINT64_C
+#if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1
+# define INT64_C(x) x##L
+#elif defined _MSC_VER
+# define INT64_C(x) x##i64
+#elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@
+# define INT64_C(x) x##LL
+#endif
+#if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
+# define UINT64_C(x) x##UL
+#elif defined _MSC_VER
+# define UINT64_C(x) x##ui64
+#elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@
+# define UINT64_C(x) x##ULL
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.4.2. Macros for greatest-width integer constants */
+
+#undef INTMAX_C
+#if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+# define INTMAX_C(x)   x##LL
+#elif defined int64_t
+# define INTMAX_C(x)   INT64_C(x)
+#else
+# define INTMAX_C(x)   x##L
+#endif
+
+#undef UINTMAX_C
+#if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+# define UINTMAX_C(x)  x##ULL
+#elif defined uint64_t
+# define UINTMAX_C(x)  UINT64_C(x)
+#else
+# define UINTMAX_C(x)  x##UL
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS */
+
+#endif /* _GL_STDINT_H */
diff --git a/gl/strcase.h b/gl/strcase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07d4c9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strcase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _STRCASE_H
+#define _STRCASE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+/* Include header files with a possibly conflicting declarations of strcasecmp
+   before we define it as a macro, so that they will be no-ops if included
+   after strcasecmp is defined as a macro.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* No known system has a strcasecmp() function that works correctly in
+   multibyte locales.  Therefore we use our version always.  */
+#define strcasecmp rpl_strcasecmp
+/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
+   than S2.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return 0 for strings of
+   different lengths!  */
+extern int strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2);
+
+/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
+   returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
+   lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2.
+   Note: This function can not work correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+#if ! HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP
+extern int strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _STRCASE_H */
diff --git a/gl/strcasecmp.c b/gl/strcasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99d5dd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* Case-insensitive string comparison function.
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005,
+   based on earlier glibc code.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "strcase.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+# include "mbuiter.h"
+#endif
+
+#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+
+/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
+   than S2.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return 0 for strings of
+   different lengths!  */
+int
+strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  if (s1 == s2)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Be careful not to look at the entire extent of s1 or s2 until needed.
+     This is useful because when two strings differ, the difference is
+     most often already in the very few first characters.  */
+#if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      mbui_iterator_t iter1;
+      mbui_iterator_t iter2;
+
+      mbui_init (iter1, s1);
+      mbui_init (iter2, s2);
+
+      while (mbui_avail (iter1) && mbui_avail (iter2))
+        {
+          int cmp = mb_casecmp (mbui_cur (iter1), mbui_cur (iter2));
+
+          if (cmp != 0)
+            return cmp;
+
+          mbui_advance (iter1);
+          mbui_advance (iter2);
+        }
+      if (mbui_avail (iter1))
+        /* s2 terminated before s1.  */
+        return 1;
+      if (mbui_avail (iter2))
+        /* s1 terminated before s2.  */
+        return -1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    {
+      const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+      const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+      unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+      do
+        {
+          c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
+          c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
+
+          if (c1 == '\0')
+            break;
+
+          ++p1;
+          ++p2;
+        }
+      while (c1 == c2);
+
+      if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+        return c1 - c2;
+      else
+        /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
+           difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
+           doesn't fit in an 'int'.  */
+        return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/gl/strdup.c b/gl/strdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17d40d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+/* Get specification.  */
+# include "strdup.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#undef __strdup
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef strdup
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strdup strdup
+#endif
+
+/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
+char *
+__strdup (const char *s)
+{
+  size_t len = strlen (s) + 1;
+  void *new = malloc (len);
+
+  if (new == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  return (char *) memcpy (new, s, len);
+}
+#ifdef libc_hidden_def
+libc_hidden_def (__strdup)
+#endif
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strdup, strdup)
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/strdup.h b/gl/strdup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73e66e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strdup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* strdup.h -- duplicate a string
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef STRDUP_H_
+#define STRDUP_H_
+
+/* Get strdup declaration, if available.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_STRDUP && !HAVE_DECL_STRDUP && !defined strdup
+/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
+extern char *strdup (const char *s);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* STRDUP_H_ */
diff --git a/gl/stripslash.c b/gl/stripslash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..342d497
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/stripslash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* stripslash.c -- remove redundant trailing slashes from a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 2001, 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+/* Remove trailing slashes from FILE.  Return true if a trailing slash
+   was removed.  This is useful when using file name completion from a
+   shell that adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and
+   bash), because on symlinks to directories, several system calls
+   have different semantics according to whether a trailing slash is
+   present.  */
+
+bool
+strip_trailing_slashes (char *file)
+{
+  char *base = last_component (file);
+  char *base_lim;
+  bool had_slash;
+
+  /* last_component returns "" for file system roots, but we need to turn
+     `///' into `/'.  */
+  if (! *base)
+    base = file;
+  base_lim = base + base_len (base);
+  had_slash = (*base_lim != '\0');
+  *base_lim = '\0';
+  return had_slash;
+}
diff --git a/gl/strncasecmp.c b/gl/strncasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f59b953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strncasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "strcase.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+
+/* Compare no more than N bytes of strings S1 and S2,
+   ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
+   than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+
+int
+strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || n == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
+      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
+
+      if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0')
+        break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+    return c1 - c2;
+  else
+    /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
+       difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
+       doesn't fit in an 'int'.  */
+    return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
+}
diff --git a/gl/strndup.c b/gl/strndup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..290f494
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strndup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* A replacement function, for systems that lack strndup.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "strndup.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "strnlen.h"
+
+char *
+strndup (char const *s, size_t n)
+{
+  size_t len = strnlen (s, n);
+  char *new = malloc (len + 1);
+
+  if (new == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  new[len] = '\0';
+  return memcpy (new, s, len);
+}
diff --git a/gl/strndup.h b/gl/strndup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b983dd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strndup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Duplicate a size-bounded string.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+/* If HAVE_STRNDUP, get the strndup declaration.
+   If !HAVE_STRNDUP, include <string.h> now so that it doesn't cause
+   trouble if included later.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_STRNDUP
+# undef strndup
+# define strndup rpl_strndup
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP  /* Don't risk conflicting declarations.  */
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING.  */
+extern char *strndup (const char *string, size_t n);
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/gl/strnlen.c b/gl/strnlen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..593fd1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strnlen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "strnlen.h"
+
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
+
+size_t
+strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
+}
diff --git a/gl/strnlen.h b/gl/strnlen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba74dba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strnlen.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef STRNLEN_H
+#define STRNLEN_H
+
+/* Get strnlen declaration, if available.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN && !HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
+/* Find the length (number of bytes) of STRING, but scan at most
+   MAXLEN bytes.  If no '\0' terminator is found in that many bytes,
+   return MAXLEN.  */
+extern size_t strnlen(const char *string, size_t maxlen);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* STRNLEN_H */
diff --git a/gl/strnlen1.c b/gl/strnlen1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..422ed9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strnlen1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "strnlen1.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes.
+   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
+/* This is the same as strnlen (string, maxlen - 1) + 1.  */
+size_t
+strnlen1 (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const char *end = (const char *) memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
+  if (end != NULL)
+    return end - string + 1;
+  else
+    return maxlen;
+}
diff --git a/gl/strnlen1.h b/gl/strnlen1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ce7d0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/strnlen1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes.
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _STRNLEN1_H
+#define _STRNLEN1_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes.
+   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
+/* This is the same as strnlen (string, maxlen - 1) + 1.  */
+extern size_t strnlen1 (const char *string, size_t maxlen);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _STRNLEN1_H */
diff --git a/gl/unistd--.h b/gl/unistd--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fe6ce8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/unistd--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Like unistd.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#undef dup
+#define dup dup_safer
+
+#undef pipe
+#define pipe pipe_safer
diff --git a/gl/unistd-safer.h b/gl/unistd-safer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f95999d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/unistd-safer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Invoke unistd-like functions, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+int dup_safer (int);
+int fd_safer (int);
+int pipe_safer (int[2]);
diff --git a/gl/unistd_.h b/gl/unistd_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36fa673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/unistd_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <unistd.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_UNISTD_H
+#define _GL_UNISTD_H
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include @ABSOLUTE_UNISTD_H@
+#endif
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FCHDIR_REPLACEMENT
+
+/* Change the process' current working directory to the directory on which
+   the given file descriptor is open.  */
+extern int fchdir (int /*fd*/);
+
+# define close rpl_close
+extern int close (int);
+# define dup rpl_dup
+extern int dup (int);
+# define dup2 rpl_dup2
+extern int dup2 (int, int);
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_UNISTD_H */
diff --git a/gl/vasnprintf.c b/gl/vasnprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fe2aad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/vasnprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,889 @@
+/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+#ifndef IN_LIBINTL
+# include <alloca.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# include "vasnwprintf.h"
+#else
+# include "vasnprintf.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>      /* snprintf(), sprintf() */
+#include <stdlib.h>     /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */
+#include <string.h>     /* memcpy(), strlen() */
+#include <errno.h>      /* errno */
+#include <limits.h>     /* CHAR_BIT */
+#include <float.h>      /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# include "wprintf-parse.h"
+#else
+# include "printf-parse.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Checked size_t computations.  */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN
+#  define local_wcslen wcslen
+# else
+   /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid
+      a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute.
+      Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included
+      twice in the same compilation unit.  */
+#  ifndef local_wcslen_defined
+#   define local_wcslen_defined 1
+static size_t
+local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s)
+{
+  const wchar_t *ptr;
+
+  for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++)
+    ;
+  return ptr - s;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf
+# define CHAR_T wchar_t
+# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
+# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
+# define USE_SNPRINTF 1
+# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
+   /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than
+      on Unix; we use the _snwprintf() function instead.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF _snwprintf
+# else
+   /* Unix.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF swprintf
+# endif
+#else
+# define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
+# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
+# define USE_SNPRINTF (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF)
+# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
+   /* Windows.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF _snprintf
+# else
+   /* Unix.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF snprintf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+CHAR_T *
+VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list args)
+{
+  DIRECTIVES d;
+  arguments a;
+
+  if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+#define CLEANUP() \
+  free (d.dir);                                                         \
+  if (a.arg)                                                            \
+    free (a.arg);
+
+  if (printf_fetchargs (args, &a) < 0)
+    {
+      CLEANUP ();
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t buf_neededlength;
+    CHAR_T *buf;
+    CHAR_T *buf_malloced;
+    const CHAR_T *cp;
+    size_t i;
+    DIRECTIVE *dp;
+    /* Output string accumulator.  */
+    CHAR_T *result;
+    size_t allocated;
+    size_t length;
+
+    /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to
+       sprintf or snprintf.  */
+    buf_neededlength =
+      xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6);
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+    if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (CHAR_T))
+      {
+        buf = (CHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+        buf_malloced = NULL;
+      }
+    else
+#endif
+      {
+        size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (CHAR_T));
+        if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize))
+          goto out_of_memory_1;
+        buf = (CHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize);
+        if (buf == NULL)
+          goto out_of_memory_1;
+        buf_malloced = buf;
+      }
+
+    if (resultbuf != NULL)
+      {
+        result = resultbuf;
+        allocated = *lengthp;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        result = NULL;
+        allocated = 0;
+      }
+    length = 0;
+    /* Invariants:
+       result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated.
+       If length > 0, then result != NULL.  */
+
+    /* Ensures that allocated >= needed.  Aborts through a jump to
+       out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big.  */
+#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \
+    if ((needed) > allocated)                                                \
+      {                                                                      \
+        size_t memory_size;                                                  \
+        CHAR_T *memory;                                                      \
+                                                                             \
+        allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12);            \
+        if ((needed) > allocated)                                            \
+          allocated = (needed);                                              \
+        memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (CHAR_T));                   \
+        if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))                                   \
+          goto out_of_memory;                                                \
+        if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL)                           \
+          memory = (CHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size);                          \
+        else                                                                 \
+          memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size);                 \
+        if (memory == NULL)                                                  \
+          goto out_of_memory;                                                \
+        if (result == resultbuf && length > 0)                               \
+          memcpy (memory, result, length * sizeof (CHAR_T));                 \
+        result = memory;                                                     \
+      }
+
+    for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++)
+      {
+        if (cp != dp->dir_start)
+          {
+            size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp;
+            size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n);
+
+            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
+            memcpy (result + length, cp, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+            length = augmented_length;
+          }
+        if (i == d.count)
+          break;
+
+        /* Execute a single directive.  */
+        if (dp->conversion == '%')
+          {
+            size_t augmented_length;
+
+            if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE))
+              abort ();
+            augmented_length = xsum (length, 1);
+            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
+            result[length] = '%';
+            length = augmented_length;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE))
+              abort ();
+
+            if (dp->conversion == 'n')
+              {
+                switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type)
+                  {
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+#endif
+                  default:
+                    abort ();
+                  }
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
+                CHAR_T *p;
+                unsigned int prefix_count;
+                int prefixes[2];
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+                size_t tmp_length;
+                CHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
+                CHAR_T *tmp;
+
+                /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling
+                   sprintf.  */
+                {
+                  size_t width;
+                  size_t precision;
+
+                  width = 0;
+                  if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                    {
+                      if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                        {
+                          int arg;
+
+                          if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                            abort ();
+                          arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                          width = (arg < 0 ? (unsigned int) (-arg) : arg);
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                          do
+                            width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                          while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                  precision = 6;
+                  if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                    {
+                      if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                        {
+                          int arg;
+
+                          if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                            abort ();
+                          arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                          precision = (arg < 0 ? 0 : arg);
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                          precision = 0;
+                          while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                            precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                  switch (dp->conversion)
+                    {
+
+                    case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
+# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+                                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                                         )
+                          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                      else
+# endif
+                      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+                                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                                         )
+                          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                      else
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+                                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                                         )
+                          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                      if (tmp_length < precision)
+                        tmp_length = precision;
+                      /* Multiply by 2, as an estimate for FLAG_GROUP.  */
+                      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, tmp_length);
+                      /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign.  */
+                      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1);
+                      break;
+
+                    case 'o':
+# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+                                          * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+                                         )
+                          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                      else
+# endif
+                      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+                                          * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+                                         )
+                          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                      else
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+                                          * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+                                         )
+                          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                      if (tmp_length < precision)
+                        tmp_length = precision;
+                      /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign.  */
+                      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1);
+                      break;
+
+                    case 'x': case 'X':
+# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+                                          * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                                         )
+                          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                      else
+# endif
+                      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+                                          * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                                         )
+                          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                      else
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+                                          * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                                         )
+                          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                      if (tmp_length < precision)
+                        tmp_length = precision;
+                      /* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form.  */
+                      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 2);
+                      break;
+
+                    case 'f': case 'F':
+# ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+                      if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP
+                                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                                          * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
+                                         )
+                          + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+                          + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
+                      else
+# endif
+                        tmp_length =
+                          (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP
+                                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                                          * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
+                                         )
+                          + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+                          + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
+                      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
+                      break;
+
+                    case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+                    case 'a': case 'A':
+                      tmp_length =
+                        12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */
+                      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
+                      break;
+
+                    case 'c':
+# if defined HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR)
+                        tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX;
+                      else
+# endif
+                        tmp_length = 1;
+                      break;
+
+                    case 's':
+# ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING)
+                        {
+                          tmp_length =
+                            local_wcslen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string);
+
+#  if !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                          tmp_length = xtimes (tmp_length, MB_CUR_MAX);
+#  endif
+                        }
+                      else
+# endif
+                        tmp_length = strlen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string);
+                      break;
+
+                    case 'p':
+                      tmp_length =
+                        (unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT
+                                        * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                                       )
+                          + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+                          + 2; /* account for leading 0x */
+                      break;
+
+                    default:
+                      abort ();
+                    }
+
+                  if (tmp_length < width)
+                    tmp_length = width;
+
+                  tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
+                }
+
+                if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (CHAR_T))
+                  tmp = tmpbuf;
+                else
+                  {
+                    size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (CHAR_T));
+
+                    if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
+                      /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                    tmp = (CHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
+                    if (tmp == NULL)
+                      /* Out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                  }
+#endif
+
+                /* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or
+                   sprintf.  */
+                p = buf;
+                *p++ = '%';
+                if (dp->flags & FLAG_GROUP)
+                  *p++ = '\'';
+                if (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)
+                  *p++ = '-';
+                if (dp->flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                  *p++ = '+';
+                if (dp->flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                  *p++ = ' ';
+                if (dp->flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                  *p++ = '#';
+                if (dp->flags & FLAG_ZERO)
+                  *p++ = '0';
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
+                    memcpy (p, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+                    p += n;
+                  }
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
+                    memcpy (p, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+                    p += n;
+                  }
+
+                switch (type)
+                  {
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                  case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+                  case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+                    *p++ = 'l';
+                    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+#endif
+                  case TYPE_LONGINT:
+                  case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+                  case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                  case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+#endif
+                    *p++ = 'l';
+                    break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+                  case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+                    *p++ = 'L';
+                    break;
+#endif
+                  default:
+                    break;
+                  }
+                *p = dp->conversion;
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                p[1] = '%';
+                p[2] = 'n';
+                p[3] = '\0';
+#else
+                p[1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+                /* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf.  */
+                prefix_count = 0;
+                if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                  {
+                    if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                      abort ();
+                    prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                  }
+                if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                  {
+                    if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                      abort ();
+                    prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                  }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                /* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count
+                   via %n.  */
+                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
+                result[length] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+                for (;;)
+                  {
+                    size_t maxlen;
+                    int count;
+                    int retcount;
+
+                    maxlen = allocated - length;
+                    count = -1;
+                    retcount = 0;
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
+                    switch (prefix_count)                                   \
+                      {                                                     \
+                      case 0:                                               \
+                        retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf,  \
+                                             arg, &count);                  \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 1:                                               \
+                        retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf,  \
+                                             prefixes[0], arg, &count);     \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 2:                                               \
+                        retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf,  \
+                                             prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \
+                                             &count);                       \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      default:                                              \
+                        abort ();                                           \
+                      }
+#else
+# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
+                    switch (prefix_count)                                   \
+                      {                                                     \
+                      case 0:                                               \
+                        count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg);                    \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 1:                                               \
+                        count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg);       \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 2:                                               \
+                        count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\
+                                         arg);                              \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      default:                                              \
+                        abort ();                                           \
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    switch (type)
+                      {
+                      case TYPE_SCHAR:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_UCHAR:
+                        {
+                          unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_SHORT:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_USHORT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_INT:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_UINT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_LONGINT:
+                        {
+                          long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                      case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+                        {
+                          long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#endif
+                      case TYPE_DOUBLE:
+                        {
+                          double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+                      case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+                        {
+                          long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#endif
+                      case TYPE_CHAR:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+                      case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+                        {
+                          wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#endif
+                      case TYPE_STRING:
+                        {
+                          const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                      case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+                        {
+                          const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#endif
+                      case TYPE_POINTER:
+                        {
+                          void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      default:
+                        abort ();
+                      }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                    /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf()
+                       are ISO C 99 compliant.  Determine the number of
+                       bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have
+                       produced.  */
+                    if (count >= 0)
+                      {
+                        /* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its
+                           result.  */
+                        if (count < maxlen && result[length + count] != '\0')
+                          abort ();
+                        /* Portability hack.  */
+                        if (retcount > count)
+                          count = retcount;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n'
+                           directive.  */
+                        if (p[1] != '\0')
+                          {
+                            /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look
+                               at the snprintf() return value.  */
+                            p[1] = '\0';
+                            continue;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            /* Look at the snprintf() return value.  */
+                            if (retcount < 0)
+                              {
+                                /* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient:
+                                   It doesn't understand the '%n' directive,
+                                   *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length
+                                   that would have been required) when the
+                                   buffer is too small.  */
+                                size_t bigger_need =
+                                  xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12);
+                                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need);
+                                continue;
+                              }
+                            else
+                              count = retcount;
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    /* Attempt to handle failure.  */
+                    if (count < 0)
+                      {
+                        if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                          free (result);
+                        if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                          free (buf_malloced);
+                        CLEANUP ();
+                        errno = EINVAL;
+                        return NULL;
+                      }
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+                    if (count >= tmp_length)
+                      /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
+                         code above!  */
+                      abort ();
+#endif
+
+                    /* Make room for the result.  */
+                    if (count >= maxlen)
+                      {
+                        /* Need at least count bytes.  But allocate
+                           proportionally, to avoid looping eternally if
+                           snprintf() reports a too small count.  */
+                        size_t n =
+                          xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2));
+
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                        continue;
+#endif
+                      }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                    /* The snprintf() result did fit.  */
+#else
+                    /* Append the sprintf() result.  */
+                    memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+                    if (tmp != tmpbuf)
+                      free (tmp);
+#endif
+
+                    length += count;
+                    break;
+                  }
+              }
+          }
+      }
+
+    /* Add the final NUL.  */
+    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
+    result[length] = '\0';
+
+    if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated)
+      {
+        /* Shrink the allocated memory if possible.  */
+        CHAR_T *memory;
+
+        memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+        if (memory != NULL)
+          result = memory;
+      }
+
+    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+      free (buf_malloced);
+    CLEANUP ();
+    *lengthp = length;
+    /* Note that we can produce a big string of a length > INT_MAX.  POSIX
+       says that snprintf() fails with errno = EOVERFLOW in this case, but
+       that's only because snprintf() returns an 'int'.  This function does
+       not have this limitation.  */
+    return result;
+
+  out_of_memory:
+    if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+      free (result);
+    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+      free (buf_malloced);
+  out_of_memory_1:
+    CLEANUP ();
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+#undef SNPRINTF
+#undef USE_SNPRINTF
+#undef PRINTF_PARSE
+#undef DIRECTIVES
+#undef DIRECTIVE
+#undef CHAR_T
+#undef VASNPRINTF
diff --git a/gl/vasnprintf.h b/gl/vasnprintf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..894008c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/vasnprintf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
+#define _VASNPRINTF_H
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
+   You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
+   size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
+   If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
+   if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
+   number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL.  Upon error, set
+   errno and return NULL.
+
+   When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left
+   alone (with possibly modified contents).  This makes it possible to use
+   a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this:
+
+          char buf[100];
+          size_t len = sizeof (buf);
+          char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args);
+          if (output == NULL)
+            ... error handling ...;
+          else
+            {
+              ... use the output string ...;
+              if (output != buf)
+                free (output);
+            }
+  */
+extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
+       __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
+       __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */
diff --git a/gl/vasprintf.c b/gl/vasprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8247073
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/vasprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "vasprintf.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW.  */
+#ifndef EOVERFLOW
+# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
+#endif
+
+int
+vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  size_t length;
+  char *result = vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (length > INT_MAX)
+    {
+      free (result);
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  *resultp = result;
+  /* Return the number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL.  */
+  return length;
+}
diff --git a/gl/vasprintf.h b/gl/vasprintf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab5515c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/vasprintf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _VASPRINTF_H
+#define _VASPRINTF_H
+
+#if HAVE_VASPRINTF
+
+/* Get asprintf(), vasprintf() declarations.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
+   If the memory allocation succeeds, store the address of the string in
+   *RESULT and return the number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing
+   NUL.  Upon memory allocation error, or some other error, return -1.  */
+extern int asprintf (char **result, const char *format, ...)
+       __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
+extern int vasprintf (char **result, const char *format, va_list args)
+       __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)));
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _VASPRINTF_H */
diff --git a/gl/vsnprintf.c b/gl/vsnprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af567d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/vsnprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson and Yoann Vandoorselaere <yoann@prelude-ids.org>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "vsnprintf.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW.  */
+#ifndef EOVERFLOW
+# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
+#endif
+
+/* Print formatted output to string STR.  Similar to vsprintf, but
+   additional length SIZE limit how much is written into STR.  Returns
+   string length of formatted string (which may be larger than SIZE).
+   STR may be NULL, in which case nothing will be written.  On error,
+   return a negative value. */
+int
+vsnprintf (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  char *output;
+  size_t len;
+  size_t lenbuf = size;
+
+  output = vasnprintf (str, &lenbuf, format, args);
+  len = lenbuf;
+
+  if (!output)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (output != str)
+    {
+      if (size)
+        {
+          size_t pruned_len = (len < size ? len : size - 1);
+          memcpy (str, output, pruned_len);
+          str[pruned_len] = '\0';
+        }
+
+      free (output);
+    }
+
+  if (len > INT_MAX)
+    {
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/gl/vsnprintf.h b/gl/vsnprintf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f80c77a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/vsnprintf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson and Yoann Vandoorselaere <yoann@prelude-ids.org>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef VSNPRINTF_H
+#define VSNPRINTF_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* Get vsnprintf declaration, if available.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF && !HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF
+int vsnprintf (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list args);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* VSNPRINTF_H */
diff --git a/gl/wchar_.h b/gl/wchar_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6813a21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/wchar_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* A substitute for ISO C99 <wchar.h>, for platforms that have issues.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <wchar.h> for platforms that have issues.
+ * <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/wchar.h.html>
+ *
+ * For now, this just ensures proper prerequisite inclusion order.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GL_WCHAR_H
+#define _GL_WCHAR_H
+
+/* Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
+   <wchar.h>.
+   BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be
+   included before <wchar.h>.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* Include the original <wchar.h>.  */
+#include @ABSOLUTE_WCHAR_H@
+
+#endif /* _GL_WCHAR_H */
diff --git a/gl/wctype_.h b/gl/wctype_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1297c61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/wctype_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/* A substitute for ISO C99 <wctype.h>, for platforms that lack it.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible and Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <wctype.h> for platforms that lack it.
+ * <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/wctype.h.html>
+ *
+ * iswctype, towctrans, towlower, towupper, wctrans, wctype,
+ * wctrans_t, and wctype_t are not yet implemented.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GL_WCTYPE_H
+#define _GL_WCTYPE_H
+
+#if @HAVE_WINT_T@
+/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.
+   Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
+   <wchar.h>.
+   BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be
+   included before <wchar.h>.  */
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <time.h>
+# include <wchar.h>
+typedef wint_t __wctype_wint_t;
+#else
+typedef int __wctype_wint_t;
+#endif
+
+/* Include the original <wctype.h> if it exists.
+   BeOS 5 has the functions but no <wctype.h>.  */
+#if @HAVE_WCTYPE_H@
+# include @ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H@
+#endif
+
+/* FreeBSD 4.4 to 4.11 has <wctype.h> but lacks the functions.
+   Assume all 12 functions are implemented the same way, or not at all.  */
+#if ! HAVE_ISWCNTRL
+
+/* IRIX 5.3 has macros but no functions, its isw* macros refer to an
+   undefined variable _ctmp_ and to <ctype.h> macros like _P, and they
+   refer to system functions like _iswctype that are not in the
+   standard C library.  Rather than try to get ancient buggy
+   implementations like this to work, just disable them.  */
+#  undef iswalnum
+#  undef iswalpha
+#  undef iswblank
+#  undef iswcntrl
+#  undef iswdigit
+#  undef iswgraph
+#  undef iswlower
+#  undef iswprint
+#  undef iswpunct
+#  undef iswspace
+#  undef iswupper
+#  undef iswxdigit
+
+static inline int
+iswalnum (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wc >= '0' && wc <= '9')
+          || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'Z'));
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswalpha (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'Z';
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswblank (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc == ' ' || wc == '\t';
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswcntrl (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wc & ~0x1f) == 0 || wc == 0x7f;
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswdigit (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= '0' && wc <= '9';
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswgraph (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= '!' && wc <= '~';
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswlower (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= 'a' && wc <= 'z';
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswprint (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= ' ' && wc <= '~';
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswpunct (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wc >= '!' && wc <= '~'
+          && !((wc >= '0' && wc <= '9')
+               || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'Z')));
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswspace (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wc == ' ' || wc == '\t'
+          || wc == '\n' || wc == '\v' || wc == '\f' || wc == '\r');
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswupper (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= 'A' && wc <= 'Z';
+}
+
+static inline int
+iswxdigit (__wctype_wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wc >= '0' && wc <= '9')
+          || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'F'));
+}
+
+# endif /* ! HAVE_ISWCNTRL */
+
+#endif /* _GL_WCTYPE_H */
diff --git a/gl/wcwidth.h b/gl/wcwidth.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ed5ff8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/wcwidth.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a character.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _gl_WCWIDTH_H
+#define _gl_WCWIDTH_H
+
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+
+/* Get wcwidth if available, along with wchar_t.  */
+# include <wchar.h>
+
+/* Get iswprint.  */
+# include <wctype.h>
+
+# ifndef HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+# endif
+# ifndef wcwidth
+#  if !HAVE_WCWIDTH
+
+/* wcwidth doesn't exist, so assume all printable characters have
+   width 1.  */
+static inline int
+wcwidth (wchar_t wc)
+{
+  return wc == 0 ? 0 : iswprint (wc) ? 1 : -1;
+}
+
+#  elif !HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+
+/* wcwidth exists but is not declared.  */
+extern
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#   endif
+int wcwidth (int /* actually wchar_t */);
+
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_WCHAR_T */
+
+#endif /* _gl_WCWIDTH_H */
diff --git a/gl/xalloc-die.c b/gl/xalloc-die.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..090f060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/xalloc-die.c
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Report a memory allocation failure and exit.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+void
+xalloc_die (void)
+{
+  error (exit_failure, 0, "%s", _("memory exhausted"));
+
+  /* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
+     its first argument is 0.  To help compilers understand the
+     xalloc_die does not return, call abort.  Also, the abort is a
+     safety feature if exit_failure is 0 (which shouldn't happen).  */
+  abort ();
+}
diff --git a/gl/xalloc.h b/gl/xalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17ab514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/xalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
+   1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_H_
+# define XALLOC_H_
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define __attribute__(x)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# endif
+
+/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.
+   It must be defined by the application, either explicitly
+   or by using gnulib's xalloc-die module.  This is the
+   function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
+   memory allocation failure.  */
+extern void xalloc_die (void) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
+
+void *xmalloc (size_t s);
+void *xzalloc (size_t s);
+void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
+void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t s);
+void *x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn);
+void *xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s);
+char *xstrdup (char const *str);
+
+/* Return 1 if an array of N objects, each of size S, cannot exist due
+   to size arithmetic overflow.  S must be positive and N must be
+   nonnegative.  This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it
+   works correctly even when SIZE_MAX < N.
+
+   By gnulib convention, SIZE_MAX represents overflow in size
+   calculations, so the conservative dividend to use here is
+   SIZE_MAX - 1, since SIZE_MAX might represent an overflowed value.
+   However, malloc (SIZE_MAX) fails on all known hosts where
+   sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t), so do not bother to test for
+   exactly-SIZE_MAX allocations on such hosts; this avoids a test and
+   branch when S is known to be 1.  */
+# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
+    ((size_t) (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t) ? -1 : -2) / (s) < (n))
+
+
+/* In the following macros, T must be an elementary or structure/union or
+   typedef'ed type, or a pointer to such a type.  To apply one of the
+   following macros to a function pointer or array type, you need to typedef
+   it first and use the typedef name.  */
+
+/* Allocate an object of type T dynamically, with error checking.  */
+/* extern t *XMALLOC (typename t); */
+# define XMALLOC(t) ((t *) xmalloc (sizeof (t)))
+
+/* Allocate memory for N elements of type T, with error checking.  */
+/* extern t *XNMALLOC (size_t n, typename t); */
+# define XNMALLOC(n, t) \
+    ((t *) (sizeof (t) == 1 ? xmalloc (n) : xnmalloc (n, sizeof (t))))
+
+/* Allocate an object of type T dynamically, with error checking,
+   and zero it.  */
+/* extern t *XZALLOC (typename t); */
+# define XZALLOC(t) ((t *) xzalloc (sizeof (t)))
+
+/* Allocate memory for N elements of type T, with error checking,
+   and zero it.  */
+/* extern t *XCALLOC (size_t n, typename t); */
+# define XCALLOC(n, t) \
+    ((t *) (sizeof (t) == 1 ? xzalloc (n) : xcalloc (n, sizeof (t))))
+
+
+# if HAVE_INLINE
+#  define static_inline static inline
+# else
+   void *xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
+   void *xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s);
+   void *x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s);
+   char *xcharalloc (size_t n);
+# endif
+
+# ifdef static_inline
+
+/* Allocate an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory,
+   dynamically, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+static_inline void *
+xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return xmalloc (n * s);
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to an array of N
+   objects each of S bytes, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+static_inline void *
+xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return xrealloc (p, n * s);
+}
+
+/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN such objects;
+   otherwise, reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN objects
+   each of S bytes.  *PN must be nonzero unless P is null, and S must
+   be nonzero.  Set *PN to the new number of objects, and return the
+   pointer to the new block.  *PN is never set to zero, and the
+   returned pointer is never null.
+
+   Repeated reallocations are guaranteed to make progress, either by
+   allocating an initial block with a nonzero size, or by allocating a
+   larger block.
+
+   In the following implementation, nonzero sizes are doubled so that
+   repeated reallocations have O(N log N) overall cost rather than
+   O(N**2) cost, but the specification for this function does not
+   guarantee that sizes are doubled.
+
+   Here is an example of use:
+
+     int *p = NULL;
+     size_t used = 0;
+     size_t allocated = 0;
+
+     void
+     append_int (int value)
+       {
+         if (used == allocated)
+           p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated, sizeof *p);
+         p[used++] = value;
+       }
+
+   This causes x2nrealloc to allocate a block of some nonzero size the
+   first time it is called.
+
+   To have finer-grained control over the initial size, set *PN to a
+   nonzero value before calling this function with P == NULL.  For
+   example:
+
+     int *p = NULL;
+     size_t used = 0;
+     size_t allocated = 0;
+     size_t allocated1 = 1000;
+
+     void
+     append_int (int value)
+       {
+         if (used == allocated)
+           {
+             p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated1, sizeof *p);
+             allocated = allocated1;
+           }
+         p[used++] = value;
+       }
+
+   */
+
+static_inline void *
+x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
+{
+  size_t n = *pn;
+
+  if (! p)
+    {
+      if (! n)
+        {
+          /* The approximate size to use for initial small allocation
+             requests, when the invoking code specifies an old size of
+             zero.  64 bytes is the largest "small" request for the
+             GNU C library malloc.  */
+          enum { DEFAULT_MXFAST = 64 };
+
+          n = DEFAULT_MXFAST / s;
+          n += !n;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (((size_t) -1) / 2 / s < n)
+        xalloc_die ();
+      n *= 2;
+    }
+
+  *pn = n;
+  return xrealloc (p, n * s);
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to a new buffer of N bytes.  This is like xmalloc,
+   except it returns char *.  */
+
+static_inline char *
+xcharalloc (size_t n)
+{
+  return XNMALLOC (n, char);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+
+/* C++ does not allow conversions from void * to other pointer types
+   without a cast.  Use templates to work around the problem when
+   possible.  */
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+xrealloc (T *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) xrealloc ((void *) p, s);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+xnrealloc (T *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) xnrealloc ((void *) p, n, s);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+x2realloc (T *p, size_t *pn)
+{
+  return (T *) x2realloc ((void *) p, pn);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+x2nrealloc (T *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) x2nrealloc ((void *) p, pn, s);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+xmemdup (T const *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) xmemdup ((void const *) p, s);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */
diff --git a/gl/xmalloc.c b/gl/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..318e0dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
+   1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if ! HAVE_INLINE
+# define static_inline
+#endif
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#undef static_inline
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+/* 1 if calloc is known to be compatible with GNU calloc.  This
+   matters if we are not also using the calloc module, which defines
+   HAVE_CALLOC and supports the GNU API even on non-GNU platforms.  */
+#if defined HAVE_CALLOC || defined __GLIBC__
+enum { HAVE_GNU_CALLOC = 1 };
+#else
+enum { HAVE_GNU_CALLOC = 0 };
+#endif
+
+/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t n)
+{
+  void *p = malloc (n);
+  if (!p && n != 0)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
+{
+  p = realloc (p, n);
+  if (!p && n != 0)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN bytes; otherwise,
+   reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN bytes.  *PN must be
+   nonzero unless P is null.  Set *PN to the new block's size, and
+   return the pointer to the new block.  *PN is never set to zero, and
+   the returned pointer is never null.  */
+
+void *
+x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn)
+{
+  return x2nrealloc (p, pn, 1);
+}
+
+/* Allocate S bytes of zeroed memory dynamically, with error checking.
+   There's no need for xnzalloc (N, S), since it would be equivalent
+   to xcalloc (N, S).  */
+
+void *
+xzalloc (size_t s)
+{
+  return memset (xmalloc (s), 0, s);
+}
+
+/* Allocate zeroed memory for N elements of S bytes, with error
+   checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+void *
+xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  void *p;
+  /* Test for overflow, since some calloc implementations don't have
+     proper overflow checks.  But omit overflow and size-zero tests if
+     HAVE_GNU_CALLOC, since GNU calloc catches overflow and never
+     returns NULL if successful.  */
+  if ((! HAVE_GNU_CALLOC && xalloc_oversized (n, s))
+      || (! (p = calloc (n, s)) && (HAVE_GNU_CALLOC || n != 0)))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Clone an object P of size S, with error checking.  There's no need
+   for xnmemdup (P, N, S), since xmemdup (P, N * S) works without any
+   need for an arithmetic overflow check.  */
+
+void *
+xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return memcpy (xmalloc (s), p, s);
+}
+
+/* Clone STRING.  */
+
+char *
+xstrdup (char const *string)
+{
+  return xmemdup (string, strlen (string) + 1);
+}
diff --git a/gl/xsize.h b/gl/xsize.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..341fb16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/xsize.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _XSIZE_H
+#define _XSIZE_H
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get SIZE_MAX.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
+   type size_t. Example:
+      void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
+   These computations can lead to overflow.  When this happens, malloc()
+   returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
+   crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
+   To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
+   The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
+   malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
+   implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
+   or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
+   The example thus becomes:
+      size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
+      void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
+*/
+
+/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t.  */
+#define xcast_size_t(N) \
+  ((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check.  */
+static inline size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
+{
+  size_t sum = size1 + size2;
+  return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
+}
+
+/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check.  */
+static inline size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
+{
+  return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
+}
+
+/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check.  */
+static inline size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
+{
+  return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
+}
+
+/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check.  */
+static inline size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
+{
+  /* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
+     max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX.  */
+  return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
+}
+
+/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
+   The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
+   This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even
+   when N is of a wider tupe and N > SIZE_MAX.  */
+#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
+  ((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Check for overflow.  */
+#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
+  ((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
+/* Check against overflow.  */
+#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
+  ((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
+
+#endif /* _XSIZE_H */
diff --git a/gl/xstrndup.c b/gl/xstrndup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afcbc1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/xstrndup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Duplicate a bounded initial segment of a string, with out-of-memory
+   checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xstrndup.h"
+
+#include "strndup.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING.
+   In other words, return a copy of the initial segment of length N of
+   STRING.  */
+char *
+xstrndup (const char *string, size_t n)
+{
+  char *s = strndup (string, n);
+  if (! s)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return s;
+}
diff --git a/gl/xstrndup.h b/gl/xstrndup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88354cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gl/xstrndup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Duplicate a bounded initial segment of a string, with out-of-memory
+   checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING.
+   In other words, return a copy of the initial segment of length N of
+   STRING.  */
+extern char *xstrndup (const char *string, size_t n);